2007 Minnesota State Buidling Code PDF

2007
MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE
Text provided by:

The Office of the Revisor of Statutes
7th Floor, State Office Building
St. Paul, MN 55155
Reformatted by:
Department of Labor and Industry

Construction Codes and Licensing Division
443 Lafayette Road North, St. Paul, MN 55155
651.284.5068 Fax: 651.284.5749 TTY: 651.297.4198
www.dli.mn.gov
THE 2007 MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE
2007 BUILDING CODE
I. TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................. i
II. HELPFUL INFORMATION..............................................................................................

Makeup and use of the Minnesota State Building Code..................................................................1
Code publication availability ...........................................................................................................6
List of Codes and Reference Manuals – 2007 MSBC ...............................................................7
Desirable Handbooks and/or Standards for Code Enforcement ................................................8
Responsible agencies and industry resources ..................................................................................9
Building code enforcement for public buildings and state licensed facilities ...............................12
Counties that have adopted the Minnesota State Building Code...................................................13
Effective dates of Minnesota code and rule adoptions ..................................................................14
Rules Tools packet:
Sample ordinance........................................................................................................................18
Sample ordinance - self-perpetuating ........................................................................................20
Sample ordinance - accessibility.................................................................................................22
Fee schedule extracted from 1997 Uniform Building Code .......................................................23
Fee schedule extracted from 1994 Uniform Building Code .......................................................24
Fee schedule extracted from 1985, 1988 and 1991 Uniform Building Code .............................25
Snow load map ..............................................................................................................................26
Frost depth map..............................................................................................................................27
Guidelines for special inspection and testing ................................................................................28
Special structural testing and inspection program summary schedule ..........................................33
Effective use of the International Building Code ..........................................................................34
Manufactured homes model rules and regulations and uniform administrative procedures of the
Industrialized Building Code Commission.................................................................................35
NOTE: These document are also posted at: www.dli.mn.gov/CCLD/Codes.asp
III. FREQUENTLY USED STATUTES
A. MINNESOTA BUILDING CODE STATUTES

State Building Code; policy and purpose (16B.59 - 16B.75) (NEW 326B)..................................37
Manufactured structures (327B) ....................................................................................................68
B. RELATED STATUTES AND RULES

Agricultural buildings - defined as Class 2 property (273.13 Subd. 23) .......................................81
Annual report filing (326B.145) ....................................................................................................84
Automatic garage door opening systems (325F.82 - 325F.83)......................................................85
Fairs - county agricultural societies; formation, powers (38.01) ..................................................86
Fire Marshal inspection (245A.151)..............................................................................................87
Group and family day care facilities definitions (9502.0315) .......................................................88
Hazardous and substandard buildings (463.15 - 463.261).............................................................91
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS continued

Housing; statutory warranties (Chapter 327A)..............................................................................97
Joint exercise of powers (471.59) ................................................................................................103
Physically handicapped; building regulation (471.465 - 471.469)..............................................107
Property complaint data (13.44) ..................................................................................................109
Protection of Buildings and Occupants (Chapter 299G) .............................................................110
Smoke detectors (299F.362) ........................................................................................................114
Statutes or rules may be adopted by reference (471.62)..............................................................116
Water heater fee (16B.665) (Repealed) .......................................................................................117
Zoning control by county (394.25) ..............................................................................................118
Zoning municipalities - procedure for plan effectuation; zoning (462.357 Subd. 1) ..................121
IV. MINNESOTA BUILDING CODE
Chapter 1300 Administration of the State Building Code ...............................................127

Chapter 1301 Building Official Certification ..................................................................148
Chapter 1302 Construction Approvals.............................................................................157
Chapter 1303 Minnesota Provisions of the State Building Code ....................................161
Chapter 1303 Window Fall Prevention Provisions........................................................164a
Chapter 1305 Adoption of the 2006 International Building Code...................................165
Chapter 1306 Special Fire Protection Systems (optional) ...............................................212
Chapter 1307 Elevators and Related Devices ..................................................................214
Chapter 1309 Adoption of the 2006 International Residential Code...............................236
Chapter 1311 Adoption of the Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings.258
Chapter 1315 Adoption of the 2008 National Electrical Code .......................................269
Chapter 1322 Residential Energy Code .........................................................................269a
Chapter 1323 Commercial Energy Code .......................................................................269b
Chapter 1325 Solar Energy Systems................................................................................270
Chapter 1335 Floodproofing Regulations........................................................................272
Chapter 1341 Minnesota Accessibility Code...................................................................281
Chapter 1346 Adoption of the 2000 International Mechanical/ Fuel Gas Codes ...........318
Chapter 1350 Manufactured Homes ................................................................................385
Chapter 1360 Prefabricated Buildings .............................................................................427
Chapter 1361 Industrialized/Modular Buildings .............................................................433
Chapter 1370 Storm Shelters (Manufactured Home Parks).............................................435
Chapter 4715 Minnesota Plumbing Code .........................................................................tab
Optional Enforcement
Chapter 1306 Special Fire Protection Systems, either 1306.0020, subp. 2 or subp.3.........212
Chapter 1305 Appendix chapter J of the 2006 International Building Code........................tab
Chapter 1335 Floodproofing Regulations Parts 1335.0600 to 1335.1200 ...........................272
These codes have specific statutory authority and with limited exception, are mandatory throughout the
state.
V. OTHER
ii
Makeup and Use of the

Minnesota State Building Code
MAKEUP OF 2007 MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE
Required Enforcement
Chapter 1300 Administration of the State Building Code
Chapter 1301 Building Official Certification
Chapter 1302 Construction Approvals
Chapter 1303 Minnesota Provisions of the State Building Code
Chapter 1303 Window Fall Prevention Provisions
Chapter 1305 Adoption of the 2006 International Building Code
Chapter 1307 Elevators and Related Devices
Chapter 1309 Adoption of the 2006 International Residential Code
Chapter 1311 Adoption of the Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings
Chapter 1315 Adoption of the 2005 National Electrical Code
Chapter 1322 Residential Energy Code
Chapter 1323 Commerical Energy Code
Chapter 1325 Solar Energy Systems
Chapter 1335 Floodproofing Regulations
Chapter 1341 Minnesota Accessibility Code
Chapter 1346 Adoption of the 2000 International Mechanical and Fuel Gas Codes
Chapter 1350 Manufactured Homes
Chapter 1360 Prefabricated Buildings
1
Chapter 1361 Industrialized/Modular Buildings
Chapter 1370 Storm Shelters (Manufactured Home Parks)
Chapter 4715 Minnesota Plumbing Code
Optional Enforcement
International Building Code Appendix J (Grading) See chapter 1300.
Chapter 1306 Special Fire Protection Systems, either 1306.0020, subpart 2 (existing and
new buildings) or subpart 3 (new buildings only)
Chapter 1335 Floodproofing Regulations Parts 1335.0600 to 1335.1200
These codes have specific statutory authority and with limited exception, are mandatory throughout the state.
USE OF THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE
The Minnesota State Building Code is comprised of numerous chapters in

Minnesota Rule that includes references to other adopted publications with
any necessary amendments.
The Minnesota State Building Code, known also as the "State Building Code" or the "Code,"
includes chapters of Minnesota Rule as outlined in the "Makeup of the 2007 Minnesota State
Building Code" located in this section. Each chapter is identified with a white index tab stating
the topic and contains the Minnesota Rule chapter number on the opposite side of the tab. The
State Building Code is comprised of the following:
Stand alone codes that do not incorporate by reference another published document:
• 1300 Administration of the State Building Code

• 1301 Building Official Certification
• 1302 State Construction Approvals
• 1303 Minnesota Provisions of the State Building Code
• 1306 Special Fire Suppression Systems
• 1325 Solar Energy Systems
• 1350 Manufactured Homes
• 1360 Prefabricated Buildings
• 4715 Minnesota Plumbing Code
2
Code chapters that incorporate by reference another published code, standard or other document
and include any necessary amendments to the document:
• 1305 Adoption of the 2006 International Building Code* (and necessary amendments)
• 1307 Elevators and Related Devices
• 1309 Adoption of the 2006 International Residential Code* (and necessary amendments)
• 1311 Adoption of the Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings* (and
necessary amendments)
• 1315 Electrical Code (2005 National Electrical Code*)
• 1322 Residential Energy Code incorporates Chapter 11 of the 2006 International

Residential Code (with amendments)
• 1323 Commerical Energy Code incorporates ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2004 with

amendments
• 1335 Floodproofing Regulations (adopts with amendments 1972 Floodproofing

Regulations*)
• 1341 Minnesota Accessibility Code (this chapter is intended to conform to the Federal
Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines and the Fair Housing Act)
• 1346 Adoption of the 2000 International Mechanical and Fuel Gas Codes (and necessary
amendments)
• 1361 Industrialized/Modular Buildings (adopts the 1993 Model Rules and Regulations for
Industrialized/Modular Buildings*)
• 1370 Storm Shelters (adopts with amendments the 1980 Interim Guidelines for Building
Occupant Protection from Tornadoes and Extreme Winds*)
*These publications must be purchased separately.
3
Specific Code Applications of Adopted Model Codes
• Minnesota Rules, chapter 1305 – Adoption of the 2006 International Building

Code
Mandatory chapters of the 2006 International Building Code include chapters 2 through 33 and 35.
See chapter 1300 for Administrative provisions. Amendments to Chapters 11 and 30 of the IBC are
incorporated into 2007 SBC Chapters 1341 and 1307 respectively.
Optional Appendix Chapter J (Grading) may be adopted by reference. See Chapter 1300, Optional
Administration.
Several chapters in this Code have not been adopted but the Minnesota State Building Code provides
mandatory provisions elsewhere to replace some of the chapters not adopted here. The information
relative to these chapters is as follows:
• For provisions relative to chapter 1, please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300,
Administration of the State Building Code.
• For provisions relative to chapter 11, please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1341, the
Minnesota Accessibility Code.
Elevators and Related Devices.
• For information relative to chapter 34, please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1311,
Adoption of the Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings.
• For provisions related to floodproofing, please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1335,
Floodproofing.
Any seismic or earthquake provisions in this code are deleted and not required.
For a complete description of all applicable chapters and related information in this code, please
refer to Minnesota Rules, section 1305.0011.
• Minnesota Rules, chapter 1309 – Adoption of the 2006 International Residential

Code
Mandatory chapters of the 2006 International Residential Code include chapters 2 through 10,
chapter 43.
Several chapters in this Code have not been adopted but the Minnesota State Building Code provides
mandatory provisions elsewhere to replace the chapters not adopted here. The information relative
to these chapters is as follows:
Administration of the State Building Code.
• For provisions relative to chapter 11, please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1322.
4
• For provisions relative to chapters 12 through 24, please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter
1346, Minnesota Mechanical Code.
• For provisions relative to chapters 25 through 32, please refer to Minnesota Rules,
chapter4715, Minnesota Plumbing Code.
• For information relative to chapters 33 through 42 (other than section R313 Smoke Alarms),
please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1315, Minnesota Electrical Code.
• For provisions related to floodproofing, please refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1335,
Floodproofing.
Any seismic or earthquake provisions in this code are deleted and not required.
refer to Minnesota Rules, section 1309.0010.
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1311 – Adoption of the Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of
Existing Buildings
Mandatory chapters of the Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings include chapters 1
through 6.
Appendices 2, 3, and 4 are deleted and not a part of the Minnesota State Building Code. If a
reference is made to the appendices in this code, the appendices shall not apply.
Resources 1 through 6 are considered useful information intended to assist the user and shall not be
adopted as part of the Minnesota State Building Code, with the exception of Resource 2, as
referenced in section 504.1 of this code.
refer to Minnesota Rules, sections 1311.0010 and 1311.0103.
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1315 – Adoption of the 2008 National Electrical Code
The 20085 National Electrical Code is incorporated by reference and made part of the Minnesota
State Building Code.
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1346 – Adoption of the 2000 International Mechanical and
Fuel Gas Codes
Mandatory chapters of the 2000 International Mechanical Code include chapters 2 through 15. as
amended. Mandatory chapters of the 2000 international Fuel Gas Code include chapters 2 through 7
as amended.
For a complete description of all applicable chapters and related information in this Code, please
refer to Minnesota Rules, section 1346.0050 and 1346.5050.
5
CODE PUBLICATION AVAILABILITY

The Minnesota State Building Code is comprised of many documents published by various
organizations some of which are available from Minnesota's Bookstore or from the sources listed
below. Please note that code publications are amended or updated periodically. Contact the
organization or the State Building Codes and Standards Division regarding current applicable
codes.
Minnesota’s Bookstore (for State Building Code and International Codes)

660 Olive Street, St Paul, MN 55155
1-651-297-3000 1-800-657-3757
TTY: 1-651-282-5077 1-800-657-3706
http://www.minnesotasbookstore.com
ICC – Internatinal Code Council (for International Codes)

Headquarters: Suite 600, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041 703-931-4533
http://www.iccsafe.org/index.html
NFPA – National Fire Protection Association

1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101 USA
617-770-3000 Fax: 617-770-0700 http://www.nfpa.org
ASHRAE – American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers,

Inc.,
1791 Tullie Circle N.E., Atlanta, GA 30329
(800) 527-4723 (U.S. and Canada only) 404-636-8400 Fax: 404-321-5478
http://ashrae.org
ASME - International (American Society of Mechanical Engineers)

Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990
800-843-2763 (U.S/Canada)
Email: [email protected] http://www.asme.org
IAMPO – International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

5001 E. Philadelphia Street, Ontario, CA 91761
909-472-4100 Fax: 909-472-4150 Publication ordering: 800-854-2766
email: [email protected] http://www.iapmo.org
6
CODES AND REFERENCE MANUALS - 2007 MSBC

* 2006 International Building Code (Latest Printing)
* 2006 International Residential Code (Latest Printing)
* 2006 International Fire Code (Latest Printing)
* 2006International Mechanical Code (Latest Printing)
* 2006 International Fuel Gas Code (Latest Printing)
* 2008 National Electrical Code (NFPA 70)
* ASHRAE 62 – 2001 Ventilation/Indoor Air Quality
* ASHRAE 62n – 2001 Mechanical Design Ventilation Rates (supplement)
* ASHRAE 15 – 2001 Mechanical Refrigeration Safety Code
* ASHRAE 34 – 2004 Refrigerant Designation & Safety Code
* SMACNA – 1995 HVAC Duct Construction Standard
* NFPA 96 – 2001 Ventilation & Fire Protection for
Commercial Cooking Hoods
* NFPA 58 – 2004 Liquefied Petroleum Gases
* NFPA 13 – 2002 Installation of Fire Sprinklers
* NFPA 13R – 2002 Installation of Fire Sprinklers for Multifamily
* NFPA 13D – 2002 Installation of Fire Sprinklers for Dwellings
* NFPA 72 – 2002 Installation of Fire Alarm Systems
* 2007 Minnesota Building Conservation Code (MN Rule 1311/GREB)
* ACI 318-2005 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete
* ACI 530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05 Building Code Requirements for Masonry
Structures (in one comprehensive manual from ICC)
* ASCE 7 – 2005 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings & Other Structures
* 2007 Minnesota State Building Code (Will contain MN Rules 1300, 1301, 1302,
1303, 1305, 1306, 1307, 1309, 1311, 1315, 1322, 1323, 1325, 1335, 1350, 1360,
1361 and 1370.)
* 2007 Minnesota State Fire Code (MN Rule 7510)
* MN Rule 1323 – MN Energy Code for Commercial Buildings
* ANSI/ASHRAE 90.1 – 2004 Commercial Building Energy Code
* MN Rule 1322 – MN Energy Code for Dwelling Construction
* MN Rule 4715 – 2003 Minnesota State Plumbing Code
* MN Rule 1346 – 2004 Minnesota Mechanical Code – MN Amendments to the
2000 IMC & 2000 IFGC
* ICC A117.1 – 2003 Accessibility Code
* NDS – 2005 National Design Specification for Wood Construction
* ICC 300 – 2002 ICC Standard on bleachers, folding & telescoping seating and
grandstands.
* “Must Have” Codes and Rules for a Building Department in Minnesota
7
DESIRABLE HANDBOOKS AND/OR STANDARDS FOR CODE

ENFORCEMENT
2006 IBC Commentary Manual Volume I & II
Handbook to the 2006 IFC
2006 IRC Commentary Manual Volume I & II
Handbook to the 2006 IRC
Handbook to the 2006 IFGC
2006 IBC/ASTM Reference Standards
2006 IBC Nonstructural Q & A Manual
2006 IBC Structural Provisions
2006 IBC Structural Q & A Guide
2006 Quick Reference Guide to the IBC
ASTM Standards Manual for the 2006 IBC
GA-600 Fire Resistance Design Manual – 17th edition
Fire Protection Handbook
Fire Sprinkler & Standpipe Handbook
Hazardous Materials Guide
NFPA 80 – 1999 Installation of Fire-Resistive Doors & Windows
NFPA Life Safety Code 101 – 2000 Edition
Handbook to the Life Safety Code
2001 ICC Performance Code for Buildings and Facilities
ASME A17.1 Elevator Safety Code – addenda, and supplement (3 documents)
Building Department Administration
Administrative Guidelines for Building Departments
Building Official Management Manual
Building Department Guide to Disaster Mitigation
Legal Aspects of Code Administration
Architectural Graphic Standards (Most current edition)
Webster’s Dictionary
2006 IBC UL Standards Manual
U.L’s and/or Warnock Hersey’s Fire Resistive Directories, Building Materials
Directories, Roofing Materials & System’s Directories, etc.
Permanent Wood Foundation Design & Construction Guide
MN Rule 1800 & 1805 Board of Architecture and Engineering Rules
MPCA Rule 7080, 7081, 7082, 7083 – On-Site Septic System Rules
8
RESPONSIBLE STATE AGENCIES AND INDUSTRY RESOURCES

Northstar – State of Minnesota’s website
Website address: www.state.mn.us
Access to – information related to Minnesota business, travel and leisure, health and safety,
environment, government, learning and education, and living and working. All of the
government information listed in this section can be accessed from Northstar.
• Construction Codes and Licensing Division

Phone:651-284-5068 Fax: 651-284-5749 TTY: 651- 297-4198
http://www.dli..mn.gov
Code responsibilities: Adoption of the Minnesota State Building Code, Boiler Code, High
Pressure Piping Code, Boats-for-hire Code and regulations for Residential Building Contractors.
Services include: State owned building inspection and plan review, plumbing plan review and
inspection, plan review and inspection for industrialized modular buildings, education, elevator
inspection, code administration and electrical inspection. Licensing for building officials,
manufactured home manufacturers/ dealers and installers, electricians, plumbers, residential
building contractors, boiler operators, high pressure piping fitters. Enforcement of licensing
laws.
• Minnesota Legislature http://www.leg.state.mn.us

Resource for information regarding state laws, statutes, and rules. Includes a Frequently Asked
Questions About Laws, Statutes and Rules.
• Board of Architecture, Engineering, Land Surveying, Landscape Architecture,

Geoscience, and Interior Design (AELSLAGID)
85 East 7th Place, Suite 160, St. Paul, MN 55101
Phone: 651-296-2388 Fax: 651-297-5310 TTY: 1-800-627-3529
http://www.aelslagid.state.mn.us
Code responsibilities: The AELSLAGID board examines, licenses, and regulates the practice of
architecture, professional engineering, land surveying, landscape architecture, geoscience, and
interior design.
STATE AGENCY RESOURCES:
• Department of Agriculture
Minnesota Department of Agriculture, 90 West Plato Boulevard, St. Paul, MN 55107
651-297-2200 1-800-967-2474 TTY: 1-800-627-3529
http://www.mda.state.mn.us
Code responsibilities: Pesticide management, feedlots, and useful information.
9
RESPONSIBLE STATE AGENCIES AND INDUSTRY RESOURCES continued
• Department of Commerce Energy Code Information:

Minnesota Commerce Department
85 - 7th Place East, St. Paul, MN 55101
http://www.commerce.state.mn.us
Energy Information Center 651-296-5175 1-800-657-3710 (MN only)
[email protected]
Responsibilities: Energy information.
• Department of Human Services

DHS Central Office
651-297-3933 TTY Service: 1-800-627-3529
General questions: [email protected] Non-general questions: [email protected]
http://www.dhs.state.mn.us
Code responsibilities: Licensing and inspection of care facilities, etc.
• Department of Natural Resources

500 Lafayette Road, St Paul, MN 55155-4040
651-296-6157
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/index.html
Code responsibilities: Flood-proofing regulations and shore land management.
• Pollution Control Agency

520 Lafayette Road North, St Paul, MN 55155-4194
800-657-3864
Code responsibilities: Asbestos, storage tanks, feedlots, hazardous spills, solid waste,
demolition permits, lead paint, wells, etc.
• Department of Public Safety – Minnesota Fire Marshal Division

Suite 145, 444 Cedar Street, St. Paul, MN 55101-5145
651-215-0500 Fax: 651-215-0525 TTY: 651-282-6555
http://www.dps.state.mn.us/fmarshal/fmarshal.html
Code responsibilities: Minnesota State Fire Code, fire suppression system plan review,
contractor and designer licensing, inspections. Code Administrative
Services/Rules/Information Section: The section works with the Commerce Department
investigating consumer complaints and provides review and assistance to building departments.
10
RESPONSIBLE STATE AGENCIES AND INDUSTRY RESOURCES continued
RELATED USEFUL WEB SITES
LOCAL ORGANIZATIONS
AIA - American Institute of Architects – Minnesota http://www.aia-mn.org
AMC - Association of Minnesota Counties http://www.mncounties.org
BAM - Builders Association of Minnesota http://www.bamn.org
FMAM - Fire Marshal's Association of Minnesota http://www.fmam.org
LMC - League of Minnesota Cities http://www.lmnc.org
AMBO - Association of Minnesota Building Officials http://www.ambo.us
10,000 Lakes Chapter http://www.10klakes.org
Municipal Telephone Number Contacts http://www.municipaltelenumbers.html
NATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
Access Board http://www.access-board.gov
ADAAG - Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines
http://www.access-board.gov/adaag/html/adaag.htm
ANSI- American National Standards Institute http://www.ansi.org
ASTM- American Society for Testing and Materials http://www.astm.org
BOCA - Building Officials and Code Administrators International Inc.
http://www.bocai.org
BOMA - Building Owners and Managers Association http://www.boma.org/index.htm
DOJ - Department of Justice http://www.usdoj.gov/crt/ada/adahom1.htm
HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development
http://www.hud.gov/fhe/fheo.html
ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials http://www.icbo.org
ICC - International Code Council http://www.iccsafe.org/index.html
NAHB - National Association of Home Builders http://www.nahb.org
NCSBCS - National Conference of States on Building Codes and Standards
http://www.ncsbcs.org
NFPA - National Fire Protection Association http://www.nfpa.org
SBCCI - Southern Building Code Conference International Inc.
http://www.sbcci.org
11
BUILDING CODE ENFORCEMENT FOR PUBLIC BUILDINGS AND

STATE LICENSED FACILITIES
The Construction Codes and Licensing Division (CCLD) is the municipality for purposes of
building code enforcement (plan review and inspections) for the following:
A. Public Building. “Public building” means a building and its grounds, the cost of which is
paid for by the state or a state agency, regardless of its cost; and a school district building project
the cost of which is $100,000 or more (Minn. Stat. § 326B.103, Subd. 11).
B. State Licensed Facility. “State licensed facility” means a building and its grounds that are
licensed by the state as a hospital, nursing home, supervised living facility, free-standing
outpatient surgical center, or correctional facility (Minn. Stat. § 326B.103, Subd. 13).
The Construction Codes and Licensing Division may enter into agreements with
municipalities (that have adopted the Minnesota State Building Code) for plan review
and/or inspections of “Public Buildings” and “State Licensed Facilities” projects within
their jurisdiction, pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 326B.106, Subd. 2.
An initial application form must first be submitted. An initial application form can be submitted
prior to the completion of construction documents and does not require an accompanying fee.
Upon receiving the completed initial application, CCLD will confirm that they are the proper
jurisdiction for the project, assign a project number, and determine if the municipality will do the
plan review, the inspection, both or neither. If delegated to the municipality, their procedures and
fee schedule will need to be followed for the portion(s) delegated to them. All issues not covered
by the building code, such as zoning, site drainage, etc. remain the responsibility of the
municipality.
If plan review is by CCLD, the completed Application for Plan Review, the plan review fee, and
signed construction documents, must be submitted. When the construction documents have been
reviewed, a plan review report will be sent to the registered design professional. The design
professional shall prepare a response to indicate what changes will be made to the construction
documents for code compliance. These changes shall be made by change order or addendum.
When this verification of compliance with the building code requirements is received, a Plan
Review, authorizing construction of the project, will be sent to the registered design professional
and to the building official. If inspections are by CCLD, a Building Permit Application with fee
must be submitted, and an inspector will be assigned.
See Minn. Rules 1302.0100 through 1302.0950 for further information. Copies of the initial
application, application for plan review and building permit may be obtained from CCLD.
12
13
Effective Dates of Minnesota Code and Rule Adoptions

EFFECTIVE DATE
OF ADOPTION: ACTION:
July 1, 1971 Surcharges
July 1, 1972 State Building Code applies statewide; supersedes and takes the place of the
building code of any municipality. Specifically the code applied to any
municipality which as of May 28, 1971, had a building code and further
applies to any municipality choosing to adopt a building code thereafter.
The State Building Code adopts the 1970 Uniform Building Code by
reference
October 1972 Supplement to the 1972 SBC
June/July 1973 Amendments to 1972 SBC
January 14, 1974 1973 Uniform Building Code adopted by reference
October 3, 1975 Minnesota Uniform Fire Code adopted the 1973 Uniform Fire Code
November 18, 1975 Adoption of the Handicapped Code, Chapter 55, and new Uniform Building
Code Section 1717, Foam Plastics
January 14, 1976 1976 State Building Code
January 30, 1976 Energy Conservation in Buildings
October 29, 1977 Solar Energy Code
September 19, 1978 1978 State Building Code adopted the 1976 Uniform Building Code by
reference; the Energy Conservation in Buildings code is amended
October 27, 1978 1978 National Electric Code
September 9, 1980 1980 State Building Code adopted the 1979 Uniform Building Code
October 20, 1980 Elevator Rules — Home Energy Disclosure Rules
March 9, 1981 Energy Conservation Standards for Existing Residences
April 6, 1981 1981 National Electric Code
March 1, 1983 Amended 1980 State Building Code adopted the 1982 Uniform Building
Code
14

EFFECTIVE DATE
April 11, 1983 Minnesota Uniform Fire Code adopted the 1982 Uniform Fire Code
April 25, 1983 Optional Appendix "E". Automatic Fire Suppression Systems
January 1, 1984 Energy Conservation in Buildings adopted the 1983 Model Energy Code
January 14, 1985 Rules adopted updating the State Building Code and governing
Handicapped Accessibility, Electrical, Elevators and Plumbing
February 18, 1986 Amended Energy Code Rules and Rental Housing Energy Standards
February 17, 1987 1985 State Building Code adopted the 1985 Uniform Building Code
January 11, 1988 Adopted the Group E Division 3 Rules
April 15, 1988 Adopted Rules relating to Manufactured Home Park Storm Shelter Design
October 1, 1989 1989 Minnesota Uniform Fire Code adopted the 1988 Uniform Fire Code
July 2, 1990 1990 National Electrical Code
July 16, 1990 1990 State Building Code adopted 1988 Uniform Building Code, 1988
Uniform Mechanical Code, 1987 ANSI Code for Elevators, Minnesota
Plumbing Code
May 13, 1991 1991 Minnesota Energy Code adopted the 1989 Model Energy Code
September 7, 1992 1992 Minnesota Energy Code. (1989 Model Energy Code)
August 9, 1993 1993 National Electrical Code
August 23, 1993 1993 Minnesota Uniform Fire Code adopted the 1991 Uniform Fire Code
June 16, 1994 1994 Minnesota Energy Code
July 12, 1994 Amended Building Official Certification Rules. (Access Specialist,
Building Official - Limited)
September 19, 1994 1994 Minnesota Plumbing Code
December 19, 1994 1994 Minnesota Mechanical Code adopts 1991 Uniform Mechanical Code
15

EFFECTIVE DATE
March 20, 1995 1995 Minnesota State Building Code adopts the 1994 Uniform Building
Code
January 23, 1996 New Accessibility rules - chapter 1340
April 29, 1996 Adopted Rules updating chapters 1300, 1310, 1315, 1325, 1360 and 1361
July 1, 1996 1996 National Electrical Code adopted
June 29, 1998 Minnesota Fire Code adopted the 1997 Uniform Fire Code
October 5, 1998 1997 Uniform Building Code adopted with state amendments
October 5, 1998 1998 Plumbing Code amendments adopted
May 3, 1999 1996 ASME A17.1, A17.3, A17.5, B.20.1 and 1997 A90.1 Elevators and
Related Related Devices adopted with amendments
May 3, 1999 Minnesota Accessibility Code adopted – based on the Americans with
Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines – replaced chapter 1340 with
chapter 1341
July 6, 1999 1999 National Electrical Code adopted
July 20, 1999 Minnesota Energy Code adopted – chapters 7676 and 7678
April 15, 2000 Minnesota Energy Code adopted – chapters 7672 (with option of chapter
7670) and 7674
June 26, 2000 Rules relating to Manufactured Homes updated
September 16, 2002 2002 National Electrical Code adopted
March 31, 2003 2000 International Building Code adopted with state amendments
March 31, 2003 2000 International Residential Code adopted with state amendments
March 31, 2003 Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings adopted with state
amendments
March 31, 2003 Adopted rules updating chapters 1300, 1301, 1303 and 1306
16

EFFECTIVE DATE
September 20, 2004 2000 International Mechanical and Fuel Gas Codes, chapter 1346
July 1, 2005 2005 National Electrical Code adopted.
January 29, 2007 Elevators and Related Devices ASME A17.1-2004 with addenda and
supplement, A17.3-2002, A17.5-2004, A18.1-2005, A90.1-2003 and B20.1-
2003, chapter 1307
July 10, 2007 2006 International Fire Code adopted with state amendments, new chapter
7511
July 10, 2007 2006 International Building Code adopted with state amendments, chapter
1305
July 10, 2007 2006 International Building Code adopted with state amendments, chapter
1309
July 10, 2007 Adopted Rules updating chapters 1300, 1303, 1306 and 1341
September 15, 2008 2008 National Electrical Code adopted
June 1, 2009 Minnesota Residential Energy Code adopted – chapter 1322
June 1, 2009 Minnesota Commerical Energy Code adopted – chapter 1323
July 1, 2009 Window Fall Prevention Provisions adopted – 1303.2300-1303.2330 and

1305.1405
17
REGULAR SAMPLE ORDINANCE
Ordinance No. ______________ Adopting the Minnesota State Building Code
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE. THIS

ORDINANCE: PROVIDES FOR THE APPLICATION, ADMINISTRATION, AND
ENFORCEMENT OF THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE BY
REGULATING THE ERECTION, CONSTRUCTION, ENLARGEMENT,
ALTERATION, REPAIR, MOVING, REMOVAL, DEMOLITION, CONVERSION,
OCCUPANCY, EQUIPMENT, USE, HEIGHT, AREA, AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL
BUILDINGS AND/OR STRUCTURES IN THIS MUNICIPALITY; PROVIDES FOR
THE ISSUANCE OF PERMITS AND COLLECTION OF FEES THEREOF; PROVIDES
PENALTIES FOR VIOLATION THEREOF; REPEALS ALL ORDINANCES AND
PARTS OF ORDINANCES THAT CONFLICT THEREWITH.
This municipality does ordain as follows:
Section 1. Application, Administration and Enforcement. The application, administration,

and enforcement of the code shall be in accordance with Minnesota Rule Chapter 1300. The code
shall be enforced within the extraterritorial limits permitted by Minnesota Statutes 326B.121,
Subd. 2(d), when so established by this ordinance.
The code enforcement agency of this municipality is called the __________________________.
This code shall be enforced by the Minnesota Certified Building Official designated by this
Municipality to administer the code in accordance with Minnesota Statutes 326B.133,
Subdivision 1.
Section 2. Permits and Fees. The issuance of permits and the collection of fees shall be as
authorized in Minnesota Rules Chapter 1300. Permit fees shall be assessed for work governed by
this code in accordance with the fee schedule adopted by the municipality in (i.e. City Code #,
Ordinance #, etc.). In addition, a surcharge fee shall be collected on all permits issued for work
governed by this code in accordance with Minnesota Statutes 326B.148.
Section 3. Violations and Penalties. A violation of the code is a misdemeanor (Minnesota

Statutes 326B.082, Subd. 16) and Minnesota Rules, Chapter 1300.
Section 4. Building Code. The Minnesota State Building Code, established pursuant to
Minnesota Statutes 326B is hereby adopted as the building code for this Municipality. The code
is hereby incorporated in this ordinance as if fully set out herein.
A. The Minnesota State Building Code includes the following chapters of Minnesota Rules:
1. 1300, Administration of the Minnesota State Building Code;

2. 1301, Building Official Certification;
18
3. 1302, State Building Code Construction Approvals;

4. 1303, Minnesota Provisions;
5. 1305, Adoption of the 2006 International Building Code;
6. 1307, Elevators and Related Devices.
7. 1309, Adoption of the 2006 International Residential Code;
8. 1311, Adoption of the 2000 Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings;
9. 1315, Adoption of the 2008 National Electrical Code;
10. 1322, Minnesota Residential Energy Code
11. 1323, Minnesota Commerical Energy Code
12. 1325, Solar Energy Systems;
13. 1335, Floodproofing Regulations;
14. 1341, Minnesota Accessibility Code;
15. 1346, Adoption of the Minnesota State Mechanical Code;
16. 1350, Manufactured Homes;
17. 1360, Prefabricated Structures;
18. 1361, Industrialized/Modular Buildings;
19. 1370, Storm Shelters (Manufactured Home Parks);
20. 4715, Minnesota Plumbing Code
B. This municipality may adopt by reference any or all of the following optional chapters of
Minnesota Rules: Chapter 1306, Special Fire Protection Systems (with locally designated
options); and Chapter 1335, Floodproofing Regulations, parts 1335.0600 to 1335.1200.
C. This municipality may adopt by reference Appendix Chapter J (Grading), of the 2006
International Building Code. The following optional provisions identified in Section 4, Subp. B
and C are hereby adopted and incorporated as part of the building code for this municipality.
1.
2. (Municipality must specifically identify optional provisions elected for code adoption here)
3.
Section 5. Effective Date of Ordinance. The effective date of this Ordinance is ____________.
Signed: ________________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
Attest: _________________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
Reviewed By: ___________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
19
The 2007 Minnesota State Building Code
SELF-PERPETUATING SAMPLE ORDINANCE
Ordinance No. _________Adopting the Minnesota State Building Code
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE. THIS

ORDINANCE: PROVIDES FOR THE APPLICATION, ADMINISTRATION, AND
ENFORCEMENT OF THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE BY
REGULATING THE ERECTION, CONSTRUCTION, ENLARGEMENT,
ALTERATION, REPAIR, MOVING, REMOVAL, DEMOLITION, CONVERSION,
OCCUPANCY, EQUIPMENT, USE, HEIGHT, AREA, AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL
BUILDINGS AND/OR STRUCTURES IN THIS MUNICIPALITY; PROVIDES FOR
THE ISSUANCE OF PERMITS AND COLLECTION OF FEES THEREOF; PROVIDES
PENALTIES FOR VIOLATION THEREOF; REPEALS ALL ORDINANCES AND
PARTS OF ORDINANCES THAT CONFLICT THEREWITH. THIS ORDINANCE
SHALL PERPETUALLY INCLUDE THE MOST CURRENT EDITION OF THE
MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE WITH THE EXCEPTION OF THE
OPTIONAL APPENDIX CHAPTERS. OPTIONAL APPENDIX CHAPTERS SHALL
NOT APPLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY ADOPTED.
Section 1. Codes adopted by reference. The Minnesota State Building Code, as adopted by the
Commissioner of Labor and Industry pursuant to Minnesota Statutes chapter 326B, including all
of the amendments, rules and regulations established, adopted and published from time to time
by the Minnesota Commissioner of Labor and Industry, through the Building Codes and
Standards Unit, is hereby adopted by reference with the exception of the optional chapters,
unless specifically adopted in this ordnance. The Minnesota State Building Code is hereby
incorporated in this ordinance as if fully set out herein.

and enforcement of the code shall be in accordance with Minnesota State Building Code. The
code shall be enforced within the extraterritorial limits permitted by Minnesota Statutes,
326B.121, Subd. 2(d), when so established by this ordinance.

Subdivision 1.
Section 3. Permits and Fees. The issuance of permits and the collection of fees shall be as
authorized in Minnesota Rules Chapter 1300. Permit fees shall be assessed for work governed by
20
this code in accordance with the fee schedule adopted by the municipality in i.e.: City Code #,
Ordinance # etc. In addition, a surcharge fee shall be collected on all permits issued for work
governed by this code in accordance with Minnesota Statutes 326B.148.

Statutes 326B.082, Subd. 16).
Section 5. Building Code Optional Chapters. Minnesota State Building Code, Chapter 1300
allows the Municipality to adopt by reference and enforce certain optional chapters of the most
current edition of the Minnesota State Building Code.
The following optional provisions identified in the most current edition of the State Building
Code are hereby adopted and incorporated as part of the building code for this municipality.
1.
2. (Municipality must specifically identify optional provisions elected for code adoption here)
3.
Signed: ________________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
Attest: _________________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
Reviewed By: ___________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
21
ACCESSIBILITY SAMPLE ORDINANCE
Ordinance No. _________Adopting the Minnesota State Building Code for Accessibility
AN ORDINANCE ADOPTING THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE FOR

ACCESSIBILITY. THIS ORDINANCE: PROVIDES FOR THE APPLICATION,
ADMINISTRATION, AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE MINNESOTA STATE
BUILDING CODE FOR ACCESSIBILITY BY REGULATING THE ERECTION,
CONSTRUCTION, ENLARGEMENT, ALTERATION, REPAIR, CONVERSION,
OCCUPANCY, EQUIPMENT, USE, AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL BUILDINGS AND
STRUCTURES IN THIS MUNICIPALITY; PROVIDES FOR THE ISSUANCE OF
PERMITS AND COLLECTION OF FEES THEREOF; PROVIDES PENALTIES FOR
VIOLATION THEREOF; REPEALS ALL ORDINANCES AND PARTS OF
ORDINANCES THAT CONFLICT THEREWITH.

and enforcement of the code shall be in accordance with Minnesota Rules chapter 1300.
Subdivision 1.
Section 2. Permits and Fees. Permit fees shall be assessed for work governed by this code in
accordance with the fee schedule adopted by the municipality in i.e.: City Code #, Ordinance #
etc. In addition, a surcharge fee shall be collected on all permits issued for work governed by this
code in accordance with Minnesota Statutes 326B.148.

Statutes 326B.082, Subd. 16).
Section 4. Building Code for Accessibility. The Minnesota State Building Code for
Accessibility, established pursuant to Minnesota Statutes 326B, is hereby adopted as the building
code for accessibility in this municipality. The building code for accessibility is known as
chapter 1341 of Minnesota Rules.
Signed: ________________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
Attest: _________________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
Reviewed By: ___________________________________________________
Title: _________________________________________________________
22
EXTRACTED FROM 1997 UNIFORM BUILDING CODE
TABLE NO. 1-A – BUILDING PERMIT FEES
TOTAL VALUATION FEE

$1.00 to $500 $23.00
$501.00 to $2,000.00 $23.50 for the first $500.00 plus $3.05 for each additional
$100.00, or fraction thereof, to and including $2,000.00
$2,001.00 to $25,000.00 $69.25 for the first $2,000.00 plus $14.00 for each additional
$1,000.00, or fraction thereof, to and including $25,000.00
$500,001.00 to $3,233.75 for the first $500,000.00 plus $4.75 for each
$1,000,000.00 additional $1,000.00, or fraction thereof, to and including
$1,000,000.00
$1,000,001.00 and up $5,608.75 for the first $1,000,000.00 plus $3.15 for each
additional $1,000.00, or fraction thereof
Other Inspections and Fees:

1. Inspections outside of normal business hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $47.00 per hour*
2. Reinspection fees assessed under provisions of
Section 305.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $47.00 per hour*
3. Inspections for which no fee is specifically indicated . . . . . . . . . . . . $47.00 per hour*
(minimum charge – one-half hour)
4. Additional plan review required by changes, additions
or revisions to plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $47.00 per hour*
5. For use of outside consultants for plan checking and
inspections, or both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actual costs **
* Or the total hourly cost to the jurisdiction, whichever is the greatest. This cost shall include
supervision, overhead, equipment, hourly wages and fringe benefits of the employees
involved.
** Actual costs include administrative and overhead costs.
23
EXTRACTED FROM 1994 UNIFORM BUILDING CODE
TOTAL VALUATION FEE

$1.00 to $500 $21.00
$1,000,000.00

Section 305.8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $42.00 per hour*
5. For use of outside consultants for plan checking and
inspections, or both . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Actual costs **
involved.
** Actual costs include administrative and overhead costs.
24
EXTRACTED FROM THE 1985, 1988 AND 1991

UNIFORM BUILDING CODE
TABLE NO. 3-A – BUILDING PERMIT FEES
TOTAL VALUATION FEE

$1.00 to $500 $15.00
$1,000,000.00

(minimum charge – two hours)
Section 305 (g) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $30.00 per hour*
involved.
25
26
27
GUIDELINES FOR SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING
PURPOSE: To provide a method for complying with requirements of the International Building
Code (IBC) 2006 Section 1704 – Special Inspections.
BEFORE PERMIT ISSUANCE: The architect or engineer of record shall prepare and submit
a Special Structural Testing and Inspection Program to the building official. The Program may
be included in the contract documents or as a separate submittal document. The completed
Program Summary Schedule should include the following:
1. A specific listing of the items requiring special inspection (observation and testing).
2. The associated technical scope sections, which define the applicable standard to judge
conformance of construction work and describe the duties of special inspectors.
3. The type of special inspector required for each item.
4. The frequency of reporting, i.e., weekly, monthly, per test/inspection, per floor, etc.
5. The parties responsible for performing the special inspections.
6. Acknowledgements by each designated party.
REQUIREMENTS: “Special Inspection” includes inspection (work requiring observation and

engineering judgment) and testing (work analyzing materials in accordance with approved
standards). Special Inspection shall meet the minimum requirements of the Minnesota State
Building Code, which includes IBC Section 1704, and the approved drawings and specifications.
Special Inspectors shall be employed by the owner or engineer/architect of record, but not the
contractor. Special Inspection shall not relieve the contractor of responsibility to complete the
work in accordance with the approved drawings and specifications.
GUIDELINE PROGRAM: To assist with standardization of Special Inspections and Testing,

the Council of American Structural Engineers/Minnesota chapter (CASE/MN) developed a
Guideline Program for Special Structural Testing and Inspection, 4th Edition. The document is
intended to identify items critical to the structural integrity of buildings and clearly outline the
responsibilities of parties involved in design, construction, testing, and inspection. An excerpt
regarding responsibilities is included in the following paragraph. Copies of this voluntary use
document can be obtained through the American Council of engineering Companies/Minnesota
(ACEC/MN) office at (952) 593-5533.
28
1.05 Responsibilities
A. Special Structural Testing and Inspection
1. Special Inspectors:
a. Sign the Special Structural Testing and Inspection Summary Schedule in

conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencement of
construction.
b. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of special

structural testing and inspection.
c. Test and/or inspect the work assigned for conformance with the building
department approved design drawings, specifications and applicable material
and workmanship provisions of the Code. Perform testing and inspection in a
timely manner to avoid delay of work.
d. Bring discrepancies to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction,

then, if uncorrected after a reasonable period of time, to the attention of the
Structural Engineer of Record, the Building Official, and to the Architect.
e. Submit test and/or inspection reports to the Building Official, Contractor, the
Structural Engineer of Record, and other designated persons in accordance
with the Special Structural Testing and Inspection Summary Schedule.
f. Submit a final signed report stating whether the work requiring special
inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with
the approved plans, specifications and the applicable workmanship provisions
of the Code.
2. Architect of Record (or other prime consultant):
a. Complete and sign the Special Structural Testing and Inspection Summary
Schedule in conjunction with other responsible parties prior to
commencement of construction. Provide a completed copy of the schedule to
all signed parties including Building Official.
b. If appropriate, arrange and attend a pre-construction meeting to review the

scope of special structural testing and inspection. Include Contractor,
Building Official, SER, Testing Agency and other parties concerned.
c. Coordinate the flow of reports and related information to expedite resolution

of construction issues.
29
3. Structural Engineer of Record (SER):
a. Identify items requiring special structural testing and inspection including

special cases.
b. Define "type" of special inspector required for "description" of work indicated

on the special structural testing and inspection schedule.
c. Complete and sign the Special Structural Testing and Inspection Summary
Schedule prior to commencement of construction.
d. If requested, attend a pre-construction meeting to review the scope of special

e. Review reports submitted by special inspectors.
f. If engaged as a special inspector, provide special structural testing and

inspection services as previously described.
4. Testing Agency:

construction.

c. When engaged as a special inspector, provide special structural testing and

inspection services as previously described.
5. Contractor:

construction.

c. Post or make available the Special Structural Testing and Inspection Summary
Schedule within its office at the job site. Also, provide adequate notification
to those parties designated on the schedule so they may properly prepare for
and schedule their work.
d. Provide the special inspectors access to the approved drawings and

specifications at the job site.
30
e. Review reports submitted by special inspectors.
f. Retain at the job site all reports submitted by the special inspectors for review
by the building official upon request.
g. Correct in a timely manner, deficiencies identified in inspection and/or testing

reports.
h. Provide the special inspector safe access to the work requiring inspection
and/or testing.
i. Provide labor and facilities to provide access to the work and to obtain, handle
and deliver samples, to facilitate testing and inspection and for storage and
curing of test samples.
j. Verification of conformance of the work within specified construction

tolerances is solely the Contractor's responsibility.
6. Fabricator:

conjunction with other responsible parties prior to commencing construction.
b. Submit a Certificate of Compliance to the Building Official, Special Inspector,

and Structural Engineer of Record that the work was performed in accordance
with the approved plans and specifications.
7. Building Official (Typical responsibilities noted for information only):
a. Determine work which, in the Building Officials opinion, involves unusual

hazards or conditions in accordance with the International Building Code
(IBC).
b. Review special inspector qualifications.
c. Accept and sign the completed Special Structural Testing and Inspection
Summary Schedule.
d. Review all fabricators who perform work in their shop, which requires special
inspection.
e. Review reports and recommendations submitted by the special inspectors.
f. Review the "final signed reports" submitted by the special inspector(s). These
documents should be accepted and approved by the building department prior
to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
31
8. Owner:
a. Establish direct funding to provide for cost of special structural testing and
inspection services.
b. Provide special inspector with approved design drawings, specifications and

approved shop drawings.
c. Sign the Special Structural Testing and Inspection Summary Schedule in

construction.
32
Special Structural Testing and Inspection Program Summary Schedule

Project Name ___________________________________________ Project No._____________________
Location _______________________________________________
_______________________________________________ Permit No. ____________________ (1)
Technical (2) Type of Specific Report Assigned

Section Article Description (3) Inspector (4) Frequency (5) Firm (6)
Note: This schedule shall be filled out and included in a Special Structural Testing and Inspection Program.
(If not otherwise specified, assumed program will be “Guidelines for Special Inspection & Testing” as
contained in the State Building Code and as modified by the state adopted IBC.)
*A complete specification-ready program can be downloaded directly by visiting CASE/MN at www.cecm.org*
(1) Permit No. to be provided by the Building Official

(2) Referenced to the specific technical scope section in the program.
(3) Use descriptions per 2006 IBC Chapter 17, Section 1704 as adopted by Minnesota State Building Code.
(4) Special Inspector – Technical (SIT); Special Inspector – Structural (SIS)
(5) Weekly, monthly, per test/inspection, per floor, etc.
(6) Name of Firm contracted to perform services.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
(Each appropriate representative shall sign below)
Owner: ______________________ Firm: ________________________ Date: _________________

Contractor: ___________________ Firm: ________________________ Date: _________________
Architect: ____________________ Firm: ________________________ Date: _________________
SER: ________________________ Firm: ________________________ Date: _________________
SI-S: ________________________ Firm: ________________________ Date: _________________
TA: _________________________ Firm: ________________________ Date: _________________
F: __________________________ Firm: ________________________ Date: _________________
If requested by engineer/architect of record or building official, the individual names of all prospective special
inspectors and the work they intend to observe shall be identified as an attachment.
Legend: SER = Structural Engineer of Record SI-T = Special Inspector - Technical TA = Testing Agency
SI-S = Special Inspector - Structural F = Fabricator
Accepted for the Building Department By ________________________________ Date ______________________

BCSD-PR003-042103
33
EFFECTIVE USE OF THE INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE

While not all inclusive, the following format may be used as a general guideline for use and application of the
International Building Code.
• Determine the structures occupancy group(s) that most nearly resemble the intended use - according to fire
safety and relative hazard. See Sections 302.1 and 303 through 312.
• Determine if incidental uses within the building are to be separated and/or protected per Table 508.2, or if they
are to be classified as a separate occupancy per Section 508.2.1. If separate occupancies, they must comply
with the mixed occupancy provisions of Section 508.2.1.
• For buildings having mixed occupancy groups, see Section 508.3. Determine if the building, or portion thereof,
is designed to be separated, non-separated, accessory, or a combination of these per Section 508.3. For
separated uses, check occupancy separations per Section 508.3.1.3 and Table 508.3.3.
• Determine the type of construction of the building by the construction materials used - and the fire-resistance-
rating of the structural components of the building. See Sections 602.2 through 602.5.
• Determine location of the building on the property to verify distances to lot lines and other buildings (by the
certificate of survey or site plan). See Section 702.1 for the definition of “fire separation distance”. See Table
602 for the fire-resistance-rating requirements of exterior walls based on the fire separation distance. Also see
Section 704.8 for the maximum allowable area of exterior wall openings based on the actual fire separation
distance.
• Calculate the allowable floor area(s) of the building - for both the “per-floor” area and the “total” building area.
See Sections 503, 504, 505, 506 & 507. Also see Section 508.3.1.2 for accessory occupancies, Section
508.3.2.2 for “non-separated” occupancies, and Section 508.3.3.2 for “separated” occupancies.
Compute the height and number of stories of the building using the definition of Basement, Grade Plane,
Building Height, Story Height, and Mezzanine - per Section 502.1. See Table 503 for the maximum height and
number of stories permitted based on the occupancy group and type of construction. See Section 504 for height
modifications and Section 509 for Special Provisions.
• Review the building for compliance with the occupancy requirements of Sections 303 through Section 312.
Also verify special detailed requirements based on “special uses” and “occupancies” as identified in Sections
402 through Section 420.
• Review the building for conformity with “type of construction” requirements in Section 602 and Table 601. If
using type I or II construction, see Section 603 for the use of combustible materials. For fire-resistance-rated
construction, see Chapter 7.
• Determine the design occupant load per Section 1004.1.
• For conformance with Means of Egress provisions, see IBC Chapter 10.
• Review the building for other detailed code regulations in Chapters 4, 7 through 10, 12 through 29, and 31
through 33.
• See MN Rule 1305 for amendments to the IBC. (The 1305 Rules are not optional. If applicable, they must be
incorporated into the design.)
• See MN Rule 1303 “Minnesota Provisions” previously found in MN Rule 1300 (i.e. restroom facilities in public
accommodations, minimum frost protection depth, space for commuter vans, recycling space, ground snow
load, bleacher safety…)
• Review the building for conformity with structural engineering regulations and requirements for materials of
construction. See Chapters 16 through 25.
• Review the building compliance with the “accessibility provisions” of Minnesota Rule 1341.
34
Manufactured Structures Section reduce their costs by consolidating similar

This section governs three different areas: services while continuing to operate, staff and
Manufactured Homes (HUD) enforce industrialized (modular) buildings
(Minnesota State Building Code programs. Improved compliance through uniform
1350) rules, regulations and procedures; better
Prefabricated Buildings enforcement through sharing of information and
(Minnesota State Building Code findings; and reduced costs through elimination of
1360) redundant reviews and inspections are just some
of the compact’s benefits.
Industrialized Modular Buildings
(Minnesota State Building Code
The compact’s rules, regulations and procedures
1361)
are developed by the Rules Development
Committee (RDC) and recommended to the IBC
The Industrialized Modular Buildings Section
for adoption. The RDC is a consensus-based
uses model rules and regulations (MRR) and
committee with representatives from state
Uniform Administrative Procedures (UAP) listed
governments, consumers, manufacturers
on the IBC (Industrialized Buildings Commission
(residential and commercial), and private
website). Information about the IBC is provided
evaluation and inspection agencies.
below and information about the website is on the
next page.
In addition to the member states of Minnesota,
Rhode Island and New Jersey, the IBC has an
IBC (Industrialized Buildings Commission)
agreement with the state of North Dakota whereby
North Dakota agrees to accept industrialized
The Industrialized Buildings Commission
(modular) buildings bearing an IBC certification
supports and enhances productivity, innovation,
labels. Also, the State of Wisconsin has an
affordability, and international competitiveness in
agreement with the State of Minnesota that allows
the American construction industry through
industrialized (modular) buildings manufactured
nationwide uniformity in codes, rules, regulations,
in Minnesota and bearing an IBC certification
and procedures and the elimination of duplication
label to be sited in Wisconsin.
in reviews, inspection, and fees, while assuring
quality, durability, and safety in the built
Since 1992, the National Conference of States on
environment.
Building Codes and Standards, Inc. (NCSBCS)
has served as the IBC’s secretariat. administering
The Industrialized Buildings Commission (IBC)
the certification label program, providing
was created in the early 1990s when the states of
administrative and secretarial support, and
Minnesota, Rhode Island and New Jersey each
conducting audits of the design agencies.
enacted the Interstate Compact for
Industrialized/Modular Buildings (model
1. Point your browser to :
legislation). The IBC which is responsible for
http://www.interstateibc.org
carrying out the activities of the compact is
comprised of governor-appointed state officials
2. Click on Forms & Regulations
from the member states and a representative from
State of Minnesota (flag) an the next screen will
the industrialized (modular) buildings industry.
list:
The purpose of the compact is to streamline
RULES & REGULATIONS
regulations that govern industrialized (modular)
Uniform Administrative Procedures
buildings -- from the design and manufacture to
Model Rules & Regulations
delivery and installation -- and to eliminate costly
FORMAL INTERPRETATIONS
duplication of reviews and inspections by multiple
FI 00-01 U- vs R-Values on Data Plates
jurisdictions. The coordinating compact enables
FI 98-02 Shipping Modules without Labels
member states to improve their efficiency and
FI 98-01 Superseded
35
FI 97-02 Reporting Unused Labels Enforcement Regulations. In 2000 Congress

FI 97-01 Control of Working Drawings revised and added areas to The Act in order to
FI 95-06 Labeling Existing Buildings provide better quality of manufactured homes and
FI 95-05 Monthly Production Reports Stating handling of consumer complaints. In states that
“No Production” are not approved SAA’s, HUD is charged with the
FI 95-04 PE Seals on Compliance Assurance regulation of the additional sections to The Act,
Documents and in states that are approved SAA’s the state is
FI 95-03 Identification of Compliance the administrative and enforcement agency of The
Assurance Employees Act.
FI 95-02 Continuing Education Guidelines
FI 95-01 Labeling Requirements for Two CFR 3288, “Dispute Resolution”, took effect in
Modules on One Carrier February of 2008. 3288 allows for a
FI 94-01 Size Limitations for Documents manufacturer, dealer, or licensed installer the right
FORMAL TECHNICAL OPINIONS to request inspection or investigation to determine
FTO 98-02 Firestopping of Openings the cause of problems with a manufactured home.
FTO 98-01 Special Inspection CFR 3285, “Installation Standards”, will take
BULLETINS effect sometime in 2008. 3285 is minimum
B 11.17.98 High-Voltage Testing National standard for the installation of
B 08.05.97 Certification of Prefabricated Steel manufactured homes. Manufacturer’s approved
Components installation instructions and state installation
B 07.01.96 Monthly Production Report - First programs will be required to meet or exceed the
Location Information minimum National standards. CFR 3286,
B 11.14.95 Application of Building Systems “Installation Program”, took effect sometime in
Documents 2009. 3286 is a minimum National requirement
B 11.14.95S Issues from Briefing Session (Sept. for installation programs in states. 3286 requires
‘95) inspection of installations, licensing and
FORMS certification of installer and training of inspectors
Refund of Certification Label Fees of manufacture home installations. Continuing
Monthly Production Report education requirements for installers is a part of
Application for Certification 3286. Minnesota has had an installation program
since 1973, however under the new National
Manufactured Housing standard and program, some changes occurred
regarding the amount of installation inspected
Title VI-Manufactured Housing Construction and statewide and the training, licensing, and
Safety Standards Act is part of the Housing and certification of installers. Minn. Stat. § 326B.133
Urban development National Program. The U.S. requires that Local Authority Having Jurisdiction
Congress has established this Act as a vital role in (LAHJ)/ Building Officials issue permits and
meeting the housing needs of the Nation to inspect the installation of all manufactured homes
provide a significant resource for affordable in their jurisdiction.
homeownership to all Americans with the purpose
to protect the quality, durability, safety, and Another future item that will be developed for the
affordability of manufactured homes. In the HUD manufactured home National programs is the
manufactured home program the State of MN is a addition of section 3282.15 to the existing
fully approved State Administrative Agency regulations. 3282.15 will allow more on-site
(SAA) in providing services for the program in construction/assembly of the manufactured homes
the way of auditing of manufacturers and at the site of occupancy. This along with the
consumer complaint handling. addition of installation requirements nationwide
will require more inspection verification at the site
The Act of 1976 had two general areas of concern, of occupancy to assure safety, quality, durability,
Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 3280 and affordability of manufactured housing in
Construction Standards and CFR 3282 accordance with the purpose of The Act.
36
This insert replaces pages 37 to 67 (Minnesota Building Code Statutes)

of this document
• View pages 18 to 53 of Chapter 326 B (Construction Codes and Licensing) at:

www.dli.mn.gov/pdf/326B_18_53.pdf
• View the entire Chapter 326B at: www.dli.mn.gov/pdf/bc_chapter326B_2008.pdf

Manufactured Structures
327B.01 Definitions.
Subdivision 1. Terms. As used in sections 327B.01 to 327B.12 the terms defined in this
section have the meanings given them.
Subd. 2. Affiliate. "Affiliate" of another person means any person directly or indirectly
controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the other person.
Subd. 3. Broker. "Broker" means any person who:
(a) for another and for commission, fee or other valuable consideration or with the intention or
expectation of receiving the same directly or indirectly lists, sells, exchanges, buys or rents,
manages, or offers or attempts to negotiate a sale, option, exchange, purchase or rental of an
interest in a manufactured home or advertises or holds out as engaged in such activities;
(b) for another and for commission, fee or other valuable consideration or with the intention or
expectation of receiving the same directly or indirectly negotiates or offers or attempts to
negotiate a loan, secured or to be secured by a security interest in or other encumbrance on a
manufactured home; or
(c) engages in the business of charging an advance fee or contracting for collection of a fee in
connection with any contract to undertake to promote the sale of a manufactured home through
its listing in a publication issued primarily for the purpose of promoting the sale of manufactured
homes or real estate.
Subd. 4. Commissioner. "Commissioner" means the commissioner of administration.
Subd. 5. Consumer customer. "Consumer customer" means any natural person who,
primarily for personal, household or family purposes, buys, sells, or seeks to buy or sell, a
manufactured home from, to or through a dealer or manufacturer.
Subd. 6. Controlling shareholder. "Controlling shareholder" means a shareholder whose

legal, equitable and beneficial holdings, and whose family's such holdings, in a dealership
amount to more than ten percent of the outstanding shares.
Subd. 7. Dealer. "Dealer" means any person who engages in the business, either exclusively
or in addition to any other occupation, of selling or brokering manufactured homes, new or used,
or who offers to sell, solicit, broker or advertise the sale of manufactured homes, new or used.
Subd. 8. Express warranty. "Express warranty" means a warranty as defined by section

336.2-313.
Subd. 9. Implied warranty of fitness for particular purpose. "Implied warranty of fitness for
particular purpose" means a warranty as defined by section 336.2-315.
68
Subd. 10. Implied warranty of merchantability. "Implied warranty of merchantability"

means a warranty as defined by section 336.2-314.
Subd. 11. In park sale. "In park sale" has the meaning specified in section 327C.01,
subdivision 2.
Subd. 12. Manufacturer. "Manufacturer" means any person who manufactures, assembles or
produces manufactured homes.
Subd. 13. Manufactured home. "Manufactured home" means a structure, not affixed to or
part of real estate, transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is eight
body feet or more in width or 40 body feet or more in length, or, when erected on site, is 320 or
more square feet, and which is built on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a
dwelling with or without a permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and
includes the plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and electrical systems contained in it.
Subd. 14. Manufactured home park. "Manufactured home park" has the meaning specified
in section 327C.01, subdivision 5.
Subd. 15. Net listing agreement. "Net listing agreement" means any agreement by any
dealer to sell, offer for sale, solicit, broker or advertise the sale of a manufactured home on
behalf of any person which provides for the dealer to receive any consideration from any person
other than a commission based on a single percentage of the price at which the home is actually
sold.
Subd. 16. New manufactured home. "New manufactured home" means a manufactured
home which is purchased for the first time other than for purposes of resale.
Subd. 17. Person. "Person" means any individual, corporation, firm, partnership,
incorporated and unincorporated association, or any other legal or commercial entity.
Subd. 18. Sale. "Sale" means:
(a) the passing of title from one person to another for consideration; or
(b) any agreement to sell under which possession is delivered to the buyer but title is retained
in the seller; or
(c) any agreement in the form of a bailment or lease of goods if the bailee or lessee agrees to
pay as compensation for use a sum substantially equivalent to or in excess of the aggregate value
of the goods involved and it is agreed that the bailee or lessee will become, or for no other than a
nominal consideration has the option to become, the owner of the goods upon full compliance
with the bailee's or lessee's obligations under the agreement; or
(d) any legally binding executory agreement to make a sale.
69
Subd. 19. Salesperson. "Salesperson" means a person who acts on behalf of a dealer in
performing any act which sections 327B.01 to 327B.12 authorize or require to be performed by a
dealer.
Subd. 20. Trust account. "Trust account" means a demand deposit, share draft or checking
account maintained for the purpose of segregating trust funds from other funds.
Subd. 21. Trust funds. "Trust funds" means funds received by a broker in a fiduciary
capacity as a part of a manufactured home sale transaction, pending the consummation or
termination of a transaction, and includes all down payments, earnest money deposits, rents for
clients, tax and insurance escrow payments, damage deposits, and any funds received on behalf
of any person.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 1; 1983 c 142 s 1,2; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 52,53; 1986 c 444
327B.02 Warranties.
Subdivision 1. Implied warranties. Every sale of a new manufactured home in this state is
made with an implied warranty that the manufactured home conforms in all material aspects to
applicable federal or state laws and regulations establishing standards of safety or quality, and
with implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for particular purpose as permanent
housing in the climate of this state.
Subd. 2. Express warranties permitted. This section does not prohibit a manufacturer or
dealer from making express warranties with respect to a manufactured home, but a manufacturer
or dealer may not limit, modify or disclaim the warranties implied by subdivision 1.
Subd. 3. Limitations void. Any attempt to exclude, limit or modify any rights or remedies
created by the warranties implied by this section is void.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 2
327B.03 Warranties; duration, honoring.
Subdivision 1. Duration. The warranties implied by section 327B.02 shall run for a period
of one year from the date of delivery of the manufactured home to the consumer customer.
Subd. 2. Notice and cooperation by buyer. To invoke either a warranty implied by section
327B.02 or an express warranty made by the manufacturer the buyer must notify the dealer and
the manufacturer within a reasonable time after discovering the breach and not later than 90 days
after the expiration of the warranty. To invoke an express warranty made by the dealer, the
buyer must notify the dealer within a reasonable time after discovering the breach and not later
than 90 days after the expiration of the warranty. After giving the notice the buyer must allow
reasonable opportunity for the service or repair.
70
Subd. 3. Responsibility to honor. The manufacturer and dealer, jointly and severally, shall
service or repair a manufactured home at its site within a reasonable time after receiving written
notice of breach of either a warranty implied by section 327B.02 or an express warranty made by
the manufacturer. The dealer shall service or repair a manufactured home at its site within a
reasonable time after receiving written notice of breach of an express warranty made by the
dealer.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 3
327B.04 Manufacturers and dealers; licenses; bonds.
Subdivision 1. License and bond required. No person shall act as a dealer in manufactured
homes, new or used, without a license and a surety bond as provided in this section. No person
shall manufacture manufactured homes without a license and a surety bond as provided in this
section. The licensing and bonding requirements of this section do not apply to any bank,
savings bank, savings association, or credit union, chartered by either this state or the federal
government, which acts as a dealer only by repossessing manufactured homes and then offering
the homes for resale.
Subd. 2. Subagency licenses. Any dealer who has a place of business at more than one
location shall designate one location as its principal place of business, one name as its principal
name, and all other established places of business as subagencies. A subagency license shall be
required for each subagency. No dealer shall do business as a dealer under any other name than
the name on its license.
Subd. 3. License application. Application for a license and its renewal shall be made to the
commissioner, shall be in writing, and duly verified by oath. The applicant shall submit any
information required by the commissioner, upon forms provided by the commissioner for that
purpose, including:
(a) proof of identity;
(b) the name under which the applicant will be licensed and do business in this state;
(c) the applicant's type and place of business;
(d) The name, home and business address of the applicant's directors, officers, limited and
general partners, controlling shareholders and affiliates;
(e) whether the applicant, or any of its directors, officers, limited or general partners,
controlling shareholders or affiliates, has been convicted of a crime within the previous ten years
that either related directly to the business for which the license is sought or involved fraud,
misrepresentation or misuse of funds, or has suffered a judgment in a civil action involving
fraud, misrepresentation, or conversion within the previous five years or has had any government
license or permit suspended or revoked as a result of an action brought by a federal or state
governmental agency in this or any other state within the last five years; and
71
(f) the applicant's qualifications and business history, including whether the applicant, or any
of its directors, officers, limited or general partners, controlling shareholders or affiliates has ever
been adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or has any unsatisfied court judgments outstanding against
it or them.
Subd. 4. License prerequisites. No application shall be granted nor license issued until the
applicant proves to the commissioner that:
(a) the applicant has a permanent, established place of business at each licensed location. An
"established place of business" means a permanent enclosed building other than a residence, or a
commercial office space, either owned by the applicant or leased by the applicant for a term of at
least one year, located in an area where zoning regulations allow commercial activity, and where
the books, records and files necessary to conduct the business are kept and maintained. The
owner of a licensed manufactured home park who resides in or adjacent to the park may use the
residence as the established place of business required by this subdivision, unless prohibited by
local zoning ordinance.
If a license is granted, the licensee may use unimproved lots and premises for sale, storage,
and display of manufactured homes, if the licensee first notifies the commissioner in writing;
(b) if the applicant desires to sell, solicit or advertise the sale of new manufactured homes, it
has a bona fide contract or franchise in effect with a manufacturer or distributor of the
new manufactured home it proposes to deal in;
(c) the applicant has secured a surety bond in the amount of $20,000 for the protection of
consumer customers, executed by the applicant as principal and issued by a surety company
admitted to do business in this state. The bond shall be exclusively for the purpose of
reimbursing consumer customers and shall be conditioned upon the faithful compliance by the
applicant with all of the laws and rules of this state pertaining to the applicant's business as a
dealer or manufacturer, including sections 325D.44, 325F.67 and 325F.69, and upon the
applicant's faithful performance of all its legal obligations to consumer customers;
(d) the applicant has established a trust account as required by section 327B.08, subdivision 3,
unless the applicant states in writing its intention to limit its business to selling, offering for sale,
soliciting or advertising the sale of new manufactured homes; and
(e) the applicant has provided evidence of having had at least two years' prior experience in
the sale of manufactured homes, working for a licensed dealer.
Subd. 5. Exemption for real estate brokers and salespeople. Any person licensed as a real
estate broker or salesperson under chapter 82 who brokers the sale of used manufactured homes
is not required to obtain a license or a bond as required by this section, but is subject to all other
provisions of sections 327B.01 to 327B.12. Any real estate broker or salesperson who violates a
provision of sections 327B.06 to 327B.09 in selling or offering for sale a used manufactured
home shall be deemed to have violated a provision of chapter 82.
Subd. 6. Certificate of license. For each license granted the commissioner shall issue a
certificate which includes the name of the licensee, the name of the surety company and the
72
amount of the surety bond, the names and addresses of any related principal or subagencies, and
a license number.
Subd. 7. Fees; licenses; when granted. Each application for a license or license renewal
must be accompanied by a fee in an amount established by the commissioner by rule pursuant to
section 327B.10. The fees shall be set in an amount which over the fiscal biennium will produce
revenues approximately equal to the expenses which the commissioner expects to incur during
that fiscal biennium while administering and enforcing sections 327B.01 to 327B.12. All money
collected by the commissioner through fees prescribed in sections 327B.01 to 327B.12 shall be
deposited in the state government special revenue fund and is appropriated to the commissioner
for purposes of administering and enforcing the provisions of this chapter. The commissioner
shall grant or deny a license application or a renewal application within 60 days of its filing. If
the license is granted, the commissioner shall license the applicant as a dealer or manufacturer
for the remainder of the calendar year. Upon application by the licensee, the commissioner shall
renew the license for a two year period, if:
(a) the renewal application satisfies the requirements of subdivisions 3 and 4;
(b) the renewal applicant has made all listings, registrations, notices and reports required by
the commissioner during the preceding year; and
(c) the renewal applicant has paid all fees owed pursuant to sections 327B.01 to 327B.12 and
all taxes, arrearages, and penalties owed to the state.
Subd. 8. Limited dealer's license. The commissioner shall issue a limited dealer's license to
an owner of a manufactured home park authorizing the licensee as principal only to engage in the
sale, offering for sale, soliciting, or advertising the sale of used manufactured homes located in
the owned manufactured home park. The licensee must be the title holder of the homes and may
engage in no more than ten sales annually. An owner may, upon payment of the applicable fee
and compliance with this subdivision, obtain a separate license for each owned manufactured
home park and is entitled to sell up to ten homes per license provided that only one limited dealer
license may be issued for each park. The license shall be issued after:
(1) receipt of an application on forms provided by the commissioner containing the following
information:
(i) the identity of the applicant;
(ii) the name under which the applicant will be licensed and do business in this state;
(iii) the name and address of the owned manufactured home park, including a copy of the park
license, serving as the basis for the issuance of the license; and
(iv) the name, home, and business address of the applicant;
(2) payment of a $100 annual fee; and
73
(3) provision of a surety bond in the amount of $5,000. A separate surety bond must be
provided for each limited license.
The applicant need not comply with section 327B.04, subdivision 4, paragraph (e). The
holding of a limited dealer's license does not satisfy the requirement contained in section
327B.04, subdivision 4, paragraph (e), for the licensee or salespersons with respect to obtaining a
dealer license. The commissioner may, upon application for a renewal of a license, require only
a verification that copies of sales documents have been retained and payment of a $100 renewal
fee. "Sales documents" mean only the safety feature disclosure form defined in section 327C.07,
subdivision 3a, title of the home, financing agreements, and purchase agreements.
The license holder shall, upon request of the commissioner, make available for inspection
during business hours sales documents required to be retained under this subdivision.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 4; 1983 c 142 s 3; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 54; 1986 c 444; 1995 c 202 art 2
s 28; 1997 c 202 art 2 s 44; 1998 c 280 s 1; 2000 c 352 s 1
327B.05 Denial, suspension and revocation of licenses.
Subdivision 1. Grounds. The commissioner may by order deny, suspend or revoke any
license on finding(1) that the order is in the public interest and (2) that the applicant or licensee
or any of its directors, officers, limited or general partners, controlling shareholders or affiliates:
(a) has filed an application for a license or a license renewal which fails to disclose any
material information or contains any statement which is false or misleading with respect to any
material fact;
(b) has violated any of the provisions of sections 327B.01 to 327B.12 or any rule or order
issued by the commissioner or any prior law providing for the licensing of manufactured home
dealers or manufacturers;
(c) has had a previous manufacturer or dealer license revoked in this or any other state;
(d) has engaged in acts or omissions which have been adjudicated or amount to a violation of
any of the provisions of section 325D.44, 325F.67 or 325F.69;
(e) has sold or brokered the sale of a home containing a material violation of sections 327.31
to 327.35 about which the dealer knew or which should have been obvious to a reasonably
prudent dealer;
(f) has failed to make or provide all listings, notices and reports required by the commissioner;
(g) has failed to pay a civil penalty assessed under subdivision 5 within ten days after the
assessment becomes final;
(h) has failed to pay to the commissioner or other responsible government agency all taxes,
fees and arrearages due;
74
(i) has failed to duly apply for license renewal;
(j) has violated any applicable manufactured home building or safety code;
(k) has failed or refused to honor any express or implied warranty as provided in section
327B.03;
(l) has failed to continuously occupy a permanent, established place of business licensed under
section 327B.04;
(m) has, without first notifying the commissioner, sold a new and unused manufactured home
other than the make of manufactured home described in a franchise or contract filed with the
application for license or license renewal;
(n) has wrongfully failed to deliver a certificate of title to a person entitled to it;
(o) is insolvent or bankrupt;
(p) holds an impaired or canceled bond;
(q) has failed to notify the commissioner of bankruptcy proceedings within ten days after a
petition in bankruptcy has been filed by or against the dealer or manufacturer;
(r) has, within the previous ten years, been convicted of a crime that either related directly to
the business of the dealer or manufacturer or involved fraud, misrepresentation or misuse of
funds;
(s) has suffered a judgment within the previous five years in a civil action involving fraud,
misrepresentation or misuse of funds; or
(t) has failed to reasonably supervise any employee or agent of the dealer or manufacturer,
resulting in injury or harm to the public.
The commissioner may establish rules pursuant to section 327B.10 further specifying,
defining or establishing standards of conduct for manufactured home dealers and manufacturers.
Subd. 2. Denial; appeal; reconsideration. The commissioner shall inform the applicant and
summarize in writing the reasons for a denial. Within 15 days of receiving the commissioner's
notice, the applicant may request in writing that the commissioner reconsider. The request for
reconsideration shall explain why the commissioner's previous decision was wrong and shall
specifically address each reason given by the commissioner for the denial. Within 20 days of
receiving the request for reconsideration, the commissioner shall decide whether to withdraw the
denial and grant a license. If the commissioner reaffirms the denial, the applicant may appeal in
accordance with chapter 14. An applicant whose application is denied may also cure the defects
in the application cited by the commissioner and resubmit the application at no extra charge.
75
Subd. 3. License suspension or revocation; hearing. Upon the commissioner's motion or

upon the complaint of another, the commissioner may prepare and serve upon a licensee a
written notice or complaint summarizing the violations charged, and requiring the licensee to
appear at a specified time and place to show cause why the license should not be revoked. The
hearing on the suspension or revocation shall be conducted pursuant to the contested case
provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act. Upon the completion of the hearing, if the
commissioner finds the existence of any of the causes for suspension or revocation set forth in
subdivision 1 and determines that the license should be revoked or suspended, the commissioner
shall make a written order of revocation or suspension. A copy of the order shall be served upon
the licensee in the manner provided by law for the service of summons in a civil action.
If the commissioner revokes or suspends the license of any person holding more than one
license under the provisions of section 327B.04, subdivision 2, the commissioner shall revoke or
suspend all of the licenses of that person and of the affiliates of that person.
Subd. 4. Summary license suspension. The commissioner may by order summarily suspend
a license pending final determination of any order to show cause if necessary to prevent
immediate and substantial public harm. If a license is suspended pending final determination of
an order to show cause, a hearing on the merits shall be held within 30 days of the issuance of
the order of suspension.
Subd. 5. Penalties. After having conducted the hearing provided for in subdivision 3, the
commissioner may, in addition to or in lieu of revoking or suspending a license, order restitution
to an injured consumer customer, or assess a penalty or penalties of not more than $10,000
against any person who commits any act that is grounds for the suspension or revocation of a
license under subdivision 1.
Subd. 6. Appeals. The contested case provisions of chapter 14 shall apply to appeals from
any order by the commissioner denying, suspending or revoking a license, or assessing penalties.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 5; 1983 c 142 s 4,6; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 55; 1983 c 247 s 133; 1986 c
444
327B.06 Dealer's records.
Subdivision 1. Retention. A dealer shall retain for three years copies of all listings, deposit
receipts, credit applications, contracts, disclosure forms, canceled checks, trust account records
and other documents reasonably related to carrying on the business of a dealer. The retention
period shall run from the date of the closing of the transaction or from the date of the listing if
the transaction is not consummated.
Subd. 2. Examination of records. The commissioner may make examinations within or

without this state of each dealer's records at such reasonable time and in such scope as is
necessary to enforce the provisions of sections 327B.01 to
327B.12.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 6
76
327B.07 Responsibility of dealers.
Subdivision 1. Liability. Each dealer is responsible for the activities of any person
employed by or acting on behalf of that dealer when the activities occur in connection with the
sale or attempted sale of a manufactured home. Each corporation licensed as a dealer is
responsible for the activities of any person employed by or acting on behalf of the corporation
when such activities occur in connection with the sale or attempted sale of a manufactured home.
Subd. 2. Salespeople. Every dealer shall report in writing to the commissioner the full name,
date of birth, business and home address of every salesperson employed by the dealer. Within
ten days of hiring, firing or otherwise changing the employment status of a salesperson, the
dealer shall notify the commissioner in writing. No salesperson shall work for more than one
dealer during the same time period.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 7; 1983 c 142 s 7
327B.08 Duties.
Subdivision 1. Disclosure required. Prior to the consummation of the sale of any

manufactured home where a dealer acts as a broker, the dealer shall disclose in writing to all
parties to the transaction all charges, payments, commissions and other fees paid or payable in
connection with the transaction. Any commission charged by the dealer shall be expressed both
as a dollar amount and as a percentage of the sales price. If the home being sold is located in a
manufactured home park, prior to the buyer's signing of the purchase agreement the dealer shall
disclose in writing to the buyer the state law concerning the in park sale of manufactured homes.
This subdivision does not require any dealer to disclose any consideration received (1) for having
acted as an insurance agent, as defined in section 60A.02, subdivision 7, in connection with the
transaction, or (2) in return for the dealer having agreed to any contingent liability in connection
with the financing of the sale. The commissioner may prescribe a form to be used to comply
with this subdivision and may require all dealers to use that form.
Subd. 2. Presence of parties at closing. A dealer shall not prohibit, prevent or restrain any
party to the brokered sale of a manufactured home from being present at the closing. If a dealer
at a closing purports to have authority to act for one of the parties who is not present, the dealer
shall exhibit the document granting that authority and shall give a copy of that document to the
other parties.
Subd. 3. Trust account required. Each dealer who acts as a broker shall maintain a trust
account. A trust account shall not be an interest bearing account except by agreement of the
parties and subject to rules of the commissioner.
Subd. 4. Segregation of funds. A dealer shall deposit all trust funds received in a trust
account. A dealer shall not commingle personal funds or other funds with the funds in a trust
account, except that a dealer may deposit and maintain a sum from personal funds not to exceed
77
$100 in a trust account, which sum shall be specifically identified and used to pay service
charges relating to the trust account.
Subd. 5. Trust information required. At the time of application for a license or renewal of
license, each dealer who acts or intends to act as a broker shall tell the commissioner the name of
the financial institutions and the trust account identification numbers used to comply with the
provisions of this section. A dealer shall immediately report to the commissioner any change of
trust account status including changes in financial institutions, account identification numbers, or
additional accounts in the same or another financial institution. No dealer may close an existing
trust account without giving ten days' written notice to the commissioner.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 8; 1986 c 444
327B.09 Prohibitions.
Subdivision 1. License required. No person shall engage in the business, either exclusively
or in addition to any other occupation of manufacturing, selling, offering to sell, soliciting or
advertising the sale of manufactured homes, or act as a broker without being licensed as a
manufacturer or a dealer as provided in section 327B.04. Any person who manufactures, sells,
offers to sell, solicits or advertises the sale of manufactured homes, or acts as a broker in
violation of this subdivision shall nevertheless be subject to the duties, prohibitions and penalties
imposed by sections 327B.01 to 327B.12. This chapter does not prohibit either an individual
from reselling, without a license, a manufactured home which is or has been the individual's
residence or any bank, savings bank, savings association, or credit union, chartered by either this
state or the federal government, from reselling, without a license, a repossessed manufactured
home.
Subd. 2. Advertising. No person shall advertise as a manufactured home dealer, or as a

lister, broker or agent for the sale of manufactured homes, without being licensed as a dealer as
provided in section 327B.04.
Subd. 3. Display of license. No person shall act as a dealer or manufacturer unless the
certificate authorizing that activity is prominently displayed on the business premises covered by
the license. Before moving to a new location from the established place of business occupied
when the license is granted, the licensee must first secure the commissioner's written permission.
To obtain that permission, the licensee must prove that the proposed new premises conform to
the requirements of section 327B.04, subdivision 4.
Subd. 4. Net listing prohibited. No dealer shall use or offer to use a net listing agreement.
Subd. 5. Broker or dealer arrangement of financing. A dealer who is acting as a broker for
the sale of a manufactured home and who can arrange financing for the sale may charge a
separate fee for that service, if:
(a) the listing agreement does not require that the seller or buyer use the dealer's services to
arrange financing;
78
(b) in arranging the financing, the dealer will pay a fee or will guarantee all or part of the
buyer's performance to a third person; and
(c) the listing agreement clearly and conspicuously discloses the amount of the fee, the fact
that the fee is in addition to the dealer's commission and the fact that the seller and buyer are not
required to use the dealer's services to arrange financing.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 9; 1983 c 142 s 9; 1983 c 216 art 1 s 56; 1986 c 444; 1995 c 202 art 2
s 29
327B.10 Rulemaking authority.
The commissioner may promulgate rules and issue orders reasonably necessary to implement
and administer the provisions of sections 327B.01 to 327B.12.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 10
327B.11 Recourse to the bond.
Subdivision 1. Consumer claimants. Any consumer customer sustaining injuries within the
terms of a surety bond issued pursuant to section 327B.04 may proceed against the principal and
surety without making the state a party to the proceedings. Provided, however, that the
aggregate liability of the surety to all persons for all losses or damages shall in no event exceed
the amount of the bond.
Subd. 2. Payment of claims; notice to commissioner. Before paying any claim against a
surety bond, the surety company must first notify the commissioner in writing of the amount of
the claim, the basis of the claim and the surety company's intention to pay the claim. Unless the
commissioner objects in writing within ten days of receiving the notice, the surety company may
proceed upon its intention. The commissioner's failure to object is not evidence of the validity of
the claim or of the propriety of paying the claim. The commissioner shall object only with
reasonable grounds to believe that paying the claim will reduce the obligation of the bond to an
amount less than the total amount of other outstanding and valid claims against the bond.
Subd. 3. Application for a referee. Within 15 days of objecting to the payment of a claim,
the commissioner shall apply to the district court for an order:
(a) directing the surety company to pay the full obligation of the bond into court; and
(b) appointing a referee to hear claims against the bond and to propose to the court the proper
distribution of the bond proceeds.
The surety company and the principals on the bond shall be parties to the proceedings.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 11; 1986 c 444
79
327B.12 Additional remedies and enforcement.
Subdivision 1. Private remedies. Any person injured or threatened with injury by a dealer or
manufacturer's violation of sections 327B.01 to 327B.12 may bring a private action in any court
of competent jurisdiction.
Subd. 2. Fraud remedies. In addition to the remedies provided in sections 327B.01 to

327B.12, any violation of section 327B.08 or 327B.09 is a violation of section 325F.69,
subdivision 1 and the provisions of section 8.31 shall apply.
HIST: 1982 c 526 art 1 s 12
80
Agricultural buildings – as defined as Class 2 property

273.13 Subd.23
Subd. 23. Class 2. (a) Class 2a property is agricultural land including any improvements that
is homesteaded. The market value of the house and garage and immediately surrounding one
acre of land has the same class rates as class 1a property under subdivision 22. The value of the
remaining land including improvements up to and including $600,000 market value has a net
class rate of 0.55 percent of market value. The remaining property over $600,000 market value
has a class rate of one percent of market value.
(b) Class 2b property is (1) real estate, rural in character and used exclusively for growing
trees for timber, lumber, and wood and wood products; (2) real estate that is not
improved with a structure and is used exclusively for growing trees for timber, lumber, and wood
and wood products, if the owner has participated or is participating in a cost-sharing
program for afforestation, reforestation, or timber stand improvement on that particular property,
administered or coordinated by the commissioner of natural resources; (3) real
estate that is nonhomestead agricultural land; or (4) a landing area or public access area of a
privately owned public use airport. Class 2b property has a net class rate of one percent
of market value.
(c) Agricultural land as used in this section means contiguous acreage of ten acres or more,
used during the preceding year for agricultural purposes. "Agricultural purposes" as used in this
section means the raising or cultivation of agricultural products or enrollment in the Reinvest in
Minnesota program under sections 103F.501 to 103F.535 or the federal Conservation Reserve
Program as contained in Public Law Number 99-198. Contiguous acreage on the same parcel, or
contiguous acreage on an immediately adjacent parcel under the same ownership, may also
qualify as agricultural land, but only if it is pasture, timber, waste, unusable wild land, or land
included in state or federal farm programs. Agricultural classification for property shall be
determined excluding the house, garage, and immediately surrounding one acre of land, and shall
not be based upon the market value of any residential structures on the parcel or
contiguous parcels under the same ownership.
(d) Real estate, excluding the house, garage, and immediately surrounding one acre of land, of
less than ten acres which is exclusively and intensively used for raising or cultivating agricultural
products, shall be considered as agricultural land.
Land shall be classified as agricultural even if all or a portion of the agricultural use of that
property is the leasing to, or use by another person for agricultural purposes.
Classification under this subdivision is not determinative for qualifying under section 273.111.
The property classification under this section supersedes, for property tax purposes only, any
locally administered agricultural policies or land use restrictions that define minimum or
maximum farm acreage.
(e) The term "agricultural products" as used in this subdivision includes production for sale of:
81
(1) livestock, dairy animals, dairy products, poultry and poultry products, fur-bearing animals,
horticultural and nursery stock described in sections 18.44 to 18.61, fruit of all kinds, vegetables,
forage, grains, bees, and apiary products by the owner;
(2) fish bred for sale and consumption if the fish breeding occurs on land zoned for
agricultural use;
(3) the commercial boarding of horses if the boarding is done in conjunction with raising or
cultivating agricultural products as defined in clause (1);
(4) property which is owned and operated by nonprofit organizations used for equestrian
activities, excluding racing;
(5) game birds and waterfowl bred and raised for use on a shooting preserve licensed under
section 97A.115;
(6) insects primarily bred to be used as food for animals;
(7) trees, grown for sale as a crop, and not sold for timber, lumber, wood, or wood products;
and
(8) maple syrup taken from trees grown by a person licensed by the Minnesota department of
agriculture under chapter 28A as a food processor.
(f) If a parcel used for agricultural purposes is also used for commercial or industrial purposes,
including but not limited to:
(1) wholesale and retail sales;
(2) processing of raw agricultural products or other goods;
(3) warehousing or storage of processed goods; and
(4) office facilities for the support of the activities enumerated in clauses (1), (2), and (3),
the assessor shall classify the part of the parcel used for agricultural purposes as class 1b, 2a, or
2b, whichever is appropriate, and the remainder in the class appropriate to its use. The grading,
sorting, and packaging of raw agricultural products for first sale is considered an agricultural
purpose. A greenhouse or other building where horticultural or nursery products are grown that
is also used for the conduct of retail sales must be classified as agricultural if it is primarily used
for the growing of horticultural or nursery products from seed, cuttings, or roots and occasionally
as a showroom for the retail sale of those products. Use of a greenhouse or building only for the
display of already grown horticultural or nursery products does not qualify as an agricultural
purpose.
The assessor shall determine and list separately on the records the market value of the
homestead dwelling and the one acre of land on which that dwelling is located. If any farm
buildings or structures are located on this homesteaded acre of land, their market value shall not
be included in this separate determination.
82
(g) To qualify for classification under paragraph (b), clause (4), a privately owned public use
airport must be licensed as a public airport under section 360.018. For purposes of paragraph
(b), clause (4), "landing area" means that part of a privately owned public use airport properly
cleared, regularly maintained, and made available to the public for use by aircraft and includes
runways, taxiways, aprons, and sites upon which are situated landing or navigational aids. A
landing area also includes land underlying both the primary surface and the approach surfaces
that comply with all of the following:
(i) the land is properly cleared and regularly maintained for the primary purposes of the
landing, taking off, and taxiing of aircraft; but that portion of the land that contains
facilities for servicing, repair, or maintenance of aircraft is not included as a landing area;
(ii) the land is part of the airport property; and
(iii) the land is not used for commercial or residential purposes.
The land contained in a landing area under paragraph (b), clause (4), must be described and
certified by the commissioner of transportation. The certification is effective until it is
modified, or until the airport or landing area no longer meets the requirements of paragraph (b),
clause (4). For purposes of paragraph (b), clause (4), "public access area" means property used
as an aircraft parking ramp, apron, or storage hangar, or an arrival and departure building in
connection with the airport.
83
Annual Report filing (16B.685)
16B.685 Annual report.
Beginning with the first report filed by June 30, 2003, each municipality shall annually report
by June 30 to the department, in a format prescribed by the department, all construction and
development-related fees collected by the municipality from developers, builders, and
subcontractors if the cumulative fees collected exceeded $5,000 in the reporting year. The report
must include:
(1) the number and valuation of units for which fees were paid;
(2) the amount of building permit fees, plan review fees, administrative fees, engineering
fees, infrastructure fees, and other construction and development-related fees; and
(3) the expenses associated with the municipal activities for which fees were collected.
History: 2001 c 207 s 6; 2003 c 6 s 1
84
Automatic garage door opening systems 325F.82 – 325F.83
325F.82 Definitions.
Subdivision 1. Scope. For the purposes of section 325F.83, the terms defined in this section
have the meanings given them.
Subd. 2. Automatic garage door opening system.

"Automatic garage door opening system" means a system of devices and equipment that, when
connected to a garage door, automatically opens and closes a garage door.
Subd. 3. Garage. "Garage" means a building, or a portion of a building, designed or used

for the storage, repair, or keeping of a motor vehicle.
Subd. 4. Residential building. "Residential building" means a building such as a home or

apartment for one or more families or persons that includes an attached or unattached garage.
Subd. 5. Automatic reversing requirement. "Automatic reversing requirement" means the

requirements specified in paragraphs 30.1 and 30.2 of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.,
Standards for Safety-UL 325, third edition, as revised May 4, 1988, for a residential automatic
garage door opening system or the requirements specified in paragraph 29.1 of Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc., Standards for Safety-UL 325, third edition, as revised May 4, 1988, for a
commercial vehicular door operator.
HIST: 1990 c 414 s 2; 1991 c 10 s 1,2
Copyright 2002 by the Office of Revisor of Statutes, State of Minnesota.
85
Fair buildings
38.01 County agricultural societies; formation, powers.
An agricultural society or association may be incorporated by citizens of any county, or two or

more counties jointly, but only one agricultural society shall be organized in any county. An
agricultural society may sue and be sued in its corporate name; may adopt bylaws, rules, and
regulations, alter and amend the same; may purchase and hold, lease and control any real or
personal property deemed to promote the objects of the society, and may rent, lease, sell, and
convey the same. Any income from the rental or lease of such property may be used for any or
all of the following purposes: (1) Acquisition of additional real property; (2) Construction of
additional buildings; or (3) Maintenance and care of the society's property. This section shall not
be construed to preclude the continuance of any agricultural society now existing or the granting
of aid thereto.
An agricultural society shall have jurisdiction and control of the grounds upon which its fairs
are held and of the streets and grounds adjacent thereto during such fair, so far as may be
necessary for such purpose. At or before the time of holding any fair, the agricultural society
may appoint, in writing, as many persons to act as special constables as necessary, for and during
the time of holding the same and for a reasonable time prior and subsequent thereto. These
constables, before entering upon their duties, shall take and subscribe the usual oath of office,
endorsed upon their appointment, and have and exercise upon the grounds of the society, and
within one-half mile thereof, all the power and authority of constables at common law and, in
addition thereto, may, within these limits, without warrant, arrest any person found violating any
laws of the state, or any rule, regulation, or bylaw of the society, and summarily remove the
persons and property of such offenders from the grounds and take them before any court of
competent jurisdiction to be dealt with according to law. Each such peace officer shall wear an
appropriate badge of office while acting as such.
As an alternative to the appointment of special constables, the society may contract with the
sheriff or local municipality to provide the society with the same police service it may secure by
appointing special constables. A person providing police service pursuant to such a contract is
not, by reason of the contract, classified as an employee of the agricultural society for any
purpose other than the discharge of powers and duties under the contract.
Any person who shall willfully violate any rule or regulation made by such societies during
the days of a fair shall be guilty of a misdemeanor.
The provisions of this section supersede all special laws on the same subject.
HIST: (7885) RL s 3097; 1909 c 416 s 1; 1911 c 381 s 5; 1921 c

464 s 1; 1923 c 146 s 1; 1923 c 232 s 1; 1937 c 352 s 1; 1955 c
618 s 1; 1963 c 408 s 1; 1986 c 444
86
245A.151 Fire marshal inspection.
When licensure under this chapter requires an inspection by a fire marshal to determine
compliance with the Minnesota Uniform Fire Code under section 299F.011, a local fire code
inspector approved by the state fire marshal may conduct the inspection. If a community does
not have a local fire code inspector or if the local fire code inspector does not perform the
inspection, the state fire marshal must conduct the inspection. A local fire code inspector or the
state fire marshal may recover the cost of these inspections through a fee of no more than $50 per
inspection charged to the applicant or license holder. The fees collected by the state fire marshal
under this section are appropriated to the commissioner of public safety for the purpose of
conducting the inspections.
HIST: 2002 c 375 art 1 s 17
87
9502.0315 DEFINITIONS.
Subpart 1. Applicability. As used in parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445, the following terms have
the meanings given them.
Subp. 2. Adult. "Adult" means a person at least 18 years of age.
Subp. 3. Agency. "Agency" means the county or multicounty social or human service agency
governed by the county board or multicounty human services board.
Subp. 4. Applicant. "Applicant" means the person seeking a license to be the primary
provider of day care in the residence.
Subp. 5. Building official. "Building official" means the person appointed in accordance
with Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.65, to administer the State Building Code, or the building
official's authorized representative.
Subp. 6. Caregiver. "Caregiver" means the provider, substitute, helper, or another adult
giving care in the residence.
Subp. 7. Child. "Child" means a person ten years of age or younger.
Subp. 8. Commissioner. "Commissioner" means the Minnesota commissioner of the

Department of Human Services or the commissioner's authorized representative.
Subp. 9. Day care. "Day care" means the care of a child in a residence outside the child's
own home for gain or otherwise, on a regular basis, for any part of a 24 hour day.
Subp. 10. Department. "Department" means the Minnesota Department of Human Services.
Subp. 11. Family day care. "Family day care" means day care for no more than ten children
at one time of which no more than six are under school age. The licensed capacity must include
all children of any caregiver when the children are present in the residence.
Subp. 12. Fire marshal. "Fire marshal" means the person designated by Minnesota Statutes,
section 299F.011 to administer and enforce the Minnesota Uniform Fire Code, or the fire
marshal's authorized representative.
Subp. 13. Group family day care. "Group family day care" means day care for no more than
14 children at any one time. The total number of children includes all children of any caregiver
when the children are present in the residence.
Subp. 14. Helper. "Helper" means a person at least 13 years of age and less than 18 years of
age who assists the provider with the care of children.
Subp. 15. Agent of a board of health. "Agent of a board of health" as authorized under
Minnesota Statutes, section 145A.04, means the designated representative of the state or board of
88
health as defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 145.02, subdivision 2, to enforce state and local
health codes.
Subp. 16. Infant. "Infant" means a child who is at least six weeks of age but less than 12
months of age.
Subp. 17. License. "License" means a certificate issued by the commissioner authorizing the
provider to give specified services for a specified period of time in accordance with the terms in
parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445; Minnesota Statutes, sections 245A.01 to 245A.16, and 252.28,
subdivision 2; and the rules of the department.
Subp. 18. Licensed capacity. "Licensed capacity" means the total number of children ten
years of age or younger permitted at any one time in the residence. The licensed capacity
includes all children of any caregiver when the children are present in the residence.
Subp. 19. Medicine. "Medicine" means a prescription or nonprescription substance taken

internally or applied externally to prevent or cure disease, heal, or relieve pain.
Subp. 19a. Mental illness. "Mental illness" means the inability to interpret reality
realistically and the impaired functioning in primary aspects of daily living, such as personal
relations, living arrangements, work, and recreation; which is listed in the International
Classification of Diseases (ICD-9-CM) Ninth Revision (1980), code range 290.0-299.9, or the
corresponding code in the American Psychiatric Association's Diagnostic and Statistical Manual
of Mental Disorders (DSM-III) Third Edition (1980), Axes I, II, or III. These publications are
incorporated by reference and are not subject to frequent change. They are available in the state
law library.
Subp. 19b. Minnesota Uniform Fire Code. "Minnesota Uniform Fire Code" means those
codes and regulations adopted by the state fire marshal in accordance with Minnesota Statutes,
section 299F.011 and contained in parts 7510.0200 to 7510.3000.
Subp. 20. Newborn. "Newborn" means a child between birth and six weeks of age.
Subp. 21. Parent. "Parent" means a person who has the legal responsibility for a child such
as the child's mother, father, or legally appointed guardian.
Subp. 22. Preschooler. "Preschooler" means a child at least 30 months of age up to

enrollment in the first day of school in the local school district.
Subp. 23. [Repealed, 10 SR 2617]
Subp. 24. Provider. "Provider" means the license holder and primary caregiver.
Subp. 25. Related. "Related" means any of the following relationships by marriage, blood, or
adoption: parent, grandparent, brother, sister, stepparent, stepsister, stepbrother, uncle, aunt,
child, niece, nephew. Related also includes a legally appointed guardian.
89
Subp. 26. Regularly or regular basis. "Regularly" or "regular basis" means a cumulative
total of more than 30 days within any 12 month period.
Subp. 27. Residence. "Residence" means the dwelling unit, as defined by section 405 of the
State Building Code, in which day care is provided and which is occupied as a home.
Subp. 28. School age. "School age" means a child ten years of age or younger and enrolled in
the first day of kindergarten in the local school district.
Subp. 28a. State Building Code. "State Building Code" means those codes and regulations
adopted by the commissioner of administration in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section
16B.59 and contained in chapter 1300.
Subp. 29. Substitute. "Substitute" means an adult at least 18 years of age who assumes the
responsibility of the provider as specified in part 9502.0365, subpart 5.
Subp. 29a. Supervision. "Supervision" means a caregiver being within sight or hearing of an
infant, toddler, or preschooler at all times so that the caregiver is capable of intervening to
protect the health and safety of the child. For the school age child, it means a caregiver being
available for assistance and care so that the child's health and safety is protected.
Subp. 30. Toddler. "Toddler" means a child at least 12 months of age but less than 30
months of age.
Subp. 31. Variance. "Variance" means written permission by the commissioner for a
provider or applicant to depart from the provisions of parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445.
STAT AUTH: MS s 245A.09; 252.28
HIST: 9 SR 2106; 10 SR 2617; L 1987 c 309 s 24, c 333 s 22

Current as of 08/03/01
90
Hazardous and substandard buildings
463.15 Definitions.
Subdivision 1. Coverage. For purposes of sections 463.15 to 463.26 the terms defined in
this section have the meanings given them.
Subd. 2. Building. "Building" includes any structure or part of a structure.
Subd. 3. Hazardous building or hazardous property. "Hazardous building or hazardous

property" means any building or property, which because of inadequate maintenance,
dilapidation, physical damage, unsanitary condition, or abandonment, constitutes a fire hazard or
a hazard to public safety or health.
Subd. 4. Owner, owner of record, and lien holder of record. "Owner," "owner of record,"
and "lien holder of record" means a person having a right or interest in property described in
subdivision 3 and evidence of which is filed and recorded in the office of the county recorder or
registrar of titles in the county in which the property is situated.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 1; 1967 c 324 s 1; 1976 c 181 s 2; 1989 c 328 art 6 s 5,6
463.151 Removal by municipality; consent; cost.
The governing body of any city or town may remove or raze any hazardous building or
remove or correct any hazardous condition of real estate upon obtaining the consent in writing of
all owners of record, occupying tenants, and all lien holders of record; the cost shall be charged
against the real estate as provided in section 463.21, except the governing body may provide that
the cost so assessed may be paid in not to exceed five equal annual installments with interest
thereon, at eight percent per annum.
HIST: 1967 c 324 s 2; 1974 c 341 s 1
463.152 Exercise of eminent domain.
Subdivision 1. Purpose, public interest. In order to maintain a sufficient supply of adequate,

safe, and sanitary housing and buildings used for living, commercial, industrial, or other
purposes or any combination of purposes, it is found that the public interest requires that
municipalities be authorized to acquire buildings, real estate on which buildings are located, or
vacant or undeveloped real estate which are found to be hazardous within the meaning of section
463.15, subdivision 3, and the acquisition of such buildings and real estate is hereby declared to
be a public purpose.
Subd. 2. Acquisition; procedure. In furtherance of the public policy declared in subdivision

1, the governing body of any city or town may acquire any hazardous building, real estate on
which any such building is located, or vacant or undeveloped real estate by eminent domain in
the manner provided by chapter 117.
HIST: 1974 c 341 s 3; 1976 c 2 s 140
91
463.16 Repair or remove hazardous property condition.
The governing body of any city or town may order the owner of any hazardous building or
property within the municipality to correct or remove the hazardous condition of the building or
property or to raze or remove the building.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 2; 1973 c 123 art 5 s 7; 1989 c 328 art 6 s 7
463.161 Abatement.
In the manner prescribed in section 463.21 the governing body of any city or town may correct
or remove the hazardous condition of any hazardous building or property; the cost of which shall
be charged against the real estate as provided in section 463.21 except the governing body may
provide that the cost so assessed may be paid in not to exceed five equal annual installments with
interest therein, at eight percent per annum.
HIST: 1974 c 341 s 2; 1989 c 328 art 6 s 8
463.17 The order.
Subdivision 1. Contents. The order shall be in writing; recite the grounds therefor; specify
the necessary repairs, if any, and provide a reasonable time for compliance; and shall state that a
motion for summary enforcement of the order will be made to the district court of the county in
which the hazardous building or property is situated unless corrective action is taken, or unless
an answer is filed within the time specified in section 463.18.
Subd. 2. Service. The order shall be served upon the owner of record, or the owner's agent if
an agent is in charge of the building or property, and upon the occupying tenant, if there is one,
and upon all lien holders of record, in the manner provided for service of a summons in a civil
action. If the owner cannot be found, the order shall be served upon the owner by posting it at
the main entrance to the building or, if there is no building, in a conspicuous place on the
property, and by four weeks' publication in the official newspaper of the municipality if it has
one, otherwise in a legal newspaper in the county.
Subd. 3. Filing. A copy of the order with proof of service shall be filed with the court
administrator of district court of the county in which the hazardous building or property is
located not less than five days prior to the filing of a motion pursuant to section 463.19 to
enforce the order. At the time of filing such order the municipality shall file for record with the
county recorder or registrar of titles a notice of the pendency of the proceeding, describing with
reasonable certainty the lands affected and the nature of the order. If the proceeding be
abandoned the municipality shall within ten days thereafter file with the county recorder a notice
to that effect.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 3; 1976 c 181 s 2; 1986 c 444; 1Sp1986 c 3

art 1 s 82; 1989 c 328 art 6 s 9
463.18 Answer.
92
Within 20 days from the date of service, any person upon whom the order is served may serve
an answer in the manner provided for the service of an answer in a civil action,
specifically denying such facts in the order as are in dispute.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 4
463.19 Default cases.
If no answer is served, the governing body may move the court for the enforcement of the
order. If such a motion is made the court may, upon the presentation of such evidence as it may
require, affirm or modify the order and enter judgment accordingly, fixing a time after which the
governing body may proceed with the enforcement of the order. The court administrator shall
cause a copy of the judgment to be mailed forthwith to persons upon whom the original order
was served.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 5; 1Sp1986 c 3 art 1 s 82
463.20 Contested cases.
If an answer is filed and served as provided in section 463.18, further proceedings in the action
shall be governed by the Rules of Civil Procedure for the District Courts, except that the action
has priority over all pending civil actions and shall be tried forthwith. If the order is sustained
following the trial, the court shall enter judgment and shall fix a time after which the building
must be destroyed or repaired or the hazardous condition removed or corrected, as the case may
be, in compliance with the order as originally filed or modified by the court. If the order is not
sustained, it shall be annulled and set aside. The court administrator of the court shall cause a
copy of the judgment to be mailed forthwith to the persons upon whom the original order was
served.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 6; 1Sp1986 c 3 art 1 s 82; 1989 c 328 art 6 s 10
463.21 Enforcement of judgment.
If a judgment is not complied with in the time prescribed, the governing body may cause the
building to be repaired, razed, or removed or the hazardous condition to be removed or corrected
as set forth in the judgment, or acquire the building, if any, and real estate on which the building
or hazardous condition is located by eminent domain as provided in section 463.152. The cost of
the repairs, razing, correction, or removal may be: a lien against the real estate on which the
building is located or the hazardous condition exists, or recovered by obtaining a judgment
against the owner of the real estate on which the building is located or the hazardous condition
exists. A lien may be levied and collected only as a special assessment in the manner provided
by Minnesota Statutes 1961, sections 429.061 to 429.081, but the assessment is payable in a
single installment. When the building is razed or removed by the municipality, the governing
body may sell the salvage and valuable materials at public auction upon three days' posted
notice.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 7; 1974 c 341 s 4; 1989 c 328 art 3 s 3
93
463.22 Statement of moneys received.
The municipality shall keep an accurate account of the expenses incurred in carrying out the
order and of all other expenses theretofore incurred in connection with its enforcement, including
specifically, but not exclusively, filing fees, service fees, publication fees, attorney's fees,
appraisers' fees, witness fees, including expert witness fees, and traveling expenses incurred by
the municipality from the time the order was originally made, and shall credit thereon the
amount, if any, received from the sale of the salvage, or building or structure, and shall report its
action under the order, with a statement of moneys received and expenses incurred to the court
for approval and allowance. Thereupon the court shall examine, correct, if necessary, and allow
the expense account, and, if the amount received from the sale of the salvage, or of the building
or structure, does not equal or exceed the amount of expenses as allowed, the court shall by its
judgment certify the deficiency in the amount so allowed to the municipal clerk for collection.
The owner or other party in interest shall pay the same, without penalty added thereon, and in
default of payment by October 1, the clerk shall certify the amount of the expense to the county
auditor for entry on the tax lists of the county as a special charge against the real estate on which
the building or hazardous condition is or was situated and the same shall be collected in the same
manner as other taxes and the amount so collected shall be paid into the municipal treasury. If
the amount received for the sale of the salvage or of the building or structure exceeds the
expense incurred by the municipality as allowed by the court, and if there are no delinquent
taxes, the court shall direct the payment of the surplus to the owner or the payment of the same
into court, as provided in sections 463.15 to 463.26. If there are delinquent taxes against the
property, the court shall direct the payment of the surplus to the county treasurer to be applied on
such taxes.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 8; 1974 c 329 s 1; 1989 c 328 art 6 s 11
463.23 Payment, tender, deposit in court.
The net proceeds of a sale under section 463.21 or section 463.24 shall be paid to persons
designated in the judgment in the proportions as their interests shall appear therein. Acceptance
of such payment shall be taken as a waiver of all objections to the payment and to the
proceedings leading thereto on the part of the payee and of all persons for whom the payee is
lawfully empowered to act. In case any party to whom a payment of damages is made be not a
resident of the state, or the place of residence be unknown, or the party be an infant or other
person under legal disability, or, being legally capable, refuses to accept payment, or if for any
reason it be doubtful to whom any payment should be paid, the municipality may pay the same to
the clerk, to be paid out under the direction of the court; and, unless an appeal be taken such
deposit with the clerk shall be deemed a payment of the award.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 9; 1986 c 444
463.24 Personal property or fixtures.
If any building ordered razed, removed, or made safe and sanitary by repairs contains personal
property or fixtures which will unreasonably interfere with the razing, removal, or repair
94
of such building, or if the razing or removal of the building makes necessary the removal of such
personal property or fixtures, the original order of the governing body may direct the removal of
such personal property or fixtures within a reasonable time. If the property or fixtures are not
removed by the time specified, and the governing body subsequently desires to enforce a
judgment under sections 463.15 to 463.26, it may sell the same at public auction as provided in
section 463.21, or if without appreciable value, the governing body may destroy the same.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 10
463.25 Hazardous excavations.
If in any city, an excavation for building purposes is left open for more than six months
without proceeding with the erection of a building thereon, whether or not completed, or if
any excavation or basement is not filled to grade or otherwise protected after a building is
destroyed, demolished or removed, the governing body may order such excavation to be filled or
protected or in the alternative that erection of a building begin forthwith if the excavation is for
building purposes. The order shall be served upon the owner or the owner's agent in the manner
provided by section 463.17. If the owner of the land fails to comply with the order within 15
days after the order is served, the governing body shall cause the excavation to be filled to grade
or protected and the cost shall be charged against the real estate as provided in section 463.21.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 11; 1973 c 123 art 5 s 7; 1986 c 444
463.251 Securing vacant buildings.
Subdivision 1. Definitions. The following terms have the meanings given them for the
purposes of this section.
(a) "City" means a statutory or home rule charter city.
(b) "Neighborhood association" means an organization recognized by the city as representing

a neighborhood within the city.
(c) "Secure" may include, but is not limited to, installing locks, repairing windows and doors,
boarding windows and doors, posting "no-trespassing" signs, installing exterior lighting or
motion-detecting lights, fencing the property, and installing a monitored alarm or other security
system.
Subd. 2. Order; notice. If in any city a building becomes vacant or unoccupied and is
deemed hazardous due to the fact that the building is open to trespass and has not been
secured and the building could be made safe by securing the building, the governing body may
order the building secured and shall cause notice of the order to be served upon the owner of
record of the premises or the owner's agent, the taxpayer identified in the property tax records for
that parcel, the holder of the mortgage or sheriff's certificate, and any neighborhood association
for the neighborhood in which the building is located that has requested notice, by delivering or
mailing a copy to the owner or agent, the identified taxpayer, the holder of the mortgage or
sheriff's certificate, and the neighborhood association, at the last known address. Service by mail
is complete upon mailing.
95
Subd. 3. Securing building by city; lien. If the owner of the building fails to either comply
or provide to the governing body a reasonable plan and schedule to comply with an order issued
under subdivision 2 within six days after the order is served, the governing body shall cause the
building to be properly secured and the cost of securing the building may be charged against the
real estate as provided in section 463.21. In the metropolitan area, as defined in section 473.121,
subdivision 2, the governing body may work with neighborhood associations to develop and
implement plans to secure vacant buildings in a timely and cost-effective fashion. The city may
use rehabilitation and revitalization funds in implementing this section.
Subd. 4. Emergency securing. A city may provide by ordinance for emergency securing of a
building that presents an immediate danger to the health and safety of persons in the community.
HIST: 1973 c 123 art 5 s 7; 1973 c 520 s 1; 1986 c 444; 1996 c

286 s 1
463.26 Local acts and charter provisions.
Sections 463.15 to 463.26 are supplementary to other statutory and charter provisions and do
not limit the authority of any city to enact and enforce ordinances on the same subject.
HIST: 1965 c 393 s 12; 1973 c 123 art 5 s 7
463.261 Relocation benefits.
Notwithstanding the provisions of section 117.56, or any other law to the contrary, all
acquisitions of buildings and real estate upon which buildings are located by governmental
subdivisions pursuant to the exercise of the power of eminent domain as provided in section
463.152 shall be acquisitions for the purposes of sections 117.50 to 117.56.
HIST: 1974 c 341 s 5; 1976 c 2 s 141
==463.misc2002 Minn. Stats. repealed, etc. secs in chap 463

463.05 Repealed, 1976 c 44 s 70
463.08 Repealed, 1949 c 119 s 110
463.09 Repealed, 1976 c 44 s 70
463.10 Repealed, 1976 c 44 s 70
463.11 Repealed, 1976 c 44 s 70
463.12 Repealed, 1976 c 44 s 70
463.13 Repealed, 1976 c 44 s 70
96
Housing: statutory warranties
327A.01 Definitions.
Subdivision 1. Scope. As used in sections 327A.01 to 327A.07, the terms in this section
shall have the meanings assigned to them.
Subd. 2. Building standards. "Building standards" means the State Building Code, adopted
by the commissioner of administration pursuant to sections 16B.59 to 16B.75, that is in effect at
the time of the construction or remodeling.
Subd. 3. Dwelling. "Dwelling" means a new building, not previously occupied, constructed
for the purpose of habitation; but does not include appurtenant recreational facilities, detached
garages, driveways, walkways, patios, boundary walls, retaining walls not necessary for the
structural stability of the dwelling, landscaping, fences, nonpermanent construction materials,
off-site improvements, and all other similar items.
Subd. 4. Initial vendee. "Initial vendee" means a person who first contracts to purchase a
dwelling from a vendor for the purpose of habitation and not for resale in the ordinary course of
trade.
Subd. 5. Major construction defect. "Major construction defect" means actual damage to the
load-bearing portion of the dwelling or the home improvement, including damage due to
subsidence, expansion or lateral movement of the soil, which affects the load-bearing function
and which vitally affects or is imminently likely to vitally affect use of the dwelling or the home
improvement for residential purposes. "Major construction defect" does not include damage due
to movement of the soil caused by flood, earthquake or other natural disaster.
Subd. 6. Vendee. "Vendee" means any purchaser of a dwelling and includes the initial
vendee and any subsequent purchasers.
Subd. 7. Vendor. "Vendor" means any person, firm or corporation which constructs
dwellings for the purpose of sale, including the construction of dwellings on land owned by
vendees.
Subd. 8. Warranty date. "Warranty date" means the date from and after which the statutory
warranties provided in section 327A.02 shall be effective, and is the earliest of
(a) The date of the initial vendee's first occupancy of the dwelling; or
(b) The date on which the initial vendee takes legal or equitable title in the dwelling.
In the case of a home improvement, the warranty date is the date on which the home
improvement work was completed.
Subd. 9. Home improvement. "Home improvement" means the repairing, remodeling,

altering, converting or modernizing of, or adding to a residential building. For the purpose of
this definition, residential building does not include appurtenant recreational facilities, detached
97
garages, driveways, walkways, patios, boundary walls, retaining walls not necessary for the
structural stability of the building, landscaping, fences, nonpermanent construction materials,
off-site improvements, and all other similar items.
Subd. 10. Home improvement contractor. "Home improvement contractor" means a person
who is engaged in the business of home improvement either full time or part time, and who holds
out to the public as having knowledge or skill peculiar to the business of home improvement.
Subd. 11. Owner. "Owner" means any person who owns a residential building on which
home improvement work is performed, and includes any subsequent owner of the residential
building.
HIST: 1977 c 65 s 1; 1981 c 119 s 1-5; 1986 c 444; 2001 c 207 s 8
327A.02 Statutory warranties.
Subdivision 1. Warranties by vendors. In every sale of a completed dwelling, and in every

contract for the sale of a dwelling to be completed, the vendor shall warrant to the vendee that:
(a) during the one-year period from and after the warranty date the dwelling shall be free from
defects caused by faulty workmanship and defective materials due to noncompliance with
building standards;
(b) during the two-year period from and after the warranty date, the dwelling shall be free
from defects caused by faulty installation of plumbing, electrical, heating, and cooling systems
due to noncompliance with building standards; and
(c) during the ten-year period from and after the warranty date, the dwelling shall be free from
major construction defects due to noncompliance with building standards.
Subd. 2. Warranties to survive passage of title. The statutory warranties provided in this
section shall survive the passing of legal or equitable title in the dwelling to the vendee.
Subd. 3. Home improvement warranties. (a) In a sale or in a contract for the sale of home
improvement work involving major structural changes or additions to a residential building, the
home improvement contractor shall warrant to the owner that:
(1) during the one-year period from and after the warranty date the home improvement shall
be free from defects caused by faulty workmanship and defective materials due to
noncompliance with building standards; and
(2) during the ten-year period from and after the warranty date the home improvement shall be
free from major construction defects due to noncompliance with building standards.
(b) In a sale or in a contract for the sale of home improvement work involving the installation
of plumbing, electrical, heating or cooling systems, the home improvement contractor shall
warrant to the owner that, during the two-year period from and after the warranty date, the home
98
improvement shall be free from defects caused by the faulty installation of the system or systems
due to noncompliance with building standards.
(c) In a sale or in a contract for the sale of any home improvement work not covered by
paragraph (a) or (b), the home improvement contractor shall warrant to the owner that, during the
one-year period from and after the warranty date, the home improvement shall be free from
defects caused by faulty workmanship or defective materials due to noncompliance with
building standards.
HIST: 1977 c 65 s 2; 1981 c 119 s 6; 2001 c 207 s 9,10
==327A.03
327A.03 Exclusions.
The liability of the vendor or the home improvement contractor under sections 327A.01 to
327A.07 is limited to the specific items set forth in sections 327A.01 to 327A.07 and does not
extend to the following:
(a) loss or damage not reported by the vendee or the owner to the vendor or the home
improvement contractor in writing within six months after the vendee or the owner discovers or
should have discovered the loss or damage;
(b) loss or damage caused by defects in design, installation, or materials which the vendee or
the owner supplied, installed, or directed to be installed;
(c) secondary loss or damage such as personal injury or property damage;
(d) loss or damage from normal wear and tear;
(e) loss or damage from normal shrinkage caused by drying of the dwelling or the home
improvement within tolerances of building standards;
(f) loss or damage from dampness and condensation due to insufficient ventilation after
occupancy;
(g) loss or damage from negligence, improper maintenance or alteration of the dwelling or the
home improvement by parties other than the vendor or the home improvement contractor;
(h) loss or damage from changes in grading of the ground around the dwelling or the home
improvement by parties other than the vendor or the home improvement contractor;
(i) landscaping or insect loss or damage;
(j) loss or damage from failure to maintain the dwelling or the home improvement in good
repair;
(k) loss or damage which the vendee or the owner, whenever feasible, has not taken timely
action to minimize;
99
(l) loss or damage which occurs after the dwelling or the home improvement is no longer used
primarily as a residence;
(m) accidental loss or damage usually described as acts of God, including, but not limited to:
fire, explosion, smoke, water escape, windstorm, hail or lightning, falling trees, aircraft and
vehicles, flood, and earthquake, except when the loss or damage is caused by failure to comply
with building standards;
(n) loss or damage from soil movement which is compensated by legislation or covered by
insurance;
(o) loss or damage due to soil conditions where construction is done upon lands owned by the
vendee or the owner and obtained by the vendee or owner from a source independent of the
vendor or the home improvement contractor;
(p) in the case of home improvement work, loss or damage due to defects in the existing
structure and systems not caused by the home improvement.
HIST: 1977 c 65 s 3; 1981 c 119 s 7; 1986 c 444
327A.04 Waiver and modification limited.
Subdivision 1. Except as provided in subdivisions 2 and 3, the provisions of sections 327A.01

to 327A.07 cannot be waived or modified by contract or otherwise. Any agreement which
purports to waive or modify the provisions of sections 327A.01 to 327A.07, except as provided
in subdivisions 2 and 3 of this section, shall be void.
Subd. 2. At any time after a contract for the sale of a dwelling is entered into by and between
a vendor and a vendee or a contract for home improvement work is entered into by and between
a home improvement contractor and an owner, any of the statutory warranties provided for in
section 327A.02 may be excluded or modified only by a written instrument, printed in
boldface type of a minimum size of ten points, which is signed by the vendee or the owner and
which sets forth in detail the warranty involved, the consent of the vendee or the owner, and the
terms of the new agreement contained in the writing. No exclusion or modification shall be
effective unless the vendor or the home improvement contractor provides substitute express
warranties offering substantially the same protections to the vendee or the owner as the statutory
warranties set forth in section 327A.02. Any modification or exclusion agreed to by
vendee and vendor or the owner and home improvement contractor pursuant to this subdivision
shall not require the approval of the commissioner of administration pursuant to section
327A.07.
Subd. 3. If a major construction defect is discovered prior to the sale of a dwelling, the
statutory warranty set forth in section 327A.02, subdivision 1, clause (c) may be waived for the
defect identified in the waiver instrument, after full oral disclosure of the specific defect, by an
instrument which sets forth in detail: the specific defect; the difference between the value of the
dwelling without the defect and the value of the dwelling with the defect, as determined and
100
attested to by an independent appraiser, contractor, insurance adjuster, engineer or any other

similarly knowledgeable person selected by the vendee; the price reduction; the date the
construction was completed; the legal description of the dwelling; the consent of the vendee to
the waiver; and the signatures of the vendee, the vendor, and two witnesses.
A single waiver agreed to pursuant to this subdivision may not apply to more than one major
construction defect in a dwelling.
The waiver shall not be effective unless filed for recording with the county recorder or
registrar of titles who shall file the waiver for record.
HIST: 1977 c 65 s 4; 1981 c 119 s 8
327A.05 Remedies.
Subdivision 1. New home warranties. Upon breach of any warranty imposed by section
327A.02, subdivision 1, the vendee shall have a cause of action against the vendor for
damages arising out of the breach, or for specific performance. Damages shall be limited to:
(a) the amount necessary to remedy the defect or breach; or
(b) the difference between the value of the dwelling without the defect and the value of the
dwelling with the defect.
Subd. 2. Home improvement warranty. Upon breach of any warranty imposed by section
327A.02, subdivision 3, the owner shall have a cause of action against the home improvement
contractor for damages arising out of the breach, or for specific performance. Damages shall be
limited to the amount necessary to remedy the defect or breach.
HIST: 1977 c 65 s 5; 1981 c 119 s 9
327A.06 Other warranties.
The statutory warranties provided for in section 327A.02 shall be in addition to all other
warranties imposed by law or agreement. The remedies provided in section 327A.05 shall not
be construed as limiting the remedies in any action not predicated upon breach of the statutory
warranties imposed by section 327A.02.
HIST: 1977 c 65 s 6
327A.07 Variations.
The commissioner of administration may approve pursuant to sections 14.05 to 14.28,

variations from the provisions of sections 327A.02 and 327A.03 if the warranty program of the
vendor or the home improvement contractor requesting the variation offers at least substantially
the same protections to the vendee or owner as provided by the statutory warranties set
forth in section 327A.02.
101
HIST: 1977 c 65 s 7; 1981 c 119 s 10; 1982 c 424 s 130; 1995 c 233 art 2 s 56
327A.08 Limitations.
Notwithstanding any other provision of sections 327A.01 to 327A.07:
(a) the terms of the home improvement warranties required by sections 327A.01 to 327A.07
commence upon completion of the home improvement and the term shall not be required to be
renewed or extended if the home improvement contractor performs additional improvements
required by warranty;
(b) the home improvement warranties required by sections 327A.01 to 327A.07 shall not
include products or materials installed that are already covered by implied or written warranty;
and
(c) the home improvement warranties required by sections 327A.01 to 327A.07 are intended
to be implied warranties imposing an affirmative obligation upon home improvement
contractors, and sections 327A.01 to 327A.07 do not require that written warranty instruments be
created and conveyed to the owner.
HIST: 1981 c 119 s 11; 1997 c 7 art 1 s 126
102
471.59 Joint exercise of powers.
Subdivision 1. Agreement. Two or more governmental units, by agreement entered into

through action of their governing bodies, may jointly or cooperatively exercise any power
common to the contracting parties or any similar powers, including those which are the same
except for the territorial limits within which they may be exercised. The agreement may provide
for the exercise of such powers by one or more of the participating governmental units on behalf
of the other participating units. The term "governmental unit" as used in this section includes
every city, county, town, school district, other political subdivision of this or another state,
another state, the University of Minnesota, and any agency of the state of Minnesota or the
United States, and includes any instrumentality of a governmental unit. For the purpose of this
section, an instrumentality of a governmental unit means an instrumentality having independent
policy making and appropriating authority.
Subd. 2. Agreement to state purpose. Such agreement shall state the purpose of the
agreement or the power to be exercised and it shall provide for the method by which the purpose
sought shall be accomplished or the manner in which the power shall be exercised. When the
agreement provides for use of a joint board, the board shall be representative of the parties to the
agreement. A joint board that is formed for educational purposes may conduct public meetings
via interactive television if the board complies with chapter 13D in each location where board
members are present. Irrespective of the number, composition, terms, or qualifications of its
members, such board is deemed to comply with statutory or charter provisions for a board for the
exercise by any one of the parties of the power which is the subject of the agreement.
Subd. 3. Disbursement of funds. The parties to such agreement may provide for
disbursements from public funds to carry out the purposes of the agreement. Funds may be paid
to and disbursed by such agency as may be agreed upon, but the method of disbursement shall
agree as far as practicable with the method provided by law for the disbursement of funds by the
parties to the agreement. Contracts let and purchases made under the agreement shall conform to
the requirements applicable to contracts and purchases of any one of the parties, as specified in
the agreement. Strict accountability of all funds and report of all receipts and disbursements
shall be provided for.
Subd. 4. Termination of agreement. Such agreement may be continued for a definite term or
until rescinded or terminated in accordance with its terms.
Subd. 5. Shall provide for distribution of property. Such agreement shall provide for the
disposition of any property acquired as the result of such joint or cooperative exercise of powers,
and the return of any surplus moneys in proportion to contributions of the several contracting
parties after the purpose of the agreement has been completed.
Subd. 6. Residence requirement. Residence requirements for holding office in any

governmental unit shall not apply to any officer appointed to carry out any such agreement.
Subd. 7. Not to affect other acts. This section does not dispense with procedural
requirements of any other act providing for the joint or cooperative exercise of any governmental
power.
103
Subd. 8. Services performed by county, commonality of powers. Notwithstanding the

provisions of subdivision 1 requiring commonality of powers between parties to any agreement
the board of county commissioners of any county may by resolution enter into agreements with
any other governmental unit as defined in subdivision 1 to perform on behalf of that unit any
service or function which that unit would be authorized to provide for itself.
Subd. 9. Exercise of power. For the purposes of the development, coordination, presentation
and evaluation of training programs for local government officials, governmental
units may exercise their powers under this section in conjunction with organizations representing
governmental units and local government officials.
Subd. 10. Services performed by governmental units; commonality of powers.

Notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision 1 requiring commonality of powers between
parties to any agreement, the governing body of any governmental unit as defined in subdivision
1 may enter into agreements with any other governmental unit to perform on behalf of that unit
any service or function which the governmental unit providing the service or function is
authorized to provide for itself.
Subd. 11. Joint powers board. (a) Two or more governmental units, through action of their
governing bodies, by adoption of a joint powers agreement that complies with the
provisions of subdivisions 1 to 5, may establish a joint board to issue bonds or obligations under
any law by which any of the governmental units establishing the joint board may independently
issue bonds or obligations and may use the proceeds of the bonds or obligations to carry out the
purposes of the law under which the bonds or obligations are issued. A joint board established
under this section may issue obligations and other forms of indebtedness only in accordance with
express authority granted by the action of the governing bodies of the governmental units that
established the joint board. Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c), the joint board
established under this subdivision must be composed solely of members of the governing bodies
of the governmental unit that established the joint board. A joint board established under this
subdivision may not pledge the full faith and credit or taxing power of any of the governmental
units that established the joint board. The obligations or other forms of indebtedness must be
obligations of the joint board issued on behalf of the governmental units creating the joint board.
The obligations or other forms of indebtedness must be issued in the same manner and subject to
the same conditions and limitations that would apply if the obligations were issued or
indebtedness incurred by one of the governmental units that established the joint board, provided
that any reference to a governmental unit in the statute, law, or charter provision authorizing the
issuance of the bonds or the incurring of the indebtedness is considered a reference to
the joint board.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), one school district, one county, and one public health
entity, through action of their governing bodies, may establish a joint board to establish and
govern a family services collaborative under section 124D.23. The school district, county, and
public health entity may include other governmental entities at their discretion. The membership
of a board established under this paragraph, in addition to members of the governing bodies of
the participating governmental units, must include the representation required by section
124D.23, subdivision 1, paragraph (a), selected in accordance with section 124D.23, subdivision
1, paragraph (c).
104
(c) Notwithstanding paragraph (a), counties, school districts, and mental health entities,
through action of their governing bodies, may establish a joint board to establish and govern a
children's mental health collaborative under sections 245.491 to 245.496, or a collaborative
established by the merger of a children's mental health collaborative and a family services
collaborative under section 124D.23. The county, school district, and mental health entities may
include other entities at their discretion. The membership of a board established under this
paragraph, in addition to members of the governing bodies of the participating governmental
units, must include the representation provided by section 245.493, subdivision 1.
Subd. 12. Joint exercise of police power. In the event that an agreement authorizes the
exercise of peace officer or police powers by an officer appointed by one of the governmental
units within the jurisdiction of the other governmental unit, an officer acting pursuant to that
agreement has the full and complete authority of a peace officer as though appointed by both
governmental units and licensed by the state of Minnesota, provided that:
(1) the peace officer has successfully completed professionally recognized peace officer
preemployment education which the Minnesota board of peace officer standards and
training has found comparable to Minnesota peace officer preemployment education; and
(2) the officer is duly licensed or certified by the peace officer licensing or certification
authority of the state in which the officer's appointing authority is located.
Subd. 13. Joint powers board for housing. (a) For purposes of implementing a federal court
order or decree, two or more housing and redevelopment authorities, or public entities exercising
the public housing powers of housing and redevelopment authorities, may by adoption of a joint
powers agreement that complies with the provisions of subdivisions 1 to 5, establish a joint board
for the purpose of acquiring an interest in, rehabilitating, constructing, owning, or managing low-
rent public housing located in the metropolitan area, as defined in section 473.121, subdivision 2,
and financed, in whole or in part, with federal financial assistance under Section 5 of the United
States Housing Act of 1937. The joint board established pursuant to this subdivision shall:
(1) be composed of members designated by the governing bodies of the governmental units
which established such joint board and possess such representative and voting power provided
by the joint powers agreement;
(2) constitute a public body, corporate, and politic; and
(3) notwithstanding the provisions of subdivision 1, requiring commonality of powers between

parties to a joint powers agreement, and solely for the purpose of acquiring an interest in,
rehabilitating, constructing, owning, or managing federally financed low-rent public housing,
shall possess all of the powers and duties contained in sections 469.001 to 469.047 and, if at least
one participant is an economic development authority, sections 469.090 to 469.1081, except (i)
as may be otherwise limited by the terms of the joint powers agreement; and (ii) a joint board
shall not have the power to tax pursuant to section 469.033, subdivision 6, or 469.107, nor shall
it exercise the power of eminent domain. Every joint powers agreement establishing a joint
board shall specifically provide which and under what circumstances the powers granted herein
may be exercised by that joint board.
105
(b) If a housing and redevelopment authority exists in a city which intends to participate in the
creation of a joint board pursuant to paragraph (a), such housing and redevelopment authority
shall be the governmental unit which enters into the joint powers agreement unless it determines
not to do so, in which event the governmental entity which enters into the joint powers
agreement may be any public entity of that city which exercises the low-rent public housing
powers of a housing and redevelopment authority.
(c) A joint board shall not make any contract with the federal government for low-rent public
housing, unless the governing body or bodies creating the participating authority in whose
jurisdiction the housing is located has, by resolution, approved the provision of that low-rent
public housing.
(d) This subdivision does not apply to any housing and redevelopment authority, or public
entity exercising the powers of a housing and redevelopment authority, within the jurisdiction of
a county housing and redevelopment authority which is actively carrying out a public housing
program under Section 5 of the United States Housing Act of 1937. For purposes of this
paragraph, a county housing and redevelopment authority is considered to be actively carrying
out a public housing program under Section 5 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, if it (1)
owns 200 or more public housing units constructed under Section 5 of the United States Housing
Act of 1937, and (2) has applied for public housing development funds under Section 5 of the
United States Housing Act of 1937, during the three years immediately preceding January 1,
1996.
(e) For purposes of sections 469.001 to 469.047, "city" means the city in which the housing
units with respect to which the joint board was created are located and "governing body" or
"governing body creating the authority" means the council of such city.
HIST: 1943 c 557; 1949 c 448 s 1-3; 1961 c 662 s 1,2; 1965 c 744 s 1-3; 1973 c 123 art 5 s 7;
1973 c 541 s 1; 1975 c 134 s 1,2; 1980 c 532 s 2; 1982 c 507 s 27; 1983 c 342 art 8 s 15; 1984 c
495 s 1; 1986 c 465 art 2 s 15; 1990 c 572 s 14; 1991 c 44 s 3; 1996 c 412 art 3 s 35; 1996 c 464
art 1 s 1; 1996 c 471 art 3 s 39; 1997 c 203 art 5 s 24; 1998 c 397 art 11 s 3; 1999 c 214 art 2 s
17; 2001 c 7 s 78
106
471.465 Physically handicapped, building regulations; definitions.
Subdivision 1. Scope. For the purposes of sections 471.465 to 471.469, the terms defined in
this section have the meanings given them.
Subd. 2. Buildings and facilities. "Buildings and facilities" means any and all buildings and
facilities and the grounds appurtenant thereto within any city, township or other governmental
subdivision of the state other than all farm dwellings and buildings and single and two family
dwellings. However, on the date on which rules promulgated by the commissioner of
administration regarding building requirements for handicapped persons shall become effective,
"buildings and facilities" shall mean only those structures which must provide facilities for the
handicapped pursuant to said rules.
Subd. 3. Physically handicapped. "Physically handicapped" means and includes sight

disabilities, hearing disabilities, disabilities of incoordination, disabilities of aging, and any other
disability that significantly reduces mobility, flexibility, coordination, or perceptiveness.
Subd. 4. Remodeling. "Remodeling" means deliberate reconstruction of an existing building

or facility in whole or in part in order to bring it up to date to conform with present uses of the
structure and to conform with rules and regulations on the upgrading of health and safety aspects
of structures.
Subd. 5. Local authority. "Local authority" means the local authority having jurisdiction
over local building construction.
HIST: 1971 c 466 s 1; Ex1971 c 48 s 36; 1974 c 360 s 1
471.466 Administration and enforcement.
The duty and power to administer and enforce sections 471.465 to 471.469 is conferred upon
and vested in the commissioner of administration and the local authority.
HIST: 1971 c 466 s 2; 1974 c 360 s 2
471.467 Building requirements; conformity.
Subdivision 1. Date applicable. On the date on which rules promulgated by the

commissioner of administration regarding building requirements for handicapped persons shall
become effective, said rules shall exclusively govern the provision of facilities.
Subd. 2. No remodeling if solely for handicapped. Nothing in sections 471.465 to 471.469

shall be construed to require the remodeling of buildings solely to provide accessibility and
usability to the physically handicapped when remodeling would not otherwise be undertaken.
Subd. 3. Applies to remodeled part. When any building or facility covered by sections
471.465 to 471.469 undergoes remodeling either in whole or in part, that portion of the building
or facility remodeled shall conform to the requirements of sections 471.465 to 471.469.
107
HIST: 1971 c 466 s 3; 1974 c 360 s 3; 1985 c 248 s 70; 1987 c 384 art 2 s 99
471.468 Building plans; approval; exceptions.
On site construction or remodeling shall not hereafter be commenced of any building or

facility until the plans and specifications of the building or facility have been reviewed and
approved by the local authority. The provisions of sections 471.465 to 471.469 are applicable
only to contracts awarded subsequent to May 22, 1971. The local authority shall certify in
writing that the review and approval under this section have occurred. The certification must be
attached to the permit of record.
HIST: 1971 c 466 s 4; 1974 c 360 s 4; 1991 c 345 art 1 s 94
471.469 Elevators in apartment buildings.
Nothing herein shall be construed to require elevators in apartment buildings.
HIST: 1971 c 466 s 5
108
13.44 Property data.
Subdivision 1. Real property; complaint data. The identities of individuals who register
complaints with state agencies or political subdivisions concerning violations of state laws or
local ordinances concerning the use of real property are classified as confidential data, pursuant
to section 13.02, subdivision 3.
Subd. 2. Real property; building code violations. Code violation records pertaining to a
particular parcel of real property and the buildings, improvements, and dwelling units located on
it that are kept by any state, county, or city agency charged by the governing body of the
appropriate political subdivision with the responsibility for enforcing a state, county, or city
health, housing, building, fire prevention, or housing maintenance code are public data; except as
otherwise provided by section 13.39, subdivision 2; 13.44; or 13.82, subdivision 7.
Subd. 3. Real property; appraisal data. (a) Confidential or protected nonpublic data.
Estimated or appraised values of individual parcels of real property which are made by personnel
of the state, its agencies and departments, or a political subdivision or by independent appraisers
acting for the state, its agencies and departments, or a political subdivision for the purpose of
selling or acquiring land through purchase or condemnation are classified as confidential data on
individuals or protected nonpublic data.
(b) Public data. The data made confidential or protected nonpublic by the provisions of
paragraph (a) shall become public upon the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) the negotiating parties exchange appraisals;
(2) the data are submitted to a court appointed condemnation commissioner;
(3) the data are presented in court in condemnation proceedings; or
(4) the negotiating parties enter into an agreement for the purchase and sale of the property.
HIST: 1980 c 603 s 20; 1981 c 311 s 39; 1982 c 545 s 5,21,24; 1983 c 143 s 1; 1984 c 436 s
18; 1987 c 351 s 12; 1995 c 259 art 1 s 14; 1999 c 227 s 5,22
109
299G.01 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.02 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.03 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.05 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.06 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.07 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.08 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.10 Repealed, 1981 c 106 s 16
299G.11 Door or sidelight of public buildings.
If doors or side lights of a public building, whether privately or publicly owned, are
constructed with clear glass, markings shall be placed on such clear glass or the clear glass shall
be manufactured with markings. Sidelights are defined as the clear glass panels not less than 15
inches wide immediately adjacent to the door.
HIST: 1967 c 174 s 1
299G.12 Repealed, 1978 c 520 s 3
299G.13 Safety glazing; definitions.
Subdivision 1. Scope. As used in sections 299G.13 to 299G.18, the following words and
phrases have the meaning here given them.
Subd. 2. Safety glazing material. "Safety glazing material" means any glazing material, such
as tempered glass, laminated glass, wire glass or rigid plastic, which meets the test requirements
of the American National Standards Institute Standard Z-97.1-1972, and which is so constructed,
treated, or combined with other materials as to minimize the likelihood of cutting and piercing
injuries resulting from human contact with the glazing material.
Subd. 3. Hazardous locations. "Hazardous locations" means those structural elements,

glazed or to be glazed, in residential buildings and other structures used as dwellings,
commercial buildings, industrial buildings, and public buildings, known as interior and exterior
commercial entrance and exit doors, and the immediately adjacent operable and inoperable
glazed panels, sliding glass door units including the fixed glazed panels which are part of such
units, storm or combination doors, shower and bathtub enclosures, primary residential entrance
and exit doors and the operable and inoperable adjacent sidelights, whether or not the glazing in
such doors, panels and enclosures is transparent.
110
Subd. 4. Residential buildings. "Residential buildings" means buildings such as homes and
apartments used as dwellings for one or more families or persons.
Subd. 5. Other structures used as dwellings. "Other structures used as dwellings" means
buildings such as manufactured homes, manufactured or industrialized housing and lodging
homes.
Subd. 6. Commercial buildings. "Commercial buildings" means buildings such as wholesale

and retail stores and storerooms, and office buildings.
Subd. 7. Industrial buildings. "Industrial buildings" means buildings such as factories.
Subd. 8. Public buildings. "Public buildings" means buildings such as hotels, hospitals,
motels, dormitories, sanitariums, nursing homes, theaters, stadiums, gymnasiums, amusement
park buildings, schools and other buildings used for educational purposes, museums, restaurants,
bars, correctional institutions, places of worship and other buildings of public assembly.
Subd. 9. Commercial entrance and exit door. "Commercial entrance and exit door" means a
hinged, pivoting, revolving or sliding door which is glazed or to be glazed and used alone or in
combination with doors, other than those described in subdivision 11, on interior or exterior
walls of a commercial, public or industrial building as a means of passage, ingress or egress.
Subd. 10. Operable and inoperable glazed panels immediately adjacent to entrance or exit
doors. "Operable and inoperable glazed panels immediately adjacent to entrance or exit doors"
means the flat glazed panels on either or both sides of interior or exterior doors, and within the
same wallplane as the door, whose nearest vertical edge is within 12 inches of the door in a
closed position and whose bottom edge is less than 60 inches above the floor or walking surface.
Subd. 11. Sliding glass door units. "Sliding glass door units" means an assembly of glazed
or to be glazed panels contained in an overall frame, installed in residential buildings and other
structures used as dwellings, commercial, industrial or public buildings, and so designed that one
or more of the panels is movable in a horizontal direction to produce or close off an opening for
use as a means of passage, ingress or egress.
Subd. 12. Storm or combination door. "Storm or combination door" means a door which is
glazed or to be glazed, and used in tandem with a primary residential or commercial entrance and
exit door to protect the primary residential or commercial entrance or exit door against weather
elements and to improve indoor climate control.
Subd. 13. Shower enclosure. "Shower enclosure" or "bathtub enclosure" means a hinged,
pivoting, or sliding door and fixed panels which are glazed or to be glazed and used to form a
barrier between the shower stall or bathtub and the rest of the room area.
Subd. 14. Primary residential entrance and exit door. "Primary residential entrance and exit
door" means a door, other than that described in subdivision 11, which is glazed or to be glazed
and used in an exterior wall of a residential building and other structures used as dwellings, as a
means of ingress or egress.
111
Subd. 15. Glazing. "Glazing" means the act of installing and securing glass or other glazing
material into prepared openings in structural elements such as doors, enclosures, and panels.
Subd. 16. Glazed. "Glazed" means the accomplished act of glazing.
HIST: 1974 c 53 s 1; 1981 c 365 s 9; 1983 c 228 s 2,3
299G.14 Glazing material; labeling required.
Subdivision 1. Permanent labeling; identification; standard. Each lite of safety glazing

material manufactured, distributed, imported, or sold for use in hazardous locations, or installed
in such a location within this state shall be permanently labeled by such means as etching,
sandblasting, firing of ceramic material, hot-die stamping, transparent pressure sensitive labels,
or by other suitable means. The label shall identify the seller, manufacturer, fabricator, or
installer, the nominal thickness and the type of safety glazing material, and the fact that said
material meets the test requirements of the American National Standards Institute Standard Z-
97.1-1972.
The label must be legible and visible after installation.
Subd. 2. Limited use. Such safety glazing labeling shall not be used on other than safety
glazing materials.
HIST: 1974 c 53 s 2
299G.15 Safety glazing material required.
It shall be unlawful to knowingly install, cause to be installed or consent to the installation of

glazing materials other than safety glazing materials in any hazardous location in this state.
HIST: 1974 c 53 s 3
299G.16 Employees not covered.
No liability shall be created under sections 299G.13 to 299G.15 as to workers who are
employees of a material supplier, contractor, subcontractor, or other employer responsible for
compliance with the provisions herein.
HIST: 1974 c 53 s 4; 1986 c 444
299G.17 Misdemeanor.
Whoever violates the provisions of sections 299G.13 to 299G.15 is guilty of a misdemeanor.
HIST: 1974 c 53 s 5
112
299G.18 Local ordinance superseded.
The provisions of sections 299G.13 to 299G.18 shall supersede any local, municipal or county
ordinance or parts thereof relating to the subject matter hereof.
HIST: 1974 c 53 s 6
2002 Minn. Stats. repealed, etc. secs in chap 299G

299G.01 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.02 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.03 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.05 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.06 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.07 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.08 Repealed, 1978 c 777 s 20
299G.10 Repealed, 1981 c 106 s 16
299G.12 Repealed, 1978 c 520 s 3
113
299F.362 Smoke detector; installation; rules; penalty.
Subdivision 1. Definitions. For the purposes of this section, the following definitions shall
apply:
(a) "Apartment house" is any building, or portion thereof, which is designed, built, rented,
leased, let, or hired out to be occupied, or which is occupied as the home or residence of three or
more families living independently of each other and doing their own cooking in the building,
and shall include buildings containing three or more flats or apartments.
(b) "Dwelling" is any building, or any portion thereof, which is not an apartment house,
lodging house, or a hotel and which contains one or two "dwelling units" which are, or are
intended or designed to be, occupied for living purposes.
(c) "Dwelling unit" is a single unit providing complete, independent living facilities for one or
more persons including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, eating, cooking, and
sanitation, or a single unit used by one or more persons for sleeping and sanitation pursuant to a
work practice or labor agreement.
(d) "Hotel" is any building, or portion thereof, containing six or more guest rooms intended or
designed to be used, or which are used, rented, or hired out to be occupied, or which are
occupied for sleeping purposes by guests.
(e) "Lodging house" is any building, or portion thereof, containing not more than five guest
rooms which are used or are intended to be used for sleeping purposes by guests and where rent
is paid in money, goods, labor, or otherwise.
Subd. 2. Rules, smoke detector location. The commissioner of public safety shall
promulgate rules concerning the placement of smoke detectors in dwellings, apartment houses,
hotels, and lodging houses. The rules shall take into account designs of the guest rooms or
dwelling units.
Subd. 3. Smoke detector for any dwelling. Every dwelling unit within a dwelling shall be
provided with a smoke detector meeting the requirements of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., or
approved by the International Conference of Building Officials. The detector shall be mounted
in accordance with the rules regarding smoke detector location promulgated under the provisions
of subdivision 2. When actuated, the detector shall provide an alarm in the dwelling unit.
Subd. 3a. Smoke detector for new dwelling. In construction of a new dwelling, each smoke
detector must be attached to a centralized power source.
Subd. 4. Smoke detector for apartment, lodging house, or hotel. Every dwelling unit within
an apartment house and every guest room in a lodging house or hotel used for sleeping purposes
shall be provided with a smoke detector conforming to the requirements of Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc., or approved by the International Conference of Building Officials. In
dwelling units, detectors shall be mounted in accordance with the rules regarding smoke detector
location promulgated under the provisions of subdivision 2. When actuated, the detector shall
provide an alarm in the dwelling unit or guest room.
114
Subd. 5. Maintenance responsibilities. For all occupancies covered by this section where the
occupant is not the owner of the dwelling unit or the guest room, the owner is responsible for
maintenance of the smoke detectors. An owner may file inspection and maintenance reports
with the local fire marshal for establishing evidence of inspection and maintenance of smoke
detectors.
Subd. 5a. Inform owner; no added liability. The occupant of a dwelling unit must inform the
owner of the dwelling unit of a nonfunctioning smoke detector within 24 hours of discovering
that the smoke detector in the dwelling unit is not functioning. If the occupant fails to inform the
owner under this subdivision, the occupant's liability for damages is not greater than it otherwise
would be.
Subd. 6. Penalties. (a) Any person who violates any provision of this section shall be subject
to the same penalty and the enforcement mechanism that is provided for violation of the Uniform
Fire Code, as specified in section 299F.011, subdivision 6.
(b) An occupant who willfully disables a smoke detector or causes it to be nonfunctioning,

resulting in damage or injury to persons or property, is guilty of a misdemeanor.
Subd. 7. Local government preempted. This section prohibits a local unit of government
from adopting standards different from those provided in this section.
Subd. 8. Repealed, 1991 c 199 art 1 s 67
Subd. 9. Local government ordinance; installation in single-family residence.

Notwithstanding subdivision 7, or other law, a local governing body may adopt, by ordinance,
rules for the installation of a smoke detector in single-family homes in the city that are more
restrictive than the standards provided by this section. Rules adopted pursuant to this
subdivision may be enforced through a truth-in-housing inspection.
Subd. 10. MS 1988 Repealed, 1989 c 322 s 5
Subd. 10. Public fire safety educator. The position of Minnesota public fire safety educator
is established in the department of public safety.
Subd. 11. Insurance claim. No insurer shall deny a claim for loss or damage by fire for
failure of a person to comply with this section.
HIST: 1977 c 333 s 2; 1978 c 777 s 7; 1987 c 122 s 1; 1987 c 201 s 4-6; 1989 c 322 s 1-5,7;
1991 c 233 s 110; 1993 c 329 s 1,2
115
471.62 Statutes or rules may be adopted by reference.
Any city or town, however organized, may incorporate in an ordinance by reference any
statute of Minnesota, any administrative rule of any department of the state of Minnesota
affecting the municipality, or any code. Any such municipality situated wholly or partly within
20 miles of the limits of a city of the first class may similarly adopt by reference any ordinance
of such first class city or of any contiguous first class city regulating the construction, alteration,
improvement, repair, or maintenance of buildings or the installation of equipment therein. All
requirements of statutes and charters for the publication or posting of ordinances shall be
satisfied in such case if the ordinance incorporating the statute, rule, ordinance or code is
published or posted in the required manner and if, prior to such posting or publication, at least
one copy of the ordinance or code is marked as the official copy and filed for use and
examination by the public in the office of the municipal clerk or recorder. Provisions of the
statute, rule, ordinance or code thus incorporated in such ordinance by reference shall be as much
a part of the ordinance as if they had been set out in full therein. The clerk or recorder of the
municipality shall furnish a copy of any such ordinance thus incorporated by reference at cost to
any person upon request. This section does not authorize any municipality to adopt ordinances
on any subject on which it does not have power by statute or charter to legislate. The term
"code" as used herein means any compilation of regulations or standards or part thereof prepared
by any governmental agency, including regional and county planning agencies or any trade or
professional association for general distribution in printed form as a standard or model on the
subject of building construction, plumbing, electric wiring, inflammable liquids, sanitary
provisions, planning, zoning, subdivision, housing, public health, safety, or welfare.
HIST: 1945 c 200 s 1; 1957 c 220 s 1; 1967 c 489 s 1; 1969 c 850 s 5; 1971 c 25 s 82; 1973 c
123 art 5 s 7; 1985 c 248 s 70
116
16B.665 Permit fee limitation on minor residential improvements.
A municipality as defined in section 16B.60, subdivision 3, or a town may not charge a permit
fee that exceeds $15 or 5 percent of the cost of the improvement, installation, or replacement,
whichever is greater, for the improvement, installation, or replacement of a residential fixture or
appliance that:
(1) does not require modification to electric or gas service;
(2) has a total cost of $500 or less, excluding the cost of the fixture or appliance; and
(3) is improved, installed, or replaced by the home owner or a licensed contractor.
HIST: 2001 c 207 s 5
117
394.25 Forms of control.
Subdivision 1. Adopted by ordinance. Official controls shall be adopted by ordinance and

may include but are not limited to the features set forth in this section.
Subd. 2. Districts set by zoning ordinances. Zoning ordinances establishing districts

within which the use of land or the use of water or the surface of water pursuant to section
86B.205 for agriculture, forestry, recreation, residence, industry, trade, soil conservation, water
supply conservation, surface water drainage and removal, conservation of shorelands, as defined
in sections 103F.201 to 103F.221, and additional uses of land and of the surface of water
pursuant to section 86B.205, may be by official controls encouraged, regulated, or prohibited and
for such purpose the board may divide the county into districts of such number, shape, and area
as may be deemed best suited to carry out the comprehensive plan. Official controls may also be
applied to wetlands preservation, open space, parks, sewage disposal, protection of groundwater,
protection of floodplains as defined in section 103F.111, protection of wild, scenic, or
recreational rivers as defined in sections 103F.311 and 103F.315, protection of slope, soils,
unconsolidated materials or bedrock from potentially damaging development, preservation of
forests, woodlands and essential wildlife habitat, reclamation of nonmetallic mining lands;
protection and encouragement of access to direct sunlight for solar energy systems as defined in
section 216C.06, subdivision 17; and the preservation of agricultural lands. Official controls
may include provisions for purchase of development rights by the board in the form of
conservation easements under chapter 84C in areas where preservation is considered by the
board to be desirable, and the transfer of development rights from those areas to areas the board
considers more desirable for development.
Subd. 3. In district zoning, maps. Within each such district zoning ordinances or maps
may also be adopted designating or limiting the location, height, width, bulk, type of foundation,
number of stories, size of, and the specific uses for which dwellings, buildings, and structures
may be erected or altered; the minimum and maximum size of yards, courts, or other open
spaces; setback from existing roads and highways and roads and highways designated on an
official map; protective measures necessary to protect the public interest including but not
limited to controls relating to appearance, signs, lighting, hours of operation and other aesthetic
performance characteristics including but not limited to noise, heat, glare, vibrations and smoke;
the area required to provide for off street loading and parking facilities; heights of trees and
structures near airports; and to avoid too great concentration or scattering of the population. All
such provisions shall be uniform for each class of land or building throughout each district, but
the provisions in one district may differ from those in other districts. No provision may prohibit
earth sheltered construction as defined in section 216C.06, subdivision 14, or manufactured
homes built in conformance with sections 327.31 to 327.35 that comply with all other zoning
ordinances promulgated pursuant to this section.
Subd. 3a. Pre-1995 manufactured home park. A county must not enact, amend, or
enforce a zoning ordinance that has the effect of altering the existing density, lot-size
requirements, or manufactured home setback requirements in any manufactured home park
constructed before January 1, 1995, if the manufactured home park, when constructed, complied
with the then existing density, lot-size and setback requirements.
118
Subd. 3b. Conditional uses. A manufactured home park, as defined in section 327.14,
subdivision 3, is a conditional use in a zoning district that allows the construction or placement
of a building used or intended to be used by two or more families.
Subd. 3c. Feedlot zoning ordinances. (a) A county proposing to adopt a new feedlot
ordinance or amend an existing feedlot ordinance must notify the pollution control agency and
commissioner of agriculture at the beginning of the process.
(b) Prior to final approval of a feedlot ordinance, a county board may submit a copy of the
proposed ordinance to the pollution control agency and to the commissioner of agriculture and
request review, comment, and preparation of a report on the environmental and agricultural
effects from specific provisions in the ordinance.
(c) The report may include:
(1) any recommendations for improvements in the ordinance; and
(2) the legal, social, economic, or scientific justification for each recommendation under
clause (1).
(d) A local ordinance that contains a setback for new feedlots from existing residences must
also provide for a new residence setback from existing feedlots located in areas zoned
agricultural at the same distances and conditions specified in the setback for new feedlots, unless
the new residence is built to replace an existing residence. A county may grant a variance from
this requirement under section 394.27, subdivision 7.
Subd. 4. Official maps. Official maps as defined in section 394.22, subdivision 12.
Subd. 5. Repealed, 1974 c 571 s 51
Subd. 5a. Metro counties; special areas. In counties in the metropolitan area as defined in
section 473.121, official maps may for a period of up to five years designate the boundaries of
areas reserved for purposes of soil conservation, water supply conservation, flood control and
surface water drainage and removal.
Subd. 6. Repealed, 1974 c 571 s 51
Subd. 7. Specific controls; other subjects. Specific controls pertaining to other subjects
incorporated in the comprehensive plan or establishing standards and procedures to be employed
in land development including, but not limited to, subdividing of land and the approval of land
plats and the preservation and dedication of streets and land for other public purposes and the
general design of physical improvement.
Subd. 8. Law adopted by reference. Any statute of Minnesota, any administrative rule of
any department of the state of Minnesota affecting the county, or any code, adopted by reference
as part of the official control. The term "code" as used herein means any compilation of rules or
standards or part thereof prepared by any governmental agency or any trade or professional
association for general distribution in printed form as a standard or model on the subject of
119
building construction, plumbing, electric wiring, inflammable liquids, sanitary provisions, public
health, safety, or welfare. Prior to adoption at least one copy of the statute, rule, ordinance or
code shall be marked as official copies and filed for use and examination by the public in the
office of the county auditor. Provisions of the statute, rule, ordinance or code thus incorporated
in such ordinance by reference shall be as much a part of the ordinance as I they had been set out
in full therein.
Subd. 9. Erosion and sediment controls. Erosion and sediment controls with regard to
clearing, grading, excavation, transporting and filling of lands. Erosion and sediment controls
may include, but need not be limited to requiring the development of plans before any land is
disturbed. Plans for disturbing land may be submitted to the appropriate soil and water
conservation district for comment and review.
Subd. 10. Amendments. An amendment to official controls may be initiated by the board,
the planning commission, or by petition of affected property owners as defined in the official
controls. An amendment not initiated by the planning commission shall be referred to the
planning commission, if there is one, for study and report and may not be acted upon by the
board until it has received the recommendation of the planning commission.
HIST: 1959 c 559 s 5; 1963 c 692 s 3; 1969 c 777 s 2; 1974 c 317 s 1; 1974 c 571 s 12-19;
1978 c 786 s 12; Ex1979 c 2 s 39; 1980 c 509 s 151; 1981 c 356 s 248; 1982 c 490 s 1; 1985 c
248 s 70; 1987 c 312 art 1 s 10 subd 1; 1990 c 391 art 8 s 44; 1994 c 473 s 2; 1995 c 186 s 119;
1997 c 200 art 4 s 4; 1997 c 216 s 135,136
120
462.357
462.357 Procedure to effect plan: zoning.
Subdivision 1. Authority for zoning. For the purpose of promoting the public health,
safety, morals, and general welfare, a municipality may by ordinance regulate on the earth's
surface, in the air space above the surface, and in subsurface areas, the location, height, width,
bulk, type of foundation, number of stories, size of buildings and other structures, the percentage
of lot which may be occupied, the size of yards and other open spaces, the density and
distribution of population, the uses of buildings and structures for trade, industry, residence,
recreation, public activities, or other purposes, and the uses of land for trade, industry, residence,
recreation, agriculture, forestry, soil conservation, water supply conservation, conservation of
shorelands, as defined in sections 103F.201 to 103F.221, access to direct sunlight for solar
energy systems as defined in section 216C.06, flood control or other purposes, and may establish
standards and procedures regulating such uses. To accomplish these purposes, official controls
may include provision for purchase of development rights by the governing body in the form of
conservation easements under chapter 84C in areas where the governing body considers
preservation desirable and the transfer of development rights from those areas to areas the
governing body considers more appropriate for development. No regulation may prohibit earth
sheltered construction as defined in section 216C.06, subdivision 14, relocated residential
buildings, or manufactured homes built in conformance with sections 327.31 to 327.35 that
comply with all other zoning ordinances promulgated pursuant to this section. The regulations
may divide the surface, above surface, and subsurface areas of the municipality into districts or
zones of suitable numbers, shape, and area. The regulations shall be uniform for each class or
kind of buildings, structures, or land and for each class or kind of use throughout such district,
but the regulations in one district may differ from those in other districts. The ordinance
embodying these regulations shall be known as the zoning ordinance and shall consist of text and
maps. A city may by ordinance extend the application of its zoning regulations to
unincorporated territory located within two miles of its limits in any direction, but not in a
county or town which has adopted zoning regulations; provided that where two or more
noncontiguous municipalities have boundaries less than four miles apart, each is authorized to
control the zoning of land on its side of a line equidistant between the two noncontiguous
municipalities unless a town or county in the affected area has adopted zoning regulations. Any
city may thereafter enforce such regulations in the area to the same extent as if such property
were situated within its corporate limits, until the county or town board adopts a comprehensive
zoning regulation which includes the area.
Subd. 1a. Certain zoning ordinances. A municipality must not enact, amend, or enforce a
zoning ordinance that has the effect of altering the existing density, lot-size requirements, or
manufactured home setback requirements in any manufactured home park constructed before
January 1, 1995, if the manufactured home park, when constructed, complied with the then
existing density, lot-size and setback requirements.
Subd. 1b. Conditional uses. A manufactured home park, as defined in section 327.14,
subdivision 3, is a conditional use in a zoning district that allows the construction or placement
of a building used or intended to be used by two or more families.
121
Subd. 1c. Amortization prohibited. Except as otherwise provided in this subdivision, a

municipality must not enact, amend, or enforce an ordinance providing for the elimination or
termination of a use by amortization which use was lawful at the time of its inception. This
subdivision does not apply to adults-only bookstores, adults-only theaters, or similar adults-only
businesses, as defined by ordinance.
Subd. 1d. Nuisance. Subdivision 1c does not prohibit a municipality from enforcing an
ordinance providing for the prevention or abatement of nuisances, as defined in section 561.01,
or eliminating a use determined to be a public nuisance, as defined in section 617.81, subdivision
2, paragraph (a), clauses (1) to (9), without payment of compensation.
Subd. 1e. Nonconformities. Any nonconformity, including the lawful use or occupation of
land or premises existing at the time of the adoption of an additional control under this chapter,
may be continued, including through repair or maintenance, but if the nonconformity or
occupancy is discontinued for a period of more than one year, or any nonconforming use is
destroyed by fire or other peril to the extent of greater than 50 percent of its market value, any
subsequent use or occupancy of the land or premises shall be a conforming use or occupancy. A
municipality may by ordinance impose upon nonconformities reasonable regulations to prevent
and abate nuisances and to protect the public health, welfare, or safety. This subdivision does
not prohibit a municipality from enforcing an ordinance that applies to adults-only bookstores,
adults-only theaters, or similar adults-only businesses, as defined by ordinance.
Subd. 1f. Substandard structures. Notwithstanding subdivision 1e, Minnesota Rules, parts
6105.0351 to 6105.0550, may allow for the continuation and improvement of substandard
structures, as defined in Minnesota Rules, part 6105.0354, subpart 30, in the Lower Saint Croix
National Scenic Riverway.
Subd. 2. General requirements. (a) At any time after the adoption of a land use plan for
the municipality, the planning agency, for the purpose of carrying out the policies and goals of
the land use plan, may prepare a proposed zoning ordinance and submit it to the governing body
with its recommendations for adoption.
(b) Subject to the requirements of subdivisions 3, 4, and 5, the governing body may adopt and
amend a zoning ordinance by a majority vote of all its members. The adoption or amendment of
any portion of a zoning ordinance which changes all or part of the existing classification of a
zoning district from residential to either commercial or industrial requires a two-thirds majority
vote of all members of the governing body.
(c) The land use plan must provide guidelines for the timing and sequence of the adoption of
official controls to ensure planned, orderly, and staged development and redevelopment
consistent with the land use plan.
Subd. 3. Public hearings. No zoning ordinance or amendment thereto shall be adopted until
a public hearing has been held thereon by the planning agency or by the governing body. A
notice of the time, place and purpose of the hearing shall be published in the official newspaper
of the municipality at least ten days prior to the day of the hearing. When an amendment
involves changes in district boundaries affecting an area of five acres or less, a similar notice
shall be mailed at least ten days before the day of the hearing to each owner of affected property
122
and property situated wholly or partly within 350 feet of the property to which the amendment
relates. For the purpose of giving mailed notice, the person responsible for mailing the notice
may use any appropriate records to determine the names and addresses of owners. A copy of the
notice and a list of the owners and addresses to which the notice was sent shall be attested to by
the responsible person and shall be made a part of the records of the proceedings. The failure to
give mailed notice to individual property owners, or defects in the notice shall not invalidate the
proceedings, provided a bona fide attempt to comply with this subdivision has been made.
Subd. 4. Amendments. An amendment to a zoning ordinance may be initiated by the

governing body, the planning agency, or by petition of affected property owners as defined in the
zoning ordinance. An amendment not initiated by the planning agency shall be referred to the
planning agency, if there is one, for study and report and may not be acted upon by the governing
body until it has received the recommendation of the planning agency on the proposed
amendment or until 60 days have elapsed from the date of reference of the amendment without a
report by the planning agency.
Subd. 5. Amendment; certain cities of the first class. The provisions of this subdivision
apply to the adoption or amendment of any portion of a zoning ordinance which changes all or
part of the existing classification of a zoning district from residential to either commercial or
industrial of a property located in a city of the first class, except a city of the first class in which a
different process is provided through the operation of the city's home rule charter. In a city to
which this subdivision applies, amendments to a zoning ordinance shall be made in conformance
with this section but only after there shall have been filed in the office of the city clerk a written
consent of the owners of two-thirds of the several descriptions of real estate situate within 100
feet of the total contiguous descriptions of real estate held by the same owner or any party
purchasing any such contiguous property within one year preceding the request, and after the
affirmative vote in favor thereof by a majority of the members of the governing body of any such
city. The governing body of such city may, by a two-thirds vote of its members, after hearing,
adopt a new zoning ordinance without such written consent whenever the planning commission
or planning board of such city shall have made a survey of the whole area of the city or of an
area of not less than 40 acres, within which the new ordinance or the amendments or alterations
of the existing ordinance would take effect when adopted, and shall have considered whether the
number of descriptions of real estate affected by such changes and alterations renders the
obtaining of such written consent impractical, and such planning commission or planning board
shall report in writing as to whether in its opinion the proposals of the governing body in any
case are reasonably related to the overall needs of the community, to existing land use, or to a
plan for future land use, and shall have conducted a public hearing on such proposed ordinance,
changes or alterations, of which hearing published notice shall have been given in a daily
newspaper of general circulation at least once each week for three successive weeks prior to such
hearing, which notice shall state the time, place and purpose of such hearing, and shall have
reported to the governing body of the city its findings and recommendations in writing.
Subd. 6. Appeals and adjustments. Appeals to the board of appeals and adjustments may
be taken by any affected person upon compliance with any reasonable conditions imposed by the
zoning ordinance. The board of appeals and adjustments has the following powers with respect
to the zoning ordinance:
123
(1) To hear and decide appeals where it is alleged that there is an error in any order,
requirement, decision, or determination made by an administrative officer in the enforcement of
the zoning ordinance.
(2) To hear requests for variances from the literal provisions of the ordinance in instances
where their strict enforcement would cause undue hardship because of circumstances unique to
the individual property under consideration, and to grant such variances only when it is
demonstrated that such actions will be in keeping with the spirit and intent of the ordinance.
"Undue hardship" as used in connection with the granting of a variance means the property in
question cannot be put to a reasonable use if used under conditions allowed by the official
controls, the plight of the landowner is due to circumstances unique to the property not created
by the landowner, and the variance, if granted, will not alter the essential character of the
locality. Economic considerations alone shall not constitute an undue hardship if reasonable use
for the property exists under the terms of the ordinance. Undue hardship also includes, but is not
limited to, inadequate access to direct sunlight for solar energy systems. Variances shall be
granted for earth sheltered construction as defined in section
216C.06, subdivision 14, when in harmony with the ordinance. The board of appeals and
adjustments or the governing body as the case may be, may not permit as a variance any use that
is not permitted under the ordinance for property in the zone where the affected person's land is
located. The board or governing body as the case may be, may permit as a variance the
temporary use of a one family dwelling as a two family dwelling. The board or governing body
as the case may be may impose conditions in the granting of variances to insure compliance and
to protect adjacent properties.
Subd. 6a. Normal residential surroundings for handicapped. It is the policy of this state
that handicapped persons and children should not be excluded by municipal zoning ordinances or
other land use regulations from the benefits of normal residential surroundings. For purposes of
subdivisions 6a through 9, "person" has the meaning given in section 245A.02, subdivision 11.
Subd. 7. Permitted single family use. A state licensed residential facility or a housing with
services establishment registered under chapter 144D serving six or fewer persons, a licensed
day care facility serving 12 or fewer persons, and a group family day care facility licensed under
Minnesota Rules, parts 9502.0315 to 9502.0445 to serve 14 or fewer children shall be considered
a permitted single family residential use of property for the purposes of zoning, except that a
residential facility whose primary purpose is to treat juveniles who have violated criminal
statutes relating to sex offenses or have been adjudicated delinquent on the basis of conduct in
violation of criminal statutes relating to sex offenses shall not be considered a permitted use.
Subd. 8. Permitted multifamily use. Except as otherwise provided in subdivision 7 or in

any town, municipal or county zoning regulation as authorized by this subdivision, a state
licensed residential facility serving from 7 through 16 persons or a licensed day care facility
serving from 13 through 16 persons shall be considered a permitted multifamily residential use
of property for purposes of zoning. A township, municipal or county zoning authority may
require a conditional use or special use permit in order to assure proper maintenance and
operation of a facility, provided that no conditions shall be imposed on the facility which are
more restrictive than those imposed on other conditional uses or special uses of residential
property in the same zones, unless the additional conditions are necessary to protect the health
and safety of the residents of the residential facility. Nothing herein shall be construed to
124
exclude or prohibit residential or day care facilities from single family zones if otherwise
permitted by a local zoning regulation.
HIST: 1965 c 670 s 7; 1969 c 259 s 1; 1973 c 123 art 5 s 7; 1973 c 379 s 4; 1973 c 539 s 1;
1973 c 559 s 1,2; 1975 c 60 s 2; 1978 c 786 s 14,15; Ex1979 c 2 s 42,43; 1981 c 356 s 248; 1982
c 490 s 2; 1982 c 507 s 22; 1984 c 617 s 6-8; 1985 c 62 s 3; 1985 c 194 s 23; 1986 c 444; 1987 c
333 s 22; 1989 c 82 s 2; 1990 c 391 art 8 s 47; 1990 c 568 art 2 s 66,67; 1994 c 473 s 3; 1995 c
224 s 95; 1997 c 113 s 20; 1997 c 200 art 4 s 5; 1997 c 202 art 4 s 11; 1997 c 216 s 138; 1999 c
96 s 3,4; 1999 c 211 s 1; 2001 c 174 s 1; 2001 c 207 s 13,14; 2002 c 366 s 6
125
126
MINNESOTA RULES, CHAPTER 1300

ADMINISTRATION OF THE STATE BUILDING CODE
1300.0010 ADMINISTRATION. especially protected or benefited by the terms
of the code.
This chapter provides administrative
provisions for all Minnesota State Building Subp. 2. Application.
Code rule chapters identified in part
1300.0050. If specific administrative A. The code applies statewide except as
provisions are provided in a statute or rule provided in Minnesota Statutes, sections
chapter, the specific administrative provisions 16B.72 and 16B.73, and supersedes the
apply. building code of any municipality. The code
does not apply to agricultural buildings except
Chapter 1315 shall be administered with respect to state inspections required or
according to chapter 3800, and the Minnesota rulemaking authorized by Minnesota Statutes,
Electrical Act, Minnesota Statutes, sections sections 103F.141, subdivision 8, and
326.01, and 326.241 to 326.248. Provisions 326.2441.
of this chapter that do not conflict with the
Minnesota Electrical Act also apply. B. The codes and standards referenced in
a rule chapter are considered part of the
1300.0020 TITLE. requirements of the code to the prescribed
extent of each reference. If differences occur
The chapters listed in part 1300.0050, between provisions of the code and
including the standards they adopt by referenced codes and standards, the
reference, are the Minnesota State Building provisions of the code apply.
Code and may be cited as or referred to as the
"code." C. In the event that a new edition of the
code is adopted after a permit has been issued,
1300.0030 PURPOSE AND the edition of the code current at the time of
APPLICATION. permit application shall remain in effect
throughout the work authorized by the permit.
Subpart 1. Purpose. The purpose of this
code is to establish minimum requirements to 1300.0040 SCOPE.
safeguard the public health, safety, and
general welfare through structural strength, The code applies to the construction,
means of egress facilities, stability, sanitation, alteration, moving, demolition, repair, and use
adequate light and ventilation, energy of any building, structure, or building service
conservation, and safety to life and property equipment in a municipality, except work
from fire and other hazards attributed to the located primarily in a public way, public
built environment and to provide safety to fire utility towers and poles, mechanical
fighters and emergency responders during equipment not specifically regulated in the
emergency operations. code, and hydraulic flood control structures.
Structures classified under part 1300.0070,
The purpose of the code is not to create, subpart 12a, as IRC 1, IRC 2, IRC 3, and IRC
establish, or designate a particular class or 4 occupancies not more than three stories
group of persons who will or should be above grade plane in height with separate
means of egress shall comply with chapter
127
1309 and other applicable rules. Other F. 1306, Special Fire Protection Systems;
buildings and structures and appurtenances
connected or attached to them shall comply G. 1307, Elevators and Related Devices;
with chapter 1305 and other applicable rules.
H. 1309, Adoption of the International
Exception: The following structures that Residential Code;
meet the scope of chapter 1305 shall be
designed to comply with Minnesota I. 1311, Minnesota Conservation Code
Rules, chapter 1311: for Existing Buildings;
(1) existing buildings undergoing repair,
alteration, or change of occupancy; and J. 1315, Adoption of the National
(2) historic buildings. Electrical Code;
If different provisions of the code specify K. 1325, Solar Energy Systems;

different materials, methods of construction,
or other requirements, the most restrictive L. 1335, Floodproofing Regulations;
provision governs. If there is a conflict
between a general requirement and a specific M. 1341, Minnesota Accessibility Code;
requirement, the specific requirement applies.
N. 1346, Minnesota Mechanical Code;
If reference is made in the code to an
appendix, the provisions in the appendix do O. 1350, Manufactured Homes;
not apply unless specifically adopted by the
code. Optional appendix chapters of the code P. 1360, Prefabricated Structures;
identified in part 1300.0060 do not apply
unless a municipality has specifically adopted Q. 1361, Industrialized/ Modular
them. Buildings;
1300.0050 CHAPTERS OF MINNESOTA R. 1370, Storm Shelters (Manufactured

STATE BUILDING CODE. Home Parks);
The Minnesota State Building Code S. 4715, Minnesota Plumbing Code; and
adopted under Minnesota Statutes, section
16B.61, subdivision 1, includes the following T. 7670, 7672, 7674, 7676, and 7678,
chapters: Minnesota Energy Code.
A. 1300, Minnesota Building Code 1300.0060 OPTIONAL

Administration; ADMINISTRATION.
B. 1301, Building Official Certification; The following chapters of the code are not
mandatory but may be adopted without
C. 1302, State Building Code change by a municipality which has adopted
Construction Approvals; the code:
D. 1303, Special Provisions; A. chapter 1306, Special Fire Protection

Systems;
E. 1305, Adoption of the International
Building Code; B. grading, IBC appendix chapter J; and
128
C. chapter 1335, Floodproofing Subp. 4. Agricultural building.

Regulations, parts 1335.0600 to 1335.1200. "Agricultural building" means a building that
meets the requirements of Minnesota Statutes,
1300.0070 DEFINITIONS. section 16B.60, subdivision 5.
Subpart 1. Scope; incorporation by Subp. 5. Building official. "Building

reference. The definitions in this part apply official" means the municipal building code
to parts 1300.0010 to 1300.0250. For terms official certified under Minnesota Statutes,
that are not defined through the methods section 16B.65, subdivisions 2 and 3.
authorized by this chapter, the Merriam-
Webster Collegiate Dictionary, available at Subp. 6. Building service equipment.
www.m-w.com, shall be considered as "Building service equipment" refers to the
providing ordinarily accepted meanings. The plumbing, mechanical, electrical, and elevator
dictionary is incorporated by reference, is equipment, including piping, wiring, fixtures,
subject to frequent change, and is available and other accessories, that provides sanitation,
through the Minitex interlibrary loan system. lighting, heating, ventilation, cooling,
refrigeration, firefighting, and transportation
Subp. 2. Administrative authority. facilities essential to the occupancy of the
"Administrative authority" means a building or structure for its designated use and
municipality's governing body or its assigned occupancy.
administrative authority.
Subp. 7. City. "City" means a home rule
Subp. 3. Adult day care center. "Adult charter or statutory city.
day care center" means a facility that provides
adult day care to functionally impaired adults Subp. 8. Code. "Code" means the
on a regular basis for periods of less than 24 Minnesota State Building Code adopted under
hours a day in a setting other than a Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61,
participant's home or the residence of the subdivision 1, and includes the chapters
facility operator. identified in part 1300.0020.
A. "Class E" means any building or Subp. 9. Commissioner.

portion of a building used for adult day care "Commissioner" means the commissioner of
purposes, by more than five occupants, for administration.
those participants who are capable of taking
appropriate action for self-preservation under Subp. 10. Designate. "Designate" means
emergency conditions as determined the formal designation by a municipality's
according to part 9555.9730, and must meet administrative authority of a certified building
Group E occupancy requirements. official accepting responsibility for code
administration.
B. "Class I" means any building or
portion of a building used for adult day care Subp. 10a. Family adult day services.
purposes, by more than five occupants, for "Family adult day services" means a program
those participants who are not capable of providing services for up to eight functionally
taking appropriate action for self-preservation impaired adults for less than 24 hours per day
under emergency conditions as determined in the license holder's primary residence
according to part 9555.9730, and must meet according to Minnesota Statutes, section
Group I, Division 4 occupancy requirements. 245A.143. This includes programs located in
residences licensed by the Department of
129
Human Services for adult foster care, compliance by the building official and
provided that not more than eight adults, stamped "Reviewed for Code Compliance."
excluding staff, are present in the residence at
any time. Subp. 16. Mayor and city council.
"Mayor" and "city council" mean governing
Subp. 11. Family day care home. body whenever they appear in the code.
"Family day care home" means a residence or
portion of a residence licensed by the Subp. 17. Municipality. "Municipality"
Department of Human Services under chapter means a city, county, or town; the University
9502 for no more than ten children at one of Minnesota; or the state of Minnesota for
time of which no more than six are under public buildings and state licensed facilities.
school age, and must meet Group R, Division
3 occupancy requirements. Subp. 18. Outpatient clinic. "Outpatient
clinic" means a building or part of a building
Subp. 12. Group day care home. used to provide, on an outpatient basis,
"Group day care home" means any residence surgical treatment requiring general
or portion of a residence licensed by the anesthesia, kidney dialysis, or other treatment
Department of Human Services under chapter that would render patients incapable of
9502 for no more than 14 children at any one unassisted self-preservation under emergency
time, and must meet Group R, Division 3 conditions. "Outpatient clinic" includes
occupancy requirements. outpatient surgical centers, but does not
include doctors' and dentists' offices or clinics
Subp. 12a. International residential for the practice of medicine or the delivery of
code (IRC) occupancy classifications. primary care. Outpatient clinics must meet
International residential code (IRC) Group B occupancy requirements.
occupancy classifications are as follows:
IRC 1 single family dwellings; Subp. 19. Performance-based design.
IRC 2 two family dwellings; An engineering approach to design elements
IRC 3 townhouses; and of a building based on agreed upon
IRC 4 accessory structures: performance goals and objectives,
A. garages; engineering analysis, and quantitative
B. storage sheds; and assessment of alternatives against the design
C. similar structures. goals and objectives, using accepted
engineering tools, methodologies, and
Subp. 13. Mandatory terms. performance criteria.
"Mandatory terms" include "must" and
"shall," which have the same meaning. Subp. 20. Recyclable materials.
"Recyclable materials" means materials that
Subp. 14. Manufactured home. are separated from mixed municipal solid
"Manufactured home" has the meaning given waste for the purpose of recycling, including
in Minnesota Statutes, section 327.31, paper, glass, plastic, metals, automobile oil,
subdivision 3, and for the purpose of and batteries. Refuse-derived fuel or other
determining occupancy separations, is material that is destroyed by incineration is
considered a Group IRC 1 occupancy. not a recyclable material.
Subp. 15. Master plan. "Master plan" is Subp. 21. Recycling. "Recycling" means
a plan that has been reviewed for code the process of collecting and preparing
recyclable materials and reusing the materials
130
in their original form or using them in C. "Class B-1 supervised living facility"
manufacturing processes that do not cause the means a supervised living facility for
destruction of recyclable materials in a ambulatory, nonambulatory, mobile, or
manner that precludes further use. nonmobile persons who are not mentally or
physically capable of taking appropriate
Subp. 22. Residential hospice facility. action for self-preservation under emergency
"Residential hospice facility" means a facility conditions as determined by program
located in a residential area that directly licensure provisions for six or fewer persons,
provides 24 hour residential and support and must meet Group R, Division 3
services in a home like setting for one to 12 occupancy requirements.
persons who have been diagnosed as
terminally ill with a probable life expectancy D. "Class B-2 supervised living facility"
of under one year. A residential hospice means a supervised living facility for
facility must meet IBC Group R 4 occupancy ambulatory, nonambulatory, mobile, or
requirements. nonmobile persons who are not mentally or
Subp. 23. Supervised living facility. action for self-preservation under emergency
"Supervised living facility" means a facility in conditions as determined by program
which there is provided supervision, lodging, licensure provisions for seven to 16 persons,
meals, and according to the rules of the and must meet Group R, Division 4
Minnesota Department of Human Services occupancy requirements.
and the Minnesota Department of Health,
counseling and developmental habilitative or E. "Class B-3 supervised living facility"
rehabilitative services to persons who are means a supervised living facility for
mentally retarded, chemically dependent, ambulatory, nonambulatory, mobile, or
adult mentally ill, or physically disabled. nonmobile persons who are not mentally or
A. "Class A-1 supervised living facility" action for self-preservation under emergency
means a supervised living facility for conditions as determined by program
ambulatory and mobile persons who are licensure provisions for over 16 persons, and
capable of taking appropriate action for self- must meet Group I, Division 2 occupancy
preservation under emergency conditions as requirements.
determined by program licensure provisions
for six or fewer persons, and must meet Subp. 24. State building official. "State
Group R, Division 3 occupancy requirements. building official" means the person who,
under the direction and supervision of the
B. "Class A-2 supervised living facility" commissioner, administers the code.
means a supervised living facility for
ambulatory and mobile persons who are Subp. 25. State licensed facilities. "State
capable of taking appropriate action for self- licensed facilities" means a building and its
preservation under emergency conditions as grounds that are licensed by the state as a
determined by program licensure provisions hospital, nursing home, supervised living
for seven to 16 persons, and must meet Group facility, free-standing outpatient surgical
R, Division 4 occupancy requirements. center, or correctional facility.
Facilities with more than 16 persons must
meet Group I-1 occupancy requirements. Subp. 26. State-owned buildings.
"State-owned buildings" means buildings and
structures financed in whole or in part by state
131
funds that are under the exclusive jurisdiction conformance with the intent and purpose of
and custodial control of one or more state the code. The policies and procedures shall
department or agency. not have the effect of waiving requirements
specifically provided for in the code.
1300.0080 CODE ADOPTION AND
AMENDMENTS. Subp. 2. Deputies. According to the
prescribed procedures of the municipality and
Under Minnesota Statutes, section with the concurrence of the appointing
16B.61, the code is adopted and periodically authority, the building official may designate
updated to include current editions of national a deputy building official and related
model codes in general use and existing technical officers, inspectors, plan examiners,
statewide specialty codes and their and other employees. The employees have
amendments. the powers delegated by the building official.
Under Minnesota Statutes, section Subp. 3. Applications and permits. The

16B.64, subdivisions 5 and 6, amendments to building official shall receive applications,
the code may be proposed and initiated by review construction documents, and issue
any interested person. Proposed amendments permits for the erection, alteration,
must be submitted in writing on a form demolition, moving, and repair of buildings
provided by the commissioner. and structures, including all other equipment
and systems regulated by the code. The
1300.0090 DEPARTMENT OF BUILDING building official shall inspect the premises for
SAFETY. which the permits have been issued and
enforce compliance with the code.
Subpart 1. Creation of enforcement
agency. There is hereby established in the Subp. 4. Notices and orders. The
municipality a code enforcement agency and building official shall issue all necessary
the official in charge is the designated notices and orders to ensure compliance with
building official. The agency is referred to in the code. Notices and orders shall be in
the code as the "Department of Building writing unless waived by the permit applicant,
Safety." contractor, owner, or owner's agent. Notices
and orders shall be based on the edition of the
Subp. 2. Appointment. The building code under which the permit has been issued.
official shall be designated by the
municipality according to Minnesota Statutes, Subp. 5. Inspections. The building
section 16B.65. official shall make all of the required
inspections or accept reports of inspection by
1300.0100 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] approved agencies or individuals. Results of
inspections shall be documented on the job
1300.0110 DUTIES AND POWERS OF site inspection card and in the official records
BUILDING OFFICIAL. of the municipality, including type of
inspection, date of inspection, identification
Subpart 1. General. The building official of the responsible individual making the
shall enforce the code. The building official inspection, and comments regarding approval
may render interpretations of the code and or disapproval of the inspection. The building
adopt policies and procedures in order to official may engage expert opinion necessary
clarify its application. The interpretations, to report upon unusual technical issues that
policies, and procedures shall be in arise.
132
Subp. 6. Identification. The building pertinent laws or ordinances, is not rendered

official and deputies shall carry proper personally liable and is relieved from personal
identification when inspecting structures or liability for any damage accruing to persons
premises in the performance of duties under or property as a result of any act or by reason
the code. of an act or omission in the discharge of
official duties. Any suit instituted against an
Subp. 7. Right of entry. If it is necessary officer or employee because of an act
to make an inspection to enforce the code or if performed by that officer or employee in the
the building official has reasonable cause to lawful discharge of duties and under the code
believe that there exists in a structure or upon shall be defended by the legal representative
a premises a condition contrary to or in of the jurisdiction until the final termination
violation of the code that makes the structure of the proceedings. The building official or
or premises unsafe, dangerous, or hazardous, any subordinate is not liable for cost in any
the building official or designee may enter the action, suit, or proceeding that is instituted in
structure or premises at reasonable times to pursuance of the code.
inspect or to perform the duties imposed by
the code, provided that if the structure or Subp. 10. Approved materials and
premises is occupied, credentials must be equipment. Materials, equipment, and
presented to the occupant and entry requested. devices approved by the building official shall
If the structure or premises is unoccupied, the be constructed and installed in the approved
building official shall first make a reasonable manner.
effort to locate the owner or other person
having charge or control of the structure or Subp. 11. Used material and
premises and request entry. If entry is equipment. The use of used materials that
refused, the building official shall have meet the requirements of the code for new
recourse to the remedies provided by law to materials is permitted. Used equipment and
secure entry. devices shall not be reused unless approved
by the building official.
Subp. 8. Department records. The
building official shall be responsible for Subp. 12. Modifications. If there are
official records of applications received, practical difficulties involved in carrying out
plans, specifications, surveys, plot plans, plan the provisions of the code, the building
reviews, permits and certificates issued, official may grant modifications for
reports of inspections, and notices and orders individual cases, upon application by the
issued. The records shall be retained for the owner or owner's representative, provided the
period required for the retention of public building official finds that special individual
records under Minnesota Statutes, section reason makes the strict letter of the code
138.17. Department records shall be impractical, the modification is in compliance
maintained by the municipality and readily with the intent and purpose of the code, and
available for review according to Minnesota the modification does not lessen health, life,
Statutes, section 13.37. and fire safety or structural requirements.
The details of action granting modifications
Subp. 9. Liability. The building official, shall be recorded and entered in the files of
member of the Board of Appeals, or the Department of Building Safety.
employee charged with the enforcement of
the code, while acting for the jurisdiction in Subp. 13. Alternative materials, design,
good faith and without malice in the discharge and methods of construction and
of the duties required by the code or other equipment. The code is not intended to
133
prevent the installation of any material or to B. To determine the acceptability of a

prohibit any design or method of construction performance-based design, the code official
not specifically prescribed by the code, may require the owner or agent to provide,
provided that any alternative has been without charge to the jurisdiction, a technical
approved. An alternative material, design, or opinion and report. The code official may
method of construction shall be approved require the technical opinion and report to be
where the building official finds that the prepared by, and bear the stamp of, a licensed
proposed design is satisfactory and complies design professional.
with the intent of the code, and that the
material, method, or work offered is, for the C. Performance-based designs shall be
purpose intended, at least the equivalent of prepared by, and bear the stamp of, a licensed
that prescribed in the code in quality, strength, design professional competent in the area of
effectiveness, fire resistance, durability, and work. The design professional shall provide
safety. The details of any action granting written confirmation to the code official
approval of an alternate shall be recorded and before a certificate of occupancy is issued that
entered in the files of the Department of the performance-based design has been
Building Safety. properly implemented, the operation or use of
the building is within the limitations of the
Subp. 14. Performance-based fire and design, and adequate controls are in place to
life safety design. The code official may maintain compliance with the conditions of
approve performance-based fire and life the design throughout the life of the building.
safety designs if the code official finds that
the proposed design has been conducted by an Subp. 15. Tests. If there is insufficient
approved method. Approved performance- evidence of compliance with the code, or
based designs are evidence of compliance evidence that a material or method does not
with the intent of the code. Approvals under conform to the requirements of the code, or in
this subpart are subject to the approval of the order to substantiate claims for alternative
building code official whenever the design materials or methods, the building official
involves matters regulated by the building shall have the authority to require tests as
code. evidence of compliance to be made at no
expense to the municipality. Test methods
A. Design goals, objectives, and shall be as specified in the code or by other
performance criteria shall be approved by the recognized test standards. In the absence of
code official before submission of a recognized and accepted test methods, the
performance-based design report, building official shall approve the testing
calculations, or analysis results. As a procedures. Tests shall be performed by an
minimum, an approved performance-based approved agency. Reports of the tests shall be
design shall address the following objectives: retained by the building official.
(1) life safety of occupants; 1300.0120 PERMITS.
(2) firefighter safety; Subpart 1. Required. An owner or

authorized agent who intends to construct,
(3) property protection; enlarge, alter, repair, move, demolish, or
change the occupancy of a building or
(4) continuity of operations; and structure, or to erect, install, enlarge, alter,
repair, remove, convert, or replace any gas,
(5) safeguarding of the environment. mechanical, electrical, plumbing system, or
134
other equipment, the installation of which is wall, unless supporting a surcharge or

regulated by the code; or cause any such work impounding Class I, II, or III-A liquids;
to be done, shall first make application to the
building official and obtain the required (5) water tanks supported directly
permit. upon grade if the capacity does not exceed
5,000 gallons (18,927 L) and the ratio of
Subp. 2. Annual permit. In lieu of an height to diameter or width does not exceed 2
individual permit for each alteration to an to 1;
already approved electrical, gas, mechanical,
or plumbing installation, the building official (6) sidewalks and driveways that are
may issue an annual permit upon application not part of an accessible route;
for the permit to any person, firm, or
corporation regularly employing one or more (7) decks and platforms not more than
qualified trade persons in the building, 30 inches (762 mm) above adjacent grade and
structure, or on the premises owned or not attached to a structure with frost footings
operated by the applicant for the permit. and which is not part of an accessible route;
Subp. 3. Annual permit records. The (8) painting, papering, tiling,

person to whom an annual permit is issued carpeting, cabinets, countertops, and similar
shall keep a detailed record of alterations finish work;
made under the annual permit. The building
official shall have access to the records at all (9) temporary motion picture,
times or the records shall be filed with the television, and theater stage sets and scenery;
building official as designated.
(10) prefabricated swimming pools
Subp. 4. Work exempt from permit. installed entirely above ground accessory to
Exemptions from permit requirements of the dwelling units constructed to the provisions of
code do not authorize work to be done in any the International Residential Code or R 3
manner in violation of the code or any other occupancies constructed to the provisions of
laws or ordinances of this jurisdiction. the International Building Code, which do not
Permits shall not be required for the exceed both 5,000 gallons in capacity (18,925
following: L) and a 24 inch (610 mm) depth;
A. Building: (11) window awnings supported by an

exterior wall that do not project more than 54
(1) one-story detached accessory inches (1,372 mm) from the exterior wall and
structures, used as tool and storage sheds, do not require additional support, when
playhouses, and similar uses, provided the constructed under the International
floor area does not exceed 120 square feet Residential Code or Group R 3 and Group U
(11.15 mm2); occupancies constructed to the provisions of
the International Building Code;
(2) fences not over six feet (1,829
mm) high; (12) movable cases, counters, and
(3) oil derricks; partitions not over five feet, nine inches
(1,753 mm) in height;
(4) retaining walls that are not over
four feet (1,219 mm) in height measured from
the bottom of the footing to the top of the
135
(13) agricultural buildings as defined (8) portable fuel cell appliances that
in Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.60, are not connected to a fixed piping system
subdivision 5; and and are not interconnected to a power grid.
(14) swings and other playground D. Plumbing: See chapter 4715 for
equipment. plumbing work that is exempt from a permit.
Unless otherwise exempted, plumbing,
electrical, and mechanical permits are E. Electrical: an electrical permit is not
required for subitems (1) to (14). required if work is inspected by the State
Board of Electricity or is exempt from
B. Gas: inspection under Minnesota Statutes, section
326.244.
(1) portable heating, cooking, or Obtaining a permit from the Board of
clothes drying appliances; Electricity does not exempt the work from
other Minnesota State Building Code
(2) replacement of any minor part that requirements relating to electrical equipment,
does not alter approval of equipment or make its location, or its performance.
the equipment unsafe; and
Subp. 5. Emergency repairs. If
(3) portable fuel cell appliances that equipment replacements and repairs must be
are not connected to a fixed piping system performed in an emergency situation, the
and are interconnected to a power grid. permit application shall be submitted to the
building official within the next working
C. Mechanical: business day.
(1) portable heating appliances; Subp. 6. Repairs. Application or notice

to the building official is not required for
(2) portable ventilation appliances and ordinary repairs to structures. The repairs
equipment; shall not include the cutting away of any wall,
partition, or portion of a wall or partition, the
(3) portable cooling units; removal or cutting of any structural beam or
load bearing support, or the removal or
(4) steam, hot, or chilled water piping change of any required means of egress, or
within any heating or cooling equipment rearrangement of parts of a structure affecting
regulated by this code; the egress requirements; nor shall ordinary
repairs include addition to, alteration of,
(5) replacement of any part that does replacement, or relocation of any standpipe,
not alter approval of equipment or make the water supply, sewer, drainage, drain leader,
equipment unsafe; gas, soil, waste, vent or similar piping,
electric wiring, or mechanical or other work
(6) portable evaporative coolers; affecting public health or general safety.
(7) self contained refrigeration Subp. 7. Application for permit. To

systems containing ten pounds (4.5 kg) or less obtain a permit, the applicant shall file an
of refrigerant or that are actuated by motors of application in writing on a form furnished by
one horsepower (0.75 kW) or less; and the Department of Building Safety for that
purpose. The application shall:
136
A. identify and describe the work to be Subp. 9. Time limitation of application.

covered by the permit for which application is An application for a permit for any proposed
made; work shall be considered abandoned 180 days
after the date of filing, unless the application
B. describe the land on which the has been pursued in good faith or a permit has
proposed work is to be done by legal been issued; except that the building official
description, street address, or similar is authorized to grant one or more extensions
description that will readily identify and of time for additional periods not exceeding
definitely locate the proposed building or 180 days each. The extension shall be
work; requested in writing and justifiable cause
demonstrated.
C. indicate the use and occupancy for
which the proposed work is intended; Subp. 10. Validity of permit. The
issuance or granting of a permit or approval
D. indicate the type of construction; of plans, specifications, and computations,
shall not be construed to be a permit for any
E. be accompanied by construction violation of the code or of any other
documents and other information as required ordinance of the jurisdiction. Permits
by the code; presuming to give authority to violate or
cancel the provisions of the code or other
F. state the valuation of the proposed ordinances of the jurisdiction are not valid.
work; The issuance of a permit based on
construction documents and other data shall
G. be signed by the applicant, or the not prevent the building official from
applicant's authorized agent; and requiring the correction of errors in the
construction documents and other data. The
H. give other data and information building official may also prevent occupancy
required by the building official. or use of a structure that violates the code or
any other ordinance of this jurisdiction.
Subp. 8. Action on application. The
building official shall examine or cause to be Subp. 11. Expiration. Every permit
examined applications for permits and issued shall become invalid unless the work
amendments within a reasonable time after authorized by the permit is commenced
filing. If the application or the construction within 180 days after its issuance, or if the
documents do not conform to the work authorized by the permit is suspended or
requirements of pertinent laws, the building abandoned for a period of 180 days after the
official shall reject the application and notify time the work is commenced. The building
the applicant of the reasons. The building official may grant, in writing, one or more
official shall document the reasons for extensions of time, for periods not more than
rejecting the application. The applicant may 180 days each. The extension shall be
request written documentation of the rejection requested in writing and justifiable cause
and the reasons for the rejection. When the demonstrated.
building official is satisfied that the proposed
work conforms to the requirements of the Subp. 12. Suspension or revocation.
code and applicable laws and ordinances, the The building official may suspend or revoke a
building official shall issue a permit. permit issued under the code if the permit is
issued in error; on the basis of incorrect,
inaccurate, or incomplete information; or in
137
violation of any ordinance or regulation or the material. Electronic media documents are
code. permitted to be submitted when approved by
the building official. Construction documents
Subp. 13. Placement of permit. The shall be of sufficient clarity to indicate the
building permit or a copy shall be kept on the location, nature, and extent of the work
site of the work until the completion of the proposed and show in detail that it will
project. conform to the code and relevant laws,
ordinances, rules, and regulations, as
Subp. 14. Responsibility. Every person determined by the building official.
who performs work for the installation or
repair of building, structure, electrical, gas, Subp. 3. Manufacturer's installation
mechanical, or plumbing systems, for which instructions. When required by the building
the code is applicable, shall comply with the official, manufacturer's installation
code. instructions for construction equipment and
components regulated by the code, shall be
1300.0130 CONSTRUCTION available on the job site at the time of
DOCUMENTS. inspection.
Subpart 1. Submittal documents. Subp. 4. Site plan. The construction

Construction documents, special inspection documents submitted with the application for
and structural observation programs, and permit shall be accompanied by a site plan
other data shall be submitted in one or more drawn to scale, showing the size and location
sets with each application for a permit. of new construction and existing structures on
the site, distances from lot lines, the
Exception: The building official may established street grades, and the proposed
waive the submission of construction finished grades, and it shall be drawn
documents and other data if the nature of according to an accurate boundary line
the work applied for is such that survey. In the case of demolition, the site
reviewing of construction documents is plan shall show construction to be demolished
not necessary to obtain compliance with and the location and size of existing structures
the code. and construction that are to remain on the site
or plot. The building official may waive or
The building official may require plans or modify the requirement for a site plan if the
other data be prepared according to the rules application for permit is for alteration or
of the Board of Architecture, Engineering, repair or when otherwise warranted.
Land Surveying, Landscape Architecture,
Geoscience and Interior Design, chapter 1800, Subp. 5. Examination of documents.
and Minnesota Statutes, sections 326.02 to The building official shall examine or cause
326.15, and other state laws relating to plan to be examined the accompanying
and specification preparation by occupational construction documents to ascertain whether
licenses. If special conditions exist, the the construction indicated and described
building official may require additional complies with the requirements of the code
construction documents to be prepared by a and other pertinent laws and ordinances.
licensed design professional.
Subp. 6. Approval of construction
Subp. 2. Information on construction documents. If the building official issues a
documents. Construction documents shall be permit, the construction documents shall be
dimensioned and drawn upon suitable approved in writing or by a stamp, stating
138
"Reviewed for Code Compliance," dated, and The licensed design professional in
signed by the building official or an responsible charge shall be responsible for
authorized representative. One set of the reviewing and coordinating submittal
construction documents that were reviewed documents prepared by others, including
shall be retained by the building official. The phased and deferred submittal items, for
other set shall be returned to the applicant, compatibility with the design of the building.
kept at the site of the work, and open to
inspection by the building official or an When structural observation is required by
authorized representative. the code, the inspection program shall name
the individual or firms who are to perform
Subp. 7. Previous approvals. The code structural observation and describe the stages
in effect at the time of application shall be of construction at which structural
applicable. observation is to occur.
Subp. 8. Phased approval. The building B. For the purposes of this part, deferred
official may issue a permit for the submittals are defined as those portions of the
construction of foundations or any other part design that are not submitted at the time of the
of a building or structure before the application and that are to be submitted to the
construction documents for the whole building official within a specified period.
building or structure have been submitted,
provided that adequate information and Deferral of any submittal items shall have
detailed statements have been filed complying the prior approval of the building official.
with pertinent requirements of the code. The The licensed design professional in
holder of the permit for the foundation or responsible charge shall list the deferred
other parts of a building or structure shall submittals on the construction documents for
proceed at the holder's own risk with the review by the building official.
building operation and without assurance that
a permit for the entire structure will be Submittal documents for deferred
granted. submittal items shall be submitted to the
licensed design professional in responsible
Subp. 9. Design professional in charge who shall review them and forward
responsible charge. them to the building official with a notation
indicating that the deferred submittal
A. The building official may require the documents have been reviewed and that they
owner to engage and designate on the have been found to be in general conformance
building permit application a licensed design with the design of the building. The deferred
professional who shall act as the licensed submittal items shall not be installed until
design professional in responsible charge. If their design and submittal documents have
the circumstances require, the owner shall been approved by the building official.
designate a substitute licensed design
professional in responsible charge who shall C. Work regulated by the code shall be
perform the duties required of the original installed according to the reviewed
licensed design professional in responsible construction documents, and any changes
charge. The building official shall be notified made during construction that are not in
in writing by the owner if the licensed design compliance with the approved construction
professional in responsible charge is changed documents shall be resubmitted for approval
or is unable to continue to perform the duties. as an amended set of construction documents.
139
1300.0140 VIOLATIONS. cost of the service for which the fee is

imposed.
It is unlawful for any person, firm, or
corporation to erect, construct, alter, extend, Subp. 3. Building permit valuations.
repair, move, remove, demolish, or occupy The applicant for a permit shall provide an
any building, structure, or equipment estimated permit value at time of application.
regulated by the code, or cause any of those Permit valuations shall include total value of
actions, in conflict with or in violation of the all construction work, including materials and
code. The building official may serve a labor, for which the permit is being issued,
notice of violation or order on the person such as electrical, gas, mechanical, plumbing
responsible for the erection, construction, equipment, and permanent systems. Building
alteration, extension, repair, moving, removal, permit valuation shall be set by the building
demolition, or occupancy of a building or official.
structure in violation of the code, or in
violation of a permit or certificate issued Exceptions: Building permit valuations
under the code. The order shall direct the for the following structures shall be based
discontinuance of the illegal action or on the valuation of on-site work only:
condition and the abatement of the violation.
A. manufactured homes containing a
1300.0150 VIOLATIONS, PENALTY. Housing and Urban Development (HUD)
certification label;
A violation of the code is a misdemeanor
under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.69. B. prefabricated buildings with a
Minnesota Building Codes and Standards
1300.0160 FEES. Division prefabrication label; and
Subpart 1. Schedule of permit fees. The C. industrialized/modular buildings with

applicant for a permit for a building; an Industrialized Building Commission
structure; or electrical, gas, mechanical, or (IBC) label.
plumbing system or alterations requiring a
permit shall pay the fee set forth by a fee Subp. 4. Building permit fees. Building
schedule adopted by the municipality. permit fees shall be based on valuation.
When submittal documents are required to Exceptions:

be submitted by this chapter, a plan review
fee shall be required. The plan review fee A. one- and two-family dwelling
shall be established by the fee schedule maintenance permits for roofing, siding,
adopted by the municipality. windows, doors, or other minor projects
may be charged a fixed fee;
Exception: The fee schedule adopted by
the municipality may exempt minor work B. permits for plumbing, mechanical,
from plan review fees. electrical, or other building service
equipment systems may be based on
Subp. 2. Fees commensurate with valuation or charged a fixed fee; and
service. Fees established by the municipality C. replacement of a residential fixture or
must be by legal means and must be fair, appliance cannot exceed the permit fee
reasonable, and proportionate to the actual limitation established by Minnesota
Statutes, section 16B.665.
140
Subp. 5. Plan review fees for similar (f) decks and porches; and
plans. When submittal documents for similar
plans are approved under subpart 6, plan (g) other modifications approved by the
review fees shall not exceed 25 percent of the building official;
normal building permit fee established and
charged by the jurisdiction for the same (4) occupancy groups other than those
structure. identified in the exceptions listed in part
1300.0160, subpart 6, item A, subitem (3),
Subp. 6. Plan review of similar plans. must be the same type of construction and
occupancy classification and must have the
A. Any number of similar buildings may same exit system;
be built from a master plan if:
Exception: Minor changes to the exit
(1) plan review fees have been paid access; and
for the master plan;
(5) the similar plan is based on a
(2) a code change has not occurred master plan for which the municipality has
that impacts the design of a master plan; issued a permit within the last 12 months.
B. Plan review fees for similar building

(3) the similar building has the same plans must be based on the costs
physical dimensions and structural design as commensurate with the direct and indirect
the master plan; cost of the service, but must not exceed 25
percent of the normal building permit fee
Exception: The following modifications established and charged by the municipality
to the master plan are not considered to for the same structure.
be significant modifications, according to
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, C. The plan review fee charged for
subdivision 1, and are permitted for similar building plans applies to all buildings
dwelling units and their accessory regulated by the code regardless of occupancy
structures built to the International classification including
Residential Code, and residential industrialized/modular buildings constructed
occupancies built to the International under a program specified in Minnesota
Building Code that are three stories or less Statutes, section 16B.75.
in height and their accessory structures:
D. The applicant must submit a new plan
(a) foundation types to include walkout, set and other information as required by the
lookout, and full basement; building official for each building reviewed as
a similar building.
(b) foundation materials to include poured
concrete, masonry units, and wood; Subp. 7. Payment of fees. A permit shall
not be issued until the fees prescribed by the
(c) garage dimensions; municipality have been paid.
(d) roof design changed by a revised truss
plan approved by the building official; Subp. 8. Work commencing before
permit issuance. If work for which a permit
(e) bays or cantilevered floor areas; is required by the code has been commenced
without first obtaining a permit, a special
141
investigation shall be made before a permit A building or structure regulated by the

may be issued for the work. An investigation code is unsafe, for purposes of this part, if it is
fee established by the municipality shall be structurally unsafe, not provided with
collected and is in addition to the required adequate egress, a fire hazard, or otherwise
permit fees, but it may not exceed the permit dangerous to human life.
fee.
Building service equipment that is
Subp. 9. Fee refunds. The municipality regulated by the code is unsafe, for purposes
shall establish a permit and plan review fee of this part, if it is a fire, electrical, or health
refund policy. hazard; an unsanitary condition; or otherwise
dangerous to human life. Use of a building,
Subp. 10. State surcharge fees. All structure, or building service equipment
municipal permits issued for work under the constituting a hazard to safety, health, or
code are subject to a surcharge fee. The fees public welfare by reason of inadequate
are established by Minnesota Statutes, section maintenance, dilapidation, obsolescence, fire
16B.70. Reports and remittances by hazard, disaster, damage, or abandonment is,
municipalities must be filed with the for the purposes of this part, an unsafe use.
commissioner, directed to the attention of the Parapet walls, cornices, spires, towers, tanks,
state building official. statuary, and other appendages or structural
members that are supported by, attached to, or
Surcharge fees imposed by the state are in a part of a building and that are in deteriorated
addition to municipal permit fees. Surcharge condition or otherwise unable to sustain the
report forms and information may be obtained design loads that are specified in the code are
by writing the commissioner, to the attention unsafe building appendages.
of the state building official.
The building official may order any
1300.0170 STOP WORK ORDER. building or portion of a building to be vacated
if continued use is dangerous to life, health, or
If the building official finds any work safety of the occupants. The order shall be in
regulated by the code being performed in a writing and state the reasons for the action.
manner contrary to the provisions of the code
or in a dangerous or unsafe manner, the All unsafe buildings, structures, or
building official may issue a stop work order. appendages are public nuisances and must be
abated by repair, rehabilitation, demolition, or
The stop work order shall be in writing removal according to Minnesota Statutes,
and issued to the owner of the property sections 463.15 to 463.26.
involved, to the owner's agent, or to the
person doing the work. Upon issuance of a 1300.0190 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
stop work order, the cited work shall AND USES.
immediately cease. The stop work order shall
state the reason for the order and the Subpart 1. General. The building official
conditions under which the cited work will be may issue a permit for temporary structures
permitted to resume. and temporary uses. The permit shall be
limited as to time of service, but shall not be
1300.0180 UNSAFE BUILDINGS OR permitted for more than 180 days. The
STRUCTURES. building official may grant extensions for
demonstrated cause.
142
Subp. 2. Conformance. Temporary shall not be commenced until the permit

structures and uses shall conform to the holder or an agent of the permit holder has
structural strength, fire safety, means of posted or otherwise made available an
egress, accessibility, light, ventilation, and inspection record card that allows the building
sanitary requirements of the code as necessary official to conveniently make all required
to ensure the public health, safety, and general entries regarding inspection of the work. This
welfare. card shall be maintained and made available
by the permit holder until final approval has
Subp. 3. Termination of approval. The been granted by the building official.
building official may terminate the permit for
a temporary structure or use and order the Subp. 4. Inspection requests. The
temporary structure or use to be discontinued building official shall provide the applicant
if the conditions required in this part have not with policies, procedures, and a timeline for
been complied with. requesting inspections. The person doing the
work authorized by a permit shall notify the
1300.0200 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] building official that the work is ready for
inspection. The person requesting an
1300.0210 INSPECTIONS. inspection required by the code shall provide
access to and means for inspection of the
Subpart 1. General. Construction or work.
work for which a permit is required is subject
to inspection by the building official and the Subp. 5. Approval required. Work shall
construction or work shall remain accessible not be done beyond the point indicated in
and exposed for inspection purposes until each successive inspection without first
approved. Approval as a result of an obtaining the approval of the building official.
inspection is not approval of a violation of the The building official, upon notification, shall
code or of other ordinances of the jurisdiction. make the requested inspections and shall
Inspections presuming to give authority to either indicate the portion of the construction
violate or cancel the provisions of the code or that is satisfactory as completed or notify the
of other ordinances of the jurisdiction are not permit holder or an agent of the permit holder
valid. It shall be the duty of the permit of any failures to comply with the code. Any
applicant to cause the work to remain portion that does not comply shall be
accessible and exposed for inspection corrected and the portion shall not be covered
purposes. Neither the building official nor the or concealed until authorized by the building
jurisdiction is liable for expense entailed in official.
the removal or replacement of any material
required to allow inspection. Subp. 6. Required inspections. The
building official, upon notification, shall
Subp. 2. Preliminary inspection. Before make the inspections in this part. In addition
issuing a permit, the building official may to the inspections identified in this subpart,
examine, or cause to be examined, buildings, see applicable rule chapters in part 1300.0050
structures, and sites for which an application for specific inspection and testing
has been filed. requirements.
Subp. 3. Inspection record card. The A. Footing inspections shall be made

building official shall identify which after excavations for footings are complete
inspections are required for the work and any required reinforcing steel is in place.
requiring a permit. Work requiring a permit Materials for the foundation shall be on the
143
job, except that concrete need not be on the G. Lath and gypsum board inspections
job if the concrete is ready mixed according shall be made after lathing and gypsum board,
to approved nationally recognized standards. interior and exterior, are in place, but before
any plastering is applied or before gypsum
B. Foundations: board joints and fasteners are taped and
finished.
(1) Foundation inspections for poured
walls shall be made after all forms are in Exception: Gypsum board that is not part
place with any required reinforcing steel and of a fire resistive assembly or a shear
bracing is in place, and prior to pouring assembly.
concrete.
H. Protection of joints and penetrations in
(2) All foundation walls shall be fire resistance rated assemblies shall not be
inspected prior to backfill for specific code concealed from view until inspected and
requirements. approved.
(3) The foundation inspection shall I. Installation of manufactured homes

include excavations for thickened slabs (mobile homes) shall be made after the
intended for the support of bearing walls, installation of the support systems and all
partitions, structural supports, or equipment. utility service connections are in place, but
before any covering material or skirting is in
C. Concrete slab and under floor place. Evaluation of an approved anchoring
inspections shall be made after in slab or system is part of the installation inspection.
under floor reinforcing steel and building
service equipment, conduit, piping J. Fireplaces must be inspected for
accessories, and other ancillary equipment compliance with applicable requirements of
items are in place, but before any concrete is the code and the manufacturer's installation
placed or floor sheathing installed, including instructions.
the subfloor.
K. A final inspection shall be made for all
D. Rough in inspection of plumbing, work for which a permit is issued.
mechanical, gas, and electrical systems shall
be made before covering or concealment, L. Special inspections shall be as
before fixtures or appliances are set or required by the code.
installed, and before framing inspection.
M. In addition to the inspections in items
E. Inspection of framing and masonry A to K, the building official is authorized to
construction shall be made after the roof, make or require other inspections of any
masonry, framing, firestopping, draftstopping, construction work to ascertain compliance
and bracing are in place and after the with the code and other laws that are enforced
plumbing, mechanical, and electrical rough by the Department of Building Safety.
inspections are approved.
Subp. 7. Inspection agencies. The
F. Energy efficiency inspections shall be building official is authorized to accept
made to determine compliance with inspection reports by approved agencies.
Minnesota Energy Code requirements.
1300.0220 CERTIFICATE OF
OCCUPANCY.
144
Subpart 1. Use and occupancy. No Subp. 5. Certificate issued. After the

building or structure shall be used or building official inspects a building or
occupied, and no change in the existing structure and finds no violations of the code
occupancy classification of a building, or other laws that are enforced by the
structure, or portion of a building or structure Department of Building Safety, the building
shall be made until the building official has official shall issue a certificate of occupancy
issued a certificate of occupancy for the containing the following:
building or structure under this part. Issuance
of a certificate of occupancy is not approval A. the building permit number;
of a violation of the code or other ordinances
of the municipality. Certificates presuming to B. the address of the structure;
give authority to violate or cancel the code or
other ordinances of the municipality are not C. the name and address of the owner;
valid.
D. a statement that the described portion
Exception: A municipality has the option of the structure has been inspected for
of requiring certificates of occupancy for: compliance with the requirements of the code
for the occupancy and division of occupancy
A. "U" occupancies constructed under the and the use for which the proposed occupancy
International Building Code; is classified;
B. accessory structures constructed under E. the name of the building official;

the International Residential Code; or
F. the edition of the code under which
C. used manufactured homes moved into the permit was issued;
or within a jurisdiction.
G. the use and occupancy classification;
Subp. 2. Existing structures. The legal
occupancy of any structure existing on the H. the type of construction;
date of adoption of the code shall be
permitted to continue without change except I. if an automatic sprinkler system is
as specifically required in chapter 1311. provided; and
Subp. 3. Change in use. Changes in the J. any special stipulations and conditions
character or use of an existing structure shall of the building permit.
not be made except as specified in chapter
1311. Subp. 6. Temporary occupancy. The
building official is authorized to issue a
Subp. 4. Moved buildings. Buildings or temporary certificate of occupancy before the
structures moved into or within a jurisdiction completion of the entire work covered by the
shall comply with the provisions of the code permit, provided that the portion or portions
for new buildings or structures. shall be occupied safely. The building
official shall set a time period during which
Exception: A residential building the temporary certificate of occupancy is
relocated within or into a municipality valid.
need not comply with the Minnesota
Energy Code or Minnesota Statutes, Subp. 7. Revocation. The building
section 326.371. official may issue a written suspension or
145
revocation of a certificate of occupancy Subp. 3. Limitations on authority. An

issued under the code if the certificate is application for appeal shall be based on a
issued in error or on the basis of incorrect claim that the true intent of this code or the
information supplied, or if the building or use rules legally adopted thereunder have been
of the building, structure, or portion of the incorrectly interpreted, the provisions of this
building or structure is in violation of any code do not fully apply, or an equally good or
ordinance or regulation or a provision of the better form of construction is proposed. The
code. board shall have no authority to waive
requirements of this code.
1300.0230 BOARD OF APPEALS.
Subp. 4. Final interpretive authority.
Subpart 1. Local board of appeals. In The state building official has final
order to hear and decide appeals of orders, interpretive authority for all codes adopted as
decisions, or determinations made by the part of the code except for the plumbing code
building official relative to the application when enforced by the Commissioner of
and interpretation of this code, there shall be Health and the electrical code when enforced
and is hereby created a board of appeals. The by the State Board of Electricity. A request
building official shall be an ex officio for final interpretation must come from a local
member of said board but shall have no vote or state level building code board of appeals.
on any matter before the board. The board of The procedures for final interpretations by the
appeals shall be designated by the governing state building official are as established in
body. Appeals hearings must occur within Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.63.
ten working days from the date the
municipality receives a properly completed 1300.0240 DISCLAIMER CLAUSE.
application for appeal. If an appeals hearing
is not held within this time, the applicant may The inclusion of specific requirements
appeal directly to the State Building Code relative to the manner of installation of any
Appeals Board. building or portion of any building or building
equipment in one or more parts of the code
The board shall adopt rules of procedures does not limit this procedure to any particular
for conducting its business and shall render all type of installer or provide a basis upon which
decisions and findings in writing to the determination of the right to perform a
appellant with a duplicate copy to the building procedure shall be made. The authority for
official and to the state building official this determination is in the various licensing
within five working days of the decision. For statutes or ordinances for each type of
jurisdictions without a board of appeals, the installer who performs the work.
appellant may appeal to an appeals board
assembled by the state of Minnesota, 1300.0250 SEVERABILITY.
Department of Labor and Industry's
Construction Codes and Licensing Division. The invalidity of any provision of the
Minnesota State Building Code does not
Subp. 2. Qualifications. The board of affect any other provisions of the code that
appeals shall consist of members who are can be given effect without the invalid
qualified by experience and training to pass provision and, to this end, the provisions of
on matters pertaining to building construction the code are declared to be severable.
and are not employees of the affected 1300.0300 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
jurisdiction. 1300.0400 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1300.0500 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
146
1300.0600 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1300.0300 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]

Minn. Rules repealed, etc. in chapter 1300 1300.5900 [Repealed, 27 SR 1471]
147

BUILDING OFFICIAL CERTIFICATION AND EDUCATION
BUILDING OFFICIAL “certified building official-limited” on the

CERTIFICATION certification card. This classification is
granted to a person who has met the “certified
1301.0100 PURPOSE.
building official-limited” prerequisites of part
The purpose of parts 1301.0100 to 1301.0300 and successfully passed the written
1301.0600 is to establish procedures for examination prepared by the state. A person
certification of building officials and with this classification may perform code
prerequisites for persons applying to be administration for one- and two-family
certified. dwellings, their accessory structures, and
Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.61 “exempt classes of buildings” as provided in
History: 15 SR 74 part 1800.5000 of the Board of Architecture,
Engineering, Land Surveying, Landscape
1301.0200 FORMS OF CERTIFICATION. Architecture, and Geoscience rules, as well as
Subpart 1. Certified building official. “facilities for persons with physical
This classification is granted to a person who disabilities” provisions in chapter 1341 of the
has met the “certified building official” Minnesota State Building Code. Code
prerequisites of part 1301.0300 and administration for all other buildings must be
successfully passed the written examination performed by a certified building official as
prepared by the state. A person with this defined in subpart 1. However, the certified
certification may serve as the building official building official-limited may conduct
for any municipality. inspections at the direction of a certified
building official or the state building official.
Subp. 1a. Repealed, 27 SR 1474
Subp. 6. Accessibility specialist. This
Subp. 2. Repealed, 19 SR 75 certification is identified as “accessibility
Subp. 3. Class I certification. A Class I specialist” on the certification card. This
certification is identified as “Class I” on the certification is granted to a person who has
certification card. This classification was met the “accessibility specialist” prerequisites
granted to a person who met a prerequisite of part 1301.0300 and successfully passed the
and passed a written examination. This written examination prepared by the state. A
classification restricts the holder to person with this classification is limited to the
administering the code only for one- and two- administration of those provisions of the
family dwellings and their accessory Minnesota State Building Code which provide
structures. As of July 1, 1990, this class is no access for persons with disabilities.
longer issued. Persons with this classification Use of this certification is restricted to
may continue to hold this classification by municipalities that according to Minnesota
submitting evidence of fulfilling the Statutes, sections 16B.72 and 16B.73, do not
appropriate continuing education program administer the code. If a municipality adopts
established by part 1301.0900, item A. the Minnesota State Building Code, the
Subp. 4. Repealed, 19 SR 75 responsibilities for code administration and
enforcement are under the authority of the
Subp. 5. Certified building official-
certified building official or the certified
limited. This certification is identified as
building official-limited.
148
Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; administration, one point each up to a

16B.64; 16B.65 maximum accumulation of 30 points;
History: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 75; 27 SR 1474; L (5) an associate’s degree in building
2005 c 56 s 2 construction, building construction-oriented
1301.0300 CERTIFICATION architecture or engineering, or public
PREREQUISITES. administration, 30 points;
Prior to making application for (6) a bachelor’s degree in building
certification as a certified building official, a construction-oriented architecture or
person shall accumulate a minimum of 100 engineering, 60 points. If points are claimed
points from the categories in items A to C. in this category, additional points may not be
claimed in subitem (4) or (5).
Prior to making application for
certification as a certified building official- B. Certifications: Points must be awarded
limited, a person shall accumulate a minimum for certifications obtained as follows:
of 30 points from categories in items A to C. (1) Council of American Building
Prior to taking the examination for Officials building officials examination:
certification as a certified building official-
limited, a person shall attend a course (a) legal and management module,
specified by the state building official. 50 points;
Prior to taking the examination for (b) technology module, 50 points;
certification as an accessibility specialist, a (2) International Conference of
person shall attend a course specified by the Building Officials examination:
state building official.
(a) building inspector, 40 points;
A. Education: BIT refers to building
inspection technology programs offered in the (b) plans examiner, 60 points;
community college system. Points must be (3) Minnesota Class I certification, 10
awarded as follows for successful completion points;
of the programs or courses listed:
(4) Minnesota certified building
(1) BIT AAS degree, 100 points; official-limited certification, 20 points.
(2) BIT certificate, 60 points; C. Experience: Points shall be awarded
(3) BIT code-related courses: for experience obtained as follows:
(a) field inspection, nonstructural (1) municipal building code inspection
plan review, building department or plan review experience under the
administration, and building codes and supervision of a currently certified building
standards, 20 points total for all four courses; official. Twenty points must be awarded for
zero points if any of the courses in this unit each 12-month period of employment, with a
have not been successfully completed; maximum accumulation of 80 points;
(b) upon successful completion of (2) experience in the design of
the courses named in unit (a), additional BIT buildings or in the construction of buildings
building code courses, four points each up to with specific skilled participation in the
a maximum accumulation of 40 points; construction of foundations, superstructures,
or installation of the building’s mechanical,
(4) postsecondary courses in building plumbing, electrical, or fire suppression
construction, building construction-oriented systems. Ten points must be awarded for each
architecture or engineering, or public
149
12-month period of employment, with a appear for a second scheduled examination,

maximum accumulation of 30 points. the applicant shall wait six months from the
mailing date of the notification of the test
D. Other education, certifications, and
results or the failure to appear. After six
experience relating to the field of the
months, the applicant may submit a new
construction industry that is not enumerated
application in accordance with part
in items A to C must be given credit as
1301.0400.
determined by the state building official based
on comparison with the prerequisites in items Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61;
A to C. 16B.64; 16B.65
History: 15 SR 74; 27 SR 1474
Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61;
16B.64; 16B.65 1301.0600 EDUCATION AND
History: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 75; 27 SR 1474 TRAINING.
1301.0400 APPLICATION FOR The commissioner shall provide
CERTIFICATION. educational programs designed to train and
assist building officials in carrying out their
A person seeking certification shall
responsibilities, according to Minnesota
submit a completed application to the state
Statutes, section 16B.65, subdivision 3.
building official on an application form
Within limitations of personnel and funds, the
provided by the commissioner, along with a
state building official may provide training
nonrefundable $70 fee payable to the
programs for legislative bodies,
commissioner of finance. The state building
administrative staff persons, design
official shall review applications for
professionals, the construction industry, and
compliance with prerequisites in part
the general public.
1301.0300. If the prerequisites are satisfied,
the state building official shall schedule the Information concerning available training
applicant to take the applicable examination. programs may be obtained from the state
building official by written, electronic mail,
or telephone inquiry. Training program
16B.64; 16B.65
information is also available on the
History: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 75; 27 SR 1474; L
department’s Web site.
2003 c 112 art 2 s 50
1301.0500 EXAMINATION.
16B.64; 16B.65
A. The commissioner shall prepare and History: 15 SR 74; 27 SR 1474
administer examinations, consistent with
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.65, CONTINUING EDUCATION AND
subdivision 3. RECERTIFICATION
B. The applicant may schedule to take 1301.0700 AUTHORITY AND PURPOSE.

the examination two times for each Parts 1301.0700 to 1301.1200 establish
application submitted. If the applicant fails the guidelines for building official
the initial examination or fails to appear for certification maintenance under Minnesota
the initial examination, the applicant shall Statutes, section 16B.65, subdivision 7.
wait a minimum of 30 calendar days after the Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61;
mailing date of either the notification of the 16B.64; 16B.65
test results or the failure to appear before History: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 75; 27 SR 1474
scheduling a second exam. If the applicant
fails the examination a second time or fails to
150
1301.0800 DEFINITIONS. D. An accessibility specialist must

accumulate four continuing education units in
Subpart 1. Scope. The definitions in this
any of the programs described in part
part apply to parts 1301.0700 to 1301.1200.
1301.1000, subpart 1 or 2. The four units
Subp. 2. Commissioner. “Commissioner” must be for courses relating to building
means the commissioner of labor and accessibility, plan review, field inspection, or
industry. building code administration.
Subp. 3. Repealed, 27 SR 1474 Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61;
Subp. 4. State building official. “State 16B.64; 16B.65
building official” means the individual History: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 75; 27 SR 1474
appointed by the commissioner of labor and 1301.1000 CONTINUING EDUCATION
industry to administer the code. CREDIT.
Subp. 5. Repealed, 27 SR 1474 Subpart 1. Approved education
Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; programs. The following programs are
16B.64; 16B.65 approved for the number of continuing
History: 15 SR 74; 27 SR 1474; L 2007 c 140 education units indicated:
art 1 s 1 A. Annual Building Official Institute of
1301.0900 CONTINUING EDUCATION Minnesota, 2.5 units for each full day of
UNITS REQUIRED. attendance;
This part establishes the number of B. Department of Labor and Industry

continuing education units required within a seminars, 2.5 units for each full day of
three-year period to maintain certification. attendance;
A. A Class I certified building official C. International Conference of Building

must accumulate 18 continuing education Officials seminars, 2.5 units for each full day
units in any of the programs described in part of attendance;
1301.1000, subpart 1 or 2. D. International Conference of Building
B. A certified building official must Officials annual education and code
accumulate 24 continuing education units in development conference, 2.5 units for each
any of the programs described in part full day of attendance;
1301.1000, subpart 1 or 2. E. State Building Code development
C. A certified building official-limited committee meetings, 0.42 unit for each hour
must, in each year for the first three-year of attendance;
certification period in which the certification F. State International Conference of
is obtained, accumulate eight continuing Building Officials chapter meetings, one unit
education units in any of the programs for each meeting with a minimum three-hour
described in part 1301.1000, subpart 1 or 2. educational program;
Continuing education credit must be reported
G. regional building official meetings,
yearly for the first three-year certification
one unit for each meeting with a minimum
period by the method described in part
three-hour educational program;
1301.1100. A certified building official-
limited must accumulate 24 continuing H. area building official luncheon
education units for every three-year period meetings, 0.25 unit for each meeting;
thereafter in any of the programs described in I. college building inspection technology
part 1301.1100, subpart 1 or 2.
151
and other related college courses, four units require that specific courses be taken, if
for each credit earned; necessary, to insure continuing education in
relevant code application, administration, or
J. postsecondary training courses in
enforcement practices. The requirements may
construction, management, or supervision,
include training courses when new codes or
one unit for every three hours of instruction
legislative mandates are adopted.
received or related shop work completed;
Subp. 4. Repealed, 27 SR 1474
K. certification in an International
Conference of Building Officials certification Subp. 5. Review of continuing
program received after January 1, 1985, four education. All continuing education is
units for each certificate; subject to periodic review and evaluation by
the commissioner or the commissioner’s
L. certification as a certified building
agent.
official by the Council of American Building
Officials after January 1, 1985, six units; Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61;
16B.64; 16B.65
M. teaching a course at the community
History: 15 SR 74; L 1989 c 246 s 2; 19 SR
college level in the building inspection
75; 27 SR 1474; L 2007 c 140 art 1 s 1
technology program or teaching a course at a
technical college, one unit for every four 1301.1100 REQUIREMENTS FOR
hours of instruction provided during a three- RECERTIFICATION.
year reporting period; and Subpart 1. Submission of information.
N. maintenance of an International Each person certified under this chapter must
Conference of Building Officials certification, provide evidence to the state building official
one unit. on forms provided by the state building
official of attendance or participation in an
Subp. 1a. Credit for repeated continuing
approved continuing education program and
education. Credit must be awarded only once
units earned.
for each course taught or education program
attended during a three-year cycle, despite the The information must be submitted to the
number of times the same course is taught or state building official before the last day of
the same education program is attended. the third calendar year following the date of
the last certification issued.
Subp. 2. Other continuing education.
Continuing education offered by other states, Subp. 2. Certificate of renewal. The
correspondence schools, universities, or other commissioner shall issue a certificate of
institutes of learning that offer building code renewal, valid for three years, to each
administration and enforcement-related applicant who has provided evidence of
courses must be considered on an individual required continuing education earned within
basis. Each building official must prearrange the time indicated in subpart 1 and has
for unit approval with the state building submitted the $20 renewal fee.
official to receive credit. Units must be Subp. 3. Extension of time for
approved on the basis of comparison with the compliance. The state building official may
items in subpart 1. The state building official grant an extension of time to comply with
shall award 0.42 continuing education units parts 1301.0700 to 1301.1200 if the person
for each hour of continuing education requesting the extension of time shows cause
rounded to the nearest full or half unit. for the extension. The request for the
Subp. 3. Mandatory continuing extension must be in writing. For purposes of
education. The state building official shall this subpart, the building official’s current
152
certification effective dates shall remain the C. “Oversight committee” means the
same. The extension does not relieve the committee established under Minnesota
building official from complying with the Statutes, section 16B.65, subdivision 5.
continuing education requirements for the Subp. 2. Scope. Minnesota Statutes,
next three-year period. section 16B.65, subdivision 5, provides for
Subp. 4. Reinstatement of certificate. A the creation and membership of a code
building official whose certification has administration oversight committee. In
lapsed must be reinstated if: accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section
16B.65, subdivision 5a, this part establishes a
A. the official provides proof of required
graduated schedule of administrative actions
continuing education units earned;
against certified building officials for
B. not more than three years have passed violations of Minnesota Statutes, sections
since the certification lapsed or since the 16B.59 to 16B.75, and rules adopted under
official successfully took the test for those sections.
certification as a building official; and
Subp. 3. Certified building official
C. the appropriate fee is submitted with duties and responsibilities. The duties and
the application. responsibilities of a certified building official
For purposes of this subpart, the building for code administration are established in
official’s certification effective date shall chapter 1300, and Minnesota Statutes,
change to the date when the reinstatement sections 16B.59 to 16B.75.
certificate is issued. Subp. 4. Oversight committee; purpose
Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; and duties. In accordance with Minnesota
16B.64; 16B.65 Statutes, section 16B.65, subdivision 5, and
History: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 75; 27 SR 1474 for purposes of this part, the code
administration oversight committee shall
1301.1200 Repealed, 27 SR 1474; 27 SR evaluate, mediate, and recommend to the
1791 commissioner any administrative action,
1301.1201 CODE ADMINISTRATION penalty, suspension, or revocation with
OVERSIGHT COMMITTEE; respect to complaints filed with or
GRADUATED SCHEDULE OF information received by the commissioner
ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIONS AND alleging or indicating the unauthorized
PENALTIES. performance of official duties or unauthorized
use of the title certified building official, or a
Subpart 1. Definitions. The definitions in violation of statute, rule, or order that the
this subpart apply to this part. commissioner has issued or is empowered to
A. “Certified building official” means a enforce.
person classified as a certified building A. The oversight committee shall
official in part 1301.0200. evaluate written complaints or information
B. “Level” means a set of actions, as received by the commissioner regarding a
established in the graduated schedule in certified building official by:
subpart 5, that are grouped together in a (1) obtaining evidence related to the
graduated manner to reflect the culpability, allegations;
frequency, and severity of the violator’s
actions. A first-level action is considered least (2) examining the relevant and
severe whereas a third-level action is most jurisdictional evidence; and
severe in nature.
153
(3) determining if that evidence nonresidential duties only, or performing

substantiates the allegations. duties that include only specific inspections or
specific components of plan review.
B. If the committee determines that the
evidence does not substantiate the allegations, (3) The commissioner may impose
the committee shall recommend to the conditions on the certified building official
commissioner that the complaint be for a prescribed period of time as determined
dismissed. by the committee. The conditions may include
mandatory supervision, monitoring, reporting,
C. If the committee determines that the
or minimizing or controlling public contact.
evidence substantiates the allegations, the
committee shall mediate a resolution. In doing C. Third level:
so, the committee shall consider the degree of (1) The commissioner may impose a
responsibility, and the frequency and severity prescribed term of probation on the certified
of the violator’s actions. building official as determined by the
D. The oversight committee shall committee. The probationary period must
recommend in writing to the commissioner a include monitoring by a person approved in
resolution based on the graduated schedule in advance by the committee and may include
subpart 5. remedial training and regular follow-up
meetings. The monitor shall provide progress
Subp. 5. Graduated schedule.
reports to the committee on a schedule set by
Notwithstanding Minnesota Statutes, section
the committee. Upon completion of the
16B.65, subdivision 5b, one or more of the
probationary period, the monitor shall provide
actions from one or more levels in this
the committee with a final recommendation
subpart may be imposed upon a certified
regarding the building official’s fitness to
building official for a failure to fulfill the
perform duties in an unrestricted capacity or
duties and responsibilities of a certified
whether further action from the schedule is
building official.
necessary.
A. First level: The commissioner may
(2) The commissioner may impose
issue a letter to the certified building official
upon a certified building official’s
outlining substantiated unacceptable actions
certification a permanent condition or
and the corrective action that is expected of
limitation as established in subitems (2) and
that building official in the future.
(3) of the second level in the graduated
B. Second level: schedule.
(1) The commissioner may require the (3) The commissioner may deny the
certified building official to attend and certification or recertification of an applicant.
successfully complete one or more
(4) The commissioner may suspend
appropriate training courses or programs
the certification of a certified building official
designed to address any substantiated
for a prescribed period of time as determined
unacceptable actions by the building official.
by the committee.
(2) The commissioner may limit the
(5) The commissioner may revoke the
scope of work that can be performed by the
certification of a certified building official.
certified building official for a prescribed
period of time as determined by the (6) The commissioner may impose an
committee. The limitations may include administrative penalty not exceeding $700 for
performing plan review or field inspection each separate violation upon the certified
services only, performing residential or building official. The amount of the penalty
154
imposed upon the building official may be commissioner, the commissioner shall review
fixed for each separate violation to match any the documentation evidencing the completion
economic advantage gained as a result of the and if it is acceptable to the commissioner,
official’s actions. issue a letter of satisfaction of the actions to
the certified building official.
Subp. 6. Notification of investigation.
During the course of any investigation into Subp. 11. Appeal of commissioner’s
complaints filed with or information received decision. Any person who is aggrieved by a
about a certified building official or an final decision of the commissioner is entitled
applicant as set forth in Minnesota Statutes, to a review of that decision through a
section 16B.65, subdivision 5, the person contested case proceeding under Minnesota
named in the complaint must be notified in Statutes, chapter 14. Pursuant to Minnesota
writing of information received and that an Statutes, section 14.57, paragraph (a), the
investigation is being conducted into the commissioner will issue an order making the
matter. As part of the investigation, the report of the administrative law judge the
committee shall provide the named person an final decision in the matter.
opportunity to meet with the committee and Subp. 12. Appeal of contested case
respond to the allegations. decision. In accordance with Minnesota
Subp. 7. Providing false or incorrect Statutes, section 14.63, any person aggrieved
information. If a certified building official by a final decision in a contested case is
provides false or incorrect information to the entitled to judicial review of the decision
committee or the committee’s designees, the under Minnesota Statutes, chapter 14.
committee shall recommend additional Subp. 13. Support to oversight
actions to the commissioner from the committee. The Department of Labor and
schedule in subpart 5. Industry shall provide staff and administrative
Subp. 8. Municipal notification. If the support to the committee.
building official is designated in a Statutory Authority: 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64;
municipality by its appointing authority, the 16B.65
commissioner shall notify the appointing History: 27 SR 1791; L 2007 c 140 art 1 s 1
authority of actions imposed upon the
building official. Pursuant to Minnesota CONSTRUCTION CODE INSPECTORS
Statutes, section 13.41, subdivision 6, the EDUCATION AND COMPETENCY
commissioner must notify the appointing 1301.1300 AUTHORITY AND PURPOSE.
authority prior to final disciplinary action
being imposed if the allegations constitute a The purpose of parts 1301.1300 to
clear and present danger under the statute. 1301.1600 is to establish competency criteria,
establish and approve education programs,
Subp. 9. Additional penalties. In and establish continuing education
accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section requirements for construction code inspectors
16B.65, these penalties may be in addition to pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section
any criminal or civil penalties imposed for the 16B.655. Parts 1301.1300 to 1301.1600 shall
same violation. be administered by the supervising designated
Subp. 10. Satisfaction of an action. Upon building official.
completion by a certified building official of Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.655
subpart 5, item B, subitem (1), (2), or (3); or History: 32 SR 1933
item C, subitem (1) or (4), in the graduated
schedule that have been imposed by the
155
1301.1310 DEFINITIONS. Subp. 8. Mechanical inspector.

“Mechanical inspector” means an individual
Subpart 1. Generally. The definitions in
who, under the supervision of a designated
this part apply to parts 1301.1300 to
building official, inspects mechanical systems
1301.1600.
and meets the requirements of part
Subp. 2. Building construction. 1301.1400, subpart 3.
“Building construction” means soils
Subp. 9. Mechanical system.
supporting buildings, foundations,
“Mechanical system” means a system within
superstructures, the entire building envelope,
the scope of chapter 1346 that is composed of
and site work regulated by the State Building
devices, appliances, or equipment.
Code, but not mechanical systems or
plumbing systems. Subp. 10. One year of experience. “One
year of experience” means 1,800 hours of
Subp. 3. Building inspection technology
time occurring within 12 consecutive months.
course or BIT course. “Building inspection
technology course” or “BIT course” means a Subp. 11. Plumbing inspector.
building inspection technology course offered “Plumbing inspector” means an individual
for college or university credit from an who, under the supervision of a designated
accredited college or university. building official, inspects plumbing systems
and meets the requirements of part
Subp. 4. Building inspector. “Building
1301.1400, subpart 4.
inspector” means an individual who, under
the supervision of a designated building Subp. 12. Plumbing system. “Plumbing
official, inspects building construction and system” means a system within the scope of
meets the requirements of part 1301.1400, chapter 4715 that is composed of devices,
subpart 2. appliances, or equipment.
Subp. 5. Combination inspector. Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.655
“Combination inspector” means an individual History: 32 SR 1933
who, under the supervision of a designated
1301.1400 MINIMUM COMPETENCY
building official, inspects building
CRITERIA.
construction, mechanical systems, and
plumbing systems and meets the requirements Subpart 1. Generally. An individual
of part 1301.1400, subpart 5. conducting construction code inspections
must meet the minimum competency criteria
Subp. 6. Construction code inspector. in this part, except that an individual holding
“Construction code inspector” means a a current certification as a building official
building inspector, mechanical inspector, under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.65, is
plumbing inspector, or combination inspector exempt from this part and part 1301.1600. All
who, under the supervision of a designated construction code inspectors hired on or after
building official, performs building, January 1, 2008, shall within one year of hire,
plumbing, or mechanical inspections. be in compliance with the competency criteria
Subp. 7. Designated building official. of this part.
“Designated building official” means an Subp. 2. Building inspector. To conduct
individual who, as a certified building official the activities of a building inspector, an
or building official limited, has been individual must meet at least one of the
designated by a municipality pursuant to following minimum competency criteria:
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.65,
subdivision 1. A. three years’ experience in construction
with specific skilled participation in the
156
individual must meet at least one of the

construction of foundations and
following minimum competency criteria:
superstructures;
A. three years’ qualifying experience in
B. five years’ experience in the complete
the installation or design of plumbing systems
design of buildings;
that is obtained in compliance with
C. successful completion of two or more Minnesota’s plumbing licensure laws;
BIT courses in building construction;
B. successful completion of two or more
D. vocational or trade school diploma or BIT courses, with at least one course
equivalent education related to building specifically related to plumbing systems;
construction;
C. vocational or trade school diploma or
E. bachelor’s degree or more in equivalent education related to the
architecture, engineering, or construction construction of plumbing systems;
management;
D. bachelor’s degree or greater in
F. current certification by a national architecture or engineering; or
model building code group or a national
E. current certification by a national
standards writing group as a building
model building code group or a national
inspector; or
standards writing group in plumbing system
G. two years’ experience conducting inspection.
building construction inspections while under
Subp. 5. Combination inspector. To
the supervision of a Minnesota designated
conduct the activities of a combination
building official.
inspector, an individual must meet the
Subp. 3. Mechanical inspector. To minimum competency criteria of subparts 2,
conduct the activities of a mechanical 3, and 4.
inspector, an individual must meet at least one
Statutory Authority: MS s 16B.655
of the following minimum competency
History: 32 SR 1933
criteria:
A. three years’ experience in the 1301.1500 EDUCATION AND
installation or design of mechanical systems; TRAINING.
Subpart 1. Education programs
B. successful completion of two or more
provided. The commissioner shall provide
BIT courses, with at least one course
educational programs designed to train and
specifically related to mechanical systems;
assist construction code inspectors pursuant to
C. vocational or trade school diploma or Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.655,
equivalent education related to the subdivision 2.
construction of mechanical systems;
Subp. 2. Program evaluation. The
D. bachelor’s degree or more in commissioner shall evaluate code-related
architecture or engineering; or education programs offered by other states,
E. current certification by a national correspondence schools, universities, or other
model building code group or a national educational or code-related entities which
standards writing group in mechanical system must be considered on an individual basis and
inspections. shall award one continuing education hour per
50-minute contact hour. Continuing education
Subp. 4. Plumbing inspector. To conduct programs completed by correspondence must
the activities of a plumbing inspector, an be evaluated based upon the program content
156-a
and the work the participant is required to

successfully complete and submit in order to
complete the program.
History: 32 SR 1933
1301.1600 CONTINUING EDUCATION.
Subpart 1. Mandatory continuing
education. Each construction code inspector
must annually meet the requirements for
continuing education in subpart 2 or 3, and
provide verifiable evidence of completed
continuing education credits to the designated
building official. The designated building
official must retain evidence of compliance
for three years.
Subp. 2. Building, mechanical, and
plumbing inspectors. Each building
inspector, mechanical inspector, or plumbing
inspector must complete 15 hours of
continuing education annually, of which six
hours must be in the discipline in which the
individual meets the competency criteria.
Subp. 3. Combination inspectors. Each
combination inspector must complete 20
hours of continuing education annually, of
which six hours must be in each discipline.
History: 32 SR 1933
156-b

CONSTRUCTION APPROVALS
1302.0100 TITLE. has the meaning given in part 1300.2400,

subpart 10.
This chapter shall be known as the
"Construction Approval Rules." Subp. 5. Public building. "Public
building" means:
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61
HIST: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 1735 A. a building and its grounds, the cost of
which is paid for by the state or a state
1302.0200 PURPOSE. agency, regardless of its cost; and
The purpose of this chapter is to establish B. a school district building project the
fees; establish procedures for the review of cost of which is $100,000 or more.
building plans, specifications, and related
documents; and provide for code Subp. 6. State building official. "State
administration including plan review and building official" has the meaning given in
inspection services for public buildings, state part 1300.2400, subpart 11.
licensed facilities, and municipalities for
which the commissioner undertakes code Subp. 7. State licensed facility. "State
administration as authorized in Minnesota licensed facility" means a building and its
Statutes, section 16B.62, subdivision 2, to grounds that are licensed by the state as a
determine compliance with the code hospital, nursing home, supervised living
facility, free-standing outpatient surgical
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61 center, or correctional facility.
HIST: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 1735
1302.0300 [Repealed, 19 SR 1735] HIST: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 1735
1302.0400 DEFINITIONS. 1302.0500 RESPONSIBILITIES.
Subpart 1. Scope. The definitions in this Subpart 1. General. In order to determine

part apply to this chapter. compliance with the code, the state building
official shall:
Subp. 2. Certification. "Certification"
means the certification and signature of the A. provide for the review of building
designing professional who has prepared the plans, specifications, and related
plans, specifications, and other documents in documents for public buildings and state
accordance with part 1800.4200. licensed facilities;
Subp. 3. Code. "Code" has the meaning B. provide for the inspection of public
given in part 1300.2400, subpart 6. buildings and state licensed facilities; and
Subp. 4. Municipality. "Municipality" C. provide for the administration and
157
enforcement of the code in municipalities the first $100,000 plus $3.50 for each
for which the state building official additional $1,000 or fraction thereof;
undertakes administration of the code as
authorized by the commissioner in (7) $500,001 to $1,000,000, $2,039.50
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.62, for the first $500,000 plus $3 for each
subdivision 2. additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, to
and including $1,000,000; and
(8) $1,000,001 and up, $3,539.50 for
Subp. 3. [Repealed, 19 SR 1735] the first $1,000,000 plus $2 for each
additional $1,000 or fraction thereof.
HIST: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 1735 B. Other inspections and fees are:
1302.0600 FEES. (1) inspections outside of normal

business hours (minimum charge two
Subpart 1. Building permits. Fees for hours), $45 per hour1;
building permits submitted as required in part
1302.0500, subpart 1, must be paid as set (2) reinspection fees, $45 per hour1;
forth in the following fee schedule or as
adopted by a municipality. (3) inspection for which no fee is
specifically indicated (minimum charge
A. The total valuation and fee schedule is: one-half hour), $45 pr hour1; and
(1) $1 to $500, $15; (4) additional plan review required by

changes, additions, or revisions to
(2) $501 to $2,000, $15 for the first approved plans (minimum charge one-
$500 plus $2 for each additional $100 half hour), $45 per hour1.
or fraction thereof, to and including
$2,000; C. Footnote to item B: 1Or the total hourly
cost to the jurisdiction, whichever is the
(3) $2,001 to $25,000, $45 for the first greatest. This cost includes supervision,
$2,000 plus $9 for each additional overhead, equipment, hourly wages, and
$1,000 or fraction thereof, to and fringe benefits of the employees involved.
including $25,000;
Subp. 2. Plan review. Fees for the review
(4) $25,001 to $50,000, $252 for the of building plans, specifications, and related
first $25,000 plus $6.50 for each documents submitted as required in part
additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, to 1302.0500, subpart 1, must be paid based on
and including $50,000; 65 percent of the building permit fee required
in subpart 1.
(5) $50,001 to $100,000, $414.50 for
the first $50,000 plus $4.50 for each Subp. 3. Surcharge. Surcharge fees are
additional $1,000 or fraction thereof, to required for permits issued on all buildings
and including $100,000; including public buildings and state licensed
facilities as required by Minnesota Statutes,
(6) $100,001 to $500,000, $639.50 for section 16B.70.
158
Subp. 4. Distribution. This subpart and remodeling must be submitted to the state
establishes the fee distribution between the building official.
state and municipalities contracting for plan
review and/or inspection of public buildings Subp. 2. Information to be included. A
and state licensed facilities. person who must submit plans and
specifications under this part shall include:
A. If plan review and inspection services
are provided by the state building official, A. two complete sets of drawings,
all fees for those services must be remitted specification books, and other relevant
to the state. documents necessary to evidence code
compliance, with appropriate certification
B. If plan review services are provided by on each sheet of the drawings and the title
the state building official and inspection page of the specifications book;
services are provided by a contracting
municipality: B. a completed plan review and
construction authorization application form
(1) the state shall charge 75 percent of provided by the state building official;
the plan review fee required by the
state's fee schedule in this part; and C. the appropriate fee established by part
1302.0600; and
(2) the municipality shall charge 25
percent of the plan review fee required D. a reference to any optional chapters of
by the municipality's adopted fee the code as identified in part 1300.2900
schedule, for orientation to the plans, in adopted by the municipality and any
addition to the permit and other optional appendix chapters of the Uniform
customary fees charged by the Building Code as identified in part
municipality. 1305.0020 adopted by the municipality.
C. If plan review and inspection services Subp. 3. State building official's duties.
are provided by the contracting The state building official or the official's
municipality, all fees for those services agent shall review submittals and prepare
must be remitted to the municipality in written comments defining items not in
accordance with their adopted fee compliance with the code. The written
schedule. comments must be mailed to the submitting
designer with copies to the municipal building
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61 official, when applicable, and the owner, and
HIST: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 1735 a copy must be kept on file by the state
building official. The submitting designer
1302.0700 PLAN REVIEW. shall respond to the review comments of the
state building official within 14 days,
Subpart 1. Materials to be submitted. describing the methods of correcting the
When a municipality does not contract with errors or omissions in compliance with the
the state for code administration and comments of the state building official or the
enforcement services on public buildings and official's agent.
state licensed facilities as referred to in part
1302.0850, plans, specifications, and related Authorization for construction must be
documents for new construction, additions, granted when compliance with the
159
requirements of the code is documented. officials to provide the required code

administration and enforcement. Any cost to
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61 the state arising from the state administration
HIST: 15 SR 74; 19 SR 1735 and enforcement of the code shall be borne by
the subject municipality.
1302.0800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1735]
1302.0850 CODE ADMINISTRATION BY
COMMISSIONER. HIST: 19 SR 1735
The commissioner shall administer and

enforce the code as a municipality with
respect to public buildings and state licensed
facilities as authorized in Minnesota Statutes,
section 16B.61, subdivision 1a. This includes
the issuance of building permits and
performing plan review and inspection.
The state building official shall contract

with a municipality for code administration
and enforcement services for public buildings
and state licensed facilities if the state
building official determines that the
contracting municipality has adequately
trained and qualified personnel to provide
services for the construction project.

HIST: 19 SR 1735
1302.0900 [Repealed, 19 SR 1735]
1302.0950 CODE ENFORCEMENT BY

STATE BUILDING OFFICIAL.
In accordance with Minnesota Statutes,

section 16B.62, subdivision 2, the state
building official shall undertake the
administration and enforcement of the code in
municipalities where the commissioner
determines the code is not being properly
administered and enforced and in
municipalities that determine not to
administer and enforce the code when
required by Minnesota Statutes, sections
16B.59 to 16B.75. The commissioner may
also contract with other certified building
160

MINNESOTA PROVISIONS TO THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING
CODE
1303.1000 TITLE. center in a public park, that is designed for

occupancy by 200 or more people.
This chapter shall be known as
"Minnesota provisions." 1303.1300 SPACE FOR COMMUTER
VANS.
1303.1100 PURPOSE.
Every parking ramp or other parking
This chapter contains requirements of the facility must include spaces for the parking of
code that are mandated by Minnesota motor vehicles having a capacity of seven to
Statutes, are needed to address Minnesota's 16 persons. The number of required spaces
climatic conditions, or are otherwise must be determined by two percent of the
determined necessary to provide a safe gross designed parking area with a minimum
minimum level of construction in an area not of two spaces. The minimum vertical
appropriately regulated in the International clearance to and within required spaces is 98
Building Code or International Residential inches.
Code.
1303.1400 AUTOMATIC GARAGE
1303.1200 RESTROOM FACILITIES IN DOOR OPENING SYSTEMS.
PUBLIC ACCOMMODATIONS.
All automatic garage door opening
Subpart 1. Ratio. In a place of public systems that are installed, serviced, or
accommodation subject to this part, the ratio repaired for garages serving residential
of water closets for women to the total of buildings, must comply with the provisions of
water closets and urinals provided for men Minnesota Statutes, sections 325F.82 and
must be at least three to two, unless there are 325F.83.
two or fewer fixtures for men.
1303.1500 RECYCLING SPACE.
Subp. 2. Application. This part applies
only to the construction of buildings or Subpart 1. Requirement. Space must be
structures of public accommodation or where provided for the collection, separation, and
the cost of alterations to an existing place of temporary storage of recyclable materials
public accommodation exceeds 50 percent of within or adjacent to all new or significantly
the estimated replacement value of the remodeled buildings or structures that contain
existing facility. 1,000 square feet or more.
Subp. 3. Definition. For purposes of this Exception: Residential structures with

part, "place of public accommodation" means fewer than four dwelling units.
a publicly or privately owned sports or
entertainment arena, stadium, theater, Subp. 2. Location. Space designated for
community or convention hall, special event recycling shall be located so it is at least as
center, amusement facility, or special event convenient as the location where other solid
waste is collected. If feasible, recycling space
161
should be adjacent to other solid waste USE1 FACTOR

collection space. Recycling space must be 14. Garages, paking .001
3
located and designed in accordance with the 15 . Hospitals and sanitariums, .0025
provisions of this code and ordinances of the nursing homes
jurisdiction. 163. Hotels .002
17. Apartments .0025
Subp. 3. Identification on plans. Space 18. Kitchens – commercial .003
designated for recycling must be identified on 193. Libraries .002
plans submitted for a building permit. 20. Locker rooms .001
21. Malls .0025
Subp. 4. Minimum space. Space 22. Manufacturing areas .0025
designated for recycling must be sufficient to 23. Mechanical equipment .001
contain all the recyclable materials generated rooms
from the building. The minimum amount of 243. Nurseries for children .002
recycling space required must be the number (day care)
of square feet determined by multiplying the
25. Offices .0025
gross square feet of floor areas assigned to
26. School shops and .0025
each use within a building as set forth in
vocational rooms
subpart 5, Table 1-A, times the corresponding
27. Storage and stock rooms .0025
factor.
28. Warehouses .001
Subp. 5. TABLE 1-A MINIMUM 29. All others .0025
RECYCLING SPACE REQUIREMENTS.
USE1 FACTOR Footnotes:
1. Aircraft hangers (no .001 1
repair) The area of a use must include all areas
serving or accessory to a use (corridors,
2. Auction rooms .0025
accessory use areas, etc.).
32. Auditoriums, reviewing .001 2
Exclude playing areas, courts, fields, and
stands, stadiums,
like areas.
gymnasiums, public 3
The factors for these uses are intended to
swimming pools, skating
include all incidental uses typical of these
rinks
types of facilities.
4. Lodge rooms, conference .0025
rooms, lounges, stages,
If the provisions of Table 1-A are
exhibit rooms
excessive due to a specific use, space for
5. Dance floors, churches3 .001 recycling may be considered individually by
and chapels, lobby the administrative authority.
6. Dining rooms .003
3
7 . Drinking establishments .004 1303.1600 FOOTING DEPTH FOR
83. Bowling alleys (excluding .0025 FROST PROTECTION.
lanes)
93. Children’s homes and .0025 Subpart 1. Minimum footing depth. In
homes for the aged the absence of a determination by an engineer
10. Classrooms .002 competent in soil mechanics, the minimum
11. Courtrooms .001 allowable footing depth in feet due to freezing
12. Dormitories .0025 is five feet in Zone I and 3-1/2 feet in Zone II.
13. Exercise rooms .001
162
Zone I includes the counties of: Aitkin, Footings for interior bearing walls or
Becker, Beltrami, Carlton, Cass, Clay, columns may be constructed to be integral
Clearwater, Cook, Crow Wing, Douglas, with the slab on grade for any height building.
Grant, Hubbard, Itasca, Kanabec, Kittson, Footings for exterior bearing walls or
Koochiching, Lake, Lake of the Woods, columns may be similarly constructed for any
Mahnomen, Marshall, Mille Lacs, Morrison, height building when supporting soil is as
Norman, Otter Tail, Pennington, Pine, Polk, described in this subpart. Footing design
Red Lake, Roseau, St. Louis, Todd, Traverse, must reflect eccentric loading conditions at
Wadena, and Wilkin. slab edges, soil bearing capacity, and the
requirements of International Building Code,
Zone II shall include the counties of: chapter 19.
Anoka, Benton, Big Stone, Blue Earth,
Brown, Carver, Chippewa, Chisago, 1303.1700 GROUND SNOW LOAD.
Cottonwood, Dakota, Dodge, Faribault,
Fillmore, Freeborn, Goodhue, Hennepin, The ground snow load, Pg, to be used in
Houston, Isanti, Jackson, Kandiyohi, Lac qui determining the design snow loads for
Parle, Le Sueur, Lincoln, Lyon, McLeod, buildings and other structures shall be 60
Martin, Meeker, Mower, Murray, Nicollet, pounds per square foot in the following
Nobles, Olmsted, Pipestone, Pope, Ramsey, counties: Aitkin, Becker, Beltrami, Carlton,
Redwood, Renville, Rice, Rock, Scott, Sibley, Cass, Clearwater, Cook, Crow Wing,
Sherburne, Stearns, Steele, Stevens, Swift, Hubbard, Itasca, Kanabec, Kittson,
Wabasha, Waseca, Washington, Watonwan, Koochiching, Lake, Lake of the Woods,
Winona, Wright, and Yellow Medicine. Mahnomen, Marshall, Mille Lacs, Morrison,
Norman, Otter Tail, Pennington, Pine, Polk,
Less depths may be permitted when Red Lake, Roseau, St. Louis, Todd, and
supporting evidence is presented by an Wadena. The ground snow load, Pg, to be
engineer competent in soil mechanics. used in determining the design snow loads for
buildings and other structures shall be 50
Subp. 2. Soil under slab on grade pounds per square foot in all other counties.
construction for buildings. When soil,
natural or fill, is sand or pit run sand and 1303.1800 RADIAL ICE ON TOWERS.
gravel, and of depth in accordance with
minimum footing depth requirements for each The effect of one-half inch of radial ice
zone, slab on grade construction which is must be included in the design of towers
structurally designed to support all applied including all supporting guys. This effect
loads is permitted. Sand must contain less must include the weight of the ice and the
than 70 percent material that will pass through increased profile of each such tower
a U.S. Standard No. 40 sieve and less than component so coated.
five percent material that will pass through a
No. 200 sieve (five percent fines), or be 1303.1900 [Repealer
approved by an engineer competent in soil
mechanics. 1303.2000 EXTERIOR WOOD DECKS,
PATIOS, AND BALCONIES.
Exception: Slab on grade construction
may be placed on any soil except peat or The decking surface and upper portions of
muck for detached one story private exterior wood decks, patios, and balconies
garage, carport, and shed buildings not may be constructed of any of the following
larger than 3,000 square feet. materials:
163
A. the heartwood from species of wood (6) simple diaphragm building;

having natural resistance to decay or termites, (7) not a flexible building;
including redwood and cedars; (8) regular shape and approximately
symmetrical;
B. grades of lumber which contain (9) no expansion joints or separations;
sapwood from species of wood having natural and
resistance to decay or termites, including (10) no unusual response
redwood and cedars; or characteristics (for example:
vortex shedding, galloping, or
C. treated wood. buffeting).
The species and grades of wood products Subp. 2. Simplified design wind
used to construct the decking surface and pressures. Ps represents the net pressures
upper portions of exterior decks, patios, and (sum of internal and external) to be applied to
balconies must be made available to the the horizontal and vertical projections of
building official on request before final building surfaces. For the horizontal
construction approval. pressures, Ps is the combination of the
windward and leeward net pressures. Ps may
1303.2100 BLEACHER SAFETY. be determined from Equation Palt.
Ps = KztIwPalt (Equation Palt)
All new bleachers, manufactured, where:
installed, sold, or distributed where the Kzt = Topographic factor as defined in
bleachers or bleacher open spaces will be over Chapter 6 of ASCE 7.
55 inches above grade or the floor below, and Iw = Importance factor as defined in
all bleacher guardrails if any part of the Chapter 6 of ASCE 7.
guardrail will be over 30 inches above grade Palt = Alternative simplified design wind
or the floor below must comply with the State pressure from Table Palt.
Building Code in effect and the provisions of
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.616. TABLE Palt
1303.2200 SIMPLIFIED WIND LOADS. Horizontal and Vertical Pressure*

Exp B 15 psf
Subpart 1. Section 2200. Exp C 19 psf
Exp D 22 psf
A. This section applies to the wind loads
for the main wind force resisting systems *For vertical pressure, the above values are
only. negative (upward).
B. In order to utilize wind loads from this Overhang Vertical Pressure*

part, the building shall meet the following Exp B -25 psf
requirements: Exp C -30 psf
(1) 60 feet or less in height; Exp D -35 psf
(2) height not to exceed least
horizontal dimension; *Negative values are upward.
(3) enclosed building;
(4) roof shape - flat, gabled, or hip;
(5) roof slope of 45 degrees
maximum;
164
- 164a -
This insert provides the new provisions for Window Fall Prevention
• View Minnesota Rules Parts 1303.2300 to 1303.2330 and 1305.1405 at:

www.dli.mn.gov/ccld/pdf/sbc_1303.pdf

ADOPTION OF THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE
1305.0010 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474] requirements relating to IBC Chapter 30, see

chapter 1307.
1305.0011 ADOPTION OF
INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE Subp. 3. Replacement chapters. The
BY REFERENCE AND following IBC chapters are deleted and
ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. replaced with the Minnesota Rules chapters
listed in items A and B.
Subpart 1. General. For purposes of this
chapter, "IBC" means the 2006 edition of the A. IBC Chapter 1 and any references to
International Building Code as promulgated code administration are deleted and replaced
by the International Code Council, Falls with chapter 1300, Minnesota Administration
Church, Virginia. The IBC is incorporated by Code.
reference and made part of the Minnesota
State Building Code except as qualified by the B. IBC Chapter 34 and any references to
applicable provisions in chapter 1300, part conservation or rehabilitation of existing
1305.0021, and as amended in this chapter. buildings are deleted and replaced with
Portions of this chapter reproduce text and chapter 1311, Minnesota Building
tables from the IBC. The IBC is not subject Conservation Code.
to frequent change and a copy of the IBC,
with amendments for use in Minnesota, is Subp. 4. Seismic or earthquake
available in the office of the commissioner of provisions. Any seismic or earthquake
labor and industry. The IBC is copyright provisions of the IBC and any references to
2006 by the International Code Council, Inc. them are deleted and are not included in this
All rights reserved. code.
Subp. 2. Mandatory chapters. IBC Subp. 5. Flood hazard or floodproofing

Chapters 2 through 33 and 35 must be provisions. Any flood hazard or
administered by any municipality that has floodproofing provisions in the IBC, and any
adopted the code, except as qualified by the reference to those provisions, are deleted in
applicable provisions in chapter 1300, and as their entirety. Requirements for
amended by this chapter. Amendments to floodproofing are located in chapter 1335,
IBC Chapters 11 and 30 are incorporated by Floodproofing Regulations.
reference in this rule chapter, but the actual
amendments for those chapters are located in 1305.0020 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
chapters 1341, the Minnesota Accessibility
Code, and 1307, the Minnesota Elevator 1305.0021 REFERENCES TO OTHER
Code, respectively. Referenced documents INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL
cited in IBC Chapters 11 and 30, and chapters CODES.
1307 and 1341, apply, unless otherwise stated
or deleted. For the complete application and Subpart 1. General. References to other
mandatory requirements relating to IBC codes and standards promulgated by the
Chapter 11, see chapter 1341. For the International Code Council in the IBC are
complete application and mandatory modified in subparts 2 to 12.
165
Subp. 2. Building code. References to chapter 7080 and Minnesota Statutes,

the IBC in this code mean the Minnesota chapters 103F, 103G, 115, and 116.
Building Code, adopted pursuant to this
chapter and Minnesota Statutes, section Subp. 9. Energy conservation code.
16B.61, subdivision 1. References to the International Energy
Conservation Code in this code mean the
Subp. 3. Residential code. References to Minnesota Energy Code, adopted pursuant to
the International Residential Code in this code Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.617.
mean the Minnesota Residential Code,
adopted pursuant to chapter 1309 and Subp. 10. Property maintenance code.
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, References to the International Property
subdivision 1. Maintenance Code in this code do not apply.
Subp. 4. Electrical code. References to Subp. 11. Fire code. References to the
the International Code Council Electrical International Fire Code in this code mean the
Code in this code mean the Minnesota Minnesota State Fire Code, adopted pursuant
Electrical Code, adopted pursuant to chapter to chapter 7510 and Minnesota Statutes,
1315 and Minnesota Statutes, section chapter 299F.
326.243.
Subp. 12. International Existing
Subp. 5. Fuel gas code. References to Building Code. References to the
the International Fuel Gas Code in this code International Existing Building Code in this
mean the Minnesota Mechanical Code, code mean Minnesota State Building
adopted pursuant to chapter 1346 and Conservation Code, adopted pursuant to
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, chapter 1311 and Minnesota Statutes, section
subdivision 1. 16B.61, subdivision 1.
Subp. 6. Mechanical code. References 1305.0030 ADMINISTRATIVE

to the International Mechanical Code in this PROCEDURE CRITERIA.
code mean the Minnesota Mechanical Code,
adopted pursuant to chapter 1346 and Procedures relating to the administration
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, and enforcement of this code under
subdivision 1. Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.57, are
contained in chapter 1300, Minnesota
Subp. 7. Plumbing code. References to Administration Code, which governs the
the International Plumbing Code in this code application of this code.
mean the Minnesota Plumbing Code, adopted
pursuant to chapter 4715 and Minnesota 1305.0040 VIOLATION.
Statutes, section 16B.61, subdivisions 1 and
2. A violation of this code is a misdemeanor
under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.69.
Subp. 8. Private sewage disposal code.
References to the International Private 1305.0100 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
Sewage Disposal Code in this code mean the
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency's 1305.0101 CHAPTER 1,
minimum standards and criteria for individual ADMINISTRATION.
sewage treatment systems adopted pursuant to
166
IBC Chapter 1 is deleted and replaced AGRICULTURAL BUILDING. Pursuant to

with the following: Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.60, an
agricultural building means a structure on
CHAPTER 1 agricultural land as defined in Minnesota
Statutes, section 273.13, subdivision 23, that
ADMINISTRATION is designed, constructed, and used to house
farm implements, livestock, or agricultural
This code shall be administered in accordance produce or products used by the owner,
with Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300. lessee, and sublessee of the building and
members of their immediate families, their
1305.0102 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474] employees, and persons engaged in the pickup
or delivery of agricultural products.
1305.0103 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
Subp. 2. Townhouse. The definition of
1305.0105 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474] "townhouse" in IBC Section 202 is deleted in
its entirety.
1305.0106 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.0300 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.0107 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.0301 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.0108 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.0302 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
1305.0109 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.0305 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.0150 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.0308 INSTITUTIONAL GROUP I.
1305.0200 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
Subpart 1. Section 308.2. IBC Section
1305.0201 SECTION 201, GENERAL. 308.2 is amended to read as follows:
IBC Section 201.4 is amended to read as 308.2 Group I 1. This occupancy shall
follows: include buildings, structures, or parts thereof
housing more than 16 persons, on a 24 hour
201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are basis, who because of age, mental disability,
not defined through the methods authorized or other reasons, live in a supervised
by this chapter, the Merriam-Webster residential environment that provides personal
Collegiate Dictionary, available at www.m- care services. The occupants are capable of
w.com, shall be considered as providing responding to an emergency situation without
ordinarily accepted meanings. The dictionary physical assistance from staff. This group
is incorporated by reference, is subject to shall include, but not be limited to, the
frequent change, and is available through the following:
Minitex interlibrary loan system. residential board and care facilities
assisted living facilities
1305.0202 SECTION 202, DEFINITIONS. halfway houses
group homes
Subpart 1. Agricultural building. The congregate care facilities
definition of "agricultural building" in IBC social rehabilitation facilities
Section 202 is amended as follows: alcohol and drug centers
167
convalescent facilities 310.1 Residential Group R. Residential

Group R includes, among others, the use of a
A facility such as the above with five or building or structure, or a portion thereof, for
fewer persons shall be classified as Group R sleeping purposes when not classified as an
3. A facility such as above housing at least Institutional Group I. Residential
six and not more than 16 persons, shall be occupancies shall include the following:
classified as Group R 4.
R 1 Residential occupancies containing
Subp. 2. Section 308.3. IBC Section sleeping units where the occupants are
308.3 is amended to read as follows: primarily transient in nature, including:
boarding houses (transient)
308.3 Group I 2. This occupancy shall hotels (transient)
include buildings and structures used for motels (transient)
medical, surgical, psychiatric, nursing, or bed and breakfast facilities with six or
custodial care on a 24 hour basis for more more guest rooms. A facility with less
than five persons who are not capable of self than six guest rooms shall be
preservation. This group shall include, but classified as a Group R 3 occupancy.
not be limited to, the following:
hospitals R 2 Residential occupancies containing
nursing homes, both intermediate care sleeping units or more than two dwelling units
facilities and skilled nursing facilities where the occupants are primarily permanent
mental hospitals in nature, including:
detoxification facilities apartment houses
boarding houses (not transient)
A facility such as the above with five or convents
fewer persons shall be classified as Group R dormitories
3. fraternities and sororities
hotels (nontransient)
Subp. 3. Section 308.5. IBC Section monasteries
308.5 is amended to read as follows: motels (nontransient)
vacation timeshare properties
308.5 Group I 4, day care facilities. This
group shall include buildings and structures Congregate living facilities with 16 or
occupied by persons of any age who receive fewer occupants are permitted to comply with
custodial care for less than 24 hours by construction that complies with the
individuals other than parents or guardians, requirements for Group R 3.
relatives by blood, marriage, or adoption, and
in a place other than the home of the person R 3 Residential occupancies where the
cared for. A facility such as the above with occupants are primarily permanent in nature
five or fewer persons shall be classified as and not classified as R 1, R 2, R 4, or I
Group R 3. Places of worship during including:
religious functions are not included. buildings that do not contain more
than two dwelling units
1305.0310 SECTION 310 RESIDENTIAL adult facilities that provide
GROUP R. accommodations for five or fewer
persons of any age for less than 24
IBC Section 310.1 is amended to read as hours
follows:
168
child care facilities that provide 1305.0403 SECTION 403, HIGH-RISE

accommodations for five or fewer BUILDINGS.
persons of any age for less than 24
hours Subpart 1. IBC Section 403.3.2. IBC
congregate living facilities with 16 or Section 403.3.2 is deleted in its entirety.
fewer persons
adult and child care facilities Subp. 2. IBC Section 403. IBC Section
403 is amended by adding a section to read as
R 4 Residential occupancies shall include follows:
buildings arranged for occupancy as
residential care/assisted living facilities 403.15 Post fire smoke exhaust system. A
including more than five but not more than 16 post fire smoke exhaust system in compliance
occupants, excluding staff. with IBC Section 913 shall be provided for
high rise buildings.
Group R 4 occupancies shall meet the
requirements for construction as defined for 1305.0404 SECTION 404, ATRIUMS.
Group R 3 except as otherwise provided for in
this code. IBC Section 404.4 is amended to read as
follows:
1305.0400 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
404.4 Smoke control. A smoke control
1305.0402 SECTION 402, COVERED system shall be installed in accordance with
MALL BUILDINGS. Section 909.
Subpart 1. Section 402.7. IBC Section Exception: Smoke control is not required
402.7 is amended by adding a subsection to for atriums that connect only two stories.
read as follows: Covered mall buildings shall be provided
with a post fire smoke exhaust system in
402.7.4 Property lines. Property lines may compliance with Section 913.
be platted between an anchor building and a
covered mall building separated in accordance 1305.0405 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
with Section 402.7.3 without requiring the
construction of a party wall if there are legal 1305.0406 SECTION 406, MOTOR
agreements recorded with the deed for each of VEHICLE-RELATED OCCUPANCIES.
the separate properties. These recorded
agreements shall require that buildings as IBC Section 406.3.8 is amended to read as
divided by property lines be in conformance follows:
with the applicable provisions of the State
Building Code, as if the buildings were a 406.3.8 Means of egress. Where persons
single building on a single piece of property. other than parking attendants are permitted,
In addition, the agreement must state that no open parking garages shall meet the means of
individual building or property owner may egress requirements of Chapter 10. Where no
modify any portion of the building in any way persons other than parking attendants are
that would not comply with the State Building permitted, there shall not be less than two 36
Code. inch wide (914 mm) exit stairways.
Subp. 2. Repealed, 31 SR 1165 1305.0407 SECTION 407, GROUP I-2.
169
IBC Section 407.2.1 is amended to read as at the smoke barrier for the use condition
follows: involved.
407.2.1 Spaces of unlimited area. In an I 2 1. A public way.

occupancy, spaces constructed as required for
corridors shall be permitted to be open to a 2. A building separated from the resident
corridor, only where all the following criteria housing area by a 2 hour fire resistance
are met: rated assembly or 50 feet (15,240 mm) of
open space.
1. The spaces are not occupied for
patient sleeping rooms, treatment rooms, 3. A secured yard or court having a
hazardous or incidental use areas as defined in holding space 50 feet (15,240 mm) from
Section 508.2. the housing area that provides 6 square
feet (0.56 m2) or more of refuge area per
2. The open space is protected by an occupant including residents, staff and
automatic fire detection system installed in visitors.
accordance with Section 907.
Subp. 2. Section 408.9. IBC Section 408
3. The corridors onto which the spaces is amended by adding a subsection as follows:
open, in the same smoke compartment, are
protected by an automatic fire detection 408.9 Glazing.
system installed in accordance with Section
907, or the smoke compartment in which the 408.9.1 Corridors. In restraint areas of fully
spaces are located is equipped throughout sprinklered detention and correction facilities,
with quick response sprinklers in accordance the area of glazing in one-hour corridor walls
with Section 903.3.2. is not restricted if one of the following
conditions is met:
4. The space is arranged so as not to
obstruct access to the required exits. 1. All glazing is approved 1/4-inch thick
(6.4 mm) wired glass, has approved 1/4-inch
1305.0408 SECTION 408, GROUP I-3. thick (6.4 mm) wired glass in a security
glazing assembly, or other approved fire-
Subpart 1. Section 408.6. IBC Section tested glazing material set in steel frames; or
408.6 is amended to read as follows:
2. Laminated security glazing may be
408.6 Smoke barrier. Occupancies in Group used if the glass is protected on both sides by
I 3 shall have smoke barriers complying with a sprinkler system equipped with listed quick-
Section 709 to divide every story occupied by response sprinkler heads. The sprinkler
residents for sleeping, or any other story system shall be designed to wet the surface of
having an occupant load of more than five the glass wall when actuated.
persons, into at least two smoke
compartments. 408.9.2 Other. When necessary to maintain
direct visual supervision by facility staff,
Exception: Spaces having direct exit to laminated security glazing may be used in
one of the following, provided that the fire-resistive wall and door assemblies, up to
locking arrangement of the doors involved a two-hour fire protection rating, if all of the
complies with the requirements for doors following conditions are met:
170
1. The fire-resistive wall or door 2. Control areas containing laboratories

assembly is not part of a required fire wall. located above the third floor are separated
For vertical exit enclosure, refer to Section from each other and other portions of the
408.3.6; building by a fire barrier having a fire
resistance rating of not less than two hours;
2. The glazing is protected on both sides
by a sprinkler system equipped with listed 3. The maximum amount of hazardous
quick-response sprinklers. The sprinkler materials in storage and in use in control areas
system shall completely wet the entire surface containing laboratories does not exceed ten
of the glass wall when actuated; percent of the maximum allowable quantities
listed in Tables 307.1(1) and 307.1(2) with all
3. The area of the glazing does not increases allowed in the footnotes of those
exceed 25 percent of the common wall of the tables; and
area requiring supervision; and
4. The maximum number of control
4. The area of glazing in fire-resistive areas containing laboratories shall not exceed
door assemblies is limited to 1,296 square 5 per floor.
inches (0.836 m2) per light.
1305.0419 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
1305.0414 SECTION 414, HAZARDOUS
MATERIALS. 1305.0421 SECTION 421, GROUP E
OCCUPANCIES.
Subpart 1. Section 414.2.4. IBC Section
414.2.4 is amended to read as follows: IBC Chapter 4 is amended by adding a
section and subsections to read as follows:
414.2.4 Fire resistance rating requirements.
The required fire resistance rating for fire SECTION 421
barrier assemblies shall be in accordance with
Table 414.2.2. GROUP E OCCUPANCIES
Subp. 2. Section 414.2.6. IBC Section 421.1 Applicability. This section applies to
414.2 is amended by adding a subsection to Group E school buildings containing uses
read as follows: described in this section. School buildings
shall comply with this section and all other
414.2.6 Hazardous materials above the applicable provisions of this code, as intended
third floor in laboratories in Group B, E, by Minnesota Statutes, section 123B.51,
and I 2 occupancies. Control areas subdivision 7.
containing laboratories located above the third
floor in Group B, E, or I 2 occupancies may 421.2 Use of school buildings by lower
be exempt from the provisions in Sections grades. In addition to the occupancy and
414.2.1 through 414.2.4 if all of the following construction requirements in this code, this
conditions are met: section applies to those special uses and
occupancies described in this section.
1. Buildings containing the laboratories
are equipped throughout with automatic 421.2.1 School buildings equipped with
sprinkler protection installed in accordance complete automatic fire sprinkler and fire
with Section 903.3.1.1; alarm systems. Rooms used by preschool,
kindergarten, and first and second grade
171
students for classrooms, latchkey, day care, and within all rooms and areas other than
early childhood family education, teen parent, classroom and office areas, and the use of the
or similar programs may be located on any affected room or space is limited to one grade
floor level below the fourth story if the level at a time, and exiting is provided from
following conditions exist: the room or space which is independent from
the exiting system used by older students.
1. The building is protected throughout
with an approved automatic fire sprinkler For the purposes of this subpart, pupils
system; and from the second grade down are considered
one grade level.
2. The building is protected throughout
with an approved automatic fire alarm system 421.2.3 Accessory spaces. Accessory spaces,
having automatic smoke detection devices including spaces used for gymnasiums,
installed throughout the exit system within cafeterias, media centers, auditoriums,
every room or area used for purposes other libraries, and band and choir rooms, used on
than a classroom or office. an occasional basis by preschool,
kindergarten, first, and second grade students
421.2.2 School buildings equipped with are permitted to be located one level above or
either a complete automatic fire sprinkler one level below the story of exit discharge, if
system or a fire alarm system. Rooms shall the building is protected throughout by an
be located on the story of exit discharge when approved automatic sprinkler system or a
used for the purposes of classroom, latchkey, complete approved corridor smoke detection
day care, early childhood education, teen system.
parent, or similar programs by preschool,
kindergarten, or first grade students. Rooms 1305.0500 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
shall be located on the story of exit discharge
or one story above when used for any purpose 1305.0501 SECTION 501, GENERAL.
by second grade students.
IBC Section 501.1 is amended to read as
Rooms occupied by preschool, follows:
kindergarten, first, or second grade students,
when used for the programs described in this 501.1 Scope. The provisions of this chapter
section, may be located on floor levels other control the height and area of structures
than those designated above if one of the hereafter erected and additions to existing
following conditions is met: structures. An existing building plus
additions shall comply with the height and
1. An approved automatic fire sprinkler area provisions of this chapter.
system is provided throughout the building
and the use of the affected room or space is 1305.0507 SECTION 507, UNLIMITED
limited to one grade level at a time and AREA BUILDINGS.
exiting is provided from the room or space
which is independent from the exiting system Subpart 1. IBC Section 507.2. IBC
used by older students; or Section 507.2 is amended to read as follows:
2. A complete approved automatic fire 507.2 Nonsprinklered, one story. The area
alarm system is installed throughout the of a one story building of Group F 2 or S 2
building consisting of automatic smoke occupancy shall not be limited when the
detection installed throughout the exit system building is surrounded and adjoined by public
172
ways or yards not less than 60 feet (18,288 the buildings as divided by property lines, be
mm) in width. in conformance with the applicable provisions
of the Minnesota State Building Code, as if
Subp. 2. IBC Section 507.3. The the buildings were a single building on a
exceptions listed in IBC Section 507.3 are not single piece of property. In addition, the
amended. The first sentence of IBC Section agreement must state that no individual
507.3 is amended to read as follows: building or property owner may modify any
portion of the building in any way that would
507.3 Sprinklered, one story. The area of a not be in compliance with the Minnesota State
one story building of Group B, F, M, or S Building Code.
occupancy or a one story Group A 4 building,
of other than Type V construction, shall not 1305.0508 MIXED USE AND
be limited when the building is provided with OCCUPANCY.
an automatic sprinkler system throughout in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 and is IBC Section 508.3.3.4 is amended by
surrounded and adjoined by public ways or adding an exception as follows:
yards not less than 60 feet (18,288 mm) in
width. Exception: An occupancy separation
need not be provided between a child or
Subp. 3. IBC Section 507.4. IBC adult day care use and a Group A 3 church
Section 507.4 is amended to read as follows: building.
507.4 Two story. The area of a two story 1305.0509 SECTION 509, SPECIAL
building of Group B, F, M, or S occupancy PROVISIONS.
shall not be limited when the building is
equipped throughout with an automatic IBC Section 509.2, item 4, exception 2, is
sprinkler system in accordance with Section amended to read as follows:
903.3.1.1, and is surrounded and adjoined by
public ways or yards not less than 60 feet 2. Multiple Group A uses, each with an
(18,288 mm) in width. occupant load of less than 300, or Group
B, M, or R uses shall be permitted, in
Subp. 4. IBC Section 507.5. IBC addition to those uses incidental to the
Section 507.5 is amended by adding a operation of the building, including
subsection to read as follows: storage areas, provided that the entire
structure below the horizontal assembly is
507.5.1 Property lines. Portions of an protected throughout by an approved
unlimited area building may be divided by automatic sprinkler system.
platted property lines without requiring the
construction of party walls if the whole 1305.0600 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
building has:
1305.0700 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1. Permanent open space on all sides as
required by Section 507.2, 507.3, 507.4, or 1305.0704 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
507.5; and
1305.0707 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
2. Proper legal agreements recorded with
the deed for each of the separate properties. 1305.0714 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
These recorded agreements shall require that
173
1305.0716 SECTION 716, DUCTS AND 1. Group R 3 single dwelling unit

AIR TRANSFER OPENINGS. buildings.
IBC Section 716.5.3 is amended by 2. Group R 3 or R 4 occupancies

adding exception 5 as follows: containing a facility licensed by the state
of Minnesota shall be provided with a fire
5. Fire dampers, smoke dampers, and suppression system as required by the
combination fire/smoke dampers are not applicable licensing provision or this
required in laboratory hood exhaust duct section, whichever is more restrictive.
penetrations of shaft enclosures where
laboratory ventilation systems are 3. Attached garages need not be
installed in accordance with NFPA 45. sprinklered throughout if a dry sprinkler is
installed within 5 feet (1524 mm) of the
1305.0800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] door opening between the garage and
attached residence.
1305.0900 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
For the purposes of this section, fire walls,
1305.0901 SECTION 901, GENERAL party walls, or attached multiple fire resistive
exterior walls shall not constitute separate
IBC Section 901.6.2 is amended by buildings.
deleting the section in its entirety.
Exception: Fire walls, party walls, or
1305.0903 F SECTION 903, AUTOMATIC attached multiple fire resistive exterior
SPRINKLER SYSTEMS. walls separating other occupancies not
accessory to the Group R.
Subpart 1. Scope. IBC F Section 903 is
amended as follows. Subp. 1b. F Section 903.2.12.1. IBC F
Section 903.2.12.1 is amended to read:
Subpart 1. Repealed, 31 SR 1165 903.2.12.1 Fire protection for exhaust
systems. Any portion of an exhaust system
Subp. 1a. F Section 903.2.7. IBC F utilizing combustible components or having
Section 903.2.7 is amended to read as the potential for combustible residue build up
follows: on the inside or where required by other
sections of this code, where the duct cross
903.2.7 Group R. An automatic sprinkler sectional area is greater than or equal to 75
system installed in accordance with Section square inches (480 cm2), shall be provided
903.3.1 shall be provided throughout all with an automatic extinguishing system
buildings containing a Group R occupancy within the duct and at the duct intake, hood,
where one of the following conditions exists: enclosure, or canopy, or shall be constructed
of material listed for use without sprinkler
1. The combined area on all floors, protection. When sprinkler protection is
including mezzanines, exceeds 9,250 square installed, means shall be provided to prevent
feet (859.3 m2); or water accumulation in the duct or the flow of
water back to a process where the application
2. The Group R fire area is located more of water constitutes a serious life or fire
than three stories above grade plane. hazard.
Exceptions: Subp. 2. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
174
Subp. 3. Repealed, 31 SR 1165 903.3.1.5 Special sprinkler design criteria.

When fire sprinkler systems are required in
Subp. 3a. F Section 903.3.1.2.1. IBC F areas containing the following uses, they shall
Section 903.3.1.2.1 is amended to read as be designed and installed to have a sprinkler
follows: density of not less than that required for an
Ordinary Hazard Group 2 use:
903.3.1.2.1 Protection of decks and
balconies. Decks and balconies greater than 1. Chemistry labs; or
6 feet (1.8 m) above grade, greater than 4 feet 2. Wrestling rooms or gymnastic
(1.2 m) deep, and with an area greater than 40 rooms.
square feet (3.72 m2) attached to new Group
R 1 and R 2 occupancy buildings protected in Subp. 5a. F Section 903.3.1. IBC F
accordance with Section 903.3.1.2 that are Section 903.3.1 is amended by adding a
three or more stories in height and with 30 or subsection to read as follows:
more units shall be protected with sprinklers
under the balcony or deck framing and under 903.3.1.6 Modifications to sprinkler
attic eaves when both of the following two standards. The sprinkler installation
conditions exist: standards as referenced in Sections 903.3.1.1,
903.3.1.2, and 903.3.1.3 are modified as
1. The building has an unsprinklered follows:
attic; and
2. The building has combustible siding. 903.3.1.6.1 Hose stream requirements.
When, in the opinion of the fire chief, an
Subp. 4. F Section 903.3.1. IBC F adequate alternate water supply for hose
Section 903.3.1 is amended by adding a stream requirements is provided or available,
section to read as follows: the water supply requirements for the
sprinkler system hose stream demands may be
903.3.1.4 Buildings of undetermined use. modified.
When fire sprinkler systems are required in
buildings of undetermined use, they shall be 903.3.1.6.2 Elevator shafts and equipment.
designed and installed to have a sprinkler Sprinkler protection shall not be installed in
density of not less than that required for an elevator shafts, elevator pits, or elevator
Ordinary Hazard Group 2 use with a machine rooms.
minimum design area of 3,000 square feet
(279 m2). 903.3.1.6.3 Swimming pools. Sprinkler
protection need not be provided on the ceiling
Use is considered undetermined if not of rooms containing swimming pools when
specified at the time a permit is issued. the pool area is used exclusively for
swimming purposes and when sprinklers are
Where a subsequent occupancy requires a provided around the perimeter of the pool
system with greater capability, it shall be the area.
responsibility of the owner to upgrade the
system to the required density for the new 903.3.1.6.4 NFPA 13 modifications.
hazard, use or occupancy. Sections 8.6.4.1.4.2, 8.6.4.1.4.3, 8.14.8.2, and
8.16.2.5 of NFPA 13 are revised to read:
Subp. 5. F Section 903.3.1. IBC F
Section 903.3.1 is amended by adding a 8.6.4.1.4.2 Combustible spaces; installation
subsection to read as follows: near peak. Sprinklers under a roof or ceiling
175
in combustible concealed spaces of wood joist Exception: This maximum shall not
or wood truss construction with members 3 apply to the check valve serving a free
feet (0.9 m) or less on center and a slope standing fire department connection.
having a pitch of four in 12 or greater shall be
installed so that a row of sprinklers is 8.16.2.5.1.2 Check valve location. The
installed within 12 inches (305 mm) check valve shall be located to minimize
horizontally of the peak and 1 12 inches (25.4 freezing potential.
305 mm) down from the bottom of the top
chord member. Subp. 6. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
8.6.4.1.4.3 Combustible spaces; installation Subp. 6a. F Section 903.3.7. IBC F

along eave. Sprinklers under a roof or ceiling Section 903.3 is amended by adding a
in combustible concealed spaces of wood joist subsection to read as follows:
or wood truss construction with members 3
feet (0.9 m) or less on center and a slope 903.3.7 Sprinkler system design pressure
having a pitch of four in 12 or greater shall be safety margin. For new sprinkler systems or
installed so that the sprinklers installed along additions to existing sprinkler systems, the
the eave are located not less than 5 feet (1.5 available water supply shall exceed the
m) from the intersection of the truss cords. sprinkler system demand, including hose
stream requirements, by 5 psi (0.34 bars) or
8.14.8.2 Linen closets and pantries. more.
Sprinklers are not required in linen closets
and pantries within dwelling units that meet Subp. 7. F Section 903.4. IBC F Section
the following conditions: 903.4 is amended by adding an exception to
1. The area of the space does not exceed read as follows:
12 square feet (1.1 m2).
8. For existing sprinkler systems,
2. The least dimension does not exceed 3 monitoring is required when the number
feet (0.9 m). of sprinklers is 100 or more.
3. The walls and materials are surfaced Subp. 8. F Section 903.4. IBC F Section
with noncombustible or limited combustible 903.4 is amended by adding a section to read
materials. as follows:
4. The closet or pantry contains no 903.4.4 Valve security. All valves

mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, controlling water supplies for automatic
or electrical appliances. sprinklers shall be locked or secured in the
open position.
8.16.2.5 Valves.
Exception: Valves located in a room or
8.16.2.5.1 Fire department connection. A space when access is limited to essential
listed check valve shall be installed in each personnel only.
fire department connection.
1305.0904 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
8.16.2.5.1.1 Maximum pipe length. There
shall be a maximum of 25 feet (7.6 m) of pipe 1305.0905 F SECTION 905, STANDPIPE
between the check valve and the fire SYSTEMS.
department connection inlet.
176
Subpart 1. F Section 905.2. IBC F 905.2.1.5 Automatic sprinkler system

Section 905.2 is amended by adding a demand. The automatic sprinkler system
subsection to read as follows: demand, including the inside hose stream
demand from NFPA 13, is to be provided by
905.2.1 Modification to standards. In the municipal water supply system without
buildings other than high rise that are requiring fire department pumping into the
protected throughout by an automatic system.
sprinkler system installed in accordance with
Sections 903.3.1.1 and 903.3.1.2, a Class I or Subp. 2. F Section 905.3.2. IBC F
III standpipe system need only meet the Section 905.3.2 is amended by adding a
pressure requirements for the sprinkler system section to read as follows:
when such systems comply with Sections
905.2.1.1 through 905.2.1.5: 905.3.2.1 Group A exhibition. Class III
automatic standpipes shall be provided in
905.2.1.1 Municipal water supply. A Group A 3 Occupancies where the floor area
municipal water supply capable of supplying used for exhibition exceeds 12,000 square feet
the required standpipe flow rate with a (1115 m2).
residual pressure not less than 20 psi (1.4
bars) through a fire hydrant shall be provided. Subp. 3. F Section 905.3.4. IBC F
A fire hydrant shall be located within 300 feet Sections 905.3.4 and 905.3.4.1 are amended
(91 m) of the building's fire department by deleting the sections in their entirety.
connection.
905.2.1.2 System testing and pipe size. The Subp. 4. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
standpipe system shall be able to provide the
pressure and flow rate required by NFPA 14 Subp. 5. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
when the standpipe system is supported by
local fire department apparatus through the Subp. 6. F Section 905.3.8. IBC F
fire department connection as verified with Section 905.3 is amended by adding a
hydraulic calculations. The hydraulic subsection to read as follows:
calculations are to be performed between the
hydraulically most demanding standpipe hose 905.3.8 Detention and correctional
connection and the fire department facilities. Regardless of the height of the
connection. Pipe sizes shall not be less than building or number of stories, every building
the minimum requirements in NFPA 14. in a Group I 3 detention and correctional
facility, where 50 or more persons are under
905.2.1.3 Design pressure. A maximum restraint or security under Occupancy
design pressure of 150 psi (10.3 bars) is Condition 3, 4 or 5, shall be provided with a
permitted at the fire department connection Class III automatic wet or semiautomatic dry
when the standpipe is supported by local fire standpipe system.
department apparatus.
Exception: Combined systems meeting
905.2.1.4 Hose connection. At least one 2 the provisions of Section 905.2 may be
1/2 inch (64 mm) hose connection shall be used.
provided on the exterior of the building at the
fire department connection for each 250 gpm When acceptable to the fire chief, fire
(980 L/min) of required standpipe flow. department connections may be located inside
all security walls or fences on the property.
177
Standpipes shall be located in accordance automatic, or manual and automatic fire alarm
with Section 905. In addition, standpipes system shall be provided in new buildings and
shall be located so that it will not be necessary occupancies in accordance with Sections
to extend hose lines through smoke barriers. 907.2.1 through 907.2.24 and NFPA 72. For
When located in cell complexes, standpipes the purposes of Sections 907.2.1 through
may be located in secured pipe chases. 907.2.24, fire barrier walls or fire walls shall
not define separate buildings. In buildings
Subp. 6a. F Section 905.3.9. IBC F containing mixed occupancies that are
Section 905.3 is amended by adding a designed as separated uses in accordance with
subsection to read as follows: Section 508.3.3, fire alarm and detection
systems need only be installed in those
905.3.9 Group R 2 occupancies. Class III occupancies where required by this section.
wet standpipes shall be installed in Group R 2
occupancies three or more stories in height Exception: In areas protected by an
where any portion of the building's interior approved, supervised automatic sprinkler
area is more than 200 feet (60,960 mm) of system installed in accordance with
travel, vertically or horizontally, from the Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2, automatic
nearest point of fire department vehicle fire detectors required by Section 907.2
access. Standpipes required by this section need not be provided. Where Section
shall be installed in enclosed stairways. 907.2 requires smoke detectors, such
Subp. 7. F Section 905.5.1. IBC F protection shall be installed.
Section 905.5.1 is deleted.
1305.0907 F SECTION 907, FIRE ALARM
AND DETECTION SYSTEMS. Subp. 3. F Section 907.2.1.1. IBC F
Section 907.2.1.1 is amended to read as
Subpart 1. F Section 907.1.3. IBC F follows:
Section 907.1 is amended by adding a
subsection to read as follows: 907.2.1.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire
alarm system shall be by automatic means.
907.1.3 Protection of control units. In areas Approved automatic fire detectors shall be
that are not continuously occupied, automatic installed in laundry rooms, boiler and furnace
fire detection shall be provided at the location rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms,
of each new fire alarm control unit, fire alarm shops, kitchens, trash collection rooms,
notification circuit power extender, and storage rooms, and similar areas.
supervising station transmitting equipment to
provide notification of fire at that location. Subp. 4. F Section 907.2.1.2. IBC F
Section 907.2.1.2 is amended to read as
Exception: Additional detection is not follows:
required in buildings sprinklered in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or 907.2.1.2 Notification. The required fire
903.3.1.2. alarm system shall activate an audible and
visible notification appliance at a constantly
Subp. 1a. F Section 907.2. IBC F attended location within the building for the
Section 907.2 is amended to read as follows: purposes of initiating emergency action. A
presignal feature and positive alarm
907.2 Where required in new buildings and sequencing in accordance with NFPA 72 are
occupancies. An approved manual, permitted.
178
Occupant notification shall be by means 2. The building has an occupant load of

of voice announcements, either live or more than 100 persons above or below the
prerecorded, initiated by the person in the lowest level of exit discharge; or
constantly attended location.
3. The building contains an outpatient
Exception: Where no constantly attended clinic.
location exists, an automatic fire alarm
system providing a general evacuation When automatic sprinkler systems or
signal or an approved emergency automatic fire detectors are installed in
voice/alarm communications system is outpatient clinics, such systems or detectors
permitted. shall be connected to the building fire alarm
system.
Section 907.2.1 is amended by adding a Exception: In other than outpatient
section to read as follows: clinics, a fire alarm system is not required
when an approved automatic fire
907.2.1.3 System initiation in Group A extinguishing system is installed
occupancies with an occupant load of 1,000 throughout the building.
or more. Activation of the fire alarm system
in Group A occupancies with an occupant Subp. 7. F Section 907.2.2. IBC F
load of 1,000 or more shall immediately Section 907.2.2 is amended by adding a
initiate an approved prerecorded message section to read as follows:
announcement using an approved emergency
voice/alarm communications system in 907.2.2.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire
accordance with NFPA 72. alarm system shall be by automatic means.
Approved automatic fire detectors shall be
Exception: Where approved, the provided in boiler and furnace rooms, shops,
prerecorded announcement is allowed to kitchens, mechanical and electrical rooms,
be manually deactivated for a period of trash collection rooms, storage rooms and
time, not to exceed 3 minutes, for the sole similar areas. In outpatient clinics, initiation
purpose of allowing a live voice of the fire alarm system shall also be by
announcement from an approved manual means.
Subp. 6. F Section 907.2.2. IBC F Section 907.2.2 is amended by adding a
Section 907.2.2 is amended to read as section to read as follows:
follows:
907.2.2.2 Notification. Activation of the fire
907.2.2 Group B, general. A fire alarm alarm system shall initiate a general
system shall be installed in accordance with evacuation signal.
Sections 907.2.2 through 907.2.2.3 in Group
B occupancies where: Exception: In lieu of audible notification
appliances, visible notification appliances
1. The building has an occupant load of shall be permitted to be used in patient
500 or more persons; or care areas.
179
Subp. 9. F Section 907.2.2. IBC F industrial arts rooms, kitchens, custodian's

Section 907.2.2 is amended by adding a offices, and main offices.
section to read as follows:
907.2.2.3 Outpatient clinics. Corridors in Section 907.2.3 is amended by adding a
outpatient clinics and spaces open to the subsection to read as follows:
corridors shall be protected by an automatic
smoke detection system. 907.2.3.2 Travel through adjoining rooms.
Where the only means of egress travel from
Subp. 10. F Section 907.2.3. IBC F an interior room or rooms having an
Section 907.2.3 is amended to read as aggregate occupant load of more than 10
follows: occupants is through an adjoining or
intervening room, automatic smoke detectors
907.2.3 Group E, general. A fire alarm shall be installed throughout the common
system shall be installed in accordance with atmosphere through which the path of egress
Sections 907.2.3 through 907.2.3.3 in Group travel passes.
E occupancies having an occupant load of 50
or more. Exception: In buildings that are
Subp. 11. F Section 907.2.3. IBC F protected throughout by an approved
Section 907.2.3 is amended by adding a automatic sprinkler system installed in
section to read as follows: accordance with Section 903.3.1.1, smoke
detectors are not required in intervening
907.2.3.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire or adjoining rooms.
alarm system shall be by manual and
automatic means. Approved automatic fire Subp. 13. F Section 907.2.3. IBC F
detectors shall be provided in laundry rooms, Section 907.2.3 is amended by adding a
boiler and furnace rooms, mechanical and section to read as follows:
electrical rooms, shops, laboratories, kitchens,
locker rooms, janitors' closets, trash collection 907.2.3.3 Notification. Activation of the fire
rooms, storage rooms, lounges and similar alarm system or automatic sprinkler system
areas. shall initiate a general evacuation signal.
Exceptions: Subp. 14. F Section 907.2.4. IBC F

Section 907.2.4 is amended to read as
1. In buildings protected throughout by follows:
an approved, supervised fire sprinkler
system, manual fire alarm boxes are only 907.2.4 Group F, general. A fire alarm
required in the main office and in a system shall be installed in accordance with
custodial area. Sections 907.2.4 through 907.2.4.2 in Group
F occupancies that are two or more stories in
2. Where all corridors are protected by height and have an occupant load of 500 or
an approved automatic fire alarm system more above or below the lowest level of exit
having smoke detection with alarm discharge.
verification, manual fire alarm boxes are
only required near exits serving shops, Exception: A fire alarm system is not
chemistry and physics laboratories, boiler required when an approved automatic fire
rooms, industrial technology and extinguishing system is installed
throughout the building.
180
Subp. 15. F Section 907.2.4. IBC F organic coatings shall be by manual means.
Section 907.2.4 is amended by adding a Initiation of fire alarm systems installed for
section to read as follows: highly toxic gases, organic peroxides and
oxidizers shall be by automatic means, as
907.2.4.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire specified in Chapters 37, 39 and 40.
automatic means. Approved automatic fire Subp. 19. F Section 907.2.5. IBC F
detectors shall be provided in boiler and Section 907.2.5 is amended by adding a
furnace rooms, trash collection rooms, section to read as follows:
kitchens, mechanical and electrical rooms,
and similar areas. 907.2.5.2 Notification. Activation of the fire
alarm system in Group H-5 Occupancies and
Subp. 16. F Section 907.2.4. IBC F in occupancies used for the manufacture of
Section 907.2.4 is amended by adding a organic coatings shall initiate a general
section to read as follows: evacuation signal. Activation of the
automatic detection systems installed for
907.2.4.2 Notification. Activation of the fire highly toxic gases, organic peroxides, and
alarm system shall initiate a general oxidizers shall sound a local alarm.
evacuation signal.
Section 907.2.5 is amended to read as Subp. 21. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
follows:
907.2.5 Group H, general. A fire alarm Section 907.2.6 and all subsections are
system shall be installed in accordance with deleted in their entirety and replaced with the
Sections 907.2.5 through 907.2.5.2 in Group following:
H-5 occupancies, occupancies used for the
manufacture of organic coatings, and, when 907.2.6 Group I, general. A fire alarm
required by Chapters 37, 39 and 40, the system shall be installed in accordance with
following locations: Sections 907.2.6 through 907.2.6.4.3 in Group
I occupancies.
1. Rooms or areas where highly toxic
compressed gases are stored or used; 907.2.6.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire
2. Rooms or areas where Class I, II or III automatic means. Approved automatic fire
organic peroxides are stored; and detectors shall be installed in laundry and
soiled linen rooms, boiler and furnace rooms,
3. Liquid and solid oxidizer storage mechanical and electrical rooms, shops,
areas. laboratories, kitchens, locker rooms, janitors'
closets, trash collection rooms, storage rooms,
Subp. 18. F Section 907.2.5. IBC F lounges, gift shops, and similar areas.
Section 907.2.5 is amended by adding a Automatic smoke detectors shall be provided
section to read as follows: in waiting areas that are open to corridors.
907.2.5.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes in
alarm system in Group H-5 Occupancies and patient sleeping areas of Group I 1 and I 2
in occupancies used for the manufacture of occupancies shall not be required at exits
181
if located at all nurses' stations or other and visual alarm at the nurse's station
constantly attended staff locations, attending the room.
provided such fire alarm boxes are visible
and continuously accessible and that 907.2.6.4 Group I 3 Occupancies. Group I 3
travel distances required by Section occupancies shall be provided with a fire
907.4.1 are not exceeded. alarm system installed for alerting staff.
907.2.6.2 Notification. Activation of the fire 907.2.6.4.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire
alarm system or automatic sprinkler system alarm system shall be by manual and
shall initiate a general evacuation signal. In automatic means. Approved automatic fire
addition, activation of the fire alarm system detectors shall be installed in laundry and
shall immediately transmit an alarm to an soiled linen rooms, boiler and furnace rooms,
approved central station or remote station mechanical and electrical rooms, shops,
service. laboratories, kitchens, locker rooms, janitors'
closets, trash collection rooms, storage rooms,
Exceptions: lounges, gift shops, commissaries and similar
areas. Actuation of an automatic fire
1. In lieu of audible notification extinguishing system, a manual fire alarm box
appliances, visible notification appliances or a fire detector shall initiate an approved
shall be allowed to be used in critical care fire alarm signal, which automatically notifies
areas. staff. Presignal systems shall not be used.
2. Where occupants are incapable of 907.2.6.4.2 Manual fire alarm boxes.

evacuating themselves because of age, Manual fire alarm boxes are not required to
physical/mental disabilities, or physical be located in accordance with Section 907.4
restraint, only the attendants or other where the fire alarm boxes are provided at
personnel required to evacuate occupants staff attended locations having direct
from a zone, area, floor or building shall supervision over areas where manual fire
be required to be notified. This alarm boxes have been omitted.
notification shall include means to readily
identify the zone, area, floor or building in Manual fire alarm boxes are permitted to
need of evacuation. be locked in areas occupied by detainees,
provided that staff members are present
907.2.6.3 Group I 2 Occupancies. Corridors within the subject area and have keys readily
in hospitals, nursing homes (both intermediate available to operate the manual fire alarm
care and skilled nursing facilities), board and boxes.
care homes and detoxification facilities and
spaces open to the corridors shall be protected 907.2.6.4.3 Smoke detectors. An approved
by an automatic smoke detection system. automatic smoke detection system shall be
installed throughout resident housing areas,
907.2.6.3.1 Patient room smoke detectors. including sleeping areas and contiguous day
Smoke detectors that receive their primary rooms, group activity spaces and other
power from the building wiring shall be common spaces normally accessible to
installed in patient sleeping rooms of residents.
hospitals and nursing homes. Actuation of
such detectors shall cause a visual display on Exceptions:
the corridor side of the room in which the
detector is located and shall cause an audible
182
1. Other approved smoke detection 907.2.8.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire

arrangements providing equivalent alarm system shall be by automatic means.
protection, such as placing detectors in Approved automatic fire detectors shall be
exhaust ducts from cells or behind provided in boiler and furnace rooms, shops,
protective grills, are allowed when laundry rooms, mechanical and electrical
necessary to prevent damage or rooms, trash collection rooms, storage rooms,
tampering. gift shops, locker rooms and similar areas.
Automatic smoke detectors shall be provided
2. Smoke detectors are not required in in all common areas and interior corridors
sleeping rooms with four or fewer serving as required means of egress.
occupants in smoke compartments that are
equipped throughout with an approved Exception: System fire and smoke
automatic sprinkler system. detectors are not required when an
approved automatic fire extinguishing
Subp. 23. F Section 907.2.7. IBC F system is installed throughout the building
Section 907.2.7 is deleted. and manual activation is provided at a
Subp. 24. F Section 907.2.7.1. IBC F
Section 907.2.7.1 is deleted. 907.2.8.2 Notification. Activation of the fire
alarm system or automatic sprinkler system
Subp. 25. F Section 907.2.8. IBC F shall initiate a general evacuation signal.
follows: 907.2.8.3 Guest room detectors. Guest
room smoke detectors required by Section
907.2.8 Group R-1, general. A fire alarm 907.2.10 shall not be connected to a fire alarm
system shall be installed in accordance with system.
Sections 907.2.8 through 907.2.8.3 in Group
R-1 occupancies. Exception: Connection of such detectors
for annunciation only.
Exceptions:
1. A fire alarm system is not required in Section 907.2.9 is amended, and subsections
buildings not over two stories in height added, to read as follows:
where all individual guest rooms and
contiguous attic and crawl spaces are 907.2.9 Group R 2, general. A fire alarm
separated from each other and public or system shall be installed in accordance with
common areas by at least one-hour fire Sections 907.2.9 through 907.2.9.2 in Group
partitions and each guest room has an exit R 2 occupancies where:
directly to a public way, exit court or
yard. 1. Any guest room or dwelling unit is
located two or more stories above the story
2. Buildings containing five or less guest containing the lowest level of exit discharge;
rooms shall be allowed to be equipped
with approved multiple-station smoke 2. Any guest room or dwelling unit is
detectors installed as required for Group located more than one story below the highest
R-3 Occupancies. Installation shall be in level of exit discharge of exits serving the
accordance with Section 907.2.10. dwelling unit;
183
3. The building contains more than 16 907.2.10.1.4 Fire station and emergency
dwelling units or guest rooms; or medical quarters. Areas used for sleeping in
fire stations and emergency medical and
4. The building is used as a dormitory, ambulance crew quarters shall be provided
convent, monastery, fraternity, or sorority and with single station smoke detectors in
has an occupant load of 20 or more. accordance with Section 907.2.10.
Subp. 27. F Section 907.2.10.2. IBC F
Exception: A fire alarm system is not Section 907.2.10.2 is amended to read as
required in buildings not over two stories follows:
in height where all dwelling units and
contiguous attic and crawl spaces are 907.2.10.2 Power source. In new
separated from each other and public or construction, required smoke alarms shall
common areas by at least one hour fire receive their primary power from the building
partitions and each dwelling unit has an wiring where such wiring is served from a
exit directly to a public way, exit court or commercial source and shall be equipped with
yard. a battery backup. Smoke alarms shall emit a
signal when the batteries are low. Wiring
907.2.9.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire shall be permanent and without a
alarm system shall be by automatic means. disconnecting switch other than as required
Automatic fire detectors shall be provided in for overcurrent protection.
boiler and furnace rooms, trash collection
rooms, shops, laundry rooms, mechanical and Exceptions:
electrical rooms, storage rooms, and similar
areas. Automatic smoke detectors shall be 1. Smoke alarms are not required to be
provided in all common areas and interior equipped with battery backup in Group R
corridors serving as required means of egress. 1 occupancies where they are connected
to an emergency electrical system.
Exception: System fire and smoke
detectors are not required when an 2. Smoke alarms are not required to be
approved automatic fire extinguishing equipped with battery backup in Group R
system is installed throughout the 2 occupancies equipped throughout with
building. an automatic sprinkler system installed in
accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 or
907.2.9.2 Notification. Activation of the fire 903.3.1.2.
alarm system or automatic sprinkler system
shall initiate a general evacuation signal. Subp. 27a. F Section 907.2.10.5. IBC F
Section 907.2.10 is amended by adding a
907.2.9.3 Dwelling unit smoke detectors. subsection to read as follows:
Dwelling unit smoke detectors required by
Section 907.2.10 shall not be connected to the 907.2.10.5 Smoke alarms in arc fault
building fire alarm system. protected circuits. Smoke alarms receiving
their primary power supply from electrical
Exception: Connection of such detectors circuits that are protected with arc fault circuit
for annunciation only. interruption must have a backup power
supply.
Subp. 26a. F Section 907.2.10.1.4. IBC
Section 907.2.10.1 is amended by adding a
subsection to read as follows:
184
Subp. 28. F Section 907.2. IBC F Subp. 30. F Section 907.9.2. IBC F
Section 907.2 is amended by adding sections Section 907.9.2 is amended to read as
to read as follows: follows:
907.2.24 Residential hospices. A fire alarm 907.9.2 Audible alarms. Audible alarm
system shall be installed in accordance with notification appliances shall be provided and
Section 907.2.24 in residential hospices. shall sound a distinctive sound that is not to
When automatic sprinkler systems or be used for any purpose other than that of a
automatic fire detectors are installed, such fire alarm. The audible alarm notification
systems or detectors shall be connected to the appliances shall provide a sound pressure
building fire alarm system. level of 15 decibels (dBA) above the average
ambient sound level or 5 dBA above the
907.2.24.1 Initiation. Initiation of the fire maximum sound level having a duration of at
alarm system shall be by manual and least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, in
automatic means. Approved automatic fire every occupied space within the building.
detectors shall be provided in boiler and The minimum sound pressure levels shall be:
furnace rooms, kitchens, laboratories, shops, 75 dBA in Groups R and I 1 occupancies; 90
gift shops, commissaries, laundry and soiled dBA in mechanical equipment rooms; and 60
linen rooms, mechanical and electrical rooms, dBA in other occupancies. The maximum
locker rooms, storage rooms, janitors' closets, sound pressure level for audible alarm
trash collection rooms, lounges and similar notification appliances shall be 110 dBA at
areas. Automatic smoke detectors shall be the minimum hearing distance from the
provided in sleeping rooms, corridors and audible appliance. Where the average
spaces open to the corridors. ambient noise is greater than 105 dBA, visible
alarm notification appliances shall be
Exception: Manual fire alarm boxes are provided in accordance with NFPA 72 and
not required at exits if manual fire alarm audible alarm notification appliances shall not
boxes are located at all nurses' stations or be required.
other continuously attended staff
locations, provided such fire alarm boxes Exception: Visible alarm notification
are visible and continuously accessible appliances shall be allowed in lieu of
and that travel distances required by audible alarm notification appliances in
Section 907.4.1 are not exceeded. critical care areas of Group I 2
occupancies.
907.2.24.2 Notification. Activation of the
fire alarm system or automatic sprinkler Subp. 31. F Section 907.10. IBC F
system shall initiate a general evacuation Section 907.10 is amended, and subsections
signal. In addition, the fire alarm system shall added, to read as follows:
be monitored by an approved central station
service in accordance with Section 903.4.1. 907.10 Fire safety functions. Automatic fire
detectors required by Section 907.2 are to
Exception: In lieu of audible notification activate notification appliances in accordance
appliances, visible notification appliances with those sections. Where automatic fire
shall be allowed to be used in sleeping detectors are installed for other fire safety
areas. functions, they shall perform the intended
function upon activation. Where automatic
Subp. 29. Repealed, 31 SR 1165 detectors are installed for fire safety functions
and the building has a fire alarm system, such
185
detectors shall activate supervisory signals at Subp. 33. F Section 907.14. IBC F
the fire alarm control panel or at a constantly Section 907.14 is deleted.
attended location. Where the building does
not have a fire alarm system, such detectors 1305.0909 SECTION 909, SMOKE
shall activate a visual and audible supervisory CONTROL SYSTEMS.
signal at an approved location, which shall
indicate the source of the signal. Subpart 1. F Section 909.4. IBC F
Section 909.4 is amended by adding a
907.10.1 Air distribution and air handling subsection to read as follows:
systems. Smoke detectors installed to shut
down the air distribution or air handling 909.4.7 Door opening force. With any of the
system shall, upon activation, perform the design methods allowed by Section 909, the
intended function. Air distribution or air door opening force, latch release, and set in
handling equipment that is part of a smoke motion force shall comply with Section
control system shall switch to smoke control 1008.1.2 requirements when the system is in
mode upon activation of a detector. smoke control mode.
907.10.1.1 Fire alarm system interface. Subp. 2. F Section 909.21. IBC F

Smoke detectors that are installed in air Section 909 is amended by adding a
distribution or air handling systems for subsection to read as follows:
shutdown purposes and that are connected to
a fire alarm system shall not sound a general 909.21 High rise and covered mall smoke
evacuation signal. exhaust systems. High rise buildings and
covered mall buildings exceeding 50,000
907.10.2 Elevator control functions. Smoke square feet (4645 m2) in floor area, excluding
detectors that are installed to control or recall anchor stores, shall be equipped with a post
elevators or to control doors for elevators, fire smoke exhaust system installed and
elevator lobbies, or elevator shafts and that maintained in accordance with Section 913.
are connected to a fire alarm system shall not
sound a general evacuation signal. Elevator 1305.0910 F SECTION 910, SMOKE AND
recall and firefighter's emergency operation HEAT VENTS.
for elevators shall only be controlled by
elevator smoke detectors and shall not initiate IBC F Section 910 is amended to read as
upon other building fire detectors or follows:
evacuation signals.
F SECTION 910
907.10.3 Door hold open functions. Smoke
detectors that are installed to hold open fire SMOKE AND HEAT VENTS
doors under nonemergency conditions and
that are connected to a fire alarm system shall Subpart 1. F Section 910.1. IBC F
sound a general evacuation signal when the Section 910.1 is amended by adding sections
doors being held open are part of the means of to read as follows:
egress corridor or stair system. Door hold
open smoke detectors are not required to 910.1.1 Required venting method. Required
activate a visual or audible signal. smoke and heat venting shall be accomplished
with mechanical smoke exhaust according to
Subp. 32. F Section 907.11. IBC F Section 910.4.
Section 907.11 is deleted.
186
Exceptions: Exception: When required by the code

official, initiation of mechanical smoke
1. Calculated engineering design of exhaust fans shall be only through manual
mechanical smoke exhaust in accordance activation.
with Section 910.5 shall be permitted for
buildings sprinklered throughout. Subp. 4. F Section 910.4.5. IBC F
2. For nonsprinklered buildings, smoke follows:
and heat vents as specified in Section
910.3 shall be permitted. 910.4.5 Supply air. Supply air for exhaust
fans shall be sized to provide a minimum of
3. Where approved by the code official, 50 percent of the required exhaust. Air
smoke and heat vents as specified in velocity at each supply air opening shall not
Section 910.3 shall be permitted in exceed an average of 200 feet per minute
sprinklered buildings. when measured 4 feet (1219 mm) in front of
the opening. Openings for supply air shall be
910.1.2 Listing. Smoke and heat vents and uniformly distributed around the periphery of
mechanical smoke exhaust fans shall be listed the area served and be located or ducted to a
for the intended purpose. position not more than one-half the storage
height above the floor. Supply air openings
910.1.3 Curtain boards. When mechanical shall open automatically upon operation of
smoke exhaust is provided in accordance with the smoke exhaust system and shall not
Section 910.4 or 910.5, curtain boards are require a manual action at each supply
only required at the separation between areas opening for operation. Supply air openings
protected with early suppression fast response shall be kept clear of storage or obstructions
(ESFR) sprinklers and conventional sprinkler to airflow for at least four feet (1219 mm) in
systems. front of the opening. Supply air openings
shall be separated from exhaust fans and
Subp. 2. F Section 910.4. IBC F Section exterior combustibles to prevent introduction
910.4 is amended to read as follows: of smoke into the building.
910.4 Mechanical smoke exhaust. Subp. 5. F Section 910. IBC F Section

Mechanical smoke exhaust shall be in 910 is amended by adding sections to read as
accordance with Sections 910.4.1 through follows:
910.4.6.
910.5 Calculated engineering design of
Subp. 3. F Section 910.4.3. IBC F mechanical smoke exhaust. Calculated
Section 910.4.3 is amended to read as engineering design of mechanical smoke
follows: exhaust shall be in accordance with Sections
910.5.1 through 910.5.5.
910.4.3 Operation. Mechanical smoke
exhaust fans shall be automatically activated 910.5.1 Methodology. Mechanical smoke
upon sprinkler system water flow. A 5 to 10 exhaust systems shall be designed to remove
minute delay shall be provided between the smoke after a fire is extinguished and to assist
sprinkler water flow signal and activation of the fire department during suppression
the exhaust fans. In addition, individual operations or during marginal sprinkler
manual controls of each fan unit shall also be control situations. They are not considered
provided.
187
life safety systems and are not designed for exterior combustibles to prevent introduction
occupant safety. of smoke into the building.
910.5.2 Calculation method. Volumetric 910.5.5 Equipment. Wiring and controls

flow rate calculations shall demonstrate that shall be as required in Section 910.4.4.
the system will provide at least three air Interlocks shall be as required in Section
changes per hour for the space required to be 910.4.6. Exhaust fans shall be uniformly
provided with smoke exhaust. When only a spaced and each fan shall have a maximum
portion of a space is used for high piled individual capacity of 30,000 cfm (850
storage requiring smoke exhaust, the volume m3/min).
to be extracted shall be based on the ceiling
height multiplied by the actual gross floor 910.6 Testing and maintenance.
area for storage. Mechanical smoke exhaust systems shall be
tested and maintained as required by Sections
910.5.3 Operation. Mechanical smoke 910.6.1 through 910.6.4.
exhaust fans shall be automatically activated
upon sprinkler system water flow. A 5 to 10 910.6.1 Acceptance testing. Mechanical
minute delay shall be provided between the smoke exhaust systems shall be acceptance
sprinkler water flow signal and activation of tested as required by Sections 909.18.2
the exhaust fans. In addition, individual through 909.18.5 and 909.19.
manual controls of each fan unit shall also be
provided. 910.6.1.1 Controls. For testing purposes,
each smoke exhaust system equipped for
Exception: When required by the code automatic activation shall be put into
official, initiation of mechanical smoke operation by the actuation of the automatic
exhaust fans shall be only through manual initiating device. Control sequences shall be
activation. verified throughout the system, including
verification of override from the firefighter's
910.5.4 Supply air. Supply air for exhaust control panel when systems are equipped for
fans shall be sized to provide a minimum of automatic activation.
50 percent of the required exhaust. Air
velocity at each supply air opening shall not 910.6.2 Special inspections. Special
exceed an average of 200 feet per minute inspections for mechanical smoke exhaust
when measured 4 feet (1219 mm) in front of shall be conducted according to Section
the opening. Openings for supply air shall be 909.18.8.
uniformly distributed around the periphery of
the area served and be located or ducted to a 910.6.3 Maintenance. Mechanical smoke
position not more than one half the storage exhaust systems, including exhaust fans,
height above the floor. Supply air openings supply air openings and controls, shall be
shall open automatically upon operation of maintained and unobstructed.
the smoke exhaust system and shall not
require a manual action at each supply 910.6.4 Operational testing. Operational
opening for operation. Supply air openings testing of the smoke exhaust system shall
shall be kept clear of storage or obstructions include all equipment such as initiating
to airflow for at least 4 feet (1219 mm) in devices, fans, dampers, controls, and supply
front of the opening. Supply air openings air openings. Mechanical smoke exhaust
shall be separated from exhaust fans and systems shall be operated and tested under
each control sequence at least annually.
188
1305.0912 F SECTION 912, FIRE the building in accordance with the

DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS. mechanical code.
IBC F Section 912.2 is amended by 913.3 Exhaust capability. The system shall
adding a subsection to read: have an air supply and smoke exhaust
capability that will provide a minimum of
912.2.3 Connection height. Newly installed three air changes per hour or remove smoke
fire department connections shall be located to less than a 5 percent concentration within
not less than 18 inches (457 mm) and not one hour of operation. The system need not
more than 4 feet (1.2 m) above the level of the exhaust from all areas at the same time, but is
adjacent grade or access level. permitted to be zoned based on the largest fire
area served. For the purpose of calculating
1305.0913 SECTION 913, POST FIRE system size, the height of a compartment shall
EXHAUST SYSTEM. be considered to run from slab to slab and
include the volume above suspended ceilings.
IBC Chapter 9 is amended by adding a
section and subsections to read as follows: 913.4 Operation. The smoke exhaust system
shall be operated by manual controls that are
SECTION 913 readily accessible to the fire department at an
approved location and shall incorporate an
POST FIRE SMOKE EXHAUST SYSTEM approved control diagram. When a system is
zoned into areas of operation less than the
913.1 Scope and purpose. This section entire building, each zone shall have an
applies to post fire smoke exhaust systems individual control. Fire department manual
when they are required by other provisions of controls of post fire smoke exhaust systems
this code. The purpose of this section is to shall have the highest priority of any control
establish minimum requirements for the point within the building. Smoke exhaust
design and installation of smoke exhaust shall not be permitted through any exit
systems that are intended for the timely enclosure as defined in Section 1002.
restoration of operations and overhaul
activities once a fire is extinguished. 913.5 Inspection and testing. Post fire
smoke exhaust systems shall be inspected and
913.2 General design requirements. Post tested annually.
fire smoke exhaust systems are not intended
or designed as life safety systems and are not 1305.1000 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
required to meet the provisions of Section
909. These systems are permitted to use 1305.1000 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
dedicated equipment, the normal building
HVAC system or other openings and shall 1305.1002 SECTION 1002,
have the capability to exhaust smoke from DEFINITIONS.
occupied spaces. Smoke removal may be by
either mechanical or natural ventilation, but IBC Section 1002.1 is amended by adding
shall be capable of removing cold smoke. or replacing the following definitions:
Smoke exhaust shall be permitted through
elevator shafts. Smoke removed from a space AISLE. That portion of an exit access that
must be discharged to a safe location outside connects an aisle accessway to an exit access
the building and may not be recirculated into doorway, corridor, or an exit.
189
CORRIDOR. An interior passageway 2. in at least one egress path, not more

having a length at least three times its width, than one such arrangement is located;
having walls, partitions, or other obstructions
to exit travel over 6 feet (1829 mm) in height 3. the building or fire area is protected by
on two opposing sides, and having openings an approved automatic sprinkler system in
from rooms or similar spaces. accordance with Section 903.3.1.1 (NFPA 13)
and an approved fire alarm system having
ROOM. A space or area bounded by any smoke detection, installed throughout the exit
obstruction over 6 feet in height which at any corridor system and areas open to the exit
time encloses more than 80 percent of the corridor;
perimeter of the area. In computing the
unobstructed perimeter, openings less than 3 4. locking devices automatically unlock
feet (914 mm) in clear width and less than 6 upon activation of any of the following:
feet 8 inches (2032 mm) in height shall not be
considered. Aisles and corridors shall not be a. automatic sprinkler system;
construed to form rooms.
b. automatic smoke detection system;
1305.1003 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
c. automatic fire alarm system; or
1305.1004 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
d. loss of electrical power;
1305.1008 SECTION 1008, DOORS,
GATES, AND TURNSTILES. 5. locking devices can be remotely
unlocked from an approved location within
Subpart 1. Repealed, 31 SR 1165 the secured area;
Subp. 2. Repealed, 31 SR 1165 6. there is no public assembly space

within the secured area;
7. 24 hour patient supervision is
Subp. 4. IBC Section 1008.1.3. IBC provided within the secured area;
Section 1008.1.3 is amended by adding a
subsection to read as follows: 8. relocking of the locking device is by
manual means from an approved location
1008.1.3.6 Special egress control devices. within the secured area;
Where the clinical needs of the patients
require specialized security measures for their 9. locking devices are designed to fail in
safety, door locking arrangements are the open position;
permitted in Group I 1 occupancies (this
includes use groups as described in Group I 1 10. special egress control devices are not
occupancies that are identified as either permitted in buildings of type III B or V B
Group R 3 or Group R 4 occupancies because construction, and shall not exceed one story in
of occupant load) and Group I 2 occupancies height when in type III A, IV HT, or type V A
provided that: construction;
1. keys or devices that function like keys 11. floor levels within the building or
are carried by staff at all times; portion of the building with the special egress
control devices shall be divided into at least
190
two compartments by smoke barriers meeting inch (25 mm) high on a contrasting
the requirements of Section 709; and background.
12. substitution of the automatic sprinkler 2.3. The use of the key operated
system for one hour fire resistance rated locking device is revokable by the building
construction (pursuant to Table 601, footnote official for due cause.
d) is permitted.
3. Where egress doors are used in pairs,
Subp. 5. IBC Section 1008.1.4. IBC approved automatic flush bolts shall be
Section 1008.1.4 is amended by modifying permitted to be used, provided that the door
exception 5 to read as follows: leaf having the automatic flush bolts has no
doorknob or surface mounted hardware.
Exceptions:
4. Doors from individual dwelling or
5. Exterior decks, patios, or balconies sleeping units of Group R occupancies having
that are part of Type B dwelling units, an occupant load of 10 or less are permitted to
have impervious surfaces, and that are not be equipped with a night latch, dead bolt, or
more than two inches (50 mm) below the security chain, provided such devices are
finished floor level of the adjacent interior openable from the inside without the use of a
space of the dwelling unit. key or tool.
Subp. 6. IBC Section 1008.1.8.3. IBC 5. Delayed egress locks, installed and
Section 1008.1.8.3 is amended to read as maintained in conformance with Section
follows: 1008.1.8.6.
1008.1.8.3 Locks and latches. Locks and 6. Special egress control devices
latches shall be permitted to prevent operation installed and maintained in conformance with
of doors where any of the following exists: Section 1008.1.3.6.
1. Places of detention or restraint. 7. In rooms, other than cells, where

occupants are being restrained for safety or
2. In buildings in occupancy Group A security reasons, special locking arrangements
having an occupant load of 300 or less, in which comply with the requirements of
buildings in occupancy Groups B, F, M, and Section 1008.1.10 are permitted.
S, and in churches, the main exterior door or
doors are permitted to be equipped with key Subp. 7. IBC Section 1008.1.8.6. IBC
operated locking devices from the egress side Section 1008.1.8.6 is amended to read as
provided: follows:
2.1. The locking device is readily 1008.1.8.6 Delayed egress locks. Approved,
distinguishable as locked. listed, delayed egress locks shall be permitted
to be installed on doors serving any
2.2. A readily visible durable sign is occupancy except Group A and H
posted on the egress side on or adjacent to the occupancies in buildings that are equipped
door stating: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN throughout with an automatic sprinkler
UNLOCKED WHEN BUILDING IS system in accordance with Section 903.3.1.1
OCCUPIED. The sign shall be in letters 1 or an approved automatic smoke detection
system installed in accordance with Section
191
907, provided that the doors unlock in 1008.1.10.5 are permitted for rooms, other
accordance with Items 1 through 6 below. A than cells, where the occupants are being
building occupant shall not be required to restrained for safety or security reasons. The
pass through more than one door equipped use of Sections 1008.1.10 through
with a delayed egress lock before entering an 1008.1.10.5 may be revoked by the fire code
exit. official or building official for due cause.
1. The doors unlock upon actuation of 1008.1.10.1 Locking hardware. Locking

the automatic sprinkler system or automatic devices shall release upon any of the
fire detection system. following conditions:
2. The doors unlock upon loss of power 1. Activation of the automatic sprinkler
controlling the lock or lock mechanism. system.
3. The door locks shall have the 2. Activation of any automatic fire
capability of being unlocked by a signal from detection device.
the fire command center.
3. Activation of any automatic fire alarm
4. The initiation of an irreversible system.
process which will release the latch in not
more than 15 seconds when a force of not 4. Loss of electrical power to the locking
more than 15 pounds (67 N) is applied for one device or the fire alarm system.
second to the release device. Initiation of the
irreversible process shall activate an audible 5. Activation of the fire alarm trouble
signal in the vicinity of the door. Once the signal.
door lock has been released by the application
of force to the releasing device, relocking 6. Operation of a manual switch located
shall be by manual means only. in an approved location.
Exception: Where approved, a delay of All locking devices shall be designed to fail in
not more than 30 seconds is permitted. the open position following the release of the
locking devices for any of the conditions
5. A sign shall be provided on the door specified above. Relocking of the devices
located above and within 12 inches (305 mm) shall be by manual means only at the door.
of the release device reading: PUSH UNTIL
ALARM SOUNDS. DOOR CAN BE 1008.1.10.2 Fire extinguishing system.
OPENED IN 15 30 SECONDS. When special locking arrangements are used,
the room or area being secured shall be
6. Emergency lighting shall be provided protected with quick response sprinklers.
at the door.
1008.1.10.3 Fire alarm and detection.
Subp. 8. IBC Section 1008.1. IBC When special locking arrangements are used,
Section 1008.1 is amended by adding the room or area and spaces between the room
subsections as follows: or area and an exterior exit door shall be
protected with automatic smoke detection
1008.1.10 Special locking arrangements. connected to the building's fire alarm system.
Special locking arrangements meeting the If the walls of the room or area do not extend
requirements of Sections 1008.1.10 through to the ceiling, automatic smoke detection can
192
be provided in the adjacent room or area, Exception:

provided that there are no substantial
obstructions to delay activation of the smoke 8. In accordance with the Minnesota
detection. Bleacher Safety Act, Minnesota Statutes,
section 16B.616, guards are not required
1008.1.10.4 Construction. Rooms or areas on bleachers 55 inches or less in height.
containing these special locking arrangements
shall be constructed of noncombustible Subp. 2. IBC Section 1013.2. IBC
materials having a minimum one hour fire Section 1013.2 is amended by modifying
resistive construction. Doors separating the exception 2 to read as follows:
rooms from other spaces shall swing in the
direction of egress travel from the room and 2. The height in assembly seating areas
have a fire protection rating of not less than shall be in accordance with Section
20 minutes. Doors need not be self closing. 1025.14 and the Minnesota Bleacher
The interior finish of the wall and ceiling Safety Act, Minnesota Statutes, section
surfaces must not exceed a Class C. 16B.616.
1008.1.10.5 Location. The room or rooms 1305.1014 SECTION 1014, EXIT

shall be located on a floor that provides direct ACCESS.
grade level access when located in buildings
or portions thereof consisting of nonrated IBC Section 1014.4 and all subsections
construction. are deleted in their entirety and replaced with
the following:
1305.1009 SECTION 1009, STAIRWAYS
AND HANDRAILS. 1014.4 Aisles and aisle accessways. Aisles
and aisle accessways serving as a portion of
IBC Section 1009.9. IBC Section 1009.9 the exit access in the means of egress system
is amended to read as follows: shall comply with the requirements of this
section. Aisles and aisle accessways shall be
1009.9 Alternating tread devices. provided from all occupied portions of the
Alternating tread devices are limited to an exit access. Aisles and aisle accessways
element of a means of egress in buildings of serving assembly areas, other than seating at
Groups F, H, and S from a mezzanine not tables, shall comply with Section 1025.
more than 250 square feet (23 m2) in area and Aisles and aisle accessways serving reviewing
which serves not more than five occupants; in stands, grandstands, and bleachers shall
buildings of Group I 3 from a guard tower, comply with Section 1024.
observation station, or control room not more
than 250 square feet (23 m2) in area and for 1014.4.1 Width determination. Where
access to unoccupied roofs. Access to tables or counters are served by fixed seats,
mechanical equipment or appliances on a roof the width of the aisle or aisle accessway shall
shall be in accordance with Section 1209.3.1 be measured from the back of the seat.
and the Minnesota Mechanical Code. Where seating is located at a table or counter
and is adjacent to an aisle or aisle accessway,
1305.1013 SECTION 1013, GUARDS. the measurement of required clear width of
the aisle or aisle accessway shall be made to a
Subpart 1. IBC Section 1013.1. IBC line 19 inches (483 mm) measured
Section 1013.1 is amended by adding an perpendicular to and away from and running
exception as follows: parallel to the edge of the table or counter. In
193
the case of other side boundaries for aisle or 1014.4.2.2 Aisle. The length of travel along
aisle accessways, the clear width shall be an aisle or combination aisle accessway and
measured to walls, tread edges, or other aisle to a point where a person has a choice of
obstructions. two or more paths of egress travel to separate
exits or exit access doorways shall not exceed
The required width of the aisles and aisle that permitted by Section 1014.3 for common
accessways shall be unobstructed. path of egress travel.
Exception: Doors, when fully opened, 1305.1015 SECTION 1015, EXIT AND
and handrails shall not reduce the required EXIT ACCESS DOORWAYS.
width by more than 7 inches (178 mm).
Doors in any position shall not reduce the IBC Section 1015.1 is amended to read as
required width by more than one half. follows:
Other nonstructural projections such as
trim and similar decorative features are 1015.1 Exit or exit access doorways
permitted to project into the required required. Two exits or exit access doorways
width 1.5 inches (38 mm) from each side. from any space shall be provided where one
of the following conditions exists:
1014.4.1.1 Minimum aisle accessway width.
Aisle accessways not required to be 1. The occupant load of the space
accessible by Chapter 11 shall provide a exceeds the values in Table 1015.1.
minimum of 12 inches (305 mm) of width,
plus 0.5 inches (12.7 mm) of width for each Exception: In Groups R 2 and R 3
additional one foot (305 mm), or fraction occupancies, one means of egress is
thereof, beyond 12 feet (3658 mm) of aisle permitted within and from individual
accessway length. dwelling units with a maximum occupant
load of 16 where the dwelling unit is
Exception: Portions of an aisle equipped throughout with an automatic
accessway having a length not exceeding sprinkler system in accordance with
six feet and used by a total of not more Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
than four persons.
2. The common path of egress travel
1014.4.1.2 Minimum aisle width. The exceeds the limitations of Section 1014.3.
minimum clear width shall be determined by
Section 1005.1 for the occupant load served, 3. Where required by Sections 1015.3,
but shall not be less than 36 inches (914 mm). 1015.4, and 1015.5.
Exception: Nonpublic aisles serving less 4. When located in buildings used for
than 50 people, and are not required to be educational purposes, laboratories and prep
accessible by Chapter 11, need not exceed rooms that exceed 500 square feet in area and
28 inches (711 mm) in width. contain hazardous materials.
1014.4.2 Length. Exception: Group I 2 occupancies shall

comply with Section 1014.2.2.
1014.4.2.1 Aisle accessway. The length of
travel along the aisle accessway shall not Table 1015.1 is unchanged.
exceed 30 feet (9144 mm) to an aisle or exit
access doorway.
194
1305.1019 NUMBER OF EXITS AND 1019.2 Buildings or stories with one exit.
CONTINUITY. Only one exit shall be required in buildings or
stories as described below:
Subpart 1. IBC Section 1019.1. IBC
Section 1019.1 is amended to read as follows: 1. Buildings or stories described in Table
1019.2, provided that the building has not
1019.1 Minimum number of exits. more than one level below the first story
Occupants within rooms and spaces shall be above grade plane.
provided with and have access to the
minimum number of approved independent 2. Buildings or stories of a Group R 3
exits as required by Section 1015.1. occupancy.
Occupants on every story, in every basement,
and in every building shall be provided with 3. Single level buildings with the
and have access to the minimum number of occupied space at the level of exit
approved independent exits as required by discharge provided that the story or space
Table 1019.1, except as modified in Section complies with Section 1015.1 as a space
1019.2. For the purposes of this chapter, with one means of egress.
occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as
required for stories. The required number of Subp. 4. IBC Table 1019.2. IBC Table
exits from any story, basement, or individual 1019.2 is amended to read as follows:
space shall be maintained until arrival at Table 1019.2
grade or the public way. Table 1019.1 is Buildings or Stories with One Exit
unchanged. Occupancy Maximum Maximum
Height of Occupants (or
Subp. 2. IBC Section 1019.1.3. IBC Building Dwelling Units)
Section 1019.1 is amended by adding a Above per Floor (with
subsection to read as follows: Grade One Exit) and
Plane Travel Distance
1019.1.3 Press box roof access. The means A,Bd,Ee,F,M,U 1 story 49 occupants
of egress from occupied press box roofs shall and 75 feet
comply with the provisions of this chapter. travel distance
Occupied press box roofs shall be provided H-2,H-3 1 story 3 occupants and
with guards in accordance with Section 1013. 25 feet travel
distance
Exception: Press box roofs used as H-4,H-5,I,R 1 story 10 occupants
camera, video, or security platforms or and 75 feet
similar uses having an occupant load of travel distance
nine or less shall have access to not less a
S 1 story 29 occupants
than one means of egress. The means of and 100 feet
egress is permitted to be by way of a roof travel distance
hatch or scuttle and ships ladder as Bb,F,M,Sa 2 stories 30 occupants
required by Section 1209.3. and 75 feet
travel distance
Subp. 3. IBC Section 1019.2. IBC R-2 c
2 stories 3 dwelling units
Section 1019.2 is amended to read as follows: and 50 feet
travel distance
Footnotes unchanged.
195
1305.1025 SECTION 1025, ASSEMBLY. 4. The number of rows does not exceed
16 rows in height.
IBC Section 1025.1.1. IBC Section
1025.1.1 is amended to read as follows: 5. The first seat board is not more than
12 inches (305 mm) above the ground
1025.1.1 Bleachers, grandstands, and folding floor or a cross aisle.
and telescopic seating shall comply with
International Code Council (ICC) 300, with Exception: Bleachers 55 inches or less in
the following amendments to ICC 300: height.
a. ICC 300 Section 404.5 is amended by 6. Seat boards have a continuous flat
adding an exception as follows: surface.
Exception: Aisles shall not be required to 7. Seat boards provide a walking surface
be more than 66 inches (1.676 mm) in with a minimum width of 11 inches (279
width when the following are satisfied: mm).
1. the seating area served by such aisles 8. Egress from seating is not restricted
is composed entirely of bleachers; by rails, guards, or other obstructions.
2. the row to row dimension is 28 inches
(71 cm) or less; and c. ICC 300 Section 405.6 is amended by
adding an exception as follows:
3. front egress is not limited.
3. Aisles serving bleachers in
b. ICC 300 Section 405.1 is amended to compliance with Section 404.5.
read as follows:
d. ICC 300 Section 408.1 is amended by
Section 405.1 Aisles. The minimum width of adding an exception as follows:
aisles shall be in accordance with Section
404.5, but not less than that required by this (First exception is numbered as 1.)
section. An aisle is not required in seating
facilities where all of the following conditions 2. In accordance with the Minnesota
exist: Bleacher Safety Act, Minnesota Statutes,
section 16B.616:
1. Seats are without backrest. (a) bleachers must have vertical perimeter
guards or other approved guards that
2. The rise from row to row does not address climbability and are designed to
exceed 6 inches (152 mm) per row. prevent accidents; and
(b) guards are not required on bleachers
Exception: Bleachers 55 inches or less in 55 inches (1397 mm) and less in height.
height.
e. ICC 300 Section 408.3 is amended to
3. The row to row spacing does not read as follows:
exceed 28 inches (711 mm) unless the seat
boards and footboards are not the same 408.3 Guard design. Guards and their
elevation. attachment shall be designed to resist the
loads indicated in Section 303. Bleachers
must have vertical perimeter guards or other
196
approved guards that address climbability and automatic sprinkler system in accordance
are designed to prevent accidents, in with Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2.
accordance with the Minnesota Bleacher
Safety Act, Minnesota Statutes, section 2. In other than Group R 3 occupancies
16B.616. as applicable in Section 101.2, sleeping
rooms provided with a door to a fire
f. ICC 300 Chapter 5 is deleted and resistance rated corridor having access to
replaced with the following: two remote exits in opposite directions.
All bleachers or bleacher open spaces 3. The emergency escape and rescue
over 55 inches (1397 mm) above grade or the opening is permitted to open onto a
floor below, and all bleacher guardrails, if any balcony within an atrium in accordance
part of the guardrail is over 30 inches (762 with the requirements of Section 404,
mm) above grade or the floor below, must be provided the balcony provides access to
certified to conform with the safety an exit and the dwelling unit or sleeping
requirements contained in Minnesota Statutes, unit has a means of egress that is not open
section 16B.616. to the atrium.
1305.1026 SECTION 1026, EMERGENCY 4. High rise buildings in accordance with

ESCAPE AND RESCUE. Section 403.
IBC Section 1026.1 is amended to read as 5. Emergency escape and rescue

follows: openings are not required from basements
or sleeping rooms which have an exit door
1026.1 General. In addition to the means of or exit access door that opens directly into
egress required by this chapter, provisions a public way, or to a yard, court, or
shall be made for emergency escape and exterior exit balcony that opens to a public
rescue in Group R as applicable in Section way.
101.2 and Group I 1 occupancies. Basements
and sleeping rooms below the fourth story 6. Basements without habitable spaces
above grade plane shall have at least one and having no more than 200 square feet
exterior emergency escape and rescue (18.6 m2) in floor area shall not be
opening in accordance with this section. required to have emergency escape
Where basements contain one or more windows.
sleeping rooms, emergency egress and rescue
openings shall be required in each sleeping 1305.1101 SECTION 1101, GENERAL.
room, but shall not be required in adjoining
areas of the basement. Such opening shall IBC Section 1101.1 is amended to read as
open directly into a public way, public alley, follows:
or to a yard or court that opens to a public
way. 1101.1 General. Buildings or portions of
buildings shall be accessible to persons with
Exceptions: disabilities as required by Minnesota Rules,
chapter 1341. Refer to Minnesota Rules,
1. In other than Group R 3 occupancies chapter 1341, the Minnesota Accessibility
as applicable in Section 101.2, buildings Code, for the complete application of IBC
equipped throughout with an approved Chapter 11.
197
1305.1200 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] structures, a permanent stair shall be provided

for access.
1305.1202 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
Exception: A portable ladder may be
1305.1203 SECTION 1203, used for dwellings, replacement
VENTILATION. equipment on existing buildings, and
exterior roof access points not exceeding
IBC Section 1203.1 is amended to read as 16 feet (4.9 m) above grade, unless the
follows: building official determines that the
unique shape of the roof does not allow
1203.1 General. Buildings shall be provided safe access with a portable ladder.
with natural ventilation in accordance with
Section 1203.4 or mechanical ventilation in The permanent stair shall be as required
accordance with Minnesota Rules, chapter by relevant safety regulations, but shall not be
1346. less than the following:
Exceptions: 1. The stair shall be installed at an angle

of not more than 60 degrees measured from
1. Buildings or portions thereof that are the horizontal plane.
not intended for normal human
occupancy, or where the primary purpose 2. The stair shall have flat treads at least
is not associated with human comfort. six inches (152 mm) deep and a clear width of
at least 18 inches (457 mm) with equally
2. Group U occupancies. spaced risers at least 10.5 inches (267 mm)
high and not exceeding 14 inches (356 mm).
1305.1204 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]
3. The stair shall have intermediate
1305.1207 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165] landings not exceeding 18 feet (5.5 m)
vertically.
1305.1209 SECTION 1209, ACCESS TO
UNOCCUPIED SPACES. 4. Continuous handrails shall be installed
on both sides of the stair.
IBC Section 1209.3 is amended, and
subsections added, to read as follows: 5. Interior stairs shall terminate at the
under side of the roof at a hatch or scuttle of
1209.3 Mechanical equipment and at least eight square feet (0.74m2) with a
appliance access. Access to mechanical minimum dimension of 20 inches (508 mm).
equipment and appliances installed in
underfloor areas, in attic spaces, and on roofs 6. When a roof access hatch or scuttle is
or elevated structures shall be in accordance located within ten feet (3.0 m) of a roof edge,
with this section and the Minnesota a guard shall be installed in accordance with
Mechanical Code. this code.
1209.3.1 Mechanical equipment and 7. Exterior stairs shall terminate at the

appliances on roofs or elevated structures. roof access point or at a level landing of at
Where mechanical equipment or appliances least eight square feet (0.74m2) with a
requiring periodic inspection, service, or minimum dimension of 20 inches (508 mm).
maintenance are installed on roofs or elevated
198
The landing shall have a guard installed in 1305.1404 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165]

accordance with IMC Section 304.9.
1305.1405 SECTION 1405,
1209.3.1.1 Permanent ladders. Where a INSTALLATION OF WALL
change in roof elevation greater than 30 COVERINGS.
inches (762 mm) but not exceeding 16 feet
(4.9 m) exists, a permanent ladder shall be Subpart 1. Section 1405.3.2. IBC
provided. The ladder may be vertical and Section 1405.3.2 is amended to read as
shall be as required by relevant safety follows:
regulations, but shall not be less than the
following: 1405.3.2 Masonry. Flashing and weepholes
shall be located above finished ground level
1. Width shall be at least 16 inches (406 above the foundation wall or slab, and other
mm). points of support, including structural floors,
shelf angles and lintels where anchored
2. Rung spacing shall be a maximum of veneers are designed in accordance with
14 inches (356 mm). Section 1405.5.
3. Toe space shall be at least six inches Subp. 2. Repealed, 31 SR 1165

(152 mm).
1305.1500 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
4. Side railings shall extend at least 30
inches (762 mm) above the roof or parapet 1305.1502 SECTION 1502,
wall. DEFINITIONS.
1305.1210 SECTION 1210, IBC Section 1502.1 is amended by

SURROUNDING MATERIALS. modifying the definition of "Roof Covering"
to read as follows:
follows: ROOF COVERING. The covering applied
to the roof deck for weather resistance, fire
1210.1 Floors. In other than dwelling units, classification or appearance. Roof covering
toilet, shower, and bathing room floors shall materials consist of two basic types: (1)
have a smooth, hard, nonabsorbent surface, roofing systems, and (2) prepared materials.
such as portland cement, concrete, ceramic
tile, sheet vinyl, or other approved floor 1305.1503 SECTION 1503, WEATHER
covering material that extends upward onto PROTECTION.
the walls at least 5 inches (127 mm).
Subpart 1. IBC Section 1503.4. IBC
1305.1300 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] Section 1503.4 is amended to read as follows:
1305.1350 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1503.4 Roof drainage. Design and

installation of roof drainage systems shall
1305.1355 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405] comply with Minnesota Rules, chapter 4715,
Minnesota Plumbing Code, and the following
1305.1370 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] provisions:
1305.1400 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
199
1. Where required. All roofs shall drain Subp. 2. IBC Section 1503.4.1. IBC
into a separate storm sewer system or to an Section 1503.4.1 is deleted in its entirety.
approved place of disposal. For one and two
family dwellings, and where approved, storm 1305.1505 FIRE CLASSIFICATION.
water is permitted to discharge onto flat areas,
such as streets or lawns, provided that the IBC Table 1505.1 is amended by deleting
storm water flows away from the building. footnote "a" from the table.
2. Roof design. Roofs shall be designed for 1305.1506 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]

the maximum possible depth of water that
will pond thereon as determined by the 1305.1507 SECTION 1507,
relative levels of roof deck and overflow REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF
weirs, scuppers, edges, or serviceable drains COVERINGS.
in combination with the deflected structural Subpart 1. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
elements. In determining the maximum
possible depth of water, all primary roof Subp. 2. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
drainage means shall be assumed to be
blocked. Subp. 3. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
3. Secondary drainage required. Subp. 4. Repealed, 31 SR 1165

Secondary (emergency) roof drains or
scuppers shall be provided where the roof Subp. 5. Section 1507.10.1. IBC Section
perimeter construction extends above the roof 1507.10.1 is amended to read as follows:
in such a manner that water will be entrapped
if the primary drains allow buildup for any 1507.10.1 Slope. Unless designed for water
reason. accumulation in accordance with Section
1611.2, built-up roofs shall have a design
4. Separate systems required. Secondary slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit
(emergency) roof drain systems shall have vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent
piping and point of discharge separate from slope) for drainage, except for coal-tar built-
the primary system. Discharge shall be above up roofs that shall have a design slope of a
grade in a location which would normally be minimum one-eighth unit vertical in 12 units
observed by the building occupants or horizontal (1-percent slope).
maintenance personnel.
Subp. 6. Section 1507.11.1. IBC Section
5. Sizing of secondary drains. Secondary 1507.11.1 is amended to read as follows:
(emergency) roof drain systems shall be sized
in accordance with the Minnesota State 1507.11.1 Slope. Unless designed for water
Plumbing Code. Scuppers shall be sized to accumulation in accordance with Section
prevent the depth of ponding water from 1611.2, modified bitumen membrane roofs
exceeding that for which the roof was shall have a design slope of a minimum of
designed as determined by this code. one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal
Scuppers shall not have an opening dimension (2-percent slope) for drainage.
of less than 4 inches (102 mm). The flow
through the primary system shall not be Subp. 7. Section 1507.12.1. IBC Section
considered when sizing the secondary roof 1507.12.1 is amended to read as follows:
drainage system.
200
1507.12.1 Slope. Unless designed for water elevators that run to the roof and in all other
accumulation in accordance with Section cases shall not extend more than 18 feet (5486
1611.2, thermoset single-ply membrane roofs mm) above the roof. The aggregate area of
shall have a design slope of a minimum of penthouses and other rooftop structures shall
one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal not exceed one third the area of the
(2-percent slope) for drainage. supporting roof. A penthouse, bulkhead, or
any other similar projection above the roof
Subp. 8. Section 1507.13.1. IBC Section shall not be used for purposes other than
1507.13.1 is amended to read as follows: shelter of mechanical equipment or shelter of
1507.13.1 Slope. Unless designed for water vertical shaft openings in the roof.
accumulation in accordance with Section
1611.2, thermoplastic single-ply membrane Exception: Accessory uses necessary for
roofs shall have a design slope of a minimum the maintenance of building systems shall
of one-fourth unit vertical in 12 units be permitted when the penthouse is
horizontal (2-percent slope) for drainage. sprinkled in accordance with section
903.1.1.
Subp. 9. Section 1507.14.1. IBC Section
1507.14.1 is amended to read as follows: Provisions such as louvers, louver blades,
or flashing shall be made to protect the
1507.14.1 Slope. Unless designed for water mechanical equipment and the building
accumulation in accordance with Section interior from the elements. Penthouses or
1611.2, sprayed polyurethane foam roofs shall bulkheads used for purposes other than
have a design slope of a minimum of one- permitted by this section shall conform to the
fourth unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2- requirements of this code for an additional
percent slope) for drainage. story. The restrictions of this section shall not
prohibit the placing of wood flagpoles or
Subp. 10. Section 1507.15.1. IBC similar structures on the roof of any building.
follows: 1305.1510 SECTION 1510, REROOFING.
1507.15.1 Slope. Unless designed for water IBC Section 1510.5 is amended to read as
accumulation in accordance with Section follows:
1611.2, liquid-applied roofs shall have a
design slope of a minimum of one-fourth unit 1510.5 Reinstallation of materials. Existing
vertical in 12 units horizontal (2-percent slate, clay or cement tile shall be permitted for
slope). reinstallation, except that damaged, cracked
or broken slate or tile shall not be reinstalled.
1305.1509 SECTION 1509, ROOFTOP Existing vent flashing, metal edging, drain
STRUCTURES. outlets, collars and metal counterflashings
shall not be reinstalled where rusted, damaged
IBC Section 1509.2 is amended to read as or deteriorated. Aggregate surfacing
follows: materials shall not be reinstalled unless such
aggregate complies with the gradation
1509.2 Penthouses. A penthouse or other requirements of ASTM C-33 Standard
projection above the roof in structures of Specification for Concrete Aggregate.
other than Type I construction shall not
exceed 28 feet (8534 mm) above the roof 1305.1590 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
where used as an enclosure for tanks or for
201
1305.1600 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] Top running powered bridge cranes. The

lateral force on top running crane runway
1305.1604 [Repealed, 31 SR1165] beams with powered trolleys shall be
calculated as 20 percent of the sum of the
1305.1607 SECTION 1607, LIVE LOADS. rated capacity of the crane and the weight of
the hoist and trolley. The lateral force shall
Subpart 1. Repealed, 31 SR 1165 be assumed to act horizontally at the traction
surface of a runway beam, in either direction
Subp. 2. Section 1607.12.2. IBC Section perpendicular to the beam, and shall be
1607.12.2 is amended to read as follows: distributed according to the lateral stiffness of
the runway beam and supporting structure.
1607.12.2 Vertical impact force. The The runway beams shall be designed for the
maximum wheel loads of the crane shall be lateral and torsional loads, as well as for the
increased by the percentages shown below to maximum lateral deflection limit of Span/800.
determine the induced vertical impact or
vibration force. Impact load shall be applied Monorails and underhung bridge cranes.
to one hoist system at a time for multiple hoist
or bridge systems. The bridge girder, underhung bridge crane
runway beam and monorails shall be designed
Monorails, underhung bridge cranes and with sufficient strength and rigidity to prevent
pendant operated top running bridge cranes: detrimental lateral deflection.
15 percent minimum for hoist lift speeds The lateral deflection should not exceed
of less than 30 feet per minute. span/800 based on 5 percent of maximum
wheel load(s) without vertical impact factor.
Percentage equivalent to 0.5 times the
hoist lift speed, for lift speeds of 30 to 100 1305.1608 SECTION 1608, SNOW
feet per minute. LOADS.
50 percent maximum for hoist lift speeds Subpart 1. Section 1608.2. IBC Section
greater than 100 feet per minute. 1608.2 is amended to read as follows:
50 percent for magnetic pickup or vacuum 1608.2 Ground snow loads. The ground
lift type systems. snow loads to be used in determining the
design snow loads for buildings and other
No impact load is required for hand chain structures are given in Minnesota Rules,
(non-powered) hoists. chapter 1303.
Cab operated or remotely operated top Subp. 2. Figure 1608.2. IBC Figure
running bridge cranes: 1608.2 on GROUND SNOW LOADS, pg,
FOR THE UNITED STATES (PSF) is
25 percent minimum. deleted.
Subp. 3. Section 1607.12.3. IBC Section Subp. 3. Repealed, 31 SR 1165

1607.12.3 is amended to read as follows:
1305.1614 [Renumbered 1305.1616]
1607.12.3 Lateral force.
1305.1616 [Renumbered 1305.1618]
202
1305.1616 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474] Subp. 3. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
1305.1618 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474] Subp. 4. Table 1704.5.1. IBC Table

1704.5.1, is amended as follows:
1305.1623 [Renumbered 1305.1625]
A. Add "Xb" to the "Periodically
1305.1625 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474] during task listed" column, row "4. Grout
placement shall be verified to ensure
1305.1700 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] compliance with code and construction
document provisions."
1305.1701 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
B. Add footnote "b." to read as
1305.1702 SECTION 1702, follows:
DEFINITIONS.
b. Exception: Inspection can be periodic
The definition of "approved agency" in when acceptable to the structural engineer of
IBC Section 1702.1 is amended to read as record and the building official.
follows:
1305.1750 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
APPROVED AGENCY. An established
and recognized agency regularly engaged in 1305.1775 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
conducting tests or furnishing inspection
services, when such agency has been 1305.1790 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
approved. The structural engineer of record,
that engineer's employee or that engineer's 1305.1795 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
agent may conduct tests or furnish inspection
services for types of work for which the 1305.1800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
engineer, employee, or agent is qualified.
1305.1805 SECTION 1805, FOOTINGS
1305.1704 SECTION 1704, SPECIAL AND FOUNDATIONS.
INSPECTIONS.
Subpart 1. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
Subpart 1. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
Subp. 2. Table 1704.4. IBC Table
1704.4 is amended as follows: Subp. 3. Repealed, 31 SR 1165
A. Add "Xb" to the "Periodic" Subp. 4. IBC Section 1805.2. IBC

column, row "6. Inspection of concrete and Section 1805.2 is amended to read as follows:
shotcrete placement for proper application
techniques." 1805.2 Depth of footings. The minimum
depth of footings below the undisturbed
B. Add footnote "b." to read as ground surface shall be in accordance with
follows: Minnesota Rules, part 1303.1600. Where
applicable, the depth of footings shall also
b. Exception: Inspection can be periodic conform to Sections 1805.2.1 through
when acceptable to the structural engineer of 1805.2.3.
record and the building official.
203
Subp. 5. IBC Section 1805.2.1. IBC 1807.4.3 Drain discharge. The floor base
Section 1805.2.1 is amended to read as and foundation perimeter drain shall
follows: discharge by gravity or mechanical means
into a trapped area drain, sump, dry well, or
1805.2.1 Frost protection. Except where other approved location above the ground.
otherwise protected from frost, foundation
walls, piers, and other permanent supports of 1305.1900 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
buildings and structures shall be protected
from frost by one or more of the following 1305.1907 SECTION 1907, DETAILS OF
methods: REINFORCEMENT.
1. The minimum allowable footing depth IBC Section 1907.7.5 is amended to read
shall be in accordance with Minnesota Rules, as follows:
part 1303.1600;
1907.7.5 Corrosive environments. In
2. Constructing in accordance with corrosive environments or other severe
ASCE 32; or exposure conditions, the amount of concrete
protection shall be suitably increased, and
3. Erecting on solid rock. denseness and nonporosity of protecting
concrete shall be considered, or other
Exception: Freestanding buildings protection shall be provided. In corrosive
meeting all of the following conditions environments of parking garages and parking
shall not be required to be protected: ramps, industrial buildings, or similar
environments, a minimum concrete cover of
1. Classified in Occupancy Category I in reinforcement steel must be two inches ( 50.8
accordance with Section 1604.5; mm) for top surfaces and three quarter inch
(19.05 mm) for bottom surfaces. All bonded
2. Area of 600 square feet (56 m2) or reinforcement steel located within the depth
less for light frame construction or 400 of the slab must be epoxy coated in
square feet (37 m2) or less for other than conformance with the applicable standards
light frame; and referenced in ACI 318 Sections 3.5.3.7 and
3.5.3.8.
3. Eave height of 10 feet (3,048 mm) or
less. 1305.1918 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
Footings shall not bear on frozen soil 1305.1928 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]

unless such frozen condition is of a permanent
character. 1305.2000 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.1807 SECTION 1807, 1305.2100 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]

DAMPPROOFING AND
WATERPROOFING. 1305.2109 SECTION 2109, EMPIRICAL
DESIGN OF MASONRY.
IBC Section 1807.4.3 is amended to read
as follows: IBC Table 2109.4.1 is amended to read as
follows:
204
TABLE 2109.4.1 1305.2308 SECTION 2308,

WALL LATERAL SUPPORT CONVENTIONAL LIGHT FRAME
REQUIREMENTS CONSTRUCTION.
Maximum Wall Subpart 1. IBC Figure 2308.9.3. The

Length to table to IBC Figure 2308.9.3, Basic
Construction Thickness or Wall Components of the Lateral Bracing System, is
Height to amended to read as follows:
Thickness
Bearing walls Wind Speed Maximum Required
Solid units or fully Wall Spacing Bracketing
grouted 20 (Feet) Lengthb
All others 18 90 mph 35’0” Table
2308.9.3.(1)
Nonbearing walls and Section
Exterior 18 2308.9.3
Interior 28
1305.2200 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] (IBC Figure 2308.9.3 is changed to reflect

amendments in table.)
1305.2300 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
Subp. 2. IBC Table 2308.9.3(1). IBC
1305.2304 [Repealed, 31 SR 1165] Table 2308.9.3(1), Braced Wall Panels, is
amended to read as follows:
TABLE 2308.9.3(1)
BRACED WALL PANELSa
Wind Condition Construction Methodsb,c Braced Panel Location

Speed 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 and Lengthd
One story, top of two or three X X X X X X X X
story
Located in accordance
with section 2308.9.3
90 mph First story of two story or X X X X X X X X
and not more than 25
second story of three story
feet on center
First story of three story X X X Xe X X X
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm
a
This table specifies minimum requirements for braced panels that form interior or exterior
braced wall lines.
b
See Section 2308.9.3 for full description.
c
See Sections 2308.9.3.1 and 2308.9.3.2 for alternative braced panel requirements.
d
Building length is the dimension parallel to the braced wall length.
e
Gypsum wallboard applied to framing supports that are spaced at 16 inches on center.

1305.2326 [Renumbered 1305.2320] 1305.2600 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.2400 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
205
1305.2603 SECTION 2603 FOAM be considered individually by the building

PLASTIC INSULATION. official. The number of occupants shall be
determined by this code. Occupancy
IBC Section 2603.4.1.13 is amended to classification shall be determined in
read as follows: accordance with Chapter 3.
2603.4.1.13 Type V construction. Foam Exception: When approved by the

plastic spray applied to a sill plate and header building official, buildings or structures
of Type V construction is subject to all of the that are normally unoccupied, such as
following: picnic shelters, amphitheaters, small
transit stop stations, cold storage
1. The maximum thickness of the foam buildings, utility sheds, warming houses,
plastic shall be 5 1/2 inches (82.6 mm). kiosks, concession stands and similar
structures, need not be provided with
2. The foam plastic shall have a flame restroom facilities.
spread index of 25 or less and an
accompanying smoke developed index of Subp. 1a. Section 2902.1.1. IBC Section
450 or less when tested in accordance 2902.1.1 is amended to read as follows:
with ASTM E84.
2902.1.1 Unisex toilet and bath fixtures.
1305.2700 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] Fixtures located within unisex toilet bathing
rooms complying with Minnesota Rules,
1305.2702 SECTION 2702, EMERGENCY chapter 1341, are permitted to be included in
AND STANDBY POWER SYSTEMS. determining the minimum required number of
fixtures.
follows: Subp. 2. Table 2902.1.
2702.1 Installation. Emergency and standby A. The body of IBC Table 2902.1 is
power systems shall be installed in amended as follows:
accordance with Minnesota Rules, chapter
1315. 1. Add footnote "e" to the A 5 Use
Group "Stadiums, amusement parks,
1305.2800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] bleachers, and grandstands for outdoor
sporting events and activities" description of
1305.2900 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] the table.
2. Add footnotes "f," "g," and "h" to the
1305.2902 SECTION 2902, MINIMUM "Drinking Fountains" heading in the table.
PLUMBING FACILITIES.
3. Add footnote "i" to the "Water
Subpart 1. Section 2902.1. IBC Section Closets" heading in the table.
B. The footnotes to IBC Table 2902.1
2902.1 Minimum number of fixtures. are amended, and footnotes added, to read as
Plumbing fixtures shall be provided for the follows:
type of occupancy and in the minimum
number shown in Table 2902.1. Types of a. The fixtures shown are based on one
occupancies not shown in Table 2902.1 shall fixture being the minimum required for the
206
number of persons indicated or any fraction of 2902.2 Separate facilities. Where plumbing
the number of persons indicated. The number fixtures are required, separate facilities shall
of occupants shall be determined by this code. be provided for each sex.
b. Toilet facilities for employees shall be Exceptions:

separate from facilities for inmates or
patients. 1. Separate facilities shall not be required
for dwelling units and sleeping units.
c. A single occupant toilet room with
one water closet and one lavatory serving not 2. Separate facilities shall not be required
more than two adjacent patient rooms shall be in structures or tenant spaces with a total
permitted where such room is provided with occupant load, including both employees
direct access from each patient room and with and customers, of 15 or less.
provisions for privacy.
3. Separate facilities shall not be required
d. The occupant load for seasonal in mercantile occupancies in which the
outdoor seating and entertainment areas shall maximum occupant load is 50 or less.
be included when determining the minimum
number of facilities required. 4. Separate facilities shall not be required
in Group B occupancies not exceeding
e. Permanent facilities located either on 2,000 gross square feet (185.8 m2) of floor
site or available in an adjacent building or area. When using this exception, the
portable temporary facilities available on site individual unisex restroom shall have not
during times when the stadium or grandstand less than one watercloset, one urinal, and
is in use may be used. one lavatory.
f. A drinking fountain shall not be Subp. 4. Section 2902. IBC Section 2902
required in buildings or tenant spaces having is amended by adding a subsection to read as
an occupant load less than 50. follows:
g. Where water is served in restaurants, 2902.6 Controlled access to required

drinking fountains shall not be required. facilities. Sanitation facilities required by this
chapter may have controlled access, but in all
h. Water or other beverages available cases shall be maintained available for
through free or fee based serving or utilization by those employees, customers, or
dispensers may be substituted for up to 50 patrons used to calculate the minimum
percent of the required number of drinking required facilities.
fountains.
1305.3000 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
i. In each bathroom or toilet room,
urinals shall not be substituted for more than 1305.3001 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
67 percent of the required water closets.
1305.3030 CHAPTER 30, ELEVATORS
Subp. 3. Section 2902.2. IBC Section AND CONVEYING SYSTEMS.
IBC Chapter 30 is deleted and replaced
with the following:
207
CHAPTER 30 IBC Chapter 34 is deleted and replaced

with the following:
ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING
SYSTEMS CHAPTER 34
The design, construction, installation, EXISTING STRUCTURES

operation, alteration, and repair of elevators
and related devices shall be in accordance The standards for a change of occupancy,
with Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307. Refer to alteration, and repair of existing buildings and
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307, the structures with historical significance, shall be
Minnesota Elevator Code, for the complete in accordance with Minnesota Rules, chapter
application of IBC Chapter 30. 1311. Refer to Minnesota Rules, chapter
1311, the Minnesota Building Conservation
1305.3100 [Repealed, 15 SR 74] Code, for the complete application of
provisions for existing structures.
1305.3109 SECTION 3109, SWIMMING
POOL ENCLOSURES. 1305.3500 CHAPTER 35, REFERENCED
STANDARDS.
IBC Section 3109 is deleted.
IBC Chapter 35 is amended by modifying
1305.3200 [Repealed, 15 SR 74] a referenced standard as follows:
1305.3300 [Repealed, 15 SR 74] NFPA 45 2004 Standard on Fire

Protection for Laboratories Using Chemicals
1305.3302 SECTION 3302,
CONSTRUCTION SAFEGUARDS. 1305.3600 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.3700 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
IBC Section 3302 is amended by adding a 1305.3800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
subsection to read as follows: 1305.3850 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405]
1305.3860 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
3302.3 Construction barriers. Where 1305.3900 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
construction, remodeling, or demolition is 1305.3970 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405]
taking place involving the use of cutting and 1305.4000 [Repealed by amendment, 9 SR
welding, temporary heating with open flames, 1557]
or flammable liquid fueled equipment, such 1305.4100 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
areas shall be separated from occupied areas 1305.4200 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
of a building by materials that will resist the 1305.4300 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405]
spread of fire and smoke as specified for 1305.4313 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
draftstopping materials in Section 717.3.1. 1305.4332 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.4415 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.3305 SECTION 3305, SANITARY. 1305.4416 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.4429 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
IBC Section 3305 is deleted. 1305.4500 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.4600 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.4800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.3401 CHAPTER 34, EXISTING 1305.4850 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
STRUCTURES. 1305.4900 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
208

1305.5100 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405; 19 SR 1305.6430 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1340] 1305.6500 [Repealed by amendment, 9 SR
1305.5101 [Renumbered 1307.0010] 1557]
1305.5116 [Renumbered 1307.0080] Minn. Rules repealed, etc. in chapter 1305
1305.6280 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1305.1004 [Renumbered 1305.1000, subpart
1305.6300 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1]
1305.6400 [Repealed by amendment, 9 SR 1305.1009 [Renumbered 1305.1000, subps 3
1557] and 4]
209
1305.1019 [Renumbered 1305.1000, subp 5] 1305.3600 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]

1305.1400 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1305.4000 [Repealed by amendment, 9 SR
1305.1500 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1557]
1305.1800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1305.5100 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405; 19 SR
1305.1900 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340] 1340]
1305.1918 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474] 1305.5101 [Renumbered 1307.0010]
1305.2326 [Renumbered 1305.2320] 1305.5109 [Renumbered 1307.0050]
210
1305.5360 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]

1305.5380 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5385 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5400 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5500 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.5700 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5710 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5720 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5730 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5740 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5750 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5800 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.5900 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.5910 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405]
1305.6000 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6200 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6250 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6260 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405]
1305.6270 [Repealed, 11 SR 1405]
1305.6280 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6300 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6400 [Repealed by amendment, 9 SR
1557]
1305.6425 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6430 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1557]
1305.6525 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6550 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.6600 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.6700 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6800 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6900 [Repealed, 15 SR 74]
1305.6901 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6902 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6905 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6910 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.6920 [Repealed, 19 SR 1340]
1305.7000 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
1305.7100 [Repealed, 27 SR 1474]
211

SPECIAL FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
1306.0010 GENERAL. must be installed and maintained in

operational condition within the structure.
This chapter authorizes optional The requirements of this subpart apply to
provisions for the installation of on-premises structures that fall within the occupancy
fire suppression systems that may be adopted classifications established in part 1306.0030,
by a municipality in addition to the State items A to D.
Building Code. If the municipality adopts
them, the sprinkler system requirements of Exception: The floor area of minor
this chapter become part of the State Building additions that do not increase the occupant
Code and are applicable throughout the load does not have to be figured into the
municipality. This chapter, if adopted, must square footage for occupancy
be adopted without amendment. classifications established in part
1306.0030, items A to D.
1306.0020 MUNICIPAL OPTION.
1306.0030 REQUIREMENTS.
Subpart 1. Requirement. The sprinkler
system requirements of this chapter, if For purposes of this chapter, area
adopted, must be adopted with the selection separation, fire barriers, or fire walls do not
of either subpart 2 or 3, without amendment. establish separate buildings. Gross square
footage (gsf) means the floor area as defined
Subp. 2. Existing and new buildings. in the International Building Code. The floor
Automatic sprinkler systems for new area requirements established in items A to D
buildings, buildings increased in total floor are based on the gross square footage of the
area (including the existing building), or entire building and establish thresholds for
buildings in which the occupancy these requirements. The following occupancy
classification has changed, must be installed groups must comply with sprinkler
and maintained in operational condition requirements of this chapter, unless specified
within the structure. The requirements of this otherwise:
subpart apply to structures that fall within the
occupancy classifications established in part A. Group A 1, A 2, A 3, and A 4
1306.0030, items A to D. occupancies;
Exception: The floor area of minor Exception: air inflated structures, and
additions that do not increase the occupant open picnic shelters.
load does not have to be figured into the
square footage for occupancy B. Group B, F, M, and S occupancies
classifications established in part with 2,000 or more gross square feet of floor
1306.0030, items A to D. area or with three or more stories in height;
Subp. 3. New buildings. Automatic Exception: S 2 open parking garages,

sprinkler systems for new buildings, additions aircraft hangars, salt storage sheds, and
to existing buildings, or buildings in which group "M" detached canopies.
the occupancy classification has changed
212
C. Group E occupancies with 2,000 or 1306.0070 REPORTING.

more gross square feet of floor area or with
two or more stories in height; A municipality must submit a copy of the
ordinance adopting this chapter to the
D. Group E day care occupancies with an Department of Labor and Industry,
occupant load of 30 or more; Construction Codes and Licensing Division.
The ordinance does not go into effect until:
1306.0040 STANDARD.
A. a signed electronic, faxed, or paper
Automatic sprinkler systems must comply copy of the ordinance has been received by
with the applicable standard referenced in the the division; and
State Building Code. If a public water supply
is not available, the building official and fire B. the ordinance has been approved by
chief shall approve the use of an alternate on- the division.
site source of water if the alternate source
provides protection that is comparable to that An ordinance is deemed automatically
provided by a public water supply. If an approved by the division if the municipality
adequate alternate water supply sufficient for has not been informed that the ordinance has
hose stream requirements is provided or not been approved within ten working days of
available, the building official and fire chief the division's receipt of the ordinance.
may permit the water supply requirements for
the hose stream demands to be modified. 1306.0100 [Repealed, 27 SR 1479]
1306.0050 SUBSTITUTE Minn. Rules repealed, etc. in chapter 1306

CONSTRUCTION.
1306.0100 [Repealed, 27 SR 1479]
The installation of an automatic sprinkler
system, as required by this chapter, would still
allow the substitution of one-hour fire-
resistive construction as permitted by the
International Building Code, Table 601,
footnote d.
1306.0060 EXEMPTION.
The building official, with the

concurrence of the fire official, may waive the
requirements of this chapter if the application
of water has been demonstrated to constitute a
serious life, fire, or environmental hazard, or
if the building does not have an adequate
water supply and the building is surrounded
by public ways or yards more than 60 feet
wide on all sides.
213

ELEVATORS AND RELATED DEVICES
1307.0005 TITLE. Escalators; ASME A17.3-2002 Safety Code

for Existing Elevators and Escalators; ASME
This chapter is known and may be cited as A17.5-2004 Elevator and Escalator Electrical
the "Elevators and Related Devices Code." Equipment; ASME A18.1-2005 Safety
As used in this chapter, "the code" and "this Standard for Platform Lifts and Stairway
code" refer to this chapter. Chairlifts; ASME A90.1-2003 Safety
Standard for Belt Manlifts; ASME
1307.0010 PURPOSE AND SCOPE. B20.1-2003 Safety Standard for Conveyors
and Related Equipment as published by the
The provisions of parts 1307.0010 to American Society of Mechanical Engineers,
1307.0110 are to safeguard life, limb, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th
property, and public welfare by establishing Street, New York, New York 10017. These
minimum requirements relating to the design, are available in the office of the commissioner
construction, installation, alteration, repair, of labor and industry. Portions of this chapter
removal, and operation and maintenance of reproduce text and tables from Chapter 30 of
passenger elevators, freight elevators, the 2006 International Building Code. The
handpowered elevators, dumbwaiters, International Building Code is copyright 2006
escalators, moving walks, vertical by the International Code Council, Inc. All
reciprocating conveyors, stage and orchestra rights reserved.
lifts, endless belt lifts, wheelchair lifts, and
other related devices. The requirements for Subp. 2. Repealed, 23 SR 2051
the enforcement of these provisions are
established by this chapter, and by municipal Subp. 3. Emergency personnel. ASME
option, according to Minnesota Statutes, A17.4-1999 Guide for Emergency Personnel
section 16B.747, subdivision 3. is the reference document for emergency
personnel.
1307.0015 Repealed, 23 SR 2051
1307.0025 Repealed, 31 SR 935
1307.0020 CODES ADOPTED BY
REFERENCE. 1307.0027 DEFINITIONS.
Subpart 1. Incorporation by reference. Subpart 1. Scope. The definitions in this

The following are incorporated by reference, part apply to parts 1307.0010 to 1307.0110.
are not subject to frequent change, and are
made part of the Minnesota State Building Subp. 2. ASME A17.1-2004. "ASME
Code as amended in this chapter: Chapter 30 A17.1-2004" means the ASME A17.1-2004
of the 2006 International Building Code, with 2005 A17.1A Addenda and the
published by the International Codes Council, Supplement ASME A17.1S-2005, Safety
5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, Code for Elevators and Escalators.
VA 22041; ASME A17.1-2004 with 2005
A17.1A Addenda and the Supplement ASME Subp. 3. ASME A17.3-2002. "ASME
A17.1S-2005 Safety Code for Elevators and A17.3-2002" means the ASME A17.3-2002
214
Safety Code for Existing Elevators and than 78 degrees Fahrenheit at summer design
Escalators (and related equipment). conditions required by the Minnesota Energy
Code.
Subp. 4. ASME A17.5-2004. "ASME
A17.5-2004" means the ASME A17.5-2004 Subp. 12. Dormant elevator, dormant
Elevators and Escalators Electrical dumbwaiter, or dormant escalator.
Equipment. "Dormant elevator," "dormant dumbwaiter,"
or "dormant escalator" means an installation
Subp. 5. ASME A18.1-2005. "ASME placed out of service as specified in ASME
A18.1-2005" means the ASME A18.1-2005 A17.1-2004, 8.11.1.4.
Safety Standard for Platform Lifts and
Stairway Chairlifts. Subp. 13. Endless belt lift. "Endless belt
lift" means belt manlifts and is governed by
Subp. 6. ASME A90.1-2003. "ASME ASME A90.1-2003 Safety Standard for Belt
A90.1-2003" means the ASME A90.1-2003 Manlifts.
Safety Standard for Belt Manlifts.
Subp. 14. Existing installation.
Subp. 7. ASME B20.1-2003. "ASME "Existing installation" means one for which,
B20.1-2003" means the ASME B20.1-2003 before January 29, 2007:
Safety Standard for Conveyors and Related
Equipment. A. all work of installation was completed;
or
Subp. 8. ASME Code. "ASME Code"
means the ASME Codes incorporated by B. the plans and specifications were filed
reference in part 1307.0020, subpart 1. with the authority having jurisdiction,
all required permits were obtained, all
Subp. 9. Authority having jurisdiction. permit and inspection fees were paid,
"Authority having jurisdiction" means the and work was begun not later than 12
Department of Labor and Industry pursuant to months after approval of the plans and
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, or a unit specifications and issuance of the
of local government pursuant to Minnesota required permits.
Statutes, sections 16B.61 and 16B.747.
Subp. 15. International Building Code
Subp. 10. Bank of elevators. "Bank of or IBC. "International Building Code" or
elevators" means a group of elevators or a "IBC" means the International Building Code,
single elevator controlled by a common as promulgated by the International Codes
operating system. Specifically, all elevators Council, 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls
that respond to a single call button constitute Church, VA 22041, and as adopted by
a bank of elevators. There is no limit to the reference in part 1305.0011.
number of cars that may be in a bank.
Subp. 11. Conditioned space. Subp. 16. Private residence. "Private
"Conditioned space" means space within a residence" means a dwelling unit or sleeping
building which is conditioned either directly unit that is occupied by the members of a
or indirectly by an energy-using system and is single-family dwelling or no more than six
capable of maintaining at least 65 degrees unrelated persons.
Fahrenheit at winter design conditions or less
215
Subp. 17. Temporarily dormant Alterations, modifications, and practical

elevator, temporarily dormant difficulties will be done in keeping with the
dumbwaiter, or temporarily dormant rules of the Department of Labor and
escalator. "Temporarily dormant elevator," Industry.
"temporarily dormant dumbwaiter," or Permits for repairs are required by the
"temporarily dormant escalator" means an Department of Labor and Industry for the
installation whose: following ASME A17.1-2004 sections:
8.6.2.3 repair of speed governors; 8.6.2.4
A. power supply has been disconnected repair of releasing carrier; 8.6.3.3.2 rope
by removing fuses (where applicable) fastenings and hitch plates; 8.6.3.4
and placing a padlock on the mainline replacement of governor rope; 8.6.3.6
disconnect switch in the "OFF" replacement of speed governor; 8.6.3.10
position; replacement of releasing carrier; and 8.6.3.9
replacement of hydraulic jack plunger;
B. car is parked and the hoistway doors cylinder, tanks, valve, and anticreep leveling
are in the closed and latched position; device.
and
Subp. 2. Application for permit.
C. wire seal or notification or both is Application for a permit to install, alter,
installed on the mainline disconnect repair, or remove must be made on forms
switch by the authority having provided by the authority having jurisdiction.
jurisdiction or their authorized
elevator inspector. Subp. 3. Plans and specifications. For
elevators under the Department of Labor and
Subp. 18. Vertical reciprocating Industry's jurisdiction, plans and
conveyor. "Vertical reciprocating conveyor" specifications describing the extent of the
means a vertical device for moving material work involved must be submitted with the
only that is not designed to carry passengers application for a permit. The authority having
or an operator, and that is governed by ASME jurisdiction may require that such plans and
B20.1-2003, Safety Standard for Conveyors specifications for work associated with the
and Related Equipment. installation of equipment by this chapter be
prepared by an architect or engineer licensed
1307.0030 PERMITS. to practice in Minnesota. A permit will be
issued to the applicant when the plans and
Subpart 1. Permits required. It is specifications have been approved and the
unlawful for any person, firm, or corporation appropriate permit fee specified in this code
to hereafter install any new passenger has been paid by the applicant.
elevators, freight elevators, handpowered
elevators, moving walks, escalators, Subp. 4. Certificate of operation
dumbwaiters, wheelchair lifts, endless belt required. It is unlawful to operate equipment
lifts, vertical reciprocating conveyors, stage governed by ASME A17.1-2004, ASME
and orchestra lifts, or any other related A17.3-2002, and ASME A90.1-2003 without
device, or make alterations or repairs to or a current Certificate of Operation issued by
remove any existing of the same without the authority having jurisdiction. The
having first obtained a permit for the work certificate will be issued upon payment of
from the authority having jurisdiction. prescribed fees and the presentation of a valid
216
inspection report indicating that the two inspections. Additional

conveyance is safe and that the inspections inspections shall cost $45 per hour, in
and tests have been performed according to accordance with part 1302.0600. The
this code. A certificate will not be issued cost of special decorative fixtures in
when the conveyance is posted as unsafe. the permitted work may be deducted
from the cost of the permitted elevator
Subp. 5. Application for certificate of work up to a maximum of five percent
operation. Application for a certificate of of the total cost of the permitted work
operation must be made by the owner, or an upon approval of the commissioner.
authorized representative, for equipment
governed by ASME A17.1-2004, ASME C. An elevator that passes Department of
A17.3-2002, and ASME A90.1-2003. The Labor and Industry's inspection will
application must be accompanied by an be issued an operating permit by the
inspection report. Fees for the Certificate of department.
Operation must be as specified by the
administrative authority. Subp. 3. Inspection fees. The fees for a
requested inspection of existing elevators by
1307.0032 FEES. the Department of Labor and Industry are:
Subpart 1. Jurisdiction. Fees for the A. two stop elevators, $50;

installation, alteration, repair, or removal of
devices or for routine or periodic inspections B. three stop elevators, $75;
covered in this part are as set forth in the fee
schedule adopted by the jurisdiction or, in C. four stop elevators, $100;
cases under permit issuance by the
Department of Labor and Industry, as D. five stop elevators, $125;
established in this part.
E. six or more stop elevators, $150; and
Subp. 2. Establishment. The
Department of Labor and Industry's fees for a F. escalators and moving walks, $100.
permit to install, alter, or remove devices
within the scope of this code are: Subp. 4. Vertical reciprocating
conveyor inspection fees. Vertical
A. A permit fee to install, alter, or reciprocating conveyors (ASME Standard
remove an elevator is $100, and $500 B20.1) are subject to filing and inspection
if work that requires a permit is begun fees for new and altered installations, but are
without a permit. exempt from routine inspections by an
elevator inspector.
B. Inspection fees for installation and
alteration of permitted elevator work 1307.0035 INSPECTION, TESTS, AND
are 1-1/2 percent of the total cost of APPROVALS.
the permitted work for labor and
materials including related electrical Subpart 1. Approval of plans. Any
and mechanical equipment. The total person, firm, or corporation desiring to install,
inspection fee shall not exceed $1,000 relocate, alter, or remove any installation
per permit. The inspection fee covers covered by this chapter must obtain approval
217
for doing so from the authority having approval.

jurisdiction. Two sets of drawings and/or
specifications showing the installation, 1307.0040 ACCIDENTS.
relocation, alteration, or removal must be
submitted as required by the authority having Subpart 1. To be reported. The owner
jurisdiction. corporation desiring to install, or person in control of an elevator or other
relocate, alter, or remove any installation installation covered by this code shall notify
covered by this chapter must obtain approval the authority having jurisdiction of any
for doing so from the authority having accident involving personal injury or damage
jurisdiction. Two sets of drawings and/or to equipment covered in this chapter to a
specifications showing the installation, person or apparatus on, about, or in
relocation, alteration, or removal must be connection with an elevator or other
submitted as required by the authority having installation, and shall allow the authority
jurisdiction. having jurisdiction reasonable access to the
equipment and the opportunity to take
Subp. 2. Inspections and tests. No statements from employees and agents of the
person, firm, or corporation may put into owner or person in control for investigating
service any installation covered by parts the accident and the resultant damage.
1307.0010 to 1307.0100 whether the Notification may be given to the authority
installation is newly installed, relocated, or having jurisdiction by telephone or verbally.
altered materially, without the installation The notification must also be confirmed in
being inspected and approved by the authority writing. Notification must be made within
having jurisdiction. The installer of any one working day of the accident. Failure to
equipment included in this chapter must provide the proper notification may be
request inspections by notifying the authority considered a violation as described in
having jurisdiction to schedule a date and Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.745.
time for inspection. The authority having
jurisdiction shall require tests as described in Subp. 2. Investigation. The authority
the applicable ASME Code to prove the safe having jurisdiction must make or cause to be
operation of the installation. made an investigation of the accident, and the
report of the investigation must be placed on
Subp. 3. Approval. A certificate or letter file in its office. The report must give in
of approval must be issued by the authority detail the cause or causes, so far as can be
having jurisdiction for equipment governed determined, and the report must be available
by ASME A17.1-2004, ASME A17.3-2002, for public inspection subject to the
ASME A90.1-2003, and ASME B20.1-2003 requirements of the Minnesota Government
when the entire installation is completed in Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes,
conformity with this code. chapter 13.
Subp. 4. Limited use approval. When a Subp. 3. Operation discontinued. When

building or structure is equipped with one or an accident involves the failure or destruction
more elevators, at least one of the elevators of a part of the installation or the operating
may be approved for limited use before mechanism, the elevator or other installation
completion of the building or structure. The must be taken out of service and may not be
limited use approval must specify the class of used again until it has been made safe and the
service permitted and the conditions of reuse approved by the authority having
218
jurisdiction. The authority having jurisdiction Subp. 6. Horizontal swing doors.

may, when necessary, order the Horizontal swing doors of single-section or
discontinuance of operation of any such center-opening two-section design are not
elevator or installation until a new certificate permitted as hoistway doors on new elevator
of operation has been issued. installations or as replacement hoistway doors
on existing installations, except for private
Subp. 4. Removal of parts restricted. residential elevators, or when the authority
No part of the damaged installation, having jurisdiction approves their installation
construction, or operating mechanism may be or replacement when conditions make it
removed from the premises until permission impossible to install approved types of doors.
is granted by the authority having jurisdiction.
Subp. 7. Elevator equipment room
1307.0045 Repealed, 31 SR 935 signage. Elevator equipment rooms shall
have a permanent sign attached to the
1307.0047 SPECIAL PROVISIONS. equipment room door or adjacent to the
equipment room door. The sign shall read in
Subpart 1. Scope. The special provisions no less than 0.5-inch letters "Elevator
in this part apply to the design, construction, Equipment Room." On elevators with remote
and installation of equipment governed by equipment rooms, signs reading in no less
ASME A17.1-2004 and ASME A17.3-2002. than 0.5-inch letters "Elevator Equipment
Room Access" shall be provided on or
Subp. 2. Chairlifts. Inclined stairway adjacent to doors leading to the machine
chairlifts shall only be installed within a room.
private residence or as approved in
accordance with Minnesota Statutes, section Exception: Elevator equipment room
471.471. The installation shall be in access signage is not required if the
accordance with ASME A18.1-2005. building is staffed with a 24-hour security
guard or 24-hour maintenance personnel
Subp. 3. Attendant-operated lifts. able to assist emergency personnel to the
Attendant-operated lifts shall only be installed location of the elevator equipment room.
in owner-occupied private residences. Subp. 8. All work required for
compliance with ASME A17.1-2004 8.6.5.8
Subp. 4. Rooftop elevators. Passenger Safety Bulkhead. All work required for
and freight elevators are permitted at rooftops compliance with ASME A17.1-2004 8.6.5.8
when conditioned space or rooftop elevators must be completed within 60 months of
meeting ASME A17.1-2004 5.6 are provided. January 29, 2007. Failure to complete the
work within the required time period will
Subp. 5. Winding drum machines. result in the elevator being removed from
Except as permitted in the ASME Code for service until such work has been completed.
private residence elevators, chairlifts, and
wheelchair platform lifts, winding drum Starting 12 months after January 29, 2007,
machines are not permitted on new elevator until the elevator complies with ASME
installations, as replacements on existing A17.1-2004 8.6.5.8, the owner or owner's
installations, or on elevators undergoing a use agent must annually submit a notarized
conversion or classification change. statement that an oil usage log is being
properly utilized by the owner or owner's
219
agent or elevator maintenance company and than 25 feet from the designated level, to
that the elevator has successfully passed the be exempt from the requirement for phase
annual tests required by ASME A17.1-2004 two fire service, recall of the elevator
8.11.3.2.1 and 8.11.3.2.2. A copy of the test shall be from the smoke detector at each
report shall be included with the statement. elevator landing, the elevator equipment
room, and the elevator key switch at the
Subp. 9. All work required for designated landing.
compliance with ASME A17.1-2004 8.6.5.8
Bulkhead Material Transfer Device. Subp. 12. All work required for
Elevators shall not be converted to a material compliance with ASME A17.3-2002 4.3.3
transfer device (vertical reciprocating Hydraulic Elevators. All work required for
conveyor) without meeting the requirements compliance with ASME A17.3-2002 4.3.3
of ASME A17.1-2004 8.6.5.8, Safety must be completed within 60 months of
Bulkhead. A material transfer device shall January 29, 2007. Failure to complete the
comply with ASME B20.1-2003. work within the required time period will
result in the elevator being removed from
Subp. 10. All work required for service until such work has been completed.
compliance with ASME A17.3-2002 2.7.4
Restricted Opening of Hoistway Doors and Starting 12 months after January 29, 2007,
Car Doors on Passenger Elevators. All until the elevator complies with ASME
work required for compliance with ASME A17.3-2002 4.3.3, the owner or owner's agent
A17.3-2002 2.7.4 must be completed within must submit annually on a notarized
60 months of January 29, 2007. Failure to statement that an oil usage log is being
complete the work within the required time properly utilized by the owner or owner's
period will result in the elevator being agent or elevator maintenance company and
removed from service until such work has that the elevator has successfully passed
been completed. annual tests required by ASME A17.1-2004
8.11.3.2.1 and 8.11.3.2.2. A copy of the test
Subp. 11. All work required for report shall be included with the statement.
compliance with ASME A17.3-2002 3.11.3
Firefighter's Service. All work required for Subp. 13. ASME A17.1-2004
compliance with ASME A17.3-2002 3.11.3 8.10.4.1.1(p)(5) Clearance between step and
must be completed within 60 months of skirt (load gap) and ASME A17.1-2004.
January 29, 2007. Failure to complete the 8.10.4.1.1(t) step/skirt index. Where an
work within the required time period will existing escalator or moving walk requires
result in the elevator being removed from alteration to comply with ASME A17.1-2004
service until such work has been completed. 6.1.3.3.7 and ASME A17.1-2004 8.6.8.3, all
work must be completed within 36 months of
Exception: Existing elevators with phase January 29, 2007. This 36-month period to
one emergency recall installed without achieve compliance only applies to those
phase two firefighters service on the escalators that fail to meet the test
original installation may remain in requirements of the referenced rule. Failure
operation without the addition of phase to complete the required work within the
two fire service where there is travel from applicable time period will result in the
the designated level of less than 35 feet. escalators being removed from service until
For such elevators with a travel of more such work has been completed.
220
Subp. 14. ASME A17.3-2002 5.1.11 adding a paragraph to read as follows:

Step/skirt performance index. Where an
existing escalator requires alteration to An elevator pit drain must discharge to
comply with ASME A17.3-2002 5.1.11, all the sanitary sewer using an indirect
work must be completed within 36 months of connection that precludes the possibility of
January 29, 2007. This 36-month period to sewage backup into the pit. If a sump is used,
achieve compliance only applies to those it must be located outside the pit with a dry
escalators that fail to meet the test pan drain flowing to it. The sump for the
requirements of the referenced rule. Failure elevator pit drain must not be located in the
to complete the required work within the elevator machine room.
applicable time period will result in the
escalators being removed from service until Subp. 2. ASME A17.1-2004 2.5.1.1
such work has been completed. Between car and hoistway enclosures.
ASME A17.1-2004 2.5.1.1 is amended to
Subp. 15. ASME A17.3-2002 2.2.4 read as follows:
Temperature control. Machine rooms shall
be provided with natural or mechanical means 2.5.1.1. Between car and hoistway
to avoid overheating of the electrical enclosures. The clearance between the car
equipment and to ensure safe and normal and the hoistway enclosures shall not be less
operation of the elevator. than 0.8 inches (20 mm), except on the sides
used for loading and unloading. The distance
Subp. 16. Newly constructed parking between the car and the hydraulic piping,
ramps or new construction in an existing hydraulic fittings, electrical piping, electrical
parking ramp. Elevators installed in newly boxes, steam or hot water piping where
constructed parking ramps or new permitted, sprinkler piping, where permitted,
construction in an existing parking ramp shall or any other item not by elevator design shall
be installed so safe operating temperature for not be less than 0.8 inches (20 mm).
people and elevator equipment is maintained.
Subp. 3. ASME A17.1-2004 2.7.3.1
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; General requirements. ASME A17.1-2004
16B.64; 16B.748 2.7.3.1 is amended by adding a sentence at the
HIST: 31 SR 935 end of the section as follows:
1307.0050 Repealed, 23 SR 2051 Access to elevator equipment space shall

not be through any toilet room.
1307.0055 Repealed, 23 SR 2051
Subp. 4. ASME A17.1-2004 2.7.4.1.
1307.0060 Repealed, 23 SR 2051 ASME A17.1-2004 2.7.4.1 is amended by
adding a sentence to the end of the section as
1307.0065 Repealed, 31 SR 935 follows:
1307.0067 AMENDMENTS TO ASME Raised surfaces intended as working space

A17.1-2004. surrounding equipment shall have 72 inches
clear headroom measured from the working
Subpart 1. ASME A17.1-2004 2.2.2.4. surface.
ASME A17.1-2004 2.2.2.4 is amended by
221
Subp. 5. ASME A17.1-2004 2.12.6.2.5. devices. ASME A17.1-2004 2.27 is amended

ASME A17.1-2004 2.12.6.2.5 is amended to by adding the following language at the
read as follows: beginning of section 2.27.8:
The unlocking-device keyway and locked 2.27.8 Switch keys. The key switches
panel (see ASME A17.1-2004 2.12.6.2.3) if required by ASME A17.1-2004 2.27.2
provided, shall be located at a height not through 2.27.5 for elevators in a building
greater than 83 inches (2100 mm) above the shall be operable by the same key. The keys
landing and all keyways, with the exception shall be a Group 3 Security (see Section 8.1).
of the keyway at the bottom landing and all There shall be a key for each switch
private residence elevator keyways, shall have provided. Keys shall be painted or marked
keyed plugs installed with the key for those red.
plugs kept in the key box as defined in
subpart 9. These keys shall be kept on premises, in a
key box labeled "Fire Dept" approved by the
Subp. 6. ASME A17.1-2004 2.12.7.1. authority having jurisdiction. The key box
ASME A17.1-2004 2.12.7.1 is amended to shall be located in the elevator lobby, on the
read as follows: main egress floor or in the fire command
room. When there is not a fire command
2.12.7.1.1 Hoistway access switches shall be room and site conditions prohibit installation
provided when the rate of speed is greater at the elevator lobby, the authority having
than 30 ft./min. at: jurisdiction shall specify the location of the
Fire Dept key box. Keys for emergency
A. the lowest landing for access to the access doors (2.11.1.2) and hoistway door
pit, when a separate access door is not unlocking device (2.12.6.2.4) of Group 1 shall
provided; and be accessible to emergency personnel and a
set shall be included in the elevator
B. the top landing for access to the top of emergency key box.
the car.
Where applicable, Groups 1, 2, and 3 (see
Subp. 7. ASME A17.1-2004 2.12.7.1.2. Section 8.1) security shall be provided in a
ASME A17.1-2004 2.12.7.1.2 is deleted in its separate black trimmed key box approved by
entirety. the authority having jurisdiction. The key
box shall be labeled "Elevator Personnel
Subp. 8. ASME A17.1-2004 2.14.7.1.4. Only" located in the elevator machine room
ASME A17.1-2004 2.14.7.1.4 is amended to or location specified by the authority having
read as follows: jurisdiction. Keys shall be tagged and
labeled. The locked cylinder shall be
Each elevator shall be provided with an uniformly keyed throughout the state.
electric light that includes an
OSHA-approved guard and a GFCI Subp. 10. ASME A17.1-2004
convenience outlet fixture on both the car top 2.27.1.1.3(a). ASME A17.1-2004
and the bottom of the car. 2.27.1.1.3(a) is deleted in its entirety.
Subp. 9. ASME A17.1-2004 2.27 Subp. 11. ASME A17.1-2004 3.28.1

Emergency operation and signaling Information included on layout drawing.
222
ASME A17.1-2004 3.28.1 is amended by inspection and test frequency. The frequency
adding the following subitem: as established by the
authority having jurisdiction shall be as stated
(p) the method used to comply with in the Minnesota Table N-1.
3.18.3.8 (protection of cylinders buried in
the ground).
Subp. 12. ASME A17.1-2004 4.3.15 Car

safeties. ASME A17.1-2004 4.3.15 is
amended by adding a sentence to read as
follows:
All hand powered elevators must be

equipped with a broken rope safety device.
Subp. 13. ASME A17.1-2004 7.2.4.6

Application of safeties. ASME A17.1-2004
7.2.4.6 is amended by adding a sentence at the
end of the section as follows:
All hand powered dumbwaiters must be

equipped with a broken rope safety device.
Subp. 14. ASME A17.1-2004 8.10.1.1.3.
ASME A17.1-2004 8.10.1.1.3 is deleted and
replaced with the following:
Elevator inspector qualifications.

Inspectors shall have one of the following
current electrical licenses: master elevator
constructor, elevator constructor, class A
master, or a class A journeyman issued by the
Department of Labor and Industry.
Inspectors shall have proof of successful

completion of the National Elevator Industry
Education program examination, equivalent
program, or equivalent experience. Any
person performing inspections hired after
January 29, 2007, shall be certified by an
ASME accredited organization as a qualified
elevator inspector (QEI) within 18 months of
the employment start date.
Subp. 15. ASME A17.1-2004 8.11.1.3

Periodic inspection and test frequency.
ASME A17.1-2004 8.11.1.3 Periodic
223
MINNESOTA TABLE N-1
INSPECTION AND TEST INTERVALS IN “MONTHS”
Periodic Tests
Periodic Inspections Category 1 Category 3 Category 5
Reference
Section Equipment Type Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval Requirement Interval
8.11.2 Electric elevators 8.11.2.1 12 8.11.2.2 12 N/A N/A 8.11.2.3 60

8.11.3 Hydraulic elevators 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.4 Escalators and moving walks 8.11.4.1 12 8.11.4.2 12 N/A N/A N/A N/A
8.11.5.1 Sidewalk elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.3 Hand elevators 8.11.2.1 12 8.11.2.2 12 N/A N/A 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.4 Dumbwaiters 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.5 Material lifts and dumbwaiters with 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
automatic transfer devices
8.11.5.6 Special purpose personnel elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.7 Inclined elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.8 Shipboard elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.9 Screw-column elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.10 Rooftop elevators 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
8.11.5.12 Limited use/limited-application 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 12 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
elevators
8.11.5.13 Elevators used for construction 8.11.2.1, 8.11.3.1 3 8.11.2.2, 8.11.3.2 12 8.11.3.3 60 8.11.2.3, 8.11.3.4 60
GENERAL NOTE: The intervals in this table shall be for periodic tests and inspections. Factors such as the environment, frequency and type of
usage, quality of maintenance, etc., related to the equipment should be taken into account by the authority jurisdiction prior to establishing more
frequent inspection and test intervals.
1307.0070 STAGE, ORCHESTRA LIFTS, ASME A17.1-2004.

AND MECHANICAL PARKING
GARAGE EQUIPMENT. Subp. 3. Damaged installations. Any
installation, whether new or existing, which
Stage, orchestra lifts, and mechanical becomes damaged, defective, or worn, by fire,
parking garage equipment must be designed, water, or other causes including ordinary
installed, constructed, and maintained so as to wear to the extent that, in the opinion of the
be reasonably safe to life, limb, and adjoining authority having jurisdiction it is dangerous to
property and must be reviewed by the life, limb, or adjoining property, such
authority having jurisdiction prior to installations shall be repaired or rebuilt in
installation or construction. conformity with the applicable ASME code
and its associated state amendments.
1307.0075 Repealed, 23 SR 2051
Subp. 4. Unsafe conditions. When an
1307.0080 Repealed, 23 SR 2051 inspection reveals an unsafe condition, the
inspector must immediately file with the
1307.0085 Repealed, 31 SR 935 owner and the authority having jurisdiction a
full and true report of the inspection and the
1307.0090 EXISTING INSTALLATIONS. unsafe condition. The authority having
jurisdiction shall shut down any piece of
Subpart 1. Repealed, 31 SR 935 equipment covered by this chapter, that, in the
opinion of the authority having jurisdiction, is
Subp. 2. Conditions for continued dangerous to life, limb, or adjoining property,
operation. All existing installations of and the equipment shall not be put back into
equipment governed by ASME A17.1-2004, operation until the unsafe condition has been
ASME A17.3-2002, and ASME A90.1-2003 corrected and approved by the authority
may be continued in service as long as they having jurisdiction. When an unsafe
are properly maintained and are, in the condition is determined by the authority
opinion of the authority having jurisdiction, having jurisdiction, the inspector shall place a
installed and maintained in a safe condition. notice, in a conspicuous location, on the
The authority having jurisdiction shall order elevator, escalator, or moving walk that the
the installation of the following basic safety conveyance is unsafe. The owner shall ensure
devices: automatic noncontact door that the notice of unsafe condition is legibly
reopening devices; top of car, under car maintained where placed by the authority
lights, and pit lights, with ground fault having jurisdiction. The authority having
interrupter outlets; pit ladder; emergency door jurisdiction shall issue an order in writing to
unlocking device; and emergency lock box the owner requiring the repairs or alterations
complying with part 1307.0067, subpart 9. to be made to the conveyance in compliance
All hand powered elevators and hand with the applicable ASME code and its
powered dumbwaiters must be equipped with associated state amendments. A posted notice
a broken rope safety device. Elevator of unsafe conditions shall be removed only by
machine room lighting must meet the the authority having jurisdiction when
requirements of ASME A17.1-2004 2.7.5.1 to satisfied that the required repairs or
provide 19 footcandles of illumination at the alterations have been completed.
floor level. The installation of these safety
devices does not require compliance with Subp. 5. Repealed, 31 SR 935
225
Subp. 6. Other requirements. Existing B. Hydraulic elevator. Prior to a new

installations covered by subpart 2 must installation, elevator personnel must
conform to the requirements of: ASME remove all elevator-related equipment
A17.1-2004 Part 1, and 5.10, 8.1, 8.6, 8.7, that will not be reused on the new
8.8, 8.9, 8.10, and 8.11 as amended by this installation. If a hydraulic elevator is
and other sections of this chapter. Alterations to be removed for building demolition,
must conform to the requirements of ASME elevator personnel must remove all
A17.1-2004, Part 8.6, or ASME A17.3-2002, hydraulic oil in accordance with rules
whichever is more restrictive. of the Minnesota Pollution Control
Agency. A company licensed to seal
Subp. 7. Compliance schedule. wells and borings in accordance with
the Minnesota Department of Health,
A. Where noncompliance with the parts 4725.3850 and 4725.3875, must
applicable ASME code and its seal the boring into the earth and
associated state amendments creates provide proof of the sealing to the
an imminent danger to persons or authority having jurisdiction.
property, correction must be initiated
immediately and the unit may not be C. Dormant elevator, dormant
placed into service until the correction dumbwaiter, or dormant escalator.
is made or approval is granted by the A dormant elevator, dormant
authority having jurisdiction. dumbwaiter, or dormant escalator
shall be placed out of service in
B. Where noncompliance with the accordance with ASME A17.1-2004
applicable ASME code and its 8.11.1.4.
associated state amendments does not
create an imminent danger, the owner D. Temporarily dormant elevator,
or manager of the property shall temporarily dormant dumbwaiter,
submit for review and approval a time or temporarily dormant escalator.
schedule for compliance with the A temporarily dormant elevator,
authority having jurisdiction within 30 temporarily dormant dumbwaiter, or
calendar days of receipt of notification temporarily dormant escalator shall
by the authority having jurisdiction. have its power disconnected by
removing fuses, where applicable, and
Subp. 8. Removal of existing elevators. placing a seal on the mainline
disconnect switch in the "OFF"
A. Traction elevator. Prior to a new position. The car shall be parked and
installation, elevator personnel must the hoistway doors left in the closed
remove all elevator-related equipment, and latched position. A wire seal and
that will not be reused on the new notification shall be installed on the
installation. If removal of the unit is mainline disconnect switch by an
part of building demolition or the authority having jurisdiction. This
hoistway is not reused for elevator installation shall not be used until it
equipment, elevator personnel must has been put in safe running order and
remove the unit from service by safely is in condition for use. Annual
landing the elevator and inspections shall continue for the
counterweights at the lowest landing. duration of the temporarily dormant
226
status by an authority having to freight, or from one freight class to another

jurisdiction. The temporarily dormant freight class shall comply with Minnesota
status shall be reviewed on an annual Rules, chapter 1307.
basis, and shall not exceed a
three-year period. The inspector shall Subp. 2. IBC Section 3002, Hoistway
file a report with the supervising enclosures. IBC Section 3002 is amended to
authority having jurisdiction read as follows:
describing the current conditions. The
wire seal and notification shall not be 3002.1 Hoistway enclosure protection.
removed for any purpose without Elevators, dumbwaiters, and other hoistway
permission from the authority having enclosures shall be shaft enclosures
jurisdiction. When the elevator, complying with Section 707.
dumbwaiter, or escalator has exceeded
the three-year temporarily dormant 3002.1.1 Opening protectives. Openings in
status, the unit shall be placed out of hoistway enclosures shall be protected as
service according to ASME required in Chapter 7.
A17.1-2004 8.11.1.4.
Exception: The elevator car doors and
1307.0095 CHAPTER 30 OF THE the associated hoistway enclosure doors at
INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE; the floor level designated for recall in
ELEVATORS AND CONVEYING accordance with Section 3003.2 shall be
SYSTEMS. permitted to remain open during Phase I
Emergency Recall Operation.
Subpart 1. IBC Section 3001, General.
IBC Section 3001 is amended to read as 3002.1.2 Hardware. Delete this section in its
follows: entirety.
3001.1 Scope. This chapter governs the 3002.2 Number of elevator cars in a
design, construction, installation, alteration, hoistway. Where four or more elevator cars
and repair of elevators and conveying systems serve all or the same portion of a building, the
and their components. elevators shall be located in at least two
separate hoistways. Not more than four
3001.2 Referenced standards. Except as elevator cars shall be located in any single
otherwise provided by applicable law, the hoistway enclosure.
design, construction, installation, alteration,
repair, and maintenance of elevators and 3002.3 Emergency signs. An approved
conveying systems and their components shall pictorial sign of a standardized design shall be
conform to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307. posted adjacent to each elevator call station
on all floors instructing occupants to use the
3001.3 Accessibility. Passenger elevators exit stairways and not to use the elevators in
required to be accessible by the 2006 IBC, case of fire. The sign shall be as illustrated in
Chapter 11, shall conform to Minnesota ASME A17.1-2004; Appendix O. The
Rules, chapter 1341. emergency sign shall not be required for
elevators that are part of an accessible means
3001.4 Change in use. A change in use of an of egress complying with Section 1007.4.
elevator from freight to passenger, passenger
227
3002.4 Elevator car to accommodate 2. readily openable from the car side
ambulance stretcher. Where elevators are without a key, tool, special
provided in buildings four or more stories knowledge, or effort when closed.
above grade plane or four or more stories
below grade plane, at least one elevator shall 3002.7 Common enclosure with stairway.
be provided for fire department emergency Elevators shall not be in a common shaft
access to all floors. The elevator car shall be enclosure with a stairway.
of such a size and arrangement to
accommodate a 24-inch by 84-inch (610 mm 3002.8 Glass in elevator enclosures. Glass
by 2133.5 mm) ambulance stretcher in the in elevator enclosures shall comply with
horizontal, open position and shall be Section 2409.1.
identified by the international symbol for
emergency medical services (star of life). Subp. 3. IBC Section 3003, Emergency
The symbol shall not be less than three inches operations. IBC Section 3003 is amended to
(76 mm) high and shall be placed inside on read as follows:
both sides of the hoistway door frame.
3003.1 Standby power. In buildings and
Exception: When approved by the structures where standby power is required or
authority having jurisdiction, passenger furnished to operate an elevator, the operation
elevators to be installed in existing shall be in accordance with Sections 3003.1.1
buildings where existing hoistway through 3003.1.4.
configuration or technical infeasibility
prohibits strict compliance with the 3003.1.1 Manual transfer. Standby power
minimum inside car size, the minimum shall be manually transferable to all elevators
inside car area may be reduced to not less in each bank.
than 48 inches by 48 inches.
3003.1.2 One elevator. Where only one
3002.5 Emergency doors. Where an elevator elevator is installed, the elevator shall
is installed in a single blind hoistway or on automatically transfer to standby power
the outside of a building, there shall be within 60 seconds after failure of normal
installed in the blind portion of the hoistway power.
or blank face of the building, an emergency
door in accordance with ASME A17.1-2004. 3003.1.3 Two or more elevators. Where two
or more elevators are controlled by a common
3002.6 Prohibited doors. Doors, other than operating system, all elevators shall
hoistway doors, elevator car doors, and smoke automatically transfer to standby power
control doors, when required, shall be within 60 seconds after failure of normal
prohibited at the point of access to an elevator power where the standby power source is of
car. Smoke control doors shall be: sufficient capacity to operate all elevators at
the same time. Where the standby power
1. held open during normal operation by source is not of sufficient capacity to operate
a "hold open" device that is activated all elevators at the same time, the elevators
for closure by fire or smoke sensing shall operate according to ASME A17.1-2004
devices located in the elevator lobby 2.27.2.
or its immediate vicinity; and
3003.1.4 Venting. Where standby power is
228
connected to elevators, machine room noncombustible ducts to the outer air.

ventilation or air conditioning, if provided, Noncombustible ducts shall be permitted to
shall be connected to the standby power pass through the elevator machine room
source. provided the portions of the ducts located
outside the hoistway or machine room are
3003.2 Firefighters' emergency operation. enclosed by construction having not less than
Elevators shall be provided with Phase I the fire protection rating required for the
emergency recall operation and Phase II hoistway. Holes in the machine room floors
emergency in-car operation in accordance for the passage of ropes, cables, or other
with ASME A17.1-2004. moving elevator equipment shall be limited so
as not to provide greater than two inches (51
Subp. 4. IBC Section 3004, Hoistway mm) of clearance on all sides.
venting. IBC Section 3004 is amended to
read as follows: 1. Protective grilles must be installed at
vent openings in the top of the
3004.1 Vents required. Hoistways of hoistway to prevent people from
elevators and dumbwaiters having a travel of falling into the hoistway. The
25 feet or more shall be provided with a protective grilles must be securely
means for venting smoke and hot gases to the mounted to the building structure.
outer air in case of fire.
2. Interconnection of separate hoistways
Exceptions: for the purpose of venting is
prohibited.
1. In occupancies of other than Groups
R-1, R-2, I-1, I-2, as defined in 3. Vents must be operated by a keyed
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1305, and manual remote device and equipped
similar occupancies with overnight with a remote visual LED-type
sleeping quarters, venting of indicator device for indicating the full
hoistways is not required when the open position.
building is equipped throughout with
an approved automatic sprinkler a. The indicator device shall be
system installed in accordance with activated by a device having a
the 2006 International Building Code, direct mechanical connection to
Section 903.3.1.1 or 903.3.1.2 and vent shutters.
similar local codes.
b. The keyed manual remote control
2. Sidewalk elevator hoistways are not device shall have two positions:
required to be vented. vent closed and vent open. The
markings for both positions shall
3004.2 Location of vents. Vents shall be be permanent. The key shall be
located directly (directly is defined as being removable only in the closed
as close as technically possible to the top of position.
the hoistway including the supporting
structures located at the top of the hoistway) c. The keyed manual remote control
below the top of the hoistway and shall be device must be located adjacent to
open either directly to the outer air or through the fire control panel, if provided,
229
or in the elevator lobby of a Subp. 5. IBC Section 3005, Conveying

designated floor. The designated systems. IBC Section 3005 is amended to
floor shall be approved by the read as follows:
authority having jurisdiction.
3005.1 General. Escalators, moving walks,
d. The keyed manual remote control conveyors, personnel hoists, and material
device may not be co-located with hoists shall comply with Minnesota Rules,
any operating devices for the chapter 1307.
elevators.
3005.2 Escalators and moving walks.
3004.3 Area of vents. Except as provided for Escalators and moving walks shall be
in Section 3004.3.1, the area of the vents shall constructed of approved noncombustible and
not be less than 3-1/2 percent of the area of fire-retardant materials. This requirement
the hoistway nor less than three square feet shall not apply to electrical equipment,
(0.28 m2) for each elevator car and not less wiring, wheels, handrails, and the use of
than 3-1/2 percent nor less than 0.5 square 1/28-inch (0.9 mm) wood veneers on
foot (0.047 m2) for each dumbwaiter car in balustrades backed up with noncombustible
the hoistway, whichever is greater. materials.
3004.3.1 Reduced vent area. Where 3005.2.1 Enclosure. Escalator floor openings
mechanical ventilation conforming to the shall be enclosed with shaft enclosures
International Mechanical Code is provided, a complying with Section 707.
reduction in the required vent area is allowed,
provided that all of the following conditions 3005.2.2 Escalators. Where provided in
are met: below-grade transportation stations, escalators
shall have a clear width of 32 inches (815
1. The occupancy is not in Group R-1, mm) minimum.
R-2, I-1, or I-2, as defined in chapter
1305, or of a similar occupancy with Exception: The clear width is not
overnight sleeping quarters. required in existing facilities undergoing
alterations.
2. The vents required by Section 3004.2
do not have outside exposure. 3005.3 Conveyors. Conveyors and
conveying systems shall comply with ASME
3. The hoistway does not extend to the B20.1-2003.
top of the building.
3005.3.1 Enclosure. Conveyors and related
4. The hoistway and machine room equipment connecting successive floors or
exhaust fan is automatically levels shall be enclosed with shaft enclosures
reactivated by thermostatic means. complying with Section 707.
5. Equivalent venting of the hoistway is 3005.3.2 Conveyor safeties. Power-operated

accomplished. conveyors, belts, and other material-moving
devices shall be equipped with automatic
3004.4 Plumbing and mechanical systems. limit switches that will shut off the power in
Delete this section in its entirety. an emergency and automatically stop all
230
operation of the device. Openings shall be protected with assemblies

having a fire-resistance rating not less than
3005.4 Personnel and material hoists. that required for the hoistway enclosure
Personnel and material hoists shall be doors.
designed utilizing an approved method that
accounts for the conditions imposed during 3006.5 Shunt trip. Delete this section in its
the intended operation of the hoist device. entirety.
The design shall include, but is not limited to,
anticipated loads, structural stability, impact, 3006.6 Plumbing systems. Delete this
vibration, stresses, and seismic restraint. The section in its entirety.
design shall account for the construction,
installation, operation, and inspection of the 1307.0100 Repealed, 31 SR 935
hoist tower, car, machinery and control
equipment, guide members, and hoisting 1307.0110 MINNESOTA AMENDMENTS
mechanism. Additionally, the design of TO ASME A18.1-2005.
personnel hoists shall include provisions for
field testing and maintenance that will Subpart 1. ASME A18.1-2005 Section
demonstrate that the hoist device functions in 2.1 Runways.
accordance with the design. Field tests shall
be conducted upon the completion of an A. ASME A18.1-2005 2.1.2.5 is
installation or following a major alteration of amended to read as follows:
a personnel hoist.
2.1.2.5. All doors, except as provided in
Subp. 6. IBC Section 3006, Machine paragraph 2.1.2.9, shall be provided with a
rooms. IBC Section 3006 is amended to read combination mechanical lock and electric
as follows: contact. Locking devices shall be protected
against tampering from the landing side. The
3006.1 Access. An approved means of access locking devices shall permit a door to be
shall be provided to elevator machine rooms opened only if the platform floor is within
and overhead machinery spaces. two inches (51 mm) of the respective landing.
The platform shall be permitted to move
3006.2 Venting. Delete this section in its away from the landing under control of the
entirety. normal operating device if the door is closed
but not locked, provided that the device will
3006.3 Pressurization. The elevator machine cause the platform to stop if it moves more
room serving a pressurized elevator hoistway than two inches (51 mm) away from the
shall be pressurized upon activation of a heat landing before the door is locked.
or smoke detector located in the elevator
machine room. B. ASME A18.1-2005 2.1.2 Partial
runway enclosure provided, is
3006.4 Machine rooms and machinery amended by adding a new paragraph
spaces. Elevator machine rooms and 2.1.2.9 to read as follows:
machinery spaces shall be enclosed with
construction having a fire-resistance rating 2.1.2.9. Where the lift is installed at a
not less than the required rating of the location that does not have guards at the
hoistway enclosure served by the machinery. upper landing as allowed by building codes
231
(see definition), the requirements of E. ASME A18.1-2005 2.1.5 Lower level

paragraphs 2.1.2.2, 2.1.2.3, and 2.1.2.4 shall access ramps and pits is amended to
be permitted to be omitted when platform read as follows:
gates are provided. They shall extend to a
height at least equal to the top terminal 2.1.5 Lower level across ramps and pits.
landing height plus six inches (152 mm) Lifts shall be permitted to have a pit. Where
measured when the platform is at its lowest a pit is not provided, a floor-mounted or
position. The gates shall be of unperforated retractable platform floor-mounted ramp
construction, self-closing, and be provided complying with the requirements for ramps in
with electric contact to prevent movement of ICC/ANSI A17.1 and having a maximum rise
the platform if the gates are not closed. The of four inches (100 mm) shall be provided.
gates shall not be permanently deformed When backing down an incline from the lift
when a force of 125 lbf (556 N) is applied on platform may be necessary, the slope of the
any four-inch (102 mm) by four-inch (102 incline shall not exceed one in 20.
mm) area.
F. ASME A18.1-2005 2.1.5.1 is deleted
C. ASME A18.1-2005 2.1.2 Partial in its entirety.
runway enclosure provided, is
amended by adding a new paragraph G. ASME A18.1-2005 2.1.5.2 is deleted
2.1.2.10 to read as follows: in its entirety.
2.1.2.10. The clearance between the Subp. 2. ASME A18.1-2005 2.7.1

platform floor and the upper landing sill shall Limitation of load, speed, and travel.
be permitted to be increased to three inches ASME A18.1-2005 2.7.1 Limitation of load,
(76 mm) if a platform gate complying with speed, and travel is amended to read as
paragraph 2.1.2.9 and an automatically follows:
folding ramp to service the upper landing is
provided. When deployed, the ramp shall 2.7.1 Limitation of load, speed, and
have a minimum overlap at the upper landing travel. The rated load shall not be less than
sill of two inches (51 mm) and shall be 450 lbs. (200 kg) nor more than 750 lbs. (340
substantially level. It shall be provided with kg). The lift shall be capable of sustaining
an electric contact, which will stop the and lowering a load as specified in figure 9.7.
movement of the platform within six inches The rated speed shall not exceed 30 ft./min.
(152 mm) of travel away from the upper (0.15 m/s). The travel shall not exceed 168
landing if the ramp has failed to rise to its inches (4250m2). Platforms with a floor
retracted position. greater than 15 ft.2 (1.4 m2) shall have a rated
load of not less than 750 lbs. (340 kg).
D. ASME A18.1-2005 2.1.3 Runway
enclosure not provided. Subp. 3. ASME A18.1-2005 Section
2.10 Operating devices and control
For purposes of A18.1-2005 Section 2 equipment.
Vertical platform lifts, 2.1.3 is deleted in its
entirety. However, as referenced in A. ASME A18.1-2005 2.10.1 Operation
A18.1-2005 Section 5.1 Runways, 2.1.3 is amended to read as follows:
remains in full force and effect.
2.10.1 Operation. Operation of the lift
232
from the landings and from the platform shall Subp. 5. ASME A18.1-2005 Section
be controlled by "UP" and "DOWN" control 2.12 Standby power. ASME A18.1-2005
switches at all stations, and shall be by means Section 2.12 Standby power is amended as
of the continuous pressure type. Control follows:
switches shall be two inches (50 mm)
minimum wide and four inches (100 mm) 2.12 Standby power. Vertical lifts
minimum high. Controls shall be 48 inches equipped with standby power shall comply
(1220 mm) maximum and 15 inches (380 with this chapter.
mm) minimum above the platform floor or
facility floor or ground level. Operation 2.12.1 Standby power. Except where
devices shall be designed so that both the permitted by 2.12.1.1, the vertical lift shall be
"UP" and "DOWN" circuits cannot be powered by a standby power system from the
operated at the same time. building.
B. ASME A18.1-2005 2.10.2.2 is 2.12.1.1 Battery power. A lift equipped

amended to read as follows: with rechargeable battery power capable of
cycling the lift under full load for five cycles
2.10.2.2. The attendant shall operate the minimum after building power is removed
platform by means of a continuous pressure shall be permitted.
switch so located that the attendant has full
view of the platform throughout its travel. A 2.12.1.2 Battery power, rated number
manually reset emergency stop switch shall of cycles. Except where permitted by
also be provided at that location. 2.12.1.3, where a lift provided with battery
power serves an area with more wheelchair
Subp. 4. ASME A18.1-2005 Section users than the rated number of cycles
2.11 Emergency signals. provided by battery power, or where the
authority having jurisdiction determines that
A. ASME A18.1-2005 Section 2.11 the anticipated number of wheelchair users is
Emergency signals is amended to read greater than the rated number of cycles
as follows: provided by battery power, the lift shall be
powered by a standby power system from the
2.11 Emergency signals. If the platform building.
is installed in an area not visible or audible to
persons at all times, or installed in an 2.12.1.3 Existing buildings without
enclosed runway, emergency signaling standby power. Where an existing building
devices shall be provided in accordance with is not required to provide a building standby
the requirements of paragraphs 2.11.1 and power system, the installation of a lift shall
2.11.2. Standby power shall be provided in not require the installation of a building
accordance with paragraph 2.11.3. standby power system. A battery standby
power system complying with 2.12.1.1 shall
B. ASME A18.1-2005 2.11.2 is amended be provided.
to read as follows:
2.12.1.4 Auxiliary items. Auxiliary items
2.11.2. The lift shall be provided with a necessary for lift operation such as power
means of two-way communication complying doors and runway lighting shall remain
with ASME A17.1-2004. operational under standby power.
233
Subp. 6. ASME A18.1-2005 3.6.8 B. ASME A18.1-2005 3.11.2 is amended

Platform guarding. ASME A18.1-2005 to read as follows:
3.6.8 Platform guarding is amended to read as
follows: ASME 3.11.2. The lift shall be provided
with a means of two-way communication
3.6.8 Platform guarding. Platform complying with ASME A17.1-2004.
guarding shall be in accordance with
paragraph 3.6.8.1, or, when safety issues are Subp. 9. ASME A18.1-2005 Section
effectively addressed and approved by the 3.12 Standby power. ASME A18.1-2005
authority having jurisdiction, in accordance Section 3.12 Standby power is amended to
with paragraph 3.6.8.2. read as follows:
Subp. 7. ASME A18.1-2005 Section 3.12 Standby power. Inclined lifts

3.10.1 Operation. ASME A18.1-2005 3.10.1 equipped with standby power shall comply
Operation is amended to read as follows: with this chapter.
3.10.1 Operation. Operation of the lift 3.12.1 Standby power. Except where
from the landings and from the platform shall permitted by paragraph 3.12.1.1, the inclined
be controlled by "UP" and "DOWN" control lift shall be powered by a standby power
switches at all stations, and shall be by means system from the building.
of the continuous pressure type. Control
switches shall be two inches (50 mm) 3.12.1.1 Battery power. A lift equipped
minimum wide and four inches (100 mm) with rechargeable battery power capable of
minimum high. Controls shall be 48 inches cycling the lift under full load for five cycles
(1220 mm) maximum and 15 inches (380 minimum after building power is removed
mm) minimum above the platform floor or shall be permitted.
facility floor or ground level. Operation
devices shall be designed so that both the 3.12.1.2 Battery power, rated number
"UP" and "DOWN" circuits cannot be of cycles. Except where permitted by
operated at the same time. paragraph 3.12.1.3, where a lift provided with
battery power serves an area with more
Subp. 8. ASME A18.1-2005 Section wheelchair users than the rated number of
3.11 Emergency signals. cycles provided by battery power, or where
the authority having jurisdiction determines
A. ASME A18.1-2005 Section 3.11 that the anticipated number of wheelchair
Emergency signals is amended to read users is greater than the rated number of
as follows: cycles provided by battery power, the lift
shall be powered by a standby power system
3.11 Emergency signals. If the lift is from the building.
installed in an area not visible or audible to
persons at all times, or installed in an 3.12.1.3 Existing buildings without
enclosed runway, emergency signaling standby power. Where an existing building
devices shall be provided in accordance with is not required to provide a building standby
the requirements of paragraphs 3.11.1 and power system, the installation of a lift shall
3.11.2. not require the installation of a building
standby power system. A battery standby
234
power system complying with 3.12.1.1 shall

be provided.
3.12.1.4 Auxiliary items. Auxiliary items

necessary for lift operation such as power
doors and runway lighting shall remain
operational under standby power.
Subp. 10. ASME A18.1-2005 6.1.2

Clearances. ASME A18.1-2005 6.1.2
Clearances is amended to read as follows:
6.1.2 Clearances. Clearances between

the platform and adjacent surfaces shall not be
less than .75 inches (29 mm). At no point in
its travel shall the edge of the platform facing
the upper landing be more than 24 inches
(610 mm) above a step or landing as
measured vertically. Headroom clearance
measured vertically from any position on the
platform floor shall be 54 inches (1370 mm)
minimum throughout the travel of the
platform or alternate methods, approved by
the authority having jurisdiction, shall be
provided, which will stop the movement of
the platform in the direction of travel should
the clearance be reduced.
235

ADOPTION OF THE 2006 INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL CODE
1309.0010 ADOPTION OF C. Chapters 12 through 24 of the 2006

INTERNATIONAL RESIDENTIAL IRC and any references to mechanical matters
CODE (IRC) BY REFERENCE. in this code are deleted and replaced with
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1346, Minnesota
Subpart 1. Generally. The 2006 edition Mechanical Code.
of the International Residential Code (IRC) as
promulgated by the International Code D. Chapters 25 through 32 of the 2006
Council (ICC), Falls Church, Virginia, is IRC and any references to plumbing in this
incorporated by reference and made part of code are deleted and replaced with Minnesota
the Minnesota State Building Code except as Rules, chapter 4715, Minnesota Plumbing
qualified by the applicable provisions in Code.
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300, and as
amended in this chapter. The IRC is not E. Chapters 33 through 42 of the 2006
subject to frequent change and a copy of the IRC and references to electrical matters in this
IRC, with amendments for use in Minnesota, code, other than Section R313 Smoke Alarms,
is available in the office of the commissioner are deleted and replaced with Minnesota
of labor and industry. Portions of this chapter Rules, chapter 1315, Minnesota Electrical
reproduce text and tables from the IRC. The Code.
IRC is copyright 2006 by the ICC. All rights
reserved. Subp. 4. Seismic or earthquake
provisions. Any seismic or earthquake
Subp. 2. Mandatory chapters. The provisions and any references to them are
2006 IRC Chapters 2 through 10 and 43 must deleted and are not included in this code.
be administered by any municipality that has
adopted the code, except as qualified by the Subp. 5. Flood hazard or floodproofing
applicable provisions in Minnesota Rules, provisions. Any flood hazard or
chapter 1300, and as amended by this chapter. floodproofing provisions in the IRC, and any
reference to those provisions, are deleted in
Subp. 3. Replacement chapters. The their entirety. Requirements for
following 2006 IRC chapters are being floodproofing are located in chapter 1335,
deleted and replaced with the provisions listed floodproofing regulations.
below:
Subp. 6. Elevator and platform lift
A. Chapter 1 of the 2006 IRC and any provisions. Any elevator and platform lift
references to code administration in this code provisions in the IRC and any reference to
are deleted and replaced with Minnesota those provisions are deleted in their entirety.
Rules, chapter 1300, Minnesota Requirements for elevators or platform lifts
Administration Code. are located in chapter 1307, elevators and
related devices.
B. Chapter 11 of the 2006 IRC and any
references to energy in this code are deleted 1309.0020 REFERENCES TO OTHER
and replaced with Minnesota Statutes, section ICC CODES.
16B.617.
236
Subpart 1. Generally. References to Minnesota Pollution Control Agency's

other codes and standards promulgated by the minimum standards and criteria for individual
ICC in the 2006 IRC are modified in subparts sewage treatment systems in Minnesota
2 to 11. Rules, chapter 7080, adopted under
Minnesota Statutes, chapters 103F, 103G,
Subp. 2. Building code. References to 115, and 116.
the International Building Code in this code
mean the Minnesota Building Code, adopted Subp. 9. Energy conservation code.
pursuant to Minnesota Rules, chapter 1305, References to the International Energy
and Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, Conservation Code in this code mean the
subdivision 1. Minnesota Energy Code, adopted under
Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.617.
Subp. 3. Residential code. References to
the IRC in this code mean the Minnesota Subp. 10. Property maintenance code.
Residential Code, adopted under Minnesota References to the International Property
Rules, chapter 1309, and Minnesota Statutes, Maintenance Code in this code do not apply.
section 16B.61, subdivision 1.
Subp. 11. Accessibility code. References
Subp. 4. Electrical code. References to to accessibility in this code mean the
the ICC Electrical Code in this code mean the Minnesota Accessibility Code, Minnesota
Minnesota Electrical Code, Minnesota Rules, Rules, chapter 1341.
chapter 1315, adopted under Minnesota
Statutes, section 326.243. 1309.0030 ADMINISTRATIVE
PROCEDURE CRITERIA.
Subp. 5. Fuel gas code. References to
the International Fuel Gas Code in this code Procedures relating to the administration
mean the Minnesota Mechanical Code, and enforcement of this code under
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1346, adopted Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.57, are
under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, contained in Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300,
subdivision 1. Minnesota Administration Code. Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1300, governs the application
Subp. 6. Mechanical code. References of this code.
to the International Mechanical Code in this
code mean the Minnesota Mechanical Code, 1309.0040 VIOLATION.
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1346, adopted
under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, A violation of this code is a misdemeanor
subdivision 1. under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.69.
Subp. 7. Plumbing code. References to 1309.0100 CHAPTER 1,

the International Plumbing code in this code ADMINISTRATION.
mean the Minnesota Plumbing Code,
Minnesota Rules, chapter 4715, adopted Subpart 1. IRC chapter 1. IRC chapter 1
under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61, is deleted and replaced with the following:
subdivisions 1 and 2.
CHAPTER 1
Subp. 8. Private sewage disposal code.
References to the International Private ADMINISTRATION
237
This code shall be administered according to Subpart 1. Modifications. IRC Section

Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300. R202 is amended by modifying the following
definitions:
Subp. 2. Existing buildings and
structures. Additions, alterations, or repairs DWELLING.
to existing buildings and structures meeting
the scope of the International Residential SINGLE FAMILY. Any building that
Code shall be exempt from Minnesota Rules, contains one dwelling unit used, intended,
chapter 1311, Minnesota Conservation Code or designed to be built, used, rented,
for Existing Buildings. leased, let or hired out to be occupied, or
occupied for living purposes.
Additions, alterations, or repairs to
existing one and two family dwellings TWO FAMILY. Any building that
including townhouses may be made without contains two separate dwelling units with
requiring the existing building or structure to separation either horizontal or vertical on
comply with all the requirements of this code one lot that is used, intended, or designed
provided that any addition or alteration to be built, used, rented, leased, let or
conforms to this code. Repairs to existing hired out to be occupied, or occupied for
buildings or structures may be made that are living purposes.
nonstructural and do not adversely affect any
structural member or required fire resistive TOWNHOUSE. A single family
element with the same methods and materials dwelling unit constructed in a group of
of which the building or structure is two or more attached units in which each
constructed. unit extends from the foundation to the
roof and having open space on at least two
Exception: The installation or sides of each unit. Each single family
replacement of glass shall be as required dwelling unit shall be considered to be a
for new installations in accordance with separate building. Separate building
IRC Section R308. service utilities shall be provided to each
single family dwelling unit when required
1309.0201 SECTION R201, GENERAL. by other chapters of the State Building
Code.
IRC Section R201.4 is amended to read as
follows: Subp. 2. Additional definitions. IRC
Section R202 is amended by adding the
R201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are following definitions:
not defined through the methods authorized
by this chapter, the Merriam-Webster CONNECTOR. A device for fastening
Collegiate Dictionary, available at www.m- together two or more pieces, members, or
w.com, shall be considered as providing parts, including anchors, fasteners, and wall
ordinarily accepted meanings. The dictionary ties.
is incorporated by reference, is subject to CRAWL SPACE. Areas or rooms with less
frequent change, and is available through the than 7 feet (2134 mm) ceiling height
Minitex interlibrary loan system. measured to the finished floor or grade below.
1309.0202 SECTION R202, DAMPPROOFING. Treatment of a surface

DEFINITIONS. or structure located below grade to resist the
238
passage of water in liquid form, in the 2. more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above the
absence of hydrostatic pressure. finished ground level for more than 50
percent of the total building perimeter; or
FASTENER. A device for holding together
two or more pieces, parts, or members. 3. more than 12 feet (3658 mm) above
the finished ground level at any point.
FLASHING. Approved corrosion resistive
material provided in such a manner as to WATERPROOFING. Treatment of a
deflect and resist entry of water into the surface or structure located below grade to
construction assembly. resist the passage of water in liquid form,
under hydrostatic pressure and bridges
KICK OUT FLASHING. Flashing used to nonstructural cracks.
divert water where the lower portion of a
sloped roof stops within the plane of an 1309.0300 SECTION R300,
intersecting wall cladding. CLASSIFICATION.
OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATIONS IRC Chapter 3 is amended by adding a

IRC 1 Single family dwelling new section to read as follows:
IRC 2 Two family dwellings
IRC 3 Townhouses R300.1 Occupancy classification. Structures
IRC 4 Accessory structures: or portions of structures shall be classified
with respect to occupancy in one or more of
a. Garages; the groups in accordance with Table R300.1.
b. Storage sheds; and Table R300.1
c. Similar structures. Occupancy Classifications
PAN FLASHING. A type of corrosion IRC-1 Dwelling, single family

resistive flashing that is integrated into the IRC-2 Dwelling, two family
building envelope at the base of a window or IRC-3 Townhouse
door rough opening that diverts incidental IRC-4 Accessory structures
water to the exterior surface of a weather
resistive barrier. 1309.0301 SECTION R301, DESIGN
CRITERIA.
STAIR. A change in elevation, consisting of
one or more risers. Subpart 1. IRC Section R301.1.4. IRC
Section R301.1 is amended by adding a
STORY ABOVE GRADE PLANE. Any section to read as follows:
story having its finished floor surface entirely
above grade plane, except a basement, shall R301.1.4 Automatic sprinkler systems
be considered as a story above grade where (general). All IRC 2 and IRC 3 buildings
the finished surface of the floor above the shall be provided with an automatic sprinkler
basement is: system.
1. more than 6 feet (1829 mm) above Exception:

grade plane;
239
IRC 2 and IRC 3 buildings less than or separating the dwelling unit and the attached
equal to 9,250 square feet of floor area. garage.
Floor area shall include all floors,
basements, and garages. Attached covered patios, covered decks,
covered porches, and similar structures are
R301.1.4.1 State licensed facilities. IRC 1, required to have automatic sprinklers with a
IRC 2, and IRC 3 buildings containing minimum of one dry head for every 20 lineal
facilities licensed by the state of Minnesota feet of common wall between the dwelling
shall be provided with a fire suppression unit and the covered patios, covered decks,
system as required by the applicable licensing covered porches, and similar structures.
provisions or this section, whichever is more
restrictive. Exception:
R301.1.4.2 Installation requirements. Attached roofs of covered patios, covered

Where an automatic sprinkler system is decks, covered porches, and similar
required in an IRC 2 and IRC 3 building, it structures that do not exceed 40 square
shall be installed in accordance with NFPA feet of floor area.
13D 2002 edition and the following:
For the purposes of this section, fire
Attached garages are required to have resistance rated floor, wall, or ceiling
automatic sprinklers with a minimum of one assemblies separating dwelling units of IRC 2
dry head, located within five lineal feet of and IRC 3 buildings shall not constitute
each door installed in the common wall separate buildings.
Subp. 2. Table R301.2(1). IRC Table R301.2(1) is amended to read as follows:
Table R301.2(1)
Climatic and Geographic Design Criteria
Subject to Damage From

Roof Snow Wind Speedc (mph) Weatheringa Frost Line Depthb Flood Hazards
Loadd
pf=0.7 x pg 90 Severe See M.R. chapter See M.R. chapter
1303 1335
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 kPa ,1 mile per hour = 1.609 km/h
a. Weathering may require a higher strength concrete or grade of masonry than necessary to
satisfy the structural requirement of this code. The grade of masonry units shall be determined
from ASTM C 34, C 55, C 62, C 73, C 90, C 129, C 145, C 216, or C 652.
b. The frost line depth may require deeper footings than indicated in Figure R403.1(1)
c. Wind exposure category shall be determined on a site specific basis in accordance with
Section R301.2.1.4.
d. The ground snow loads to be used in determining the design snow loads for buildings and
other structures are given in Minnesota Rules, chapter 1303.
240
Subp. 3. Figure R301.2(5). IRC Figure d. A single concentrated load applied in any
R301.2(5), Ground Snow Loads, Pg, for the direction at any point along the top.
United States (lb/ft2), is deleted in its entirety. e. See Section R502.2.1 for decks attached
to exterior walls.
Subp. 4. Table R301.5. IRC Table f. Guard in fill components (all those except
R301.5 is amended to read as follows: the handrail), balusters and panel fillers shall
be designed to withstand a horizontally
Table R301.5 applied normal load of 50 pounds on an area
equal to one square foot. This load need not
Minimum Uniformly Distributed Live Loads be assumed to act concurrently with any other
(in pounds per square foot) live load requirement.
g. For attics with limited storage and
Live constructed with trusses, this live load need
Use Load be applied only to those portions of the
Attics with limited storageb,g,h 20 bottom chord where there are two or more
Attics without storageb 10 adjacent trusses with the same web
Deckse 40 configuration capable of containing a
Exterior balconies 60 rectangle 42 inches high or greater by 2 feet
Fire escapes 40 wide or greater, located within the plane of
Guardrails and handrailsd 200i the truss. The rectangle shall fit between the
Guardrails in fill componentsf 50i top of the bottom chord and the bottom of any
Passenger vehicle garagesa 50a other truss member, provided that each of the
Rooms other than sleeping rooms 40 following criteria is met:
Sleeping rooms 30 1. The attic area is accessible by a pull
Stairs 40c down stairway or framed opening in
accordance with Section R807.1;
For SI: 1 pound per square foot = 0.0479 2. The truss has a bottom chord pitch less
kPa, 1 square inch = 645 mm2 , 1 pound = than 2:12; and
4.45 N. 3. Required insulation depth is less than
the bottom chord member depth.
a. Elevated garage floors shall be capable of The bottom chords of trusses meeting the
supporting a 2,000 pound load applied over a above criteria for limited storage shall be
20 square inch area. designed for the greater of the actual imposed
b. Attics without storage are those where the dead load or ten pounds per square foot,
maximum clear height between joist and uniformly distributed over the entire span.
rafter is less than 42 inches, or where there h. Attic spaces served by a fixed stair shall
are not two or more adjacent trusses with the be designed to support the minimum live load
same web configuration capable of containing specified for sleeping rooms.
a rectangle 42 inches high by 2 feet wide, or i. Glazing used in handrail assemblies and
greater, located within the plane of the truss. guards shall be designed with a safety factor
For attics without storage, this live load need of 4. The safety factor shall be applied to
not be assumed to act concurrently with any each of the concentrated loads applied to the
other live load requirements. top of the rail, and to the load on the in fill
c. Individual stair treads shall be designed components. These loads shall be determined
for the uniformly distributed live load or a independent of one another, and loads are
300 pound concentrated load acting over an assumed not to occur with any other live load.
area of four square inches, whichever
produces the greater stresses.
241
1309.0302 SECTION R302, EXTERIOR Projections beyond the exterior shall not
WALL LOCATION. extend more than 12 inches (305 mm) into
areas where openings are prohibited.
follows: Exceptions:
R302.1 Exterior walls. Construction, 1. Detached garages accessory to a

projections, openings, and penetrations of dwelling located within 2 feet (610 mm)
exterior walls of dwellings and accessory of a lot line are permitted to have eave
buildings shall comply with Table 302.1. projections not exceeding 4 inches (103
These provisions shall not apply to walls, mm).
projections, openings, or penetrations in walls
that are perpendicular to the line used to 2. Foundation vents installed in
determine the fire separation distance. compliance with this code are permitted.
Table R302.1
Exterior Walls
Minimum Fire- Minimum Fire

Exterior Wall Element
Resistance Rating Separation Distance
1 hour with exposure
(Fire-resistance rated) from both sides 0 feet
Walls
(Not fire-resistance
rated) 0 hours 5 feet
1 hour on the
(Fire-resistance rated) undersidea 2 feet **
Projections
(Not fire-resistance
rated) 0 hours 5 feet
Not allowed N/A less than 3 feet

Openings 25% Maximum of
Wall Area 0 hours 3 feet
Unlimited 0 hours 5 feet
Comply with Section

R317.3 less than 5 feet
Penetrations All
None required 5 feet
N/A= Not Applicable

a
1 hour on the underside equates to one layer of 5/8" type X gypsum sheathing. Openings are
not allowed.
** ICC Errata, 9-12-2006
242
1309.0305 SECTION R305, CEILING and shall comply with the provisions of this
HEIGHT. section for garages.
IRC Section R305.1 is amended to read as Subp. 3. IRC Section R309.6. IRC
follows: Section R309.6 is amended to read as follows:
R305.1 Minimum height. Habitable rooms, R309.6 Automatic garage door opening
hallways, corridors, bathrooms, toilet rooms, systems. All automatic garage door opening
and basements shall have a ceiling height of systems that are installed, serviced, or
not less than 7 feet (2134 mm). The required repaired for garages serving residential
height shall be measured from the finish floor buildings must comply with the provisions of
to the lowest projection from the ceiling. Minnesota Statutes, sections 325F.82 and
Areas or rooms with ceiling heights less than 325F.83.
7 feet (2134 mm) are considered crawl
spaces. 1309.0310 SECTION R310, EMERGENCY
ESCAPE AND RESCUE OPENINGS.
Exceptions:
1. Beams and girders spaced not less follows:
than 4 feet (1219 mm) on center may
project not more than 6 inches (152 mm) R310.1.5 Replacement windows.
below the required ceiling height. Replacement windows installed in buildings
meeting the scope of the International
2. Not more than 50 percent of the Residential Code shall be exempt from the
required floor area of a room or space is requirements of Sections R310.1, R310.1.1,
permitted to have a sloped ceiling less R310.1.2, and R310.1.3 if the replacement
than 7 feet (2134 mm) in height with no window meets the following conditions:
portion of the required floor area less than
5 feet (1524 mm) in height. 1. The replacement window is the
manufacturer's largest standard size window
1309.0309 SECTION R309, GARAGES that will fit within the existing frame or
AND CARPORTS. existing rough opening. The replacement
window shall be permitted to be of the same
Subpart 1. IRC Section R309.3. IRC operating style as the existing window or a
Section R309.3 is amended to read as follows: style that provides for a greater window
opening area than the existing window;
R309.3 Floor surface. Garage floor surfaces
may be concrete, asphalt, sand, gravel, 2. The rooms or areas are not used for
crushed rock, or natural earth. any Minnesota state licensed purpose
requiring an egress window; and
Subp. 2. IRC Section R309.4. IRC
Section R309.4 is amended to read as follows: 3. The window is not required to be
replaced pursuant to a locally adopted rental
R309.4 Carports. Carports shall be open on housing or rental licensing code.
at least two sides. Carport floor surfaces may
be concrete, asphalt, sand, gravel, crushed 1309.0311 SECTION R311, MEANS OF
rock, or natural earth. Carports not open on at EGRESS.
least two sides shall be considered a garage
243
R311.4.3 Landings at doors. Except as 1309.0313 SMOKE ALARMS.

provided in this section, there shall be a floor
or landing on each side of each exterior door. IRC Section R313.2.1 is amended as
The width of the landing shall not be less than follows:
the door served. The landing shall have a
minimum dimension of 36 inches (9114 mm) R313.2.1 Alterations, repairs, or additions.
measured in the direction of travel. When alterations, repairs, or additions
requiring a permit occur, or when one or more
R311.4.3.1 Landings at the exterior exit sleeping rooms are added or created in
door required by Section R311.4.1. existing dwellings, the individual dwelling
unit shall be equipped with smoke alarms
1. The floor or landing at the exit door located as required for new dwellings, and the
required by Section R311.4.1 shall not be smoke alarms shall be interconnected and
more than 1.5 inches (38 mm) below the top hardwired.
of the threshold, regardless of door swing.
Exceptions:
2. The exterior landing shall be up to 7
3/4 inches (196 mm) below the top of the 1. Interconnection and hardwiring of
threshold, provided the door, other than an smoke alarms in existing areas shall not
exterior storm or screen door, does not swing be required to be hardwired where the
over the exterior landing. alterations or repairs do not result in the
removal of interior wall or ceiling finishes
R311.4.3.2 Landings or floors at exterior exposing the structure.
doors other than those required by Section
R311.4.1. 2. Work on the exterior surfaces of
dwellings, such as the replacement of
1. The exterior landing or floors shall be roofing or siding are exempt from the
permitted to be no greater than 7 3/4 inches requirements of this section.
(196 mm) below the top of the threshold,
provided the door, other than an exterior 3. Permits involving alterations or
storm or screen door, does not swing over the repairs to plumbing, electrical, and
exterior landing. mechanical are exempt from the
requirements of this section.
2. Landings in this subsection are not
required for the exterior side of a door when a 1309.0314 SECTION R314, FOAM
stairway that is less than 30 inches (762 mm) PLASTIC.
in height is located on the exterior side of the
door. The stairway height shall be measured IRC Section R314.5.11 is amended to
vertically from the interior floor surface to the read as follows:
finished grade.
R314.5.11 Sill plate and headers. Foam
3. An exterior landing is not required at a plastic shall be permitted to be spray applied
doorway when only a storm or screen door is to a sill plate and header (rim joist) without
installed which does not swing over the thermal barrier subject to all of the following:
exterior landing.
1. The maximum thickness of the foam
1309.0312 Repealed plastic shall not exceed 5 1/2 inches (139.5
mm).
244
2. The foam plastic shall have a flame R317.1.1 Supporting construction. When
spread index of 25 or less and an floor assemblies are required to be fire
accompanying smoke developed index of 450 resistance rated by Section R317.1, the
or less when tested in accordance with ASTM supporting construction of such assemblies
E 84. shall have an equal or greater fire resistive
rating.
1309.0315 Repealed
Subp. 2. IRC Section 317.2. IRC
1309.0316 Repealed Section 317.2 is amended to read as follows:
1309.0317 SECTION R317, DWELLING R317.2 Townhouses. Each townhouse shall

UNIT SEPARATION. be considered a separate building and shall be
separated by fire resistance rated wall
Subpart 1. IRC Section R317.1. IRC assemblies meeting the requirements of
Section R317.1 is amended to read as follows: Section R302 for exterior walls.
R317.1 Two family dwellings. Dwelling Exception: A common 2 hour fire

units in two family dwellings shall be resistance rated wall is permitted for
separated from each other by wall and/or floor townhouses if such walls do not contain
assemblies having not less than 1 hour fire plumbing or mechanical equipment, ducts
resistance rating when tested in accordance or vents in the cavity of the common wall.
with ASTM E 119. Fire resistance rated floor Electrical installations shall be installed in
ceiling and wall assemblies shall extend to accordance with chapters 33 through 42.
and be tight against the exterior wall, and wall Penetrations of electrical outlet boxes
assemblies shall extend to and be tight against shall be in accordance with Section
the exterior wall, and wall assemblies shall R317.3.
extend to the underside of the roof sheathing.
R317.2.1 Continuity. The fire resistance
Exceptions: rated wall or assembly separating townhouses
shall be continuous from the foundation to the
1. A fire resistance rating of 1/2 hour underside of the roof sheathing, roof deck, or
shall be permitted in buildings equipped roof slab and shall extend the full length of
throughout with an automatic sprinkler the wall including wall extensions through
system installed in accordance with NFPA and separating attached accessory structures.
13. Separation shall extend through enclosed
soffits, overhangs, and similar projections.
2. Wall assemblies need not extend
through attic spaces when the ceiling is Subp. 3. IRC Section R317.4. IRC
protected by not less than 5/8 inch (15.9 Section R317 is amended by adding a new
mm) type X gypsum board and an attic section to read as follows:
draftstop constructed as specified in
Section R502.12.1 is provided above and R317.4 Sound transmission. Wall and floor
along the wall assembly separating the ceiling assemblies separating dwelling units,
dwellings. The structural framing including those separating adjacent
supporting the ceiling shall also be townhouse units, shall provide airborne sound
protected by not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 insulation for walls, and both airborne and
mm) gypsum board or equivalent. impact sound insulation for floor ceiling
assemblies.
245
R317.4.1 Airborne sound. Airborne sound Exception: In construction where

insulation for wall and floor ceiling moisture or freezing will not damage the
assemblies shall meet a Sound Transmission materials.
Class (STC) rating of 45 when tested in
accordance with ASTM E 90. Penetrations or 1309.0322 Repealed
openings in construction assemblies for
piping; electrical devices; recessed cabinets; 1309.0403 SECTION R403, FOOTINGS.
bathtubs; soffits; or heating, ventilating, or
exhaust ducts shall be sealed, lined, insulated, Subpart 1. IRC Section R403.1.4.1. IRC
or otherwise treated to maintain the required Section R403.1.4.1 is amended to read as
ratings. Dwelling unit entrance doors, which follows:
share a common space, shall be tight fitting to
the frame and sill. R403.1.4.1 Frost protection. Except where
otherwise protected from frost, foundation
R317.4.2 Structural borne sound. walls, piers, and other permanent supports of
Floor/ceiling assemblies between dwelling buildings and structures shall be protected
units or between a dwelling unit and a public from frost by one or more of the following
or service area within a structure shall have an methods:
Impact Insulation Class (IIC) rating of not
less than 45 when tested in accordance with 1. Extended below the frost line
ASTM E 492. specified in Table R301.2(1);
R317.4.3 Referenced standards. 2. Constructing in accordance with

Section R403.3;
R317.4.3.1 ASTM E 90 04 Test Method for
Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound 3. Constructing in accordance with
Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and ASCE 32;
Elements R317.4.1.
4. Erected on solid rock; or
R317.4.3.2 ASTM E 492 04 (1996)e
Specification for Laboratory Measurement of 5. Constructing in accordance with
Impact Sound Transmission through Floor chapter 1303.
Ceiling Assemblies Using the Tapping
Machine R317.4.2. Exception: Decks not supported by a
dwelling need not be provided with
1309.0318 SECTION R318, MOISTURE footings that extend below the frost line.
VAPOR RETARDERS.
Subp. 2. IRC Section R403.1.6. IRC
IRC Section R318.1 is amended to read as Section R403.1.6 is amended to read as
follows: follows:
R318.1 Vapor retarders. In all above grade R403.1.6 Foundation anchorage. When
framed walls, floors, and roof/ceilings braced wall panels are supported directly on
comprising elements of the building thermal continuous foundations, the wall wood sill
envelope, a vapor retarder shall be installed plate or cold formed steel bottom track shall
on the warm side of the insulation. Vapor be anchored to the foundation in accordance
retarders installed under a concrete floor slab with this section.
shall comply with section R506.2.3.
246
The wood sole plate at exterior walls on 3. Walls 12 inches (304.8 mm) total
monolithic slabs and wood sill plate shall be length or shorter connecting offset braced
anchored to the foundation with anchor bolts wall panels shall be permitted to be
spaced a maximum of 6 feet (1829 mm) on connected to the foundation without
center. There shall be a minimum of two anchor bolts. The wall shall be attached
bolts per plate section with one bolt located to adjacent braced wall panels according
not more than 12 inches (305 mm) or less to Figure R602.10.5 at corners.
than seven bolt diameters from each end of
the plate section. Bolts shall be at least 1/2 1309.0404 SECTION R404,
inch (12.7 mm) in diameter and shall extend a FOUNDATION AND RETAINING
minimum of 7 inches (178 mm) into masonry WALLS.
or concrete. Interior bearing wall sole plates
on monolithic slab foundations shall be Subpart 1. Section R404.1. IRC Section
positively anchored with approved fasteners. R404.1, Items 4 and 5, are amended to read as
A nut and washer shall be tightened on each follows:
bolt to the plate. Sills and sole plates shall be
protected against decay and termites where 4. Floor shall be blocked perpendicular
required by Sections R322 and R323. Cold to the floor joists. Blocking shall be full
formed steel framing systems shall be depth within three joist spaces of the
fastened to the wood sill plates or anchored foundation wall.
directly to the foundation as required in
Section R505.3.1 or R603.1.1. When vertical 5. Where foundation walls support
reinforcing is required by other sections of unbalanced load on opposite sides of the
this code, the foundation anchor bolts shall building, such as a daylight basement, the rim
align with the reinforcing. All anchor bolts board shall be attached to the sill with a 20
installed in masonry shall be grouted in place gage metal angle clip at 24 inches on center,
with at least 1 inch (25 mm) of grout between with five 8d nails per leg, or an approved
the bolt and the masonry. connector supplying 230 pounds per linear
foot capacity.
Exceptions:
1. Foundation anchor straps spaced as

required to provide equivalent anchorage
to 1/2 inch diameter (12.7 mm) anchor
bolts. When vertical reinforcing is
required by other sections of this code, the
foundation anchor straps shall align with
the reinforcing.
2. Walls 24 inches (609.6 mm) total

length or shorter connecting offset braced
wall panels shall be anchored to the
foundation with a minimum of one anchor
bolt located in the center third of the plate
section and shall be attached to adjacent
braced wall panels according to Figure
R602.10.5 at corners.
247
Subp. 2. Table R404.1(2). IRC Table R404.1(2) is amended to read as follows:
Table R404.1(2)
Maximum Anchor Bolt Spacing for Supported Foundation Wall
Max. 1/2” diameter

Unbalanced Anchor Bolt
Max. Wall Backfill Soil Load Top of Wall Spacing
Height Height Soil Classes (pcf / ft) Reaction (plf)b (inches)a
GW, GP, SW, & SP 30 250 72
8’ – 0” 7’ – 4” GM, GC, SM-SC, & ML 45 370 72
SC, MH, ML-CL & I-CL 60 490 48
GW, GP, SW, & SP 30 320 72
9’ – 0” 8’ – 4” GM, GC, SM-SC, & ML 45 480 48
SC, MH, ML-CL, & I-CL 60 640 40
For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 foot = 304.8 mm

a
Sill plate shall be 2 x 6 minimum. Anchor bolt shall be minimum 0.5" diameter cast in place
with 7" embed. Anchor bolt shall have a 2" diameter by 0.125" thick washer tightened and
countersunk 0.25" into the top of the sill plate.
b
Minimum load to be used for sizing of accepted anchors or fasteners if bolts are not used.
Subp. 3. Table R404.1(3). IRC Table

R404.1(3) is deleted in its entirety. Subp. 5. Section R404.1.2. IRC Section
R404.1.2 is amended to read as follows:
Subp. 4. Section R404.1.1. IRC Section
R404.1.1 is amended to read as follows: R404.1.2 Concrete foundation walls.
Concrete foundation walls shall be
R404.1.1 Masonry foundation walls. constructed as set forth in Table R404.1.1(5)
Concrete masonry and clay masonry and shall also comply with the provisions of
foundation walls shall be constructed as set Section R404 and the applicable provisions of
forth in Table R404.1.1(1), R404.1.1(2), Section R404.2. Cantilevered concrete
R404.1.1(3), or R404.1.1(4) and shall also foundation walls shall be constructed as set
comply with the provisions of Section R404 forth in Table R404.1.1(6), R404.1.1(7), or
and the applicable provisions of Sections R404.1.1(8). Cantilevered means:
R606, R607, and R608. Rubble stone foundation walls that do not have permanent
masonry foundation walls shall be constructed lateral support at the top.
in accordance with Sections R404.1.8 and
R607.2.2. Cantilevered masonry foundation Subp. 6. Table R404.1.1(6). IRC Section
walls shall be constructed as set forth in Table R404 is amended by adding a new table as
R404.1.1(6), R404.1.1(7), or R404.1.1(8). follows:
Cantilevered means: foundation walls that do
not have permanent lateral support at the top.
248
Table R404.1.1(6)
Cantilevered Concrete and Masonry Foundation Walls
Maximum
Maximum Unbalanced
Wall Backfill Minimum
j e
Height Height Vertical Reinforcement Size and Spacing for
(feet) (feet) 8 – Inch Nominal Wall Thicknessa,b,c,e,f,i,k
Soil Classesd
GW, GP, SW, & SP GM, GC, SM, SM-CS, SC, MH, ML-CL, and
& ML inorganic CL
4 3 None required None required None required
4 None required None required No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
4 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 56 in. o.c.h No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.g
a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry compressive strength of footing shall be 3,000
shall be laid in running bond. Minimum unit psi.
compressive strength is 1,900 psi. g. Provide propped cantilever wall: top of
b. Alternative reinforcing bar sizes and footing shall be 16 inches below the bottom
spacings having an equivalent cross sectional of the concrete floor slab minimum.
area of reinforcement per lineal foot of wall h. Provide #5 Grade 60 dowels, 1 foot 6
shall be permitted provided the spacing of the inches long, to connect footing to wall.
reinforcement does not exceed 72 inches. Embed dowel 5 inches into footing. Place
c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60 dowels in center of wall thickness spaced at
minimum. The distance from the face of the 32 inches o.c. maximum. No dowels are
soil side of the wall to the center of vertical required where length of the foundation wall
reinforcement shall be no greater than 2.5 between perpendicular walls is two times the
inches. foundation wall height or less.
d. Soil classes are in accordance with the i. This table is applicable where the length
Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to of the foundation wall between perpendicular
Table R405.1. walls is 35 feet or less, or where the length of
e. Interior concrete floor slab on grade shall the foundation laterally supported on only one
be placed tight to the wall. The exterior grade end by a perpendicular wall is 17 feet or less.
level shall be 6 inches minimum below the j. Maximum wall height is measured from
top of wall. Maximum height from top of top of the foundation wall to the bottom of the
slab on grade to bottom of floor joists is 10 interior concrete slab on grade.
feet 0 inches. Unbalanced backfill height is k. Install foundation anchorage per Section
the difference in height of the exterior finish R403.1.6.
ground levels and the top of the interior
concrete slab on grade.
f. Minimum footing size of 20 inches by 8
inches shall be placed on soil with a bearing
capacity of 2,000 psf. Minimum concrete
249
Subp. 7. Table R404.1.1(7). IRC Section follows:

R404 is amended by adding a new table as
Table R404.1.1(7)
Maximum
Maximum Unbalanced
Heightj Heighte Vertical Reinforcement Size and Spacing for
Soil Classesd
GW, GP, SW, & SP GM, GC, SM, SM-SC, SC, MH, ML-CL, and
& ML inorganic CL
4 None required None required None required
4 None required No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 64 in. o.c.g
5 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 56 in. o.c.g
6 3 None required No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
4 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 64 in. o.c.h
5 No. 4 @ 64 in. o.c.h No. 4 @ 40 in. o.c.g,h No. 5 @ 48 in. o.c.g,h
feet 0 inches. Unbalanced backfill height is

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry the difference in height of the exterior finish
shall be laid in running bond. Minimum unit ground levels and the top of the interior
compressive strength is 1,900 psi. concrete slab on grade.
b. Alternative reinforcing bar sizes and f. Minimum footing size of 20 inches by 8
spacings having an equivalent cross sectional inches shall be placed on soil with a bearing
area of reinforcement per lineal foot of wall capacity of 2,000 psf. Minimum concrete
shall be permitted provided the spacing of the compressive strength of footing shall be 3,000
reinforcement does not exceed 72 inches. psi.
c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60 g. Provide propped cantilever wall: top of
minimum. The distance from the face of the footing shall be 16 inches below the bottom
soil side of the wall to the center of vertical of the concrete floor slab minimum.
reinforcement shall be no greater than 2.5 h. Provide #5 Grade 60 dowels, 1 foot, 6
inches. inches long, to connect footing to wall.
d. Soil classes are in accordance with the Embed dowel 5 inches into footing. Place
Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to dowels in center of wall thickness spaced at
Table R405.1. 32 inches o.c. maximum. No dowels are
e. Interior concrete slab on grade shall be required where length of the foundation wall
placed tight to the wall. The exterior grade between perpendicular walls is two times the
level shall be 6 inches minimum below the foundation wall height or less.
top of wall. Maximum height from top of i. This table is applicable where the length
slab on grade to bottom of floor joists is 10 of the foundation wall between perpendicular
250
walls is 35 feet or less, or where the length of k. Install foundation anchorage per Section
the foundation laterally supported on only one R403.1.6.
end by a perpendicular wall is 17 feet or less.
j. Maximum wall height is measured from Subp. 8. Table R404.1.1(8). IRC Section
top of the foundation wall to the bottom of the R404 is amended by adding a new table as
interior concrete slab on grade. follows:
Table R404.1.1(8)
Maximum
Maximum Unbalanced
j e
Height Height Vertical Reinforcement Size and Spacing for
Soil Classesd
GW, GP, SW, & SP GM, GC, SM, SM-SC, SC, MH, ML-CL, and
& ML inorganic CL
4 None required None required None required
5 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
6 No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 56 in. o.c.g No. 4 @ 32 in. o.c.g,h
4 None required No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c. No. 4 @ 72 in. o.c.
reinforcement shall be no greater than 3

a. Mortar shall be Type M or S and masonry inches.
shall be laid in running bond. Minimum unit d. Soil classes are in accordance with the
compressive strength is 1,900 psi. Unified Soil Classification System. Refer to
b. Alternative reinforcing bar sizes and Table R405.1.
spacings having an equivalent cross sectional e. Interior concrete slab on grade shall be
area of reinforcement per lineal foot of wall placed tight to the wall. The exterior grade
shall be permitted provided the spacing of the level shall be 6 inches minimum below the
reinforcement does not exceed 72 inches. top of wall. Maximum height from top of
c. Vertical reinforcement shall be Grade 60 slab on grade to bottom of floor joists is 10
minimum. The distance from the face of the feet, 0 inches. Unbalanced backfill height is
soil side of the wall to the center of vertical the difference in height of the exterior finish
251
ground levels and the top of the interior foundation walls that retain earth and enclose
concrete slab on grade. interior spaces and floors below grade shall be
f. Minimum footing size of 20 inches by 8 dampproofed at a minimum from the top of
inches shall be placed on soil with a bearing the footing to the finished grade. Masonry
capacity of 2,000 psf. Minimum concrete walls shall be parged with not less than 3/8
compressive strength of footing shall be 3,000 inch (9.5 mm) portland cement parging
psi. applied to the exterior of the wall. The
g. Provide propped cantilever wall: top of parging shall be dampproofed in accordance
footing shall be 16 inches below the bottom with one of the following:
of the concrete floor slab minimum.
h. Provide #5 Grade 60 dowels, 1 foot, 6 1. Bituminous coating.
inches long, to connect footing to wall.
Embed dowel 5 inches into footing. Place 2. 3 pounds per square yard (1.63 kg/m2)
dowels in center of wall thickness spaced at of acrylic modified cement.
32 inches o.c. maximum. No dowels are
required where length of the foundation wall 3. 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) coat of surface
between perpendicular walls is two times the bonding cement complying with ASTM C
foundation wall height or less. 887.
i. This table is applicable where the length
of the foundation wall between perpendicular 4. Any material permitted for
walls is 35 feet or less, or where the length of waterproofing in Section R406.2.
the foundation laterally supported on only one
end by a perpendicular wall is 17 feet or less. 5. Other approved methods or materials.
j. Maximum wall height is measured from
top of the foundation wall to the bottom of the Exception: Parging of unit masonry
interior concrete slab on grade. walls is not required where a material is
k. Install foundation anchorage per Section approved for direct application to the
R403.1.6. masonry.
Subp. 9. IRC Section R404.1.3. IRC Concrete walls shall be dampproofed by

Section R404.1.3 is amended by adding the applying any one of the above listed
following exception to condition 2: dampproofing materials or any one of the
waterproofing materials listed in Section
Exception: Cantilevered concrete and R406.2 to the exterior of the wall.
masonry foundation walls constructed in
accordance with Table R404.1.1(6), Subp. 2. IRC Section R406.2. IRC
R404.1.1(7), or R404.1.1(8). Section R406.2 is amended to read as follows:
1309.0406 SECTION R406, R406.2 Concrete and masonry foundation

FOUNDATION WATERPROOFING waterproofing. In all soils groups other than
AND DAMPPROOFING. Group 1 soils in accordance with Table
R405.1, exterior foundation walls that retain
Subpart 1. IRC Section R406.1. IRC earth and enclose interior spaces and floors
Section R406.1 is amended to read as follows: below grade shall be waterproofed at a
minimum from the top of the footing to the
R406.1 Concrete and masonry foundation finished grade. Walls shall be waterproofed
dampproofing. Except where required by in accordance with one of the following:
Section R406.2 to be waterproofed,
252
1. 2 ply hot mopped felts. Table R602.3.1
2. 55 pound (25 kg) roll roofing. Maximum Allowable Length of Wood Wall
Studs Exposed to
3. 6 mil (0.15 mm) polyvinyl chloride. Wind Speeds of 90 mph or lessb,c,d,e,f,g,h,i
Where conditions are not within the
4. 6 mil (0.15 mm) polyethylene. parameters
of footnotes b, c, d, e, f, g, h, and i,
5. 40 mil (1 mm) polymer modified design is required.
asphalt.
Roof spans up to 22' supporting a roof only
6. 60 mil (1.5 mm) flexible polymer Maximum On-Center Spacing
cement. Wall Exposure (inches)
Height Categoryh,i
24 16 12 8
7. 1/8 inch cement based, fiber (feet)
reinforced, waterproof coating. 10 B 2x6 2x4 2x4 2x4
C 2x6 2x6 2x4 2x4
8. 60 mil (1.5 mm) solvent free liquid 12 B 2x6 2x6 2x4 2x4
applied synthetic rubber. C 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4
14 B 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4
Exception: Organic solvent based C 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6
products such as hydrocarbons, 16 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6
chlorinated hydrocarbons, ketones, and C 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6
esters shall not be used for ICF walls with 18 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6
expanded polystyrene form material. C 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6
Plastic roofing cements, acrylic coatings, 20 B 2x8 2x8 2x8 2x6
latex coatings, mortars, and pargings are C NAa 2x8 2x8 2x6
permitted to be used to seal ICF walls. 24 B NAa 2x8 2x8 2x8
Cold setting asphalt or hot asphalt shall C NAa NAa 2x8 2x8
conform to Type C of ASTM D 449. Hot Roof spans greater than 22' and up to 26'
asphalt shall be applied at a temperature supporting a roof only
of less than 200 degrees. Maximum On-Center Spacing
Wall Exposure (inches)
h,i
All joints in membrane waterproofing shall be Height Category
lapped and sealed with an adhesive 24 16 12 8
(feet)
compatible with the membrane. 10 B 2x6 2x6 2x4 2x4
C 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4
1309.0506 Repealed 12 B 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4
C 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6
1309.0602 SECTION R602, WOOD WALL 14 B 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x6
FRAMING. C 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6
16 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6
Subpart 1. Table R602.3.1. IRC Table C 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6
R602.3.1 is amended to read as follows: 18 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6
C NAa 2x8 2x8 2x6
20 B NAa 2x8 2x8 2x6
C NAa NAa 2x8 2x8
253
Maximum On-Center Spacing a. Design required.

Wall Exposure (inches) b. Applicability of these tables assumes the
Height Categoryh,i following: SPF#2 or better, Ground snow =
24 16 12 8
(feet) 60 psf, Roof snow = 42 psf, Component and
24 B NAa NAa 2x8 2x8 Cladding Zone 4 50 square feet (Exposure B
C NAa NAa NAa 2x8 = 14.3 psf, Exposure C = 18.4 psf), eaves not
Roof spans greater than 26' and up to 30' greater than 2.0 feet in dimension.
supporting a roof only c. The exterior of the wall shall be
Maximum On-Center Spacing continuously sheathed in accordance with one
Wall Exposure (inches) of the methods (2-8) listed in Section
Height Categoryh,i R602.10.3.
24 16 12 8 d. Studs shall be continuous full height.
(feet)
10 B 2x6 2x6 2x4 2x4 e. Full depth blocking is required at 10 foot
C 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4 spacing maximum.
12 B 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4 f. Utility, standard, stud, and No. 3 grade
C 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6 lumber of any species are not permitted.
14 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6 g. This table is based on a maximum
C 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6 allowable deflection limit of L/120.
16 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6 h. Exposure B - Urban and suburban areas,
C 2x8 2x8 2x8 2x6 wooded areas, or other terrain with numerous
18 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6 closely spaced obstructions having the size of
C NAa 2x8 2x8 2x8 single family dwellings or larger. Exposure B
20 B NAa 2x8 2x8 2x6 shall be assumed unless the site meets the
C NAa NAa 2x8 2x8 definition of another type exposure.
24 B NAa NAa 2x8 2x8 i. Exposure C - Open terrain with scattered
C NAa NAa NAa 2x8 obstructions, including surface undulations or
Roof spans greater than 30' and up to 34' other irregularities, having heights generally
supporting a roof only less than 30 feet extending more than 1,500
Maximum On-Center Spacing feet from the building site in any quadrant.
Wall Exposure (inches) This category includes flat open country,
Height Categoryh,i grasslands, and shorelines in hurricane prone
24 16 12 8 regions. Exposure C shall also apply to any
(feet)
10 B 2x6 2x6 2x4 2x4 building located within Exposure B type
C 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4 terrain where the building is directly adjacent
12 B 2x6 2x6 2x6 2x4 to open areas of Exposure C type terrain in
C 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6 any quadrant for a distance of more than 600
14 B 2x8 2x6 2x6 2x6 feet.
C 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6
16 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6 1309.0613 SECTION R613, EXTERIOR
C NAa 2x8 2x8 2x6 WINDOWS AND GLASS DOORS.
18 B 2x8 2x8 2x6 2x6
C NAa NAa 2x8 2x8 Subpart 1. Section R613.1. IRC Section
20 B NAa 2x8 2x8 2x6 R613.1 is amended to read as follows:
C NAa NAa 2x8 2x8
24 B NAa NAa 2x8 2x8 R613.1 General. This section prescribes
C NAa NAa NAa 2x8 performance and construction requirements
for exterior window systems installed in wall
systems. Windows and doors shall be
254
installed in accordance with the exterior lath shall cover and terminate on the
manufacturer's installation instructions. attachment flange of the weep screed.
Installation instructions shall be provided by
the manufacturer for each exterior window or R703.6.1.3 Control joints and expansion
door type. joints. Provisions for the control of
expansion shall be determined by the exterior
Subp. 2. Section R613.2. IRC Section plaster application designer. ASTM C 1063
R613.2 is deleted in its entirety. 03 sections 7.11 4 - 7.11 4.4 do not apply.
1309.0703 SECTION R703, EXTERIOR R703.6.3 Water resistive barriers. Water

COVERING. resistive barriers shall be installed as required
in Section R703.2 and, where applied over
Subpart 1. Repealed wood based sheathing, shall include two
layers of a water resistive vapor permeable
Subp. 2. Repealed barrier. Each layer shall meet both of the
following requirements:
Subp. 3. Section R703.6. IRC Section
R703.6 is amended to read as follows: 1. A water resistance not less than that of 60
minute Grade D paper; or a minimum
R703.6 Exterior plaster. Installation of hydrostatic head of 60.9 cm when tested in
these materials shall be in compliance with accordance with hydrostatic pressure test
ASTM C 926 98a and ASTM C 1063 03 and method AATCC 127 1998; or a minimum
provisions of this code. water transudation time of 60 minutes when
tested in accordance with ASTM D 779.
R703.6.1 Lath. All lath and lath attachments
shall be of corrosion resistant materials. 2. A water vapor permeance not less than
Expanded metal or woven wire lath shall be that of no. 15 felt; or a minimum permeance
attached with 11 gage nails having a 7/16 inch rating of 8.5 gr/h.ft.2 in Hg (US perm) (4.9 x
(11.1 mm) head or 16 gage staples, spaced at 1010 kg/Pa.s.m2) when tested in accordance
no more than 6 inches (152 mm) or as with Procedure B of ASTM E96.
otherwise approved. Nails or staples shall
penetrate wood framing support members not Exception: One layer of water resistive
less than 3/4 inch (19 mm). barrier complying with R703.2 is
permitted when a drainage space that
R703.6.2.1 Weep screeds. A minimum allows bulk water to flow freely behind
0.019 inch (No. 26 galvanized sheet gage), the cladding is provided.
corrosion resistant weep screed or plastic
weep screed, with a minimum vertical Subp. 3a. Section R703.7. IRC Section
attachment flange of 3 1/2 inches (89 mm) R703.7 is amended by adding the following
shall be provided at or below the foundation sentence to the end of Section R703.7: For
plate line on exterior stud walls in accordance structures in 90 mph wind speed region apply
with ASTM C 1063 03. The weep screed Seismic Design Category A limitations and
shall be placed a minimum of 4 inches (102 requirements of Exception 1 and Table
mm) above the earth or 2 inches (51 mm) R703.7(1).
above paved areas and shall be of a type that
will allow trapped water to drain to the Subp. 4. Repealed
exterior of the building. The weather resistant
barrier shall lap the attachment flange. The Subp. 5. Repealed
255
Subp. 6. Repealed Subp. 9. Section R703.8. IRC Section

R703.8 is amended to read as follows:
Subp. 7. Repealed
R703.8 Flashing. Approved corrosion
Subp. 8. Repealed resistant flashing shall be applied shingle
fashion in such a manner as to prevent entry
Subp. 8a. Section R703.7.4.2. IRC of water into the wall cavity or penetration of
Section R703.7.4.2 is amended to read as water to the building structural framing
follows: components. The flashing shall extend to the
surface of the exterior wall finish. Approved
R703.7.4.2 Air space. The veneer shall be corrosion resistant flashing shall be installed
separated from the sheathing by an air space at all of the following locations:
of a minimum of a nominal 1 inch (25 mm)
but not more than 4 1/2 inches (114 mm). 1. Exterior window and door openings.
Flashing at exterior window and door
Exception: One layer of water resistive openings shall extend to the surface of the
barrier complying with Section R703.2 is exterior wall finish or to the water resistive
permitted when a drainage space that barrier for subsequent drainage.
allows bulk water to flow freely behind
the cladding is provided. 2. At the intersection of chimneys or other
masonry construction with frame or stucco
Subp. 8b. Section R703.7.4.3. IRC walls, with projecting lips on both sides under
Section R703.7.4.3 is amended to read as stucco copings.
follows:
3. Under and at the ends of masonry, wood,
R703.7.4.3 Mortar or grout fill. As an or metal copings and sills.
alternate to the air space required by Section
R703.7.4.2, mortar or grout shall be permitted 4. Continuously above all projecting wood
to fill the air space. When the 1 inch (25.4 trim.
mm) space is filled with mortar, a weather
resistant membrane or building paper as 5. Where exterior porches, decks, or stairs
described in Section R703.2 or R703.6.3 is attach to a wall or floor assembly of wood
required over studs or sheathing. When frame construction.
filling the air space, it is permitted to replace
the sheathing and weather resistant membrane 6. At wall and roof intersections.
or asphalt saturated felt paper with a wire
mesh and approved paper or an approved 7. At built in gutters.
paper backed reinforcement attached directly
to the studs. 8. Where exterior material meets in other
than a vertical line.
R703.7.4.4 Masonry veneer on sheathed
substrates. On sheathed substrates, a 9. Where the lower portion of a sloped roof
corrosion resistant, self furring expanded stops within the plane of an intersecting wall
metal lath shall be installed over the weather cladding in such a manner as to divert or kick
resistant membrane or building paper with out water away from the assembly.
appropriate fasteners as described in Section
R703.6.1. Fasteners shall penetrate wood R703.8.1 Pan flashing of windows and
supports a minimum of one inch. doors. A pan flashing shall be provided
256
under all exterior windows and doors. Pan 1309.0903 SECTION R903, WEATHER
flashing shall be (a) sloped to drain water to PROTECTION.
the exterior surface of a weather resistive
barrier or flat with sealed back dam and side IRC Section R903.2.2 is amended as
dams to prevent re entry of water into the wall follows:
cavity or onto interior finishes, and (b)
maintain the thermal envelope of the building. R903.2.2 Kick out flashing/diverter. A kick
Pan flashing made from metal must be out flashing shall be installed where the lower
thermally isolated from interior surfaces. portion of a sloped roof stops within the plane
of an intersecting wall cladding, in such a
Exceptions: manner as to divert or kick out water away
from the assembly.
1. Windows or doors installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's 1309.0905 SECTION R905,
installation instructions which include an REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOF
alternate flashing method. COVERINGS.
2. Windows or doors in detached
accessory structures. IRC Section R905.2.1 is amended as
follows:
3. Skylights, bow or bay windows.
R905.2.1 Sheathing requirements. Asphalt
4. Doors required to meet accessibility shingles shall be fastened to solidly sheathed
requirements that would prevent the decks or 1 inch thick nominal wood boards.
installation of pan flashing.
5. Repairs or replacement of existing

windows and doors.
6. When a method is provided by a

registered design professional.
1309.0802 SECTION 802, WOOD ROOF

FRAMING.
IRC Section R802.10.5 is amended to

read as follows:
R802.10.5 Truss to wall connection.

Trusses shall be connected to wall plates by
the use of approved fasteners or connectors
having a resistance to uplift of not less than
the value listed on the truss design drawings.
1309.0806 SECTION R806, ROOF

VENTILATION.
IRC Section R806.4 is deleted in its

entirety.
257

REHABILITATION OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
1311.0010 ADOPTION BY REFERENCE guidelines, the appendix does not apply.

OF THE GUIDELINES FOR THE
REHABILITATION OF EXISTING STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
BUILDINGS. HIST: 27 SR 1479
Chapters one to six of the 2000 Guidelines 1311.0109 SECTION 109,

for the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings MODIFICATIONS.
(GREB) as promulgated by the International
Conference of Building Officials, Whittier, GREB Section 109 is amended by modifying
California, are incorporated by reference and the last sentence to read as follows:
made a part of the Minnesota State Building
Code, as amended in this chapter. Appendices The details of any action granting
2, 3, and 4 of the GREB are deleted and are not modification or the acceptance of a compliance
made a part of the Minnesota State Building alternative shall be recorded and entered in the
Code. The guidelines, which include files of the department of building safety.
Resources 1 through 6, are provided as useful
information intended to assist the code user STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
and shall not be adopted as part of this code, HIST: 27 SR 1479
except for GREB Resource 2, as referenced in
GREB Section 504.1. The 2000 Guidelines for 1311.0110 SECTION 110, TESTS.
the Rehabilitation of Existing Buildings is not
subject to frequent change and a copy of the GREB Section 110 is amended to read as
2000 Guidelines for the Rehabilitation of follows:
Existing Buildings, with amendments for use
in Minnesota, is available in the office of the SECTION 110
commissioner of administration. TESTS
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 If there is insufficient evidence of compliance

HIST: 27 SR 1479 with these guidelines, or evidence that a
material or method does not conform to the
1311.0103 SECTION 103, SCOPE. requirements of these guidelines, or in order to
substantiate claims for alternative materials or
GREB Section 103 is amended to read as methods, the building official shall have the
follows: authority to require tests as evidence of
compliance to be made at no expense to the
SECTION 103 jurisdiction. Test methods shall be as specified
SCOPE in these guidelines or by other recognized test
standards. In the absence of recognized and
These guidelines constitute the minimum accepted test methods, the building official
standards for change of occupancy, alteration, shall have the authority to approve alternate
or repair of existing buildings and structures. testing procedures. Tests shall be performed
If a reference is made to the appendix in these by an approved agency. Reports of these tests
258
shall be retained by the building official. OF WORK.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 GREB Section 203 is deleted in its entirety
HIST: 27 SR 1479 and replaced with the following:
1311.0201 SECTION 201, SECTION 203

ADMINISTRATION. INSPECTION OF WORK
GREB section 201 is amended to read as All buildings or structures within the scope of
follows: these guidelines and all construction or work
for which a permit is required are subject to
SECTION 201 inspection by the building official in
ADMINISTRATION accordance with and in the manner prescribed
in these guidelines and Minnesota Rules,
The building official is hereby authorized to chapter 1300.
enforce the provisions of these guidelines. The
building official shall have the power to render STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
interpretations of these guidelines as deemed HIST: 27 SR 1479
necessary to clarify the application of the
provisions of these guidelines. These 1311.0205 SECTION 205, LIABILITY.
interpretations shall be in conformity with the
intent and purpose of these guidelines and the GREB Section 205 is deleted in its entirety
Minnesota State Fire Code. In order to and replaced with the following:
effectively perform this duty and gain
conformity with the Minnesota State Fire SECTION 205
Code, the building official shall consult with LIABILITY
the fire official.
Liability shall be determined as specified in
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 Minnesota Rules, chapter 1300.
HIST: 27 SR 1479
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
1311.0202 SECTION 202, PERMITS HIST: 27 SR 1479
REQUIRED.
GREB Section 202 is deleted in its entirety 1311.0206 SECTION 206, UNSAFE
and replaced with the following: BUILDINGS OR STRUCTURES.
SECTION 202 GREB Section 206 is deleted in its entirety

PERMITS REQUIRED and replaced with the following:
Permits are required as specified in Minnesota SECTION 206

Rules, chapter 1300. UNSAFE BUILDINGS OR STRUCTURES
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 All buildings or structures regulated by these
HIST: 27 SR 1479 guidelines that are structurally unsafe or not
provided with adequate egress, that constitute a
1311.0203 SECTION 203, INSPECTION fire hazard, or that are otherwise dangerous to
259
human life are, for the purpose of this section, OFFICIAL" is amended to read as follows:
unsafe. Any use of buildings or structures
constituting a hazard to safety, health, or public BUILDING OFFICIAL. The municipal
welfare by reason of inadequate maintenance, building code administrative authority certified
dilapidation, obsolescence, fire hazard, under Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.65,
disaster, damage, or abandonment is, for the subdivisions 2 and 3.
purpose of this section, an unsafe use. Parapet
walls, cornices, spires, towers, tanks, statuary, C. The definition of "HISTORIC
and other appendages or structural members BUILDING" is replaced with the following:
that are supported by, attached to, or a part of a
building and that are in deteriorated condition CERTIFIED HISTORIC STRUCTURE. A
or otherwise unable to sustain the design loads building and its structural components that:
that are specified in these guidelines are
designated, for the purposes of this section, (1) is listed on the National Register of
unsafe building appendages. Historic Places, or determined eligible for
listing in the National Register of Historic
The building official shall order any building Places by the State Historic Preservation
or portion of a building to be vacated if its Officer, or designated by a certified local
continued use is dangerous to life, health, or government; or
safety of the occupants. The order shall be in
writing and shall state the reason or building (2) is located in a registered historic district
code for the action. and determined to be a contributing building as
defined by the State Historic Preservation
All unsafe buildings, structures, or Officer or the certified local government.
appendages are public nuisances and must be
abated by repair, rehabilitation, demolition, or As used in this definition: "Registered
removal, according to Minnesota Statutes, historic district" means a district listed on the
sections 463.15 to 463.26. National Register of Historic Places, or
determined eligible for listing on the National
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 Register of Historic Places by the State
HIST: 27 SR 1479 Historic Preservation Officer or designated by
a certified local government; and
1311.0301 SECTION 301, DEFINITIONS.
"Certified local government" means an
Subpart 1. Section 301, amending agency of government meeting the standards
definitions. GREB Section 301 is amended by administered by the United States Secretary of
modifying definitions as follows: the Interior through the State of Minnesota
Historic Preservation Officer.
A. The definition of "ALTER OR
ALTERATION" is replaced with the D. In the definition of "WORK AREA," the
following: term "reconstruction" in the last sentence of the
definition is replaced with the term
ALTERATION. Any construction or "rehabilitation."
renovation to an existing structure other than
repair or addition. Subp. 2. Section 301, adding definitions.
GREB Section 301 is amended by adding the
B. The definition of "BUILDING following definitions:
260
ACCESSIBILITY CODE means Minnesota A. Subsection 401.2.7, Exception 3, is

Rules, chapter 1341, Minnesota Accessibility amended to read as follows:
Code. 3. If a grounding means exists in the
receptacle enclosure or a grounding connection
BUILDING CODE means Minnesota Rules, is made to the grounding electrode system of
chapter 1305, Minnesota Building Code. the premises, receptacles shall be replaced with
a grounding-type receptacle.
CHANGE IN USE or CHANGE IN
OCCUPANCY means a change in the B. Subsection 401.2.7, Exception 4, is
character or use of an existing building or amended to read as follows:
portion of a building that would place it in a
different division of the same group of 4. If a grounding means does not exist in
occupancy or in a different group of the receptacle enclosure, nongrounding-type
occupancies. receptacles shall be permitted to be installed.
ELECTRICAL CODE means Minnesota C. Subsection 401.2.7, Exception 5, is

Rules, chapter 1315, Minnesota Electrical amended to read as follows:
Code.
5. If a grounding means does not exist in
ELEVATOR CODE means Minnesota Rules, the receptacle enclosure, a ground-fault
chapter 1307, Minnesota Elevator Code. circuit-interrupter-type receptacle outlet shall
be permitted to be installed. Other
ENERGY CODE means Minnesota Statutes, grounding-type receptacle outlets shall be
section 16B.617, Minnesota Energy Code. permitted to be supplied through a ground-fault
circuit-interrupter-type receptacle. An
FIRE CODE means the Minnesota State Fire equipment grounding connection shall not be
Code adopted pursuant to Minnesota Rules, made between equipment grounding
chapter 7510, and Minnesota Statutes, chapter connections of any receptacles that are not
299F. connected to an equipment grounding
conductor. Grounding-type receptacles that do
MECHANICAL CODE means Minnesota not provide grounding connections shall be
Rules, chapter 1346, Minnesota Mechanical marked "No Equipment Ground."
Code.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
PLUMBING CODE means Minnesota Rules, HIST: 27 SR 1479
chapter 4715, of the Minnesota State Building
Code. 1311.0403 SECTION 403, LIFE SAFETY.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 Subpart 1. Section 403. GREB Section 403
HIST: 27 SR 1479 is amended by deleting the phrase
"(Supplemental requirement)" from the
1311.0401 SECTION 401, GENERAL. following sections: 403.11.2; 403.11.3;
403.12.2; 403.12.3; and (Supplemental
Section 401.2.7. GREB Section 401.2.7 is requirements) from sections 403.14.1.4.1; and
amended by modifying the following 403.16.2.
subsections:
Subp. 2. Section 403.1. GREB Section
261
403.1 is amended by adding a subsection: Subp. 7. Section 403.18. GREB Section

403.18 and Exceptions are deleted in their
403.1.1 Accessibility requirements. entirety and replaced with the following:
Buildings undergoing alterations as defined in
chapter 3 shall comply with the applicable 403.18 Dead-end corridors. Existing
requirements specified in Minnesota Rules, dead-end corridors in any work area shall
part 1341.0409, ADAAG 4.1.5; Accessible comply with the Minnesota State Fire Code.
Buildings; Additions, and part 1341.0411, Newly constructed dead-end corridors shall
ADAAG 4.1.6; Accessible Buildings; comply with the Minnesota State Building
Alterations; subparts 1, 2, and 3. Code.
For change of occupancy requirements, see STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
Chapter 5. HIST: 27 SR 1479
Subp. 3. Section 403.2. GREB Section 1311.0404 SECTION 404, INTERIOR

403.2 is amended by modifying Exception 3 to FINISH.
read as follows:
GREB Sections 404.1, 404.1.1, and 404.1.2
3. Where the work area and means of are amended by deleting the reference to
egress serving the work area complies with "(Supplemental requirements)."
NFPA 101, 1997 edition.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
Subp. 4. Section 403.2.1. GREB Section HIST: 27 SR 1479
403.2.1 is amended by deleting Exception 8 in
its entirety and renumbering the remaining 1311.0405 SECTION 405, SHAFT
exceptions as "8, 9, 10, 11, 11.1, and 11.2" ENCLOSURES.
respectively.
Subpart 1. Section 405.1. GREB Section
Subp. 5. Section 403.2.2. GREB Section 405.1 is amended to read as follows:
403.2 is amended by adding a subsection:
405.1 In any work area, newly constructed
403.2.2 Additions using means of egress vertical openings through a floor ceiling
through existing buildings. If occupants of assembly shall comply with the requirements
an addition to an existing building are required of the Minnesota State Building Code.
to exit through the existing building, the means
of egress systems shall comply with the Subp. 2. Section 405.2. GREB Section
applicable provisions of the Building Code for 405.2 is amended to read as follows:
new construction. For accessibility
requirements, see section 403.1.1. 405.2 In any work area, all existing interior
vertical openings through a floor ceiling
Subp. 6. Section 403.5.1. GREB Section assembly shall be enclosed with approved
403.5.1 is amended by modifying the last assemblies having a fire-resistance rating of
sentence to read as follows: not less than one hour with approved opening
protection.
See Section 603.9 for existing guards in
historical structures. (The exceptions are included and remain
unchanged.)
262
Subp. 3. Sections 405.3, 405.4, and 405.5. an individual guestroom or individual dwelling
GREB Sections 405.3, 405.4, and 405.5 are unit.
amended to delete the reference to
"(Supplemental requirements)." Subp. 2. Section 408.1.2. GREB Section
408.1.2 is modified to read as follows:
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
HIST: 27 SR 1479 408.1.2 Where the work area is in Use Group
R-3 or R-4, smoke detectors complying with
1311.0407 SECTION 407, FIRE Section 907.2.10.1.2 of the International
SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS. Building Code adopted according to Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1305, shall be provided. When
GREB Section 407.1 is amended to read as the work area is in any attached dwelling unit
follows: in Use Group R-3 or R-4, the requirement is
only applicable to a dwelling unit that is part of
407.1 All work areas in any building or portion the work area.
of a building that is required to have a
fire-extinguishing system in accordance with STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
the Minnesota Rules, chapters 1305 and 1306, HIST: 27 SR 1479
if specifically adopted by the jurisdiction, shall
be provided with 1311.0409 SECTION 409, HIGH RISE
an automatic fire-suppression system. BUILDINGS.
Exception: In other than high-rise GREB Section 409.3 is deleted and replaced
structures, where an automatic water supply for with the following:
sprinkler protection is not available at that
floor level, the building official shall be 409.3 Elevators. If work includes an
permitted to accept alternative protection. alteration to an elevator in the building, the
elevator shall comply with the Minnesota
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 Elevator Code.
HIST: 27 SR 1479
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
1311.0408 SECTION 408, FIRE HIST: 27 SR 1479
ALARMS.
1311.0410 SECTION 410,
Subpart 1. Section 408.1.1. GREB Section BOILER/FURNACE EQUIPMENT
408.1.1 is modified to read as follows: ROOMS.
408.1.1 In Use Groups R-1 and R-2, individual GREB Section 410.1 is amended to read as
guestrooms and individual dwelling units in follows:
any work area shall be provided with smoke
detectors complying with Sections 907.2.10.1 410.1 Shops not classified as Group H,
and 907.2.10.1.2 of the International Building laboratories, storage rooms with floor area
Code adopted according to Minnesota Rules, exceeding 100 square feet in size, and rooms
chapter 1305. containing boilers or central heating plants in
Groups A; B; E; F; H; I; M; R-1; R-2; and S
Exception: Smoke detectors are not occupancies shall be separated from the rest of
required when the work is not occurring within the building by not less than a one-hour
263
occupancy separation. When approved by the 411.2 A building, structure, or an individual

building official, existing wood lath and plaster structural member that has any of the
in good condition or 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) conditions or defects described below, as
gypsum wallboard may be accepted where determined by a registered design professional,
one-hour occupancy separations are required. shall be replaced or strengthened when:
Exceptions: 1. The stress in any materials, member, or

portion thereof, due to all dead and live loads,
1. In Groups A; B; E; F; I; M; and S is more than one and one-half the working
occupancies, a separation need not be provided stress or stresses allowed in the Minnesota
where the largest price of fuel equipment does State Building Code for new buildings of
not exceed 400,000 Btu's per hour input. similar structure, purpose, or location.
2. In Group R-2 occupancies, a separation 2. Any portion of the building, structure, or

need not be provided for such rooms with member has been damaged by fire, earthquake,
equipment serving only one dwelling unit. wind, flood, or by any other cause, to such an
extent that its structural strength or stability is
3. In Groups A; B; E; F; I; M; R; and S materially less than it was before the
occupancies, a separation need not be provided catastrophe and is less than the minimum
if the hazardous area is protected with requirements of the Minnesota State Building
automatic sprinklers. Code for new buildings of similar structure,
purpose, or location.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
HIST: 27 SR 1479 3. Any portion of the building, structure, or
member has wracked, warped, buckled, or
1311.0411 SECTION 411, STRUCTURAL settled to such an extent that walls or other
REQUIREMENTS. structural portions have materially less
resistance to winds or earthquakes than is
GREB Section 411 is deleted in its entirety required in the case of similar new
and replaced with the following: construction.
SECTION 411 4. The building or structure, or any portion

STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS of it, is likely to partially or completely
collapse because of (i) dilapidation,
411.1 Structural safety. The minimum design deterioration, or decay; (ii) faulty construction;
loads for the structure shall be the loads (iii) the removal, movement, or instability of
applicable at the time the building was any portion of the ground necessary for the
constructed, provided that no dangerous purpose of supporting such building; (iv) the
condition is created.The building official may deterioration, decay, or inadequacy of its
require that structural members exposed during foundation; or (v) any other cause.
construction be evaluated by a registered
design professional. Structural members that 5. The exterior walls or other vertical
are found to be unsound or dangerous shall structural members list, lean, or buckle to such
comply with the applicable requirements of the an extent that a plumb line passing through the
Minnesota State Building Code for new center of gravity does not fall inside the middle
construction. one-third of the base.
264
6. The building or structure, exclusive of the outlet protected with a ground-fault

foundation, shows 33 percent or more damage circuit-interrupter located near each piece of
or deterioration of its supporting member or laundry equipment and at least one lighting
members, or 50 percent damage or outlet.
deterioration of its nonsupporting members,
enclosing or outside walls, or coverings. Subp. 3. Section 413.2.4.5. GREB Section
413.2.4.5 is amended as follows:
7. Any building or structure, which, whether
or not erected in accordance with all applicable 413.2.4.5 At least one lighting outlet shall be
laws and ordinances, has in any nonsupporting provided in every kitchen, toilet room,
part, member, or portion less than 50 percent, bathroom, hallway, stairway, attached garage,
or in any supporting part, member, or portion and detached garage with electric power.
less than 66 percent of the (i) strength, (ii)
fire-resisting qualities or characteristics, or (iii) Subp. 4. Section 413.2.4.8. GREB Section
weather-resisting qualities or characteristics 413.2.4 is amended by adding the following
required by law in the case of newly subsection:
constructed building or like area, height, and
occupancy in the same location. 413.2.4.8 Each toilet room and bathroom shall
have a receptacle outlet provided with
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection.
HIST: 27 SR 1479
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
1311.0413 SECTION 413, OTHER HIST: 27 SR 1479
SAFETY FEATURES.
1311.0501 SECTION 501, GENERAL.
Subpart 1. Section 413.2.3. GREB Section
413.2.3, the Exceptions are amended to read as Subpart 1. Section 501, Tables. GREB
follows: Section 501, tables 5-A to 5-E are deleted and
replaced with the following tables:
Exceptions:
TABLE 5-A HAZARD CATEGORIES
1. If the existing load is less than 10 kva as AND CLASSIFICATIONS:
computed in accordance with the Minnesota HEIGHTS AND AREAS
Electrical Code, an existing 60 ampere
three-wire service shall be permitted. RELATIVE HAZARD USE CLASSIFICATION
1 (Highest Hazard) A-2, H, I-3
2. 30-ampere and larger two- or three-wire A-1, A-3, A-4, E, I-1,
feeders supplying dwelling units shall be 2 I-2, S-1
permitted where the feeders are adequate for 3 B, F-1, M, R
4 (Lowest Hazard) F-2, S-2, U
the load served as computed in the Minnesota
Electrical Code.
TABLE 5-B HAZARD CATEGORIES
Subp. 2. Section 413.2.4.3. GREB Section AND CLASSIFICATIONS:
413.2.4.3 is amended as follows: LIFE SAFETY AND EXITS
RELATIVE HAZARD USE CLASSIFICATION
413.2.4.3 Laundry areas shall have a minimum 1 H
of one grounded-type outlet or a receptacle 2 I-2, I-3
265
RELATIVE HAZARD USE CLASSIFICATION Code.

3 A, E, I-1, R-1, R-2
4 B, F-1, R-3, R-4, S-1, M
5 F-2. S-2, U 3. Accessible parking, where parking is
provided.
TABLE 5-C HAZARD CATEGORIES
AND CLASSIFICATIONS: 4. At least one exterior accessible route from
OCCUPANCY SEPARATIONS accessible parking to an accessible building
entrance. If no parking is provided, at least
RELATIVE HAZARD USE CLASSIFICATION one exterior accessible route within the
1 H, I boundary of the site to an accessible building
2 A, B, F, M, S-1, S-2 entrance.
3 E
4 R-1, R-2, U
5 R-3 5. At least one accessible unisex or male and
female toilet room for every 3 levels of the
TABLE 5-D HAZARD CATEGORIES building.
AND CLASSIFICATIONS:
EXPOSURE OF EXTERIOR WALLS No requirement for change in occupancy of a
building shall impose a requirement for greater
RELATIVE HAZARD USE CLASSIFICATION accessibility than that which would be required
1 (Highest Hazard) H by the Minnesota Accessibility Code for new
2 F-1, I, M, S-1 construction. However, if compliance with
3 A, B, E, I, R
4 (Lowest Hazard) F-2, S-2, U
any of the requirements of this section is
technically infeasible, the change in occupancy
Subp. 2. Section 501.4. GREB Section shall not be permitted.
501.4.2 Portion of building. When a change
501.4 Accessibility requirements. The in occupancy of a portion of a building places
following accessibility requirements shall the portion of the building in a different
apply to a change in occupancy as defined in division of the same occupancy group or in a
chapter 3. different occupancy group, all of the following
accessible features shall be provided:
501.4.1 Entire building. When a change in
occupancy of a building places the building in 1. At least one accessible building entrance.
a different division of the same occupancy
group or in a different occupancy group, the 2. At least one accessible interior route from
building shall have all of the following an accessible building entrance to the portion
accessible features: of the building undergoing the change in
occupancy. In multistory buildings where the
1. At least one accessible building entrance. portion of the building undergoing the change
in occupancy is located above or below the
2. At least one accessible interior route from level of access and the number of occupants of
an accessible building entrance to primary the new occupancy exceeds 30 occupants, an
function areas. Vertical conveyance devices accessible vertical route shall be provided.
used as part of an accessible route shall be
installed in compliance with the Minnesota Exception: Regardless of occupant load, an
Accessibility Code and the Minnesota Elevator accessible vertical route shall be provided in
multistory buildings where the new occupancy
266
is a public area of retail sales, medical care Subpart 1. Section 503.2. GREB Section
facility, transportation facility, or government 503.2, Exception 2, is amended as follows:
entity.
2. In other than Group I occupancies,
Vertical conveyance devices used as part of unenclosed existing stairways need not be
an accessible route shall be installed in enclosed in a continuous vertical shaft when
compliance with the Minnesota Accessibility the entire building is provided with an
Code and the Minnesota Elevator Code. approved automatic sprinkler system and the
number of open floors do not exceed three.
3. Accessible parking, where parking is
provided. Subp. 2. Section 503.3. GREB Section
503.3 and Exception are deleted in their
4. At least one exterior accessible route from entirety.
accessible parking to an accessible building
entrance. If no parking is provided, at least Subp. 3. Section 503.4. GREB Section
one exterior accessible route within the 503.4 is renumbered as new Section 503.3.
boundary of the site to an accessible building
entrance. STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
HIST: 27 SR 1479
No requirement for change in occupancy
shall impose a requirement for greater 1311.0505 SECTION 505, STRUCTURAL
accessibility than that which would be required SAFETY.
by the Minnesota Accessibility Code for new
construction. However, if compliance with Subpart 1. Section 505.3. GREB Section
any of the requirements of this section is 505.3 and Exceptions are deleted in their
technically infeasible, the change in occupancy entirety.
shall not be permitted.
Subp. 2. Section 505.4. GREB Section
Subp. 3. Section 501.5. GREB Section 505.4 is amended by renumbering it as Section
501.5 is amended by modifying the reference 505.3.
to "Tables 5-A through 5-E" to read "Tables
5-A through 5-D." STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
HIST: 27 SR 1479
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
HIST: 27 SR 1479 1311.0601 SECTION 601, CERTIFIED
HISTORIC STRUCTURES.
1311.0502 SECTION 502, FIRE AND
LIFE-SAFETY. GREB Section 601.2 is amended by
modifying the second sentence to read as
GREB Section 502.1.1 is amended by follows:
deleting the exception in its entirety.
If it is intended that the building meet the
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 requirements of this chapter, a written report
HIST: 27 SR 1479 shall be prepared and filed with the building
official and appropriate certified local
1311.0503 SECTION 503, ENCLOSURE government.
OF VERTICAL SHAFTS.
267
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64 STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
HIST: 27 SR 1479 HIST: 27 SR 1479
1311.0603 SECTION 603, FIRE-SAFETY. 1311.0604 SECTION 604, CHANGE OF

OCCUPANCY.
Subpart 1. Section 603.1. GREB Section Subpart 1. Section 604.8. GREB Section
603.1 is amended as follows: 604.8 and Exception are deleted in their
entirety and replaced with the following:
603.1 General. Every historic building
undergoing repairs, alterations, or change of 604.8 Transoms. In corridor walls required to
occupancy that cannot conform to the be fire rated by these provisions, existing
construction requirements specified in these transoms may be retained if fixed in the closed
guidelines for the occupancy or use and position and fitted with wired glass set in a
constitutes a distinct fire hazard and therefore steel frame or other approved glazing system.
is determined unsafe as identified in Section
206, shall be provided with an approved Exception: Transoms conforming to
automatic fire-extinguishing system as Section 603 of these provisions shall be
determined appropriate by the building official. accepted.
However, an automatic fire-extingushing
system shall not be used to substitute for, or act Subp. 2. Section 604.16. GREB Section
as an alternate to the required number of exits 604.16 is deleted in its entirety and replaced
from any facility. with the following:
Exception: Compliance alternatives as 604.16 Accessibility requirements.

outlined in Section 601.2 are documented and Alterations to a certified historic structure shall
approved by the building official. comply with Section 403.1.1 unless it is
determined, in accordance with the Minnesota
Subp. 2. Section 603.3. GREB Section Accessibility Code, Minnesota Rules, part
603.3 is amended as follows: 1341.0413, subpart 2, that compliance with the
requirements for exterior and interior
603.3 Transoms. In fully sprinklered accessible routes, ramps, entrances, or toilets
buildings of Use Groups other than A-2, H, would threaten or destroy the historic
and I-2, existing transoms in corridors and significance of the building or facility, in
other fire-rated walls may be maintained. A which case the alternative requirements in
sprinkler shall be installed on each side of the Minnesota Rules, part 1341.0413, subpart 3,
transom. may be used for the feature.
Subp. 3. Section 603.11. GREB Sections STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59; 16B.61; 16B.64
603.11, 603.11.1 and Exception, and 603.11.2 HIST: 27 SR 1479
are deleted in their entirety and replaced with
the following:
603.11 Doors. Historic wood panel doors in

interior walls that are required to have a
one-hour fire rated assembly may be permitted
if a sprinkler is installed on each side of the
door.
268

ELECTRICAL CODE
1315.0200 SCOPE.
Subpart 1. Electrical code. All new 1557]
electrical wiring, apparatus, and equipment
for electric light, heat, power, technology 1315.0600 [Repealed by amendment, 9 SR
circuits and systems, and alarm and 1557]
communication systems must comply with the
regulations contained in the 2002 edition of
the National Electrical Code (NEC) as
approved by the American National Standards
Institute (ANSI/NFPA 70-2002), Minnesota
Statutes, section 326.243, and the Minnesota
State Building Code as adopted by the
commissioner of administration. The 2002
edition of the National Electrical Code,
developed and published by the National Fire
Protection Association, Inc., is incorporated
by reference and made part of the Minnesota
State Building Code. The National Electrical
Code is not subject to frequent change and is
available in the office of the commissioner of
administration, from the State Board of
Electricity, 1821 University Avenue, Suite S-
128, St. Paul, MN 55104-2993, through
public libraries, or from National Fire
Protection Association, Inc., One Battery
March Park, Post Office Box 9101, Quincy,
MA 02269-9101.
Subp. 2. [Repealed, 12 SR 102; 12 SR 151]
STAT AUTH: MS s 14.07; 16B.59; 16B.61 to

16B.64; 326.241 to 326.248
HIST: 9 SR 1557; 11 SR 1405; 12 SR 102; 12

SR 151; 14 SR 2988; 18 SR 467; 20 SR
2290(NO. 43); 23 SR 2404; 27 SR 347

1557]
1315.0400 [Repealed, 12 SR 102; 12 SR

151]
269
- 269a -
This insert provides the new Minnesota Residential Energy Code
• View Minnesota Rules, Chapter 1322 at: www.dli.mn.gov/ccld/pdf/sbc_1322.pdf

- 269b -
This insert provides the new Minnesota Commercial Energy Code
• View Minnesota Rules, Chapter 1323 at: www.dli.mn.gov/ccld/pdf/sbc_1323.pdf


SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS
1325.0200 [Repealed, 8 SR 1229] certification that discloses to each potential

buyer of the extent to which the seller's solar
1325.0300 [Repealed, 8 SR 1229] energy system meets or exceeds the SRCC
Operating Guidelines and Standards in
1325.0400 [Repealed, 8 SR 1229] subpart 4a.
1325.0500 [Repealed, 8 SR 1229] Subp. 4. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.0600 [Repealed, 8 SR 1229] Subp. 4a. Incorporation of Operating

Guidelines and Standards. The publications
1325.0700 [Repealed, 8 SR 1229] in items A to C adopted by the Solar Rating
and Certification Corporation (SRCC) are
1325.1000 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] incorporated by reference and made part of
the Minnesota State Building Code. They are
1325.1100 SOLAR ENERGY. not subject to frequent change and are
available at the Minnesota state law library.
Subpart 1. Authority. This part is
authorized by Minnesota Statutes, section A. Document OG-100, Operating
216C.25, and established through the Guidelines for Certifying Solar
rulemaking procedures in Minnesota Statutes, Collectors, dated April 1994.
chapter 14.
B. Standard OG-100-86 (RA92), Test
Subp. 2. Scope. This part applies to solar Methods and Minimum Standards for
energy systems which are used to satisfy Certifying Solar Collectors, dated April
space heating and/or space cooling and/or 1994.
domestic or service hot water demands of
buildings, and shall be used for all solar C. Document OG-300-95, Operating
energy systems as defined in Minnesota Guidelines and Minimum Standards for
Statutes, section 216C.06, subdivision 8; Certifying Solar Water Heating Systems,
however, this part does not apply to solar dated August 1995.
energy systems whose primary purpose is to
produce generated electric power. This part is Subp. 5. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
to be used in conjunction with existing
building codes and standards and does not Subp. 5a. Certification. Solar collectors
replace existing building codes. and solar water heating systems sold, offered
for sale, or installed in the state must bear a
Subp. 3. Purpose. The purpose of this Solar Rating and Certification Corporation
part is twofold: first, to establish standards for (SRCC) certification label evidencing the
the evaluation of the performance, durability, manufacturer's compliance with the design,
reliability, and maintainability of solar energy reliability, durability, safety, operation,
systems; and second, to require Solar Rating servicing, installation, and manual criteria
and Certification Corporation (SRCC) contained in the Operating Guidelines and
270
Standards in subpart 4a. In addition, in

accordance with the Operating Guidelines and 1325.2300 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
Standards, every seller of solar collectors and
solar water heating systems for installation in 1325.2400 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
the state must provide every bona fide
prospective buyer a copy of the certification 1325.2500 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
award issued by the SRCC.
1325.2600 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
Subp. 6. Enforcement. The building
official shall not issue any permits required 1325.2700 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
for installation of the electrical, mechanical,
or structural aspects of the solar energy 1325.2800 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
system until the seller has furnished the
building official a copy of the completed 1325.2900 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
certification award required by this part. The
building official need not determine the 1325.3000 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
accuracy of the seller's certification award or
otherwise determine the extent to which the 1325.3100 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
seller's solar energy system meets or exceeds
the Operating Guidelines and Standards in 1325.3200 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
subpart 4a.
1325.3300 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61; 216C.25
HIST: L 1987 c 384 art 2 s 1; 20 SR 1325.3400 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
2290(NO. 43)
1325.3500 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.1200 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.3600 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.1300 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.9000 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.1400 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.1500 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] 1325.9100 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.1900 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] 1325.9500 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43]
1325.2000 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.2100 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
1325.2200 [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
271

FLOOD PROOFING REGULATIONS
1335.0200 ADOPTION OF "FLOOD above mean sea level to which floodproofing

PROOFING REGULATIONS." protection shall be provided. Hereinafter
Sections 100 to 1406 of the 1972 edition of reference to the term "regulatory flood
"Flood Proofing Regulations" (FPR) as datum" in these regulations shall be
promulgated by the Office of the Chief synonymous with the term "flood protection
Engineers, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C. is elevation" as used in parts 6120.5000 to
incorporated by reference and hereby made a 6120.6200.
part of the State Building Code subject to the
amendments in parts 1335.0200 to 1335.3000. 1335.0500 FLOODPROOFING
REGULATIONS, SECTION 201.1.
FPR sections 201.2 to 208.2 are placed in the
appendix of this code. FPR section 201.1 is amended to read as
follows:
STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
Application: These regulations shall apply to
1335.0300 FLOODPROOFING the construction, alteration, and repair of any
REGULATIONS, SECTION 200.2. building or parts of a building or structure in
the flood hazard area(s) of the municipalities.
FPR section 200.2 is amended to read as Additions, alterations, repairs, and changes of
follows: use occupancy shall comply with all
provisions for new buildings and structures as
Official Floodplain Zoning Map: The official otherwise required in the building code,
plain zoning map showing the extent and except as specifically provided in these
boundaries of the primary and secondary regulations.
flood hazard areas is hereby declared and
established as part of these regulations. STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
Hereinafter reference to term "primary flood
hazard areas" in these regulations shall be 1335.0600 FLOODPROOFING
synonymous with the term "floodplain areas" REGULATIONS, SECTION 201.2.
as used in parts 6120.5000 to 6120.6200.
FPR section 201.2 is amended to read as
1335.0400 FLOODPROOFING follows:
This section shall apply unless equivalent
FPR section 200.3 is amended to read as provisions are incorporated in the city or
follows: county flood plain zoning ordinance.
Regulatory Flood Datum: For the purpose of Nonconforming Use: A structure or the use
these regulations, the regulatory flood datum, of a structure or premises which was lawful
or as hereinafter referred to, the "RFD," is before the passage or amendment of the
hereby declared and established for use as the ordinance but which is not in conformity with
reference datum for determining the elevation the provisions of these regulations may be
272
continued subject to the following conditions: FPR section 203.3 is amended to read as
follows:
1. No such use shall be expanded, changed,
enlarged, or altered in a way which increases Records: Copies of such tests, reports,
its nonconformity. certifications, or the results of such tests shall
be kept on file in the office of the building
2. No structural alteration, addition, or repair official for a period of not less than two years
to any conforming structure over the life of after the approval and acceptance of the
the structure shall exceed 50 percent of its completed structure for beneficial occupancy.
market value at the time of its becoming a
nonconforming use, unless the structure is STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
permanently changed to a conforming use.
1335.0800 FLOODPROOFING
3. If such use is discontinued for 12 REGULATIONS, SECTION 204.6.
consecutive months, any future use of the
building premises shall conform to these FPR section 204.6 is amended to read as
regulations. The assessor shall notify the follows:
zoning administrator in writing of instances of
nonconforming uses which have been Board of Appeals: See part 1305.0500,
discontinued for a period of 12 months. Uniform Building Code section 204.
4. If any nonconforming use or structure is STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05

destroyed by any means, including floods, to
an extent of 50 percent or more of its market 1335.0900 FLOODPROOFING
value, it shall not be reconstructed except in REGULATIONS, SECTION 204.7.
conformance with the provisions of these
regulations; provided, the Board of Appeals FPR section 204.7 is amended to read as
may permit reconstruction if the use or follows:
structure is located outside the floodway and
is adequately and safely floodproofed, Validity: It shall be unlawful for any person,
elevated, or otherwise protected in firm, or corporation or agency (state or local)
conformance with these regulations. to erect, construct, enlarge, alter, repair,
move, improve, remove, convert, or demolish
5. Uses or adjuncts thereof which are or any building or structure in the flood hazard
become nuisances shall not be entitled to area(s), or cause the same to be done, contrary
continue as nonconforming uses. to or in violation of any of the provisions of
these regulations and/or the building code.
6. An alteration, addition, or repair to a
nonconforming structure that exceeds 50 STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
percent of its market value must be protected
as required by these regulations. 1335.1000 FLOODPROOFING
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61; 104.05
HIST: 15 SR 74 FPR section 205.1 is amended to read as
follows:
REGULATIONS, SECTION 203.3. Statement of Intention to Improve: The
273
owner or any registered architect or licensed official without a permit, provided that such
professional engineer authorized to represent repairs shall not violate any provisions of
the owner shall, before preparing final plans these regulations or of the building code.
for any improvement in the flood hazard
area(s), file with the building official a STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61; 104.05
statement of intention to improve, including a HIST: 15 SR 74
brief description of the type of improvement
being considered and giving its precise 1335.1200 FLOODPROOFING
location, on a form provided by the building REGULATIONS, SECTION 205.3.
official. The building official shall note on
two copies the elevation of the RFD at the Subpart 1. No. 2. FPR section 205.3, No. 2 is
location of the proposed improvement. One amended to read as follows:
copy of the statement of intention to improve
must be retained by the building official until Two sets of complete plans and
a permit copy for improvement on the site is specifications, in addition to plans and
approved or one year has elapsed; a second specifications required by the building code,
copy must be returned to the owner for use in except that plans and specifications for any
final siting and design of the improvement. and all proposed improvement in the primary
Assignments of the RFD elevations at all flood hazard area(s) shall be prepared by an
locations must be consistent with the engineer or architect licensed by the state to
determination of the regulatory flood practice as such. All drawings and
protection elevation as defined in the specifications shall bear the true name of the
community's flood plain zoning controls, if author thereof, followed by such title as the
any. This information must be open to public author may be lawfully authorized to use. All
examination at all reasonable times. plans and sections shall be noted with the
proposed floodproofing class of each space
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61; 104.05 below the RFD including detail drawings of
HIST: 15 SR 74 walls and wall openings.
1335.1100 FLOODPROOFING Exception: Plans for Group M Division 1

REGULATIONS, SECTION 205.2. Occupancies need not be prepared by a
licensed architect or engineer.
follows: Subp. 2. No. 3. FPR section 205.3, No. 3 is
Permits Required: No person, firm, or
corporation shall erect, construct, alter, repair, Two copies of the owner's contingency plan,
move, remove, convert, or demolish any which shall describe in detail all procedures
building or structure or any part thereof, or for temporary placement and removal or
make any other improvement within the contingent protection proposed items in
structure or any part thereof, or make any spaces affected by these regulations
other improvement within the flood hazard including:
area(s), or cause same to be done, without
first obtaining a separate flood plain building A. plans and schedules for items to be
permit for any such improvement from the removed and locations of places above the
building official. Ordinary minor repairs may RFD to which they will be removed if
be made with the approval of the building these contents violate restrictions
274
associated with the floodproofing class of follows:

the space in which they are placed
temporarily, including specific Use of Space Below the Regulatory Flood
organizational responsibilities; and Datum: No floor level or portion of the
building or structure that is below the RFD
B. procedures, materials, and equipment regardless of structure or space classification
for protecting items required to have shall be used as habitable space, or for storage
protection by their floodproofing class, but of any property, materials, or equipment that
for which this protection is proposed to be might constitute a safety hazard when
provided contingently, including specific contacted by flood waters.
organizational responsibilities for
accomplishing this protection. STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
Waivers of restrictions implicitly requested 1335.1500 FLOODPROOFING

by submission of the owner's contingency REGULATIONS, SECTION 210.7.
plan may be granted by the building official
as provided by 1101.2. FPR section 210.7 is amended to read as
follows:
HIST: 17 SR 1279 Placard Types: Placards shall be white rigid
plastic or other non-water-susceptible
1335.1300 FLOODPROOFING materials eight inches long and 12 inches
REGULATIONS, SECTION 209.1. wide, and shall have printed thereon in black
letters the information shown in figure 2.
follows: STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
New Building and Structures: Every building 1335.1600 FLOODPROOFING

or structure hereafter erected, that is located REGULATIONS, SECTION 300.0.
in the primary flood hazard area(s) where the
ground surface is two feet or more below the FPR section 300.0 is amended by adding a
RFD, or where flood water velocities may subsection to read as follows:
exceed five feet per second, shall be provided
with an enclosed refuge space above the RFD, FPR Section 300.2. Interpretation: For the
of sufficient area to provide for the occupancy purpose of these regulations, where definition
load with a minimum of 12 square feet per of terms as set forth in this chapter conflict in
person. It shall be provided with one or more meaning with those as set forth in part
exits through the exterior walls above the 6120.5000, the latter shall take precedence.
RFD to an exterior platform and stairway not
less than three feet wide. STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05 1335.1700 FLOODPROOFING

REGULATIONS, SECTION 301.2.9.
REGULATIONS, SECTION 209.3. FPR section 301.2.9 is amended to read as
follows:
275
Habitable space (room) is space in a structure

for living, sleeping, eating, or cooking.
Bathrooms, toilet compartments, closets,
halls, storage rooms, laundry or utility space,
and similar areas, are not considered habitable
space.
FPR section 301.4.1 is amended to read as
follows:
Building Code: The State Building Code

setting forth standards for the construction,
addition, and modification and repair of
buildings and other structures for the purpose
of protecting health, safety, and general
welfare of the public.
FPR section 402.1 (table 2) is amended to
follows:
read as follows:
Methods: A building must be considered
General: Table 2 indicates the various
completely floodproofed if the lowest
degrees of protection required to permit use of
elevation of all space within the building
spaces for each floodproofing; the chart in
perimeter is above the RFD as achieved by:
itself shall not be construed as being
exhaustive with respect to all requirements
(1) building on natural terrain beyond the
imposed by these regulations. In any disputes
RFD limit line on natural undisturbed ground;
arising over the interpretation of this chart,
the written provisions of these regulations
(2) building on fill; or
shall be considered as definitive.
(3) building on stilts.
These methods may be used alone or in

combination to achieve the required degree of
floodproofing. Data and design procedures
must be based on organized and acceptable
disciplines involved and the following
additional requirements.
276
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61 combustible and noncombustible materials

HIST: 15 SR 74 and debris from the clearing, grubbing, and
stripping operations shall be removed from
1335.2000 FLOODPROOFING the proposed fill area and disposed of at
REGULATIONS, SECTION 612.2.1. locations above the RFD and/or in the manner
approved by the building official. Fill
FPR section 612.2.1 is amended to read as material shall be of a selected type, preferably
follows: granular and free-draining placed in
compacted layers. Fill selection and
Natural Terrain: In addition to the placement shall recognize the effects of
requirements of the building code, the saturation from flood waters on slope
building shall be located not less than 15 feet stability, uniform and differential settlement,
back from the line of incidence of the RFD on and scour potential.
the ground, foundation design shall take into
consideration the effects of soil saturation on The minimum elevation of the top slope for
the performance of the foundations, the the fill section shall be no more than one foot
effects of flood waters on slope stability shall below the RFD. Minimum distance from any
be investigated, normal access to the building point of the building perimeter to the top of
shall be by direct connections with areas the fill slope shall be either 15 feet or twice
above the RFD and all utility service lines the depth of fill at that point, whichever is the
shall be designated and constructed as greater distance. This requirement does not
required to protect the building and/or its apply to roadways, driveways, playgrounds,
components from damage or failure during a and other related features which are not
flooding event to the RFD. integral and functional parts of the building
proper. Fill slopes for granular materials shall
STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05 be not steeper than one vertical on 1-1/2
horizontal, unless substantiating data
1335.2100 FLOODPROOFING justifying steeper slopes are submitted to the
REGULATIONS, SECTION 612.2.2. building official and approved. For slopes
exposed to flood velocities of less than five
FPR section 612.2.2 is amended to read as feet per second, grass or vine cover, weeds,
follows: bushes, and similar vegetation undergrowth
will be considered to provide adequate scour
Building on Fill: The building and all parts protection.
thereof may be constructed above the RFD on
an earth fill. Prior to placement of any fill or STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
embankment materials, the area upon which
fill is to be placed, including a five-foot strip 1335.2150 FLOODPROOFING
measured horizontally beyond and contiguous REGULATIONS, SECTION 612.3.
to the toe line of the fill, shall be cleared of
standing trees and snags, stumps, brush, down FPR section 612.3 is amended to read as
timber, logs and other growth, and all objects follows:
including structures on or above the ground
surface or partially burned. The area shall be Protection by Dikes, Levees, and Floodwalls:
stripped of topsoil and all other material Dikes, levees, and floodwalls must not be
which is considered unsuitable by the considered to provide FP1 or FP2
building official as foundation material. All floodproofing or flood protection unless
277
(1) the dike, levee, or floodwall is built in STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05

accordance with recognized and accepted
engineering practice and methods, and 1335.2300 FLOODPROOFING
(2) the design data has been submitted to the
Department of Natural Resources and the FPR section 1101.3.2 is amended by changing
Federal Emergency Management Agency for the "contents class" of food products from X
revision of the community's flood insurance to 1.
study (flood insurance rate map) and official
zoning map. STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61 1335.2400 FLOODPROOFING

HIST: 15 SR 74 REGULATIONS, SECTION 1301.2.1.
1335.2200 FLOODPROOFING FPR section 1301.2.1 is amended to read as

REGULATIONS, SECTION 802.1. follows:
FPR section 802.1 is amended to read as Heating systems utilizing gas- or oil-fired
follows: furnaces shall have a float-operated automatic
control valve installed in the fuel supply line
Applicability: Spaces to be intentionally which shall be set to operate when flood
flooded with flood water (W4) shall be waters reach an elevation equal to the floor
provided with the necessary equipment, level of the space where furnace equipment is
devices, piping, controls, etc. necessary for installed. A manually operated gate valve
automatic flooding during the flood event and that can be operated from a location above the
drainage system(s) shall utilize approved RFD shall be provided in the fuel supply line
piping materials and have sufficient capacity to serve as a supplementary safety provision
for raising or lowering the internal water level for fuel cutoff. The heating equipment and
at a rate comparable to the anticipated rate of fuel storage tanks shall be mounted on and
rise and fall of a flood that would reach the securely anchored to a foundation pad or pads
RFD. These pipe systems shall be directly of sufficient mass to overcome buoyancy and
connected to the external flood waters to prevent movement that could damage the fuel
maintain a balanced internal and external supply line. As an alternate means of
water pressure condition. Provisions shall be protection, elevation of heating equipment
made for filling the lower portions of the and fuel storage tanks above the RFD on
structure first and for interconnections platforms or by suspension from overhead
through or around all floors and partitions to structural systems will be permitted. All
prevent unbalanced filling of chambers or unfired pressure vessels will be accorded
parts within the structures. All spaces below similar treatment. Fuel lines shall be attached
the RFD shall be provided with air vents to furnaces by means of flexible or swing type
extending to at least three feet above the couplings. All heating equipment and fuel
elevation of the RFD to prevent the trapping storage tanks shall be vented to an elevation
of air by the rising water surface. All of at least three feet above the RFD. Air
openings to the filling and drainage systems supply for combustion shall be furnished if
shall be protected by screens or grilles to required for systems installed in W1 or W2
prevent the entry or nesting of rodents or spaces and piping or duct work for each
birds in the systems. purpose shall be terminated at least three feet
278
above the RFD. Minnesota Department of Health and

Pollution Control Agency in terms of size,
STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05 construction, use, and maintenance and with
standards and criteria of the Minnesota
1335.2500 FLOODPROOFING Department of Natural Resources regarding
REGULATIONS, SECTION 1302.2.2. setbacks from normal high water mark of a
watercourse in accordance with the public
FPR section 1302.2.2 is amended to read as water classification.
follows:
Where the state of dryness of a space is
dependent on a sump pump system, or where 1335.2800 FLOODPROOFING
the stability of a structure during a flood event REGULATIONS, SECTION 1302.3.1.
depends on the relief of uplift pressures on
building components, all interior storm water FPR section 1302.3.1 regarding
drainage or seepage, appliance drainage, and cesspools/sewage disposals has been amended
underslab drain tile systems shall be directly by deleting this section in its entirety.
connected to a sump (pump) and discharged
at an elevation at least three feet above the STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
RFD.
STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05 REGULATIONS, SECTION 1302.3.2.
1335.2600 FLOODPROOFING FPR section 1302.3.2 regarding seepage pits

REGULATIONS, SECTION 1302.2.3.1. has been amended by deleting this section in
its entirety.
FPR section 1302.2.3.1 is amended to read as
follows: STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
All vents shall extend to an elevation of at 1335.3000 FLOODPROOFING

least three feet above the RFD. REGULATIONS, SECTION 1302.4.1.
STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05 FPR section 1302.4.1 is amended to read as

follows:
REGULATIONS, SECTION 1302.3. Water supply wells, tanks, filters, softeners,
heaters, and all appliances located below the
FPR section 1302.3 is amended to read as RFD shall be protected against contamination
follows: by covers, walls, copings, or castings. All
vents shall be extended to a minimum
Sewage Disposal/Treatment: Individual elevation of three feet above the RFD.
sewage disposal and/or treatment facilities
will be permitted in a flood hazard area but STAT AUTH: MS s 104.05
only at locations where connection with a
public sewer system is not permissible or 1335.3100 FLOODPROOFING
feasible. Such facilities shall conform to REGULATIONS, SECTION 1405.3.
applicable standards, criteria, and rules of the
279

follows:
Protection by Dikes, Levees, and Floodwalls:

Dikes, levees, and floodwalls must not be
considered to provide floodproofing or flood
protection unless
(1) the dike, levee, or floodwall is built in

accordance with recognized and accepted
engineering practice and methods, and
(2) the design data has been submitted to the

Department of Natural Resources and the
Federal Emergency Management Agency for
revision of the community's flood insurance
study (flood insurance rate map) and official
zoning map.

HIST: 15 SR 7
280

MINNESOTA ACCESSIBILITY CODE
1341.0005 INCORPORATION OF A117.1 is copyright 2004 by the International

CHAPTER 11 OF THE 2006 Code Council, Inc. All rights reserved.
INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE BY
REFERENCE. 1341.0011 IBC CHAPTER 11.
For purposes of this chapter, "IBC" means Subpart 1. IBC Section 1101, General.
the 2006 edition of the International Building IBC Section 1101 is amended by adding a
Code as promulgated by the International Code Section 1101.3 to read as follows:
Council, Inc., Falls Church, Virginia. Chapter
11 of the IBC is incorporated by reference and 1101.3 Equity. Where not all similar type
made part of the Minnesota State Building facilities and spaces are required to be
Code except as amended in this chapter. accessible, accessible facilities and spaces shall
Portions of this chapter reproduce text and be provided with the same or equivalent
tables from the IBC. The IBC is not subject to elements as provided in the nonaccessible
frequent change and a copy of the IBC, with facilities and spaces.
amendments for use in Minnesota, is available
in the office of the commissioner of labor and Subp. 2. IBC Section 1102, Definitions.
industry. The IBC is copyright 2006 by the IBC Section 1102 is amended by adding a
International Code Council, Inc. All rights definition to read as follows:
reserved.
TECHNICALLY INFEASIBLE. An
1341.0010 REFERENCED STANDARD. alteration of a building or a facility that has
little likelihood of being accomplished because
For purposes of this chapter, "ICC A117.1" the existing structural conditions require the
means the 2003 edition of ICC/ANSI A117.1 removal or alteration of a load-bearing member
as promulgated by the Accredited Standards that is an essential part of the structural frame,
Committee A117 on Architectural Features and or because other existing physical or site
Site Design of Public Buildings and constraints prohibit modification or addition of
Residential Structures for Persons with elements, spaces, or features which are in full
Disabilities. The ICC/ANSI A117.1-2003 and strict compliance with the minimum
edition is approved by the American National requirements for new construction and which
Standard Institute (ANSI) and owned by the are necessary to provide accessibility.
International Code Council, Inc. ICC A117.1
is incorporated by reference in IBC Chapter 11 Subp. 3. IBC Section 1103, Scoping
and made part of the Minnesota State Building requirements.
Code except as amended in this chapter.
Portions of this chapter reproduce text and A. IBC Section 1103.2.1, Specific
tables from the ICC A117.1. The ICC A117.1 requirements, is amended to read as follows:
is not subject to frequent change and a copy of
the ICC A117.1, with amendments for use in 1103.2.1 Specific requirements. Accessibility
Minnesota, is available in the office of the is not required in buildings and facilities, or
commissioner of labor and industry. The ICC portions thereof, to the extent permitted by
281
Sections 1104 through 1114. 2. In Group A, I, R, and S occupancies,

levels that do not contain accessible
B. IBC Section 1103.2.2, Existing elements or other spaces required by
buildings, is amended to read as follows: Section 1107 or 1108 are not required to be
served by an accessible route from an
1103.2.2 Existing buildings. Existing accessible level.
buildings shall comply with Sections 1112,
1113, and 1114. 3. In air traffic control towers, an
accessible route is not required to serve the
C. IBC Section 1103.2.12, Day care cab and the floor immediately below the
facilities, is deleted in its entirety. cab.
D. IBC Section 1103.2.14, 4. Where a two-story building or facility

Fuel-dispensing systems, is deleted in its has one story with an occupant load of five
entirety. or fewer persons that does not contain
public use space, that story shall not be
Subp. 4. IBC Section 1104, Accessible required to be connected by an accessible
route. route to the story above or below.
A. IBC Section 1104.4, Multilevel 1104.4.1 Musical risers. An accessible route

buildings and facilities, is amended to read as shall be provided to the main floor level and to
follows: at least one riser level of built-in or fixed riser
assemblies designed for instrumental or choral
1104.4 Multilevel buildings and facilities. At use.
least one accessible route shall connect each
level, including mezzanines, in multilevel Exception: An accessible route is not
buildings and facilities. required to risers where performers are
positioned on the main floor level at the
Exceptions: base of the risers.
1. An accessible route is not required to 1104.4.2 Tiered areas. Tiered areas without
stories and mezzanines above and below fixed seats shall comply with Section
accessible levels that have an aggregate 1104.4.2.1 or 1104.4.2.2.
area of not more than 3,000 square feet
(278.7 m2). This exception shall not apply 1104.4.2.1 Small tiered areas utilizing the
to: floor area at the base of the tier. Where a
tiered area has no more than five tiers, the tier
1.1 Public areas of Group M occupancies; assembly has an occupant load of not more
1.2 Public areas of health care providers than 300, and the floor level at the base of the
(Group B or Group I); tier is utilized for the same use as the tiers, an
1.3 Public areas of passenger transportation accessible route shall be provided to the floor
facilities and airports (Group A-3 or Group level at the base of the tier.
B);
1.4 Public areas of municipal and 1104.4.2.2 Other tiered areas. Tiered areas
government facilities; or not complying with Section 1104.4.2.1 shall
1.5 Any story or mezzanine with an provide an accessible route to the floor level at
occupant load of more than 30. the base of the tier and to ten percent, but not
282
less than one level, of the tiered levels. Subp. 5. IBC Section 1105, Accessible
Accessible tiers shall be separated by a entrances.
minimum of five intervening tiers.
A. IBC Section 1105.1, Public entrances,
Exceptions: is amended to read as follows:
1. An accessible route shall not be 1105.1 Public entrances. In addition to

required to tiers where the depth of each accessible entrances required by Sections
tier is 36 inches (915 mm) maximum. 1105.1.1 through 1105.1.5, at least 60 percent
of all public entrances to each building,
2. An accessible route shall not be facility, and tenant space shall be accessible.
required to tiers where the floor level at the
base of the tier is not utilized for the same Exceptions:
use as the tiers, provided: there are no
more than five tiers; the tier assembly has 1. An accessible entrance is not required
an occupant load of not more than 300; to areas not required to be accessible.
individuals are intended to sit directly on
the tier surface; and, a clear floor space is 2. Loading and service entrances that are
provided adjacent to the tier which allows a not the only entrance to a tenant space.
transfer onto a tier.
B. IBC Section 1105.1.6, Tenant spaces,
B. IBC Section 1104.5, Location, is dwelling units and sleeping units, is
amended to read as follows: renumbered and amended to read as follows:
1104.5 Location. Accessible routes shall 1105.2 Dwelling unit and sleeping unit
coincide with or be located in the same area as entrances. At least one accessible entrance
a general circulation path. Where the shall be provided to each dwelling unit and
circulation path is interior, the accessible route sleeping unit required to be an Accessible,
shall also be interior. Where only one Type A, or Type B unit.
accessible route is provided, the accessible
route shall not pass through kitchens, storage Subp. 6. IBC Section 1107, Dwelling
rooms, restrooms, closets, or similar spaces. units and sleeping units.
Exceptions: A. IBC Section 1107.4, Accessible route,

is amended to read as follows:
1. Accessible routes from parking garages
contained within and serving Type B 1107.4 Accessible route. At least one
dwelling units are required to be interior accessible route shall connect accessible
only when the garage provides required building or facility entrances with the primary
accessible parking and where dwelling entrance of each Accessible unit, Type A unit,
units not providing accessible parking are and Type B unit within the building or facility
provided with interior routes. and with those exterior and interior spaces and
facilities that serve the units.
2. A single accessible route is permitted
to pass through a kitchen or storage room Exceptions:
in an Accessible, Type A, or Type B unit.
1. If, due to circumstances outside the
283
control of the owner, either the slope of the B units, and units with communication features
finished ground level between accessible shall be provided in Group R-1 occupancies in
facilities and units intended to be occupied accordance with Sections 1107.6.1.1 through
as a residence exceeds one unit vertical in 1107.6.1.5.
12 units horizontal (1:12), or where
physical barriers or legal restrictions E. IBC Section 1107.6.1.1, Accessible
prevent the installation of an accessible units, is amended to read as follows:
route, a vehicular route with parking that
complies with Section 1106 at each public 1107.6.1.1 Accessible units. Accessible
or common use facility or building is dwelling units and sleeping units shall be
permitted in place of the accessible route. provided in accordance with Table 1107.6.1.1.
All facilities on a site shall be considered to
2. Exterior decks, patios, or balconies that determine the total number of Accessible units.
are part of Type B units and have
impervious surfaces, and that are not more Table 1107.6.1.1
than two inches (50 mm) below the Accessible Dwelling and Sleeping Units
finished floor level of the adjacent interior
space of the unit. Total Number Minimum Total Number
of Units Required of Required
B. IBC Section 1107.5.2.1, Accessible Provided Number of Accessible
units, is amended to read as follows: Accessible Units
Units
1107.5.2.1 Accessible units. At least 50 Associated
percent but not less than one of each type of with Roll-in
the dwelling and sleeping units shall be Showers
Accessible units. 1 to 25 0 1
26 to 50 0 2
Exception: When approved by the 51 to 75 1 4
administrative authority, up to, but not to 76 to 100 1 5
exceed, 80 percent of the dwelling units 101 to 150 2 7
and sleeping units required to be 151 to 200 2 8
Accessible units shall be permitted to be 201 to 300 3 10
designed for assisted use. 301 to 400 4 12
401 to 500 4 13
C. IBC Section 1107.6, Group R, is 501 to 1,000 1 percent of 3 percent of
amended to read as follows: total total
Over 1,000 10, plus 1 for 30, plus 2 for
1107.6 Group R. Accessible units, Type A each 100, or each 100, or
units, Type B units, and units with fraction fraction
communication features shall be provided in thereof, over thereof, over
Group R occupancies in accordance with 1,000 1,000
Sections 1107.6.1 through 1107.6.4.
1107.6.1.1.1 Accessible unit facilities. All
D. IBC Section 1107.6.1, Group R-1, is
interior and exterior spaces and elements
provided as part of an Accessible dwelling unit
or sleeping unit shall be accessible and located
1107.6.1 Group R-1. Accessible units, Type
284
on an accessible route. Total number of Minimum required

dwelling or sleeping number of dwelling or
Exceptions: units provided sleeping units with
accessible
1. Where multiple bathrooms are communication
provided, at least one full bathroom shall features
be accessible. 301 to 400 20
401 to 500 22
2. Five percent, but not less than one bed, 501 to 1,000 5 percent of total
of the beds shall be accessible. Over 1,000 50, plus 3 for each
100 over 1,000
F. IBC Section 1107.6.1, Group R-1, is
amended by adding a Section to read as G. IBC Section 1107.6.1, Group R-1, is
follows: amended by adding a Section to read as
follows:
1107.6.1.3 Communication features.
Dwelling units and sleeping units with 1107.6.1.4 Dispersion. Units required to
accessible communication features shall be comply with Sections 1107.6.1.1 and
provided in accordance with Table 1107.6.1.3 1107.6.1.3 shall be dispersed to multiple floors
and shall provide the following: in multistory facilities having more than two
stories or providing more than 100 total units.
1. Audible and visual alarms complying Units required to comply with Sections
with ICC A117.1; 1107.6.1.1 and 1107.6.1.3 shall be dispersed
among the various classes of rooms. Where
2. Visual notification devices to alert the minimum number of units required to
room occupants of a door knock or bell. comply with Sections 1107.6.1.1 and
Notification devices shall not be connected to 1107.6.1.3 is not sufficient to allow for
visual alarm signal appliances. complete dispersion, units shall be dispersed in
the following priority: room type, number of
Table 1107.6.1.3 beds, and amenities. At least one unit required
Dwelling or Sleeping Units with Accessible to comply with Section 1107.6.1.1 shall also
Communication Features comply with Section 1107.6.1.3. Not more
than ten percent of units required to comply
Total number of Minimum required with Section 1107.6.1.1 shall be used to satisfy
dwelling or sleeping number of dwelling or the minimum number of units required to
units provided sleeping units with comply with Section 1107.6.1.3.
accessible
communication H. IBC Section 1107.6.1, Group R-1, is
features amended by adding a Section to read as
1 1 follows:
2 to 25 2
26 to 50 4 1107.6.1.5 Passage doors. Passage doors into
51 to 75 7 and within units not required to comply with
76 to 100 9 Section 1107.6.1.1 or 1107.6.1.2 shall provide
101 to 150 12 a clear width in compliance with ICC A117.1.
151 to 200 14
201 to 300 17 Exception: Shower and sauna doors.
285
Type B units, and units with communication

I. IBC Section 1107.6.2, Group R-2, is features shall be provided in accordance with
amended to read as follows: Sections 1107.6.1.1 through 1107.6.1.5.
1107.6.2 Group R-2. Accessible units, Type L. IBC Section 1107.7, General
A units, Type B units, and units with exceptions, is amended to read as follows:
communication features shall be provided in
Group R-2 occupancies in accordance with 1107.7 General exceptions. Where
Sections 1107.6.2.1 and 1107.6.2.2. specifically permitted by Section 1107.5 or
1107.6, the required number of Type A and
J. IBC Section 1107.6.2.1.1, Type A Type B units is permitted to be reduced in
units, is amended to read as follows: accordance with Sections 1107.7.1 through
1107.7.6.
1107.6.2.1.1 Type A units. In Group R-2
occupancies containing more than seven M. IBC Section 1107.7, General
dwelling units or sleeping units, at least two exceptions, is amended by adding a Section to
percent but not less than one of the units shall read as follows:
be a Type A unit. All units on a site shall be
considered to determine the total number of 1107.7.6 Owner occupied units. Type A
units and the required number of Type A units. units are not required in dwelling units or
Type A units shall be dispersed among the sleeping units where sale of the unit occurs
various classes of units. Where three or more prior to construction of the unit and the
Type A units are required, at least one Type A dwelling unit owner declines the Type A
unit shall be provided with an accessible roll-in provisions. The dwelling units and sleeping
shower. units shall be Type B units.
Exceptions: Subp. 7. IBC Section 1108, Special

occupancies. IBC Section 1108.2.8, Dining
1. The number of Type A units is areas, is amended to read as follows:
permitted to be reduced in accordance with
Section 1107.7. 1108.2.8 Dining areas. In dining areas, the
total floor area allotted for seating and tables
2. Existing structures on a site shall not shall be accessible.
contribute to the total number of units on a
site. Exceptions:
K. IBC Section 1107.6.2.2, Group R-2 1. In buildings or facilities not required to

other than apartment houses, monasteries, and provide an accessible route between
convents, is amended to read as follows. stories, an accessible route to a mezzanine
Subsections 1107.6.2.2.1, Accessible units, and seating area is not required, provided that
1107.6.2.2.2, Type B units, are deleted in their the mezzanine contains less than 25 percent
entirety: of the total area and the same services are
provided in the accessible area.
1107.6.2.2 Group R-2 other than apartment
houses, monasteries, and convents. In Group 2. In sports facilities, tiered dining areas
R-2 occupancies, other than apartment houses, providing seating required to be accessible
monasteries, and convents, Accessible units, shall be required to have accessible routes
286
serving at least 25 percent of the dining D. IBC Section 1109.3, Sinks, is amended
area, provided that accessible routes serve by deleting the exception.
accessible seating and where each tier is
provided with the same services. E. IBC Section 1109.6, Elevators, is
Subp. 8. IBC Section 1109, Other
features and facilities. 1109.6 Elevators. Passenger elevators on an
accessible route shall be accessible and comply
A. IBC Section 1109.1, General, is with ICC A117.1 and Minnesota Rules,
amended to read as follows: chapter 1307, Minnesota Elevator and Related
Devices Code.
1109.1 General. Accessible building features
and facilities shall be provided in accordance Exception:
with Sections 1109.2 through 1109.17. Limited-use/limited-application elevators
shall not be permitted in new construction
Exception: Type A and Type B dwelling except when warranted based on limited
and sleeping units shall comply with ICC occupant load or limited use and approved
A117.1. by the elevator administrative authority.
B. IBC Section 1109.2.1.5, Prohibited F. IBC Section 1109.7, Lifts, is amended

location, is amended to read as follows: to read as follows:
1109.2.1.5 Prohibited location. The 1109.7 Lifts. Platform (wheelchair) lifts are
accessible route from separate-sex toilet rooms permitted to be a part of a required accessible
to a unisex toilet room shall not pass through route in new construction where indicated in
security checkpoints. Items 1 through 10. Platform (wheelchair) lifts
shall be installed in accordance with ICC
C. IBC Section 1109.2.2, Water closet A117.1 and Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307,
compartment, is amended to read as follows: Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices Code.
1109.2.2 Water closet compartment. Where 1. An accessible route to a performing

water closet compartments are provided in a area and speaker platforms in Group A
toilet room or bathing facility, at least one occupancies.
wheelchair-accessible compartment shall be
provided. Where the combined total water 2. An accessible route to wheelchair
closet compartments and urinals provided in a spaces required to comply with the wheelchair
toilet room or bathing facility is six or more, at space dispersion requirements of Sections
least one ambulatory-accessible water closet 1108.2.2 through 1108.2.5.
compartment shall be provided in addition to
the wheelchair-accessible compartment. When 3. An accessible route to spaces that are
required in one gender specific room, an not open to the general public with an occupant
ambulatory-accessible water closet load of not more than five.
compartment shall be provided in the
complementary gender specific toilet room or 4. An accessible route within a dwelling
bathing facility. Wheelchair-accessible and or sleeping unit.
ambulatory-accessible compartments shall
comply with ICC A117.1. 5. An accessible route to wheelchair
287
seating spaces located in outdoor dining Section 1108.2.7.

terraces in Group A-5 occupancies where the
means of egress from the dining terraces to a 1109.10.2 Assistive listening system.
public way are open to the outdoors. Assembly areas where audible
communications are integral to the use of the
6. An accessible route to jury boxes and space shall provide an assistive listening
witness stands; raised courtroom stations system complying with Section 1108.2.6.
including judges' benches, clerks' stations,
bailiffs' stations, deputy clerks' stations, and I. IBC Section 1109.12.3, Point of sale
court reporters' stations; and to depressed areas and service counters, is amended to read as
such as the well of the court. follows:
7. An accessible route to load and unload 1109.12.3 Point of sale and service counters.
areas serving amusement rides. Where counters are provided for sales or
distribution of goods or services, at least one of
8. An accessible route to play components each type provided in each area shall be
or soft contained play structures. accessible. Where such counters are dispersed
throughout the building or facility, accessible
9. An accessible route to team or player counters shall also be dispersed. Accessible
seating areas serving areas of sport activity. counters, or portions of counters, shall be
located where transactions or services are
10. An accessible route where existing customarily provided.
exterior site constraints make use of a ramp or
elevator infeasible. J. IBC Section 1109 is amended by
adding three sections to read as follows:
G. IBC Section 1109.9, Detectable
warnings, is amended to read as follows: 1109.15 Automatic teller and fare vending
machines. Where automatic teller and fare
1109.9 Detectable warnings. Passenger vending machines are provided, at least one
transit platform edges bordering a drop-off and machine at each location shall be accessible.
not protected by platform screens or guards Where bins are provided for envelopes,
and circulation paths that cross tracks shall wastepaper, or other purposes, at least one of
have a detectable warning. each type shall be accessible.
Exception: Detectable warnings are not 1109.16 Public telephones. Where

required at bus stops. coin-operated public pay telephones, coinless
public pay telephones, public closed-circuit
H. IBC Section 1109.10, Assembly area telephones, courtesy telephones, or other types
seating, is amended to read as follows: of public telephones are provided, public
telephones shall be provided in accordance
1109.10 Assembly areas. Assembly areas with Section 1109.16 for each type of public
without fixed seats shall comply with Section telephone provided. For purposes of this
1109.10. section, a bank of telephones shall be
considered two or more adjacent telephones.
1109.10.1 Performance areas. Circulation For purposes of this section, "public building"
paths connecting performance areas to means a building or portion of a building
assembly seating areas shall comply with constructed by, on behalf of, or for the use of
288
the state of Minnesota or any local government TTY.

and any department, agency, public school
district, special purpose district, or other 1109.16.3.2 Floor requirement. TTYs in
instrumentality of the state or local public buildings shall be provided in
government. accordance with Section 1109.16.3.2.1. TTYs
in private buildings shall be provided in
1109.16.1 Wheelchair accessible telephones. accordance with Section 1109.16.3.2.2.
Where public telephones are provided,
telephones complying with ICC A117.1 shall 1109.16.3.2.1 Public buildings. Where at
be provided in accordance with Table least one public pay telephone is provided on a
1109.16.1. floor of a public building, at least one public
TTY shall be provided on that floor.
Exception: Drive-up only public
telephones. 1109.16.3.2.2 Private buildings. Where four
or more public pay telephones are provided on
Table 1109.16.1 a floor of a private building, at least one public
Wheelchair Accessible Telephones TTY shall be provided on that floor.
Number of Minimum Required 1109.16.3.3 Building requirement. TTYs in

Telephones Provided Number of public buildings shall be provided in
on a Floor, Level, or Wheelchair accordance with Section 1109.16.3.3.1. TTYs
Exterior Site Accessible in private buildings shall be provided in
Telephones accordance with Section 1109.16.3.3.2.
1 or more single units 1 per floor, level, and
exterior site 1109.16.3.3.1 Public buildings. Where at
1 bank 1 per floor, level, and least one public pay telephone is provided in a
exterior site public building, at least one public TTY shall
2 or more banks - per bank be provided in the building.
1109.16.2 Volume controls. All public 1109.16.3.3.2 Private buildings. Where four
telephones shall have volume controls or more public pay telephones are provided in
complying with ICC A117.1. a private building, at least one public TTY
shall be provided in the building.
1109.16.3 TTYs. TTYs complying with ICC
A117.1 shall be provided in accordance with 1109.16.3.4 Exterior site requirement.
Section 1109.16.3. Where four or more public pay telephones are
provided on an exterior site, at least one public
1109.16.3.1 Bank requirement. Where four TTY shall be provided on the site.
or more public pay telephones are provided at
a bank of telephones, at least one public TTY 1109.16.3.5 Rest stops, emergency roadside
complying with ICC A117.1 shall be provided stops, and service plazas. Where a public pay
at that bank. telephone is provided at a public rest stop,
emergency roadside stop, or service plaza, at
Exception: TTYs shall not be required least one public TTY shall be provided.
at banks of telephones located within
200 feet (61 m) of, and on the same 1109.16.3.6 Hospitals. Where a public pay
floor as, a bank containing a public telephone is provided serving a hospital
289
emergency room, hospital recovery room, or 1109.17 Two-way communication systems.

hospital waiting room, at least one public TTY Where a two-way communication system is
shall be provided at each location. provided to gain admittance to a building or
facility or to restricted areas within a building
1109.16.3.7 Transportation facilities. In or facility, the system shall comply with ICC
addition to the requirements of Sections A117.1.
1109.16.3.1 through 1109.16.3.4, in
transportation facilities, where one public pay Subp. 9. IBC Section 1110, Signage. IBC
telephone serves a particular entrance to a bus Section 1110 is deleted in its entirety and
or rail facility, a TTY shall be provided to replaced with the following:
serve that entrance. In airports, in addition to
the requirements of Sections 1109.16.3.1 SECTION 1110
through 1109.16.3.4, if four or more public pay
telephones are located in a terminal outside the SIGNAGE
security areas, a concourse within the security
areas, or a baggage claim area in a terminal, at 1110.1 General. Signs shall be provided in
least one public TTY shall also be provided in accordance with Section 1110 and shall
each location. comply with ICC A117.1.
1109.16.3.8 Detention and correctional Exceptions:

facilities. In detention and correctional
facilities, where a public pay telephone is 1. Building directories, menus, seat and
provided in a secured area used only by row designations in assembly areas,
detainees or inmates and security personnel, occupant names, building addresses, and
then at least one TTY shall be provided in at company names and logos shall not be
least one secured area. required to comply.
1109.16.4 Shelves for portable TTYs. Where 2. Temporary, seven days or less, signs
a bank of telephones in the interior of a shall not be required to comply.
building consists of three or more public pay
telephones, at least one public pay telephone at 3. In detention and correctional facilities,
the bank shall be provided with a shelf and an signs not located in public use areas shall
electrical outlet in accordance with ICC not be required to comply.
A117.1.
1110.2 Designations. Interior and exterior
Exceptions: signs identifying toilet rooms, bathing rooms,
locker rooms, dressing rooms, fitting rooms,
1. Secured areas of detention and room numbers, and room names shall comply
correctional facilities where shelves with ICC A117.1 Section 703.3. Where
and outlets are prohibited for purposes pictograms are provided, they shall comply
of security or safety shall not be with ICC A117.1 Section 703.5 and include
required to comply with Section text descriptors. The International Symbol of
1109.16.4. Accessibility complying with ICC A117.1
Section 703.6.3.1 shall be provided at the
2. The shelf and electrical outlet shall not following locations:
be required at a bank of telephones
with a TTY. 1. Accessible passenger loading zones.
290
2. Accessible toilet and bathing rooms 1110.6 Entrances. Where not all entrances are
where not all such rooms are accessible. accessible, accessible entrances shall be
identified by the International Symbol of
3. Accessible dressing, fitting, and locker Accessibility complying with ICC A117.1
rooms where not all such rooms are accessible. Section 703.6.3.1. Directional signs
complying with ICC A117.1 Section 703.2 that
1110.2.1 Exterior signs. Exterior signs that indicate the location of the nearest accessible
are not located at the door to the space they entrance shall be provided at all nonaccessible
serve shall comply with ICC A117.1 Section entrances.
703.2.
1110.7 TTYs. TTY identification and
1110.3 Directional and informational signs. directional signs shall be provided in
Signs that provide direction to or information accordance with Section 1110.7.
about interior spaces and facilities of the site
shall comply with ICC A117.1 Section 703.2. 1110.7.1 Identification signs. Public TTYs
shall be identified by the International Symbol
1110.4 Means of egress. Signs for means of of TTY complying with ICC A117.1 Section
egress shall comply with Section 1110.4. 703.6.3.2.
1110.4.1 Exit doors and stair landings. Exit 1110.7.2 Directional signs. Directional signs
signs required by Section 1011.3 shall comply indicating the location of the nearest public
with ICC A117.1 Section 703.3. Signage TTY shall be provided at all banks of public
providing instructions for the operation of exit pay telephones not containing a public TTY.
doors shall comply with ICC A117.1 Section In addition, where signs provide direction to
703.2. Floor designations within exit stairways public pay telephones, they shall also provide
shall comply with ICC A117.1 Section 504.9. direction to public TTYs. Directional signs
shall comply with ICC A117.1 Section 703.2
1110.4.2 Areas of refuge. Signs required by and shall include the International Symbol of
Section 1007.6.4 to provide instructions in TTY complying with ICC A117.1 Section
areas of refuge shall comply with ICC A117.1 703.6.3.2.
Section 703.2.
1110.8 Assistive listening systems. Each
1110.4.3 Directional signs. Signs required by assembly area required to provide assistive
Section 1007.7 to provide directions to listening systems shall provide signs informing
accessible means of egress shall comply with patrons of the availability of the assistive
ICC A117.1 Section 703.2. listening system. Assistive listening signs shall
comply with ICC A117.1 Section 703.2 and
1110.5 Parking. Accessible parking spaces shall include the International Symbol of
shall be identified by signs complying with Access for Hearing Loss complying with ICC
ICC A117.1 Section 502.7. A117.1 Section 703.6.3.3.
Exception: In residential facilities, where Exception: Where ticket offices or

parking spaces are assigned to specific windows are provided, signs shall not be
residential dwelling units, identification of required at each assembly area provided
accessible parking spaces shall not be that signs are displayed at each ticket office
required. or window informing patrons of the
availability of assistive listening systems.
291
1110.9 Check-out aisles. Where not all accessible means of entry is a swimming
check-out aisles are accessible, accessible pool lift complying with ICC A117.1
check-out aisles shall be identified by the Section 1102 or sloped entry complying
International Symbol of Accessibility with ICC A117.1 Section 1103.
complying with ICC A117.1 Section 703.6.3.1.
Signage at accessible check-out aisles shall be 2. Wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand
located in the same location as the bottom pools, and other pools where user
nonaccessible check-out aisle identification. access is limited to one area shall not be
required to provide more than one
Exception: Where all check-out aisles accessible means of entry provided that the
serving a single function are accessible, accessible means of entry is a swimming
signs complying with ICC A117.1 Section pool lift complying with ICC A117.1
703.6.3.1 shall not be required. Section 1102, a sloped entry complying
with ICC A117.1 Section 1103, or a
Subp. 10. IBC Section 1111, Swimming transfer system complying with ICC
pools, wading pools, spas, saunas, and steam A117.1 Section 1105.
rooms. A section is added to read as follows:
3. Catch pools shall not be required to
SECTION 1111 provide an accessible means of entry
provided that the catch pool edge is on an
SWIMMING POOLS, WADING POOLS, accessible route.
SPAS,
SAUNAS, AND STEAM ROOMS 1111.3 Wading pools. At least one accessible
1111.1 General. Swimming pools, wading means of entry shall be provided for wading
pools, spas, saunas, and steam rooms shall pools. Accessible means of entry shall comply
comply with Section 1111. with sloped entries complying with ICC
A117.1 Section 1103.
1111.2 Swimming pools. At least two
accessible means of entry shall be provided for 1111.4 Spas. At least one accessible means of
swimming pools. Accessible means of entry entry shall be provided for spas. Accessible
shall be swimming pool lifts complying with means of entry shall comply with swimming
ICC A117.1 Section 1102; sloped entries pool lifts complying with ICC A117.1 Section
complying with ICC A117.1 Section 1103; 1102; transfer walls complying with ICC
transfer walls complying with ICC A117.1 A117.1 Section 1104; or transfer systems
Section 1104; transfer systems complying with complying with ICC A117.1 Section 1105.
ICC A117.1 Section 1105; and pool stairs
complying with ICC A117.1 Section 1106. At Exception: Where spas are provided in a
least one accessible means of entry provided cluster, at least five percent, but not less
shall comply with ICC A117.1 Section 1102 or than one spa in each cluster, shall be
1103. required to comply with Section 1111.4.
Exceptions: 1111.5 Saunas and steam rooms. Saunas and

steam rooms shall comply with ICC A117.1
1. Where a swimming pool has less than Section 1107.
300 linear feet (91 m) of swimming pool
wall, no more than one accessible means of Exception: Where saunas or steam rooms
entry shall be required provided that the are clustered at a single location, at least
292
five percent, but not less than one of the applicable provision for new construction
saunas and steam rooms of each type in requires that an element, space, feature, or
each cluster, shall be required to comply common area be on an accessible route, the
with ICC A117.1 Section 1107. altered element, space, feature, or common
area shall be on an accessible route as provided
Subp. 11. IBC Section 1112, Additions. in Section 1113.9.
A section is added to read as follows:
1113.2 Extent of application. No alteration of
SECTION 1112 an existing element, space, feature, or area of a
building or facility shall impose a requirement
ADDITIONS for greater accessibility than that which would
be required for new construction.
1112.1 Minimum requirements.
Accessibility provisions for new construction 1113.3 Decrease accessibility. No alteration
shall apply to additions. Each addition shall, to shall be undertaken that decreases or has the
the maximum extent feasible, be located on an effect of decreasing accessibility or usability of
accessible route of travel from an accessible a building or facility below the requirements
main entrance. An addition that contains, or for new construction at the time of alteration.
affects the accessibility to, an area of primary
function, and is served by existing toilet, 1113.4 Extent technically feasible. Where
parking, telephone, or drinking fountain compliance with this section is technically
facilities, shall provide these facilities in infeasible, the alteration shall provide
accordance with Section 1113.9. accessibility to the maximum extent feasible.
Any elements or features of the building or
1112.2 Dwelling units and sleeping units. facility that are being altered and can be made
Where Group I-1, I-2, I-3, R-1, R-2, R-3, or accessible shall be made accessible within the
R-4 dwelling units or sleeping units are being scope of the alteration.
added, the requirements of Section 1107 for
Accessible units, Type A units, or Type B 1113.5 Eighty-five percent alteration. Where
units, and Chapter 9 for accessible alarms, alterations of single elements, when considered
apply only to the quantity of spaces being together, amount to an alteration of at least 85
added, until the number of units complies with percent of the square foot area of a room or
the minimum number required for new space in a building or facility, the entire room
construction. or space shall be made accessible.
Subp. 12. IBC Section 1113, Alterations. Exception: Alterations undertaken by a

A section is added to read as follows: tenant where the additional space is outside
the tenant space.
SECTION 1113
1113.6 Means of egress. Accessible means of
ALTERATIONS egress are not required to be provided in
existing buildings and facilities.
1113.1 Application. Where existing elements,
spaces, features, or common areas are altered, 1113.7 Addition of escalator or stair. Where
then each altered element, space, feature, or an escalator or stair is planned or installed
common area shall comply with the applicable where none existed previously and major
provision for new construction. If the structural modifications are necessary for the
293
installation, then a means of accessible vertical outlets, and signs.

access shall be provided.
3. This provision does not apply to
1113.8 Entrances. Where a planned alteration alterations undertaken for the primary
entails an alteration to a building entrance, and purpose of increasing accessibility.
the building or facility has an accessible
entrance, the altered entrance is not required to 4. This provision does not apply to
be accessible unless required by Section alterations undertaken by a tenant where
1113.9. If a particular entrance is not made the accessible route, toilet facilities,
accessible, appropriate accessible signage parking facilities, telephones, and drinking
indicating the location of the nearest accessible fountains are outside the tenant space.
entrance shall be installed at or near the
inaccessible entrance so that a person with 1113.9.1 Priority for application. Priority for
disabilities will not be required to retrace the application of the 20 percent cost for the
approach route from the inaccessible entrance. primary function area shall be as follows:
1113.9 Alterations to an area containing a 1. accessible path of travel to the primary

primary function. In addition to the function area, such as exterior route, building
requirements of Sections 1113.1 through entrance, interior route, or elevator;
1113.8, an alteration that affects or could affect
the usability of or access to an area containing 2. accessible toilet facilities;
a primary function shall be made to ensure
that, to the maximum extent feasible, the path 3. accessible parking;
of travel to the altered area and the toilet
rooms, parking facilities, telephones, and 4. accessible telephones; and
drinking fountains serving the altered area are
accessible. For the purpose of complying with 5. accessible drinking fountains.
this section, an area of primary function shall
be defined as an area which provides a major 1113.10 Special technical provisions for
activity for which the facility is intended. The alterations to existing buildings and
alterations to the path of travel, toilet rooms, facilities. Alterations to existing buildings and
parking facilities, telephones, and drinking facilities shall comply with Sections 1113.10.1
fountains serving the altered area need not through 1113.10.9.
exceed 20 percent of the cost of the alteration
to the primary function area. 1113.10.1 Elevators. Altered elements of
existing elevators shall comply with ICC
Exceptions: A117.1 and Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307,
Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices Code.
1. This provision does not apply to The elements shall also be altered in elevators
alterations limited solely to the electrical, programmed to respond to the same hall call
mechanical, or plumbing system, or to control as the altered elevator.
hazardous material abatement or automatic
sprinkler installation or retrofitting. 1113.10.2 Platform lifts. Platform
(wheelchair) lifts complying with ICC A117.1
2. This provision does not apply to and Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307, Minnesota
alterations limited solely to windows, Elevator and Related Devices Code, shall be
hardware, operating controls, electrical permitted to be used as part of an accessible
294
route. Standby power shall be provided where accessible bathing rooms shall be identified by
a platform lift provides the only accessible the International Symbol of Accessibility
route from a space listed in Section 1109.7. complying with ICC A117.1 Section 703.6.3.1.
1113.10.3 Toilet rooms and bathing 1113.10.4 Assembly areas. Assembly areas
facilities. Toilet rooms and bathing facilities shall comply with Sections 1113.10.4.1 and
shall comply with Sections 1113.10.3.1 and 1113.10.4.2.
1113.10.3.2.
1113.10.4.1 Wheelchair seating. Where it is
1113.10.3.1 Unisex rooms. Where it is technically infeasible to disperse accessible
technically infeasible to alter existing toilet seating throughout an altered assembly area,
rooms and bathing facilities to be accessible, at accessible seating areas shall be permitted to
least one accessible unisex toilet room or be clustered. Each accessible seating area shall
bathing room shall be provided. The unisex provide for companion seating and shall be
room shall be located in an easily accessible, located on an accessible route.
convenient location from the existing facilities.
Each unisex toilet room shall contain one 1113.10.4.2 Performance area. Where it is
water closet, one lavatory, and the door shall technically infeasible to alter all performing
have a privacy latch. In addition, unisex areas to be on an accessible route, at least one
bathing rooms shall contain one shower or of each type of performing area shall be made
bathtub fixture. Unisex toilet rooms and accessible.
bathing rooms shall also be permitted to
contain one urinal. All fixtures provided in the 1113.10.5 Dressing, fitting, and locker
unisex room shall be accessible. rooms. Where dressing, fitting, and locker
rooms are being altered and technical
1113.10.3.2 Ambulatory compartment. In infeasibility can be demonstrated, one dressing,
addition to the provisions of Section fitting, or locker room for each sex on each
1113.10.3.1, an ambulatory compartment shall level shall be made accessible. Where only
be provided within the existing toilet room or unisex rooms are provided, accessible unisex
bathing facility, unless technically infeasible. rooms shall be permitted.
If the ambulatory compartment provides the
only accessible water closet on the floor, 48 1113.10.6 Dwelling or sleeping units. Where
inches (1220 mm) minimum of clear floor dwelling or sleeping units are being altered, the
space shall be provided in front of the water requirements of Section 1107 for Accessible
closet, unless technically infeasible. units, Type A units, or Type B units, and
Chapter 9 for accessible alarms apply only to
1113.10.3.3 Signage. Where existing toilet or the quantity of spaces being altered, until the
bathing facilities are not made accessible, number of units complies with the minimum
directional signs indicating the location of the number required for new construction.
nearest accessible toilet room or accessible
bathing room within the facility shall be 1113.10.7 Check-out aisles. Where check-out
provided. Signs shall comply with ICC aisles are altered, at least one of each type of
A117.1 Section 703.3 and shall include the check-out aisle serving each function shall be
International Symbol of Accessibility made accessible until the number of accessible
complying with ICC A117.1 Section 703.6.3.1. check-out aisles complies with Section
Where existing toilet rooms or bathing rooms 1109.12.2.
are not accessible, the accessible toilet or
295
1113.10.8 Jury boxes and witness stands. In facility whenever practical.

alterations, accessible wheelchair spaces are
not required to be located within the defined Subp. 13. IBC Section 1114, Change in
area of raised jury boxes or witness stands and use. A section is added to read as follows:
shall be permitted to be located outside these
spaces where the ramp or lift access restricts or SECTION 1114
projects into the means of egress.
CHANGE IN USE
1113.10.9 Historic buildings. Where
alterations to provide accessibility to exterior 1114.1 General. Existing buildings or
and interior routes, ramps, entrances, or toilets portions of buildings that undergo a change of
are undertaken to a qualified historic building group or occupancy classification shall comply
or facility that would threaten or destroy the with Section 1114.1.1 or 1114.1.2. No
historic significance of the building or facility, requirement for change of group or occupancy
the alternative requirements in Sections shall impose a requirement for greater
1113.10.9.1 through 1113.10.9.3 shall be accessibility than that which would be required
permitted. for new construction. Platform (wheelchair)
lifts complying with ICC A117.1 and
1113.10.9.1 Entrances. At least one Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307, Minnesota
accessible entrance that is used by the public Elevator and Related Devices Code, shall be
shall be provided and located on an accessible permitted as a component of an accessible
route. route. Standby power shall be provided where
a platform lift provides the only accessible
Exceptions: route from a space listed in Section 1109.7. A
change of group or occupancy that
1. If a main entrance cannot be made incorporates any additions or alterations shall
accessible, an accessible nonpublic comply with Sections 1112 to 1114.
entrance that is unlocked while the building
is occupied shall be provided. Exception: Type A and Type B dwelling
units or sleeping units required by Section
2. If a main entrance cannot be made 1107 are not required where the dwelling
accessible and compliance with Exception unit or sleeping unit has been purchased, is
1 is not feasible, a locked accessible intended to be occupied as a residence, and
entrance with a notification system or the owner of the unit declines the Type A
remote monitoring shall be provided. or Type B provisions.
1113.10.9.2 Toilet rooms. Where toilets are 1114.1.1 Entire building. When a change in
provided, at least one accessible toilet facility occupancy to a building places the building in
shall be provided along an accessible route. a different division of the same occupancy
The toilet facility shall be permitted to be group or in a different occupancy group, the
unisex in design. building shall have all of the following
accessible features:
1113.10.9.3 Accessible route. Accessible
routes from an accessible entrance to all 1. At least one accessible building
publicly used spaces on at least the level of the entrance.
accessible entrance shall be provided. Access
shall be provided to all levels of a building or 2. At least one accessible route from an
296
accessible building entrance to primary level of access and the number of occupants of
function areas. the new occupancy exceeds 30 occupants, an
accessible route shall be provided.
3. Signage complying with Section 1110.
Exception: Regardless of occupant load,
4. Accessible parking, where parking is an accessible route shall be provided where
provided. the new occupancy is a public area of: a
Group M occupancy; a medical care
5. At least one accessible passenger facility; a transportation facility; or a
loading zone, when loading zones are government or municipal facility.
provided.
3. Accessible parking, where parking is
6. At least one accessible route provided.
connecting accessible parking and accessible
passenger loading zones to an accessible 4. At least one accessible route from
entrance. accessible parking to an accessible building
entrance.
7. At least one accessible unisex toilet or
bathing room, or one accessible male and one 5. At least one accessible unisex toilet or
accessible female toilet or bathing room, bathing room, or one accessible male and one
located on an accessible route not more than accessible female toilet or bathing room,
one story above or one story below a floor located on an accessible route not more than
without such facilities. Signage complying one story above or one story below the portion
with Section 1113.10.3.3 shall be provided. of the building undergoing the change in
occupancy. Signage complying with Section
Where it is technically infeasible to comply 1113.10.3.3 shall be provided.
with the new construction criteria for a change
of group or occupancy, items 1 to 7 shall Where it is technically infeasible to comply
conform to the criteria to the maximum extent with the new construction criteria for a change
technically feasible. of group or occupancy, items 1 to 5 shall
conform to the criteria to the maximum extent
1114.1.2 Portion of a building. When a technically feasible.
change in occupancy to a portion of a building
places the portion of the building in a different 1341.0050 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
division of the same occupancy group or in a
different occupancy group, all of the following 1341.0100 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
accessible features shall be provided:
1341.0104 A117.1 SECTION 104,
1. At least one accessible building CONVENTIONS.
entrance.
Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 104.2,
2. At least one accessible route from an Dimensions. A117.1 Section 104.2 is
accessible building entrance to the portion of amended to read as follows:
the building undergoing the change in
occupancy. In multistory buildings where the 104.2 Dimensions. Dimensions that are not
portion of the building undergoing the change stated as "maximum" or "minimum" are
in occupancy is located above or below the absolute. All dimensions are subject to
297
conventional industry tolerances except where construction, alterations, temporary facilities,

the dimension is stated as a range with specific and existing buildings; specific site and
minimum and maximum end points. building elements; and to multiple elements or
spaces provided within a site or building.
Subp. 2. Section 104.6. A117.1 Section
104 is amended by adding a Section to read as 1341.0202 A117.1 SECTION 202,
follows: DWELLING AND SLEEPING UNITS.
104.6 Calculation of Percentages. Where the A117.1 Section 202 is amended to read as
required number of elements or facilities to be follows:
provided is determined by calculations of ratios
or percentages and remainders or fractions 202 Dwelling and Sleeping Units. Chapter 10
result, the next greater whole number of such contains dwelling unit and sleeping unit
elements or facilities shall be provided. Where criteria for Accessible units, Type A units,
the determination of the required size or Type B units, and units with accessible
dimension of an element or facility involves communication features. The extent to which
ratios or percentages, rounding down for these technical criteria apply is provided in the
values less than one-half shall be permitted. scoping provisions of the State Building Code.
These scoping provisions address the types
1341.0105 A117.1 SECTION 105, and numbers of units required to comply with
REFERENCED STANDARDS. each set of unit criteria.
Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 105.2.5, Safety 1341.0203 A117.1 SECTION 203,

code for elevators and escalators. A117.1 ADMINISTRATION.
Section 105.2.5 is deleted in its entirety.
A117.1 Section 203 is deleted in its
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 105.2.6, Safety entirety.
standard for platform lifts and stairway
chairlifts. A117.1 Section 105.2.6 is deleted 1341.0310 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
in its entirety.
1341.0320 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.0200 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.0350 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.0201 A117.1 SECTION 201,
GENERAL. 1341.0401 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
A117.1 Section 201 is amended to read as 1341.0402 A117.1 SECTION 402.2,

follows: COMPONENTS.
201 General. This standard provides technical A117.1 Section 402.2 is amended to read
criteria for making sites, facilities, buildings, as follows:
and elements accessible. The scoping
provisions provided in the State Building Code 402.2 Components. Accessible routes shall
specify the extent to which these technical consist of one or more of the following
criteria apply. These scoping provisions components: walking surfaces with a slope not
address the application of this standard to: steeper than 1:20, doors and doorways, ramps,
each building and occupancy type; new curb ramps excluding the flared sides,
298
1
elevators, and platform lifts. All components Consecutive segments of 32 inches (815 mm)
of an accessible route shall comply with the in width must be separated by a route segment
applicable portions of this standard. 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum in length and
36 inches (915 mm) minimum in width.
Exceptions:
403.5.1 Clear Width at Turn. Where an
1. Ramps shall not be a component of accessible route makes a 180-degree turn
exterior accessible routes connecting around an object that is less than 48 inches
accessible parking spaces and accessible (1220 mm) in width, clear widths shall be 42
loading zones with accessible building inches (1065 mm) minimum approaching the
entrances. turn, 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum during
the turn, and 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum
2. Where multiple buildings are provided leaving the turn.
on a site, ramps shall not be a component
of exterior accessible routes connecting Exception: Section 403.5.1 shall not apply
accessible building entrances. This where the clear width at the turn is 60
exception does not apply to buildings not inches (1525 mm) minimum.
normally occupied.
403.5.2 Passing Space. An accessible route
3. Ramps shall not be a component of with a clear width less than 60 inches (1525
exterior accessible routes to Type A and mm) shall provide passing spaces at intervals
Type B units intended to be occupied as a of 200 feet (61 m) maximum. Passing spaces
residence unless the provision of a walking shall be either a 60-inch (1525 mm) minimum
surface with a slope not steeper than 1:20 is by 60-inch (1525 mm) minimum space, or an
not feasible. intersection of two walking surfaces that
provide a T-shaped turning space complying
1341.0403 A117.1 SECTION 403, with Section 304.3.2, provided the base and
WALKING SURFACES. arms of the T-shaped space extend 48 inches
(1220 mm) minimum beyond the intersection.
A117.1 Section 403.5 is amended to read
as follows: 403.5.3 Exterior Walking Surfaces. Walking
surfaces with a slope not steeper than 1:20 that
403.5 Clear Width. Clear width of an are a part of an exterior accessible route shall
accessible route shall comply with Table 403.5 be 48 inches (1220 mm) wide minimum.
except as modified by Sections 403.5.1,
403.5.2, and 403.5.3. 1341.0404 A117.1 SECTION 404, DOORS
AND DOORWAYS.
Table 403.5
Clear Width of an Accessible Route Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 404.3.2,
Maneuvering clearances. A117.1 Section
Minimum Segment 404.3.2 is amended to read as follows:
Segment Length
Width
≤ 24 inches 32 inches (815 mm)1 404.3.2 Maneuvering Clearances.
(610 mm) Maneuvering clearances at power-assisted
> 24 inches 36 inches (915 mm) doors shall comply with Section 404.2.3.
(610 mm) Clearances at automatic doors and gates
without standby power and serving an
299
accessible means of egress shall comply with 407.1 General. Elevators shall comply with
Section 404.2.3. Section 407 and Minnesota Rules, chapter
1307, Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices
Exception: Automatic doors and gates Code. Elevators shall be passenger elevators
which remain open in the power-off as classified by Minnesota Rules, chapter
condition. 1307, Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices
Code. Elevator operation shall be automatic.
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 404.3.5, Control Elevators shall not be attendant or key operated
switches. A117.1 Section 404.3.5 is amended and shall provide unassisted entry and exit
to read as follows: from the elevator.
404.3.5 Control Switches. Manually operated Exception: When approved by the

control switches shall comply with Section administrative authority, attendant or key
404.3.5. operation shall be permitted when all
occupants have controlled or restricted
404.3.5.1 Interior Location. Manually access to the space served by the elevator.
operated control switches at interior locations
shall comply with Section 309. The clear floor Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 407.4.3,
space adjacent to the control switch shall be Platform to hoistway clearance. A117.1
located beyond the arc of the door swing. Section 407.4.3 is amended to read as follows:
404.3.5.2 Exterior Location. Manually 407.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance.

operated control switches at exterior locations The clearance between the car platform sill and
shall comply with Sections 309.2 and 309.4. the edge of any hoistway landing shall comply
The clear floor space adjacent to the control with Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307,
switch shall be located beyond the arc of the Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices Code.
door swing, be centered on the control switch,
and be positioned for a parallel approach to the Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 407.4.10,
control switch. Control switches shall have a Emergency communications. A117.1
three-inch (75 mm) minimum dimension Section 407.4.10 is amended to read as
measured at at least one point, such as follows:
diagonal, diameter, or one side. Control
switches shall be mounted 30 inches (760 mm) 407.4.10 Emergency Communications.
minimum, measured to the bottom of the Emergency two-way communication systems
control switch, and 36 inches (915 mm) between the elevator car and a point outside
maximum, measured to the top of the control the hoistway shall comply with Section
switch, above the finished floor. 407.4.10 and Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307,
Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices Code.
1341.0405 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.0408 A117.1 SECTION 408,
1341.0407 A117.1 SECTION 407, LIMITED-USE/LIMITED-APPLICATION
ELEVATORS. ELEVATORS.
Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 407.1, Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 408.1,

General. A117.1 Section 407.1 is amended to General. A117.1 Section 408.1 is amended to
read as follows: read as follows:
300
408.1 General. Limited-use/ limited- clear floor area of 51 inches (1295 mm) in
application elevators shall comply with Section width and 51 inches (1295 mm) in depth.
408 and Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307,
Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices Code. Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 408.4.1, Inside
Elevator operation shall be automatic. dimensions of elevator cars. A117.1 Section
Limited-use/limited-application elevators shall 408.4.1 is amended to read as follows:
not be attendant or key operated and shall
provide unassisted entry and exit from the 408.4.1 Inside Dimensions of Elevator Cars.
elevator. Elevator cars shall provide a clear width of 42
inches (1065 mm) minimum. The clear floor
Exception: When approved by the area shall be not less than 2,268 square inches
administrative authority, attendant or key (1.46 m2) or more than 2,601 square inches
operation shall be permitted when all (1.68 m2).
occupants have controlled or restricted
access to the space served by the elevator. Exception: For installations in existing
buildings, elevator cars that provide a clear
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 408.3.3, Door floor area of 15 square feet (1.35 m2)
location and width. A117.1 Section 408.3.3 minimum, and provide a clear inside
is amended to read as follows: dimension of 36 inches (915 mm)
minimum in width and 54 inches (1370
408.3.3 Door Location and Width. Car doors mm) minimum in depth, shall be permitted.
shall comply with Section 408.3.3. This exception shall not apply to cars with
doors on adjacent sides.
408.3.3.1 Cars with Single Door or Doors on
Opposite Ends. Car doors shall be positioned Subp. 4. A117.1 Section 408.4.3,
at the narrow end of cars with a single door and Platform and hoistway clearance. A117.1
on cars with doors on opposite ends. Doors Section 408.4.3 is amended to read as follows:
shall provide a clear opening width of 32
inches (815 mm) minimum. 408.4.3 Platform to Hoistway Clearance.
The clearance between the car platform sill and
408.3.3.2 Cars with Doors on Adjacent the edge of any hoistway landing shall be in
Sides. Car doors shall be permitted to be compliance with Minnesota Rules, chapter
located on adjacent sides of cars that provide 1307, Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices
an 18 square foot (1.67 m2) platform. Doors Code.
located on the narrow end of cars shall provide
a clear opening width of 36 inches (815 mm) 1341.0409 A117.1 SECTION 409, PRIVATE
minimum. Doors located on the long side shall RESIDENCE ELEVATORS.
provide a clear opening width of 42 inches
(1065 mm) minimum and shall be located as A117.1 Section 409 is amended to read as
far as possible from the end door on cars with follows:
two doors, or be centered on cars with three
doors. 409.1 General. Private residence elevators
shall comply with Section 409 and Minnesota
Exception: Car doors that provide a clear Rules, chapter 1307, Minnesota Elevator and
opening width of 36 inches (915 mm) Related Devices Code. Elevator operation
minimum shall be permitted to be located shall be automatic.
on adjacent sides of cars that provide a
301
Exception: Elevators complying with shall not apply to doors or gates with
Section 407 or Section 408. ramps.
1341.0410 A117.1 SECTION 410, 2. Lifts serving two landings maximum

PLATFORM LIFTS. and having doors or gates on adjacent sides
shall be permitted to have self-closing
Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 410.1, manual doors or gates provided that the
General. A117.1 Section 410.1 is amended to side door or gate is located with the strike
read as follows: side furthest from the end door. This
exception shall not apply to doors or gates
410.1 General. Platform lifts shall comply with ramps.
with Section 410 and Minnesota Rules, chapter
1307, Minnesota Elevator and Related Devices 3. Lift doors and gates that provide a clear
Code. Platform lists shall not be attendant or opening width of 36 inches (915 mm)
key operated and shall provide unassisted entry minimum shall be permitted to be located
and exit from the lift. on adjacent sides of lifts that provide a
clear floor area of 51 inches (1295 mm) in
Exception: When approved by the width and 51 inches (1295 mm) in depth.
administrative authority, attendant or key
operation shall be permitted when all Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 410.2.2, Ramps.
occupants have controlled or restricted A117.1 Section 410.2.2 is amended to read as
access to the space served by the lift. follows:
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 410.2.1, Doors 410.2.2 Ramps. Ramp widths shall not be less
and gates. A117.1 Section 410.2.1 is amended than the door or gate they serve.
to read as follows:
Subp. 4. A117.1 Section 410.5, Clear
410.2.1 Doors and Gates. Doors and gates floor space. A117.1 Section 410.5 is amended
shall be low energy power operated doors or to read as follows:
gates complying with Section 404.3. Doors
shall remain open for 20 seconds minimum. 410.5 Clear Floor Space. Clear floor space of
End door opening clear width shall be 32 platform lifts shall comply with Section 410.5.
inches (815 mm) minimum on lifts with one
door or doors on opposite ends and 36 inches 410.5.1 Lifts with Single Door or Doors on
(915 mm) minimum clear width on lifts with Opposite Ends. Clear floor space of platform
doors on adjacent sides. Side door clear lifts with a single door or with doors on
opening width shall be 42 inches (1065 mm) opposite ends shall provide a clear width of 32
minimum and be located as far as possible inches (815 mm) minimum and a clear depth of
from the end door on lifts with two doors, or be 48 inches (1220 mm) minimum.
centered on lifts with three doors.
410.5.2. Lifts with Doors on Adjacent Sides.
Exceptions: Clear floor space of platform lifts with doors
on adjacent sides shall provide a clear width of
1. Lifts serving two landings maximum 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum and a total
and having doors or gates on opposite sides platform area of 18 square feet (1.67 m2).
shall be permitted to have self-closing
manual doors or gates. This exception 1341.0411 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
302
1341.0413 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 1341.0468 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.0442 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 1341.0502 A117.1 SECTION 502,

PARKING SPACES.
1341.0444 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 502.2, Vehicle
1341.0446 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 space size. A117.1 Section 502.2 is amended
to read as follows:
1341.0448 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
502.2 Vehicle Space Size. Car and van
1341.0450 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 parking spaces shall be 96 inches (2440 mm)
minimum in width.
1341.0452 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 502.4, Access
1341.0454 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 aisle. A117.1 Section 502.4 is amended to
read as follows:
1341.0456 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
502.4 Access Aisle. Car and van parking
1341.0458 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 spaces shall have an adjacent access aisle
complying with Section 502.4.
1341.0460 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
502.4.1 Location. Access aisles shall adjoin
1341.0462 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 an accessible route. Two parking spaces shall
be permitted to share a common access aisle.
1341.0464 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 Access aisles shall not overlap with the
vehicular way. Parking spaces shall be
1341.0466 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 permitted to have access aisles placed on either
303
side of the car or van parking space. Van Exception: Parallel parking spaces shall
parking spaces that are angled shall have have a sign located on the side, at the head
access aisles located on the passenger side of end of the parking space.
the parking space.
1341.0510 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
502.4.2 Width. Access aisles serving car and
van parking spaces shall be 96 inches (2440 1341.0520 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
mm) minimum in width.
1341.0530 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
502.4.3 Length. Access aisles shall extend the
full length of the parking spaces they serve. 1341.0540 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
502.4.4 Marking. Access aisles shall be 1341.0550 Repealed, 31 SR 1167

marked with the designation "no parking."
Where access aisles are marked with lines, the 1341.0560 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
width measurements of access aisles and
adjacent parking spaces shall be made from the 1341.0570 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
centerline of the markings.
1341.0580 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
Exception: Where access aisles or parking
spaces are not adjacent to another access 1341.0603 A117.1 SECTION 603, TOILET
aisle or parking space, measurements shall AND BATHING ROOMS.
be permitted to include the full width of the
line defining the access aisle or parking Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 603.3,
space. Mirrors. A117.1 Section 603.3 is amended to
read as follows:
Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 502.7,
Identification. A117.1 Section 502.7 is 603.3 Mirrors. Mirrors located above
amended to read as follows: lavatories, sinks, or counters shall be mounted
with the bottom edge of the reflecting surface
502.7 Identification. Accessible parking 40 inches (1015 mm) maximum above the
spaces shall be identified by signs complying floor. Mirrors not located above lavatories,
with Minnesota Statutes, section 169.346, and sinks, or counters shall be mounted with the
include the International Symbol of bottom edge of the reflecting surface 35 inches
Accessibility complying with Section (890 mm) maximum above the floor.
703.6.3.1. Where all accessible parking spaces
do not provide a minimum vertical clearance of Exception: In nursing home and boarding
98 inches (2490 mm), signs identifying van care resident rooms required to accessible,
parking spaces shall contain the designation and in common use areas intended for
"van accessible." Signs shall be centered at the resident use, the bottom of the mirror shall
head end of the parking space a maximum of be mounted 36 inches (915 mm) maximum
96 inches (2440 mm) from the head of the above the floor with the top of the mirror
parking space, and be mounted 60 inches 66 inches (1675 mm) minimum above the
(1525 mm) minimum and 66 inches (1676 floor, or an angled mirror shall be provided
mm) maximum above the floor of the parking that achieves the same result.
space, measured to the bottom of the sign.
Subp. 2. Section 603. A117.1 Section 603
304
is amended by adding a section to read as wall.

follows:
Exceptions:
603.5 Diaper Changing Tables. At least one
diaper changing table shall comply with 1. In Type A and Type B units, the
Section 902. Folding tables shall be permitted vertical grab bar component is not
to have the latching mechanism located 54 required.
inches (1370 mm) maximum above the floor
provided a clear floor space complying with 2. In a Type B unit, when a side wall is
Section 305 is positioned for a parallel not available for a 42 inch (1065 mm) grab
approach to the changing table when in the bar, the sidewall grab bar shall be
folded position. permitted to be 18 inches (455 mm)
minimum in length, located 12 inches (305
1341.0604 A117.1 SECTION 604, WATER mm) maximum from the rear wall and
CLOSETS AND TOILET extending 30 inches (760 mm) minimum
COMPARTMENTS. from the rear wall.
Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 604.3.1, Size. 3. In nursing home and boarding care
A117.1 Section 604.3.1 is amended to read as resident rooms required to be accessible,
follows: and in common use areas intended for
resident use, an L-shaped grab bar with
604.3.1 Size. A clearance around a water each leg at least 18 inches (455 mm)
closet 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum, minimum in length shall be provided on
measured perpendicular from the side wall, and the side wall. The vertical portion of the
either 78 inches (1980 mm) minimum, grab bar shall be mounted 12 inches (305
measured perpendicular from the rear wall, or mm) past the front edge of the water closet
48 inches (1220 mm) minimum plus the depth with the horizontal portion extending
of the water closet fixture, measured toward the rear wall at a height of ten
perpendicular from the rear wall, shall be inches (252 mm) above the toilet seat.
provided.
Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 604.7,
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 604.5.1, Fixed Dispensers. A117.1 Section 604.7 is amended
side wall grab bars. A117.1 Section 604.5.1 to read as follows:
604.7 Dispensers and Sanitary Product
604.5.1 Fixed Side Wall Grab Bars. Fixed Receptacles. Toilet paper dispensers and
side wall grab bars shall be 42 inches (1065 sanitary product receptacles shall comply with
mm) minimum in length, located 12 inches Section 309.4. Operable parts of dispensers
(305 mm) maximum from the rear wall and and sanitary product receptacles shall be
extending 54 inches (1370 mm) minimum located within an area 12 inches (305 mm)
from the rear wall. In addition, a vertical grab minimum and 40 inches (1016 mm) maximum
bar 18 inches (455 mm) minimum in length from the rear wall, and 18 inches (455 mm)
shall be mounted with the bottom of the bar minimum above the floor and 1-1/2 inches (38
located between 39 inches (990 mm) and 41 mm) minimum below the horizontal grab bar.
inches (1040 mm) above the floor, and with the Dispensers shall not be of a type that control
center line of the bar located between 39 (990 delivery, or does not allow continuous paper
mm) and 41 inches (1040 mm) from the rear flow.
305
Exception: In nursing home and boarding compartment doors shall not swing into the
care resident rooms required to be compartment unless a clear floor space
accessible, and in common use areas complying with Section 305.3 is provided
intended for resident use, the toilet paper within the compartment, beyond the arc of the
dispensers shall be centered between 19 door swing.
inches (485 mm) minimum to 25 inches
(635 mm) maximum above the floor, and 6 Subp. 6. A117.1 Section 604.10.7,
inches (150 mm) minimum to 12 inches Dispensers. A117.1 Section 604.10.7 is
(305 mm) maximum in front of the seat. amended to read as follows:
Subp. 4. A117.1 Section 604.8.2, Size. 604.10.7 Dispensers. Toilet paper dispensers
A117.1 Section 604.8.2 is amended to read as shall comply with Section 309.4. Operable
follows: parts of dispensers shall be located in an area
12 inches (305 mm) minimum and 36 inches
604.8.2 Size. The minimum area of a (915 mm) maximum from the rear wall, and 1
wheelchair accessible compartment shall inch (25 mm) minimum above the seat and
comply with Section 604.3. 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) minimum below the
horizontal grab bar. Dispensers shall not be of
Subp. 5. A117.1 Section 604.8.3, Doors. a type that control delivery or does not allow
A117.1 Section 604.8.3 is amended to read as continuous paper flow.
follows:
1341.0606 A117.1 SECTION 606.2, CLEAR
604.8.3 Doors. Toilet compartment doors, FLOOR SPACE.
including door hardware, shall comply with
Section 404.1, except: A117.1 Section 606.2 is amended by
adding an exception to read as follows:
1. When approaching the compartment
from the latch side of the compartment door, 7. A parallel approach complying with
the width of the approach shall be 42 inches Section 305 shall be permitted to a service
(1065 mm) minimum; sink requiring a deep bowl.
2. When exiting the compartment with a 1341.0607 A117.1 SECTION 607.2,

latch side approach to the compartment door, a CLEARANCE.
latch side clearance of 20 inches (508 mm)
minimum shall be provided. Where space A117.1 Section 607.2 is amended to read
permits, the maneuvering clearance shall as follows:
comply with Section 404.2.3;
607.2 Clearance. A clearance in front of
3. When exiting the compartment with a bathtubs extending the length of the bathtub
forward or hinge side approach to the push side and 30 inches (760 mm) minimum in depth
of the compartment door, a latch side clearance shall be provided. Where a permanent seat is
of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum shall be provided at the head end of the bathtub, the
provided. clearance shall extend 12 inches (305 mm)
minimum beyond the wall at the head end of
The door shall be self-closing. A door pull the bathtub.
complying with Section 404.2.6 shall be placed
on both sides of the door near the latch. Toilet Exception: In nursing home and boarding
306
care resident rooms required to be Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 608.3, Grab

accessible, and in common use areas bars. A117.1 Section 608.3 is amended to
intended for resident use, bathtubs and read as follows:
clear floor space that facilitate assisted
bathing shall be permitted. A horizontal or 608.3 Grab Bars. Grab bars shall comply
vertical grab bar shall be provided adjacent with Section 609 and shall be provided in
to the bathtub transfer area to assist in accordance with Section 608.3. Where
drying of residents. multiple grab bars are used, required horizontal
grab bars shall be installed at the same height
1341.0608 A117.1 SECTION 608, above the floor.
SHOWER COMPARTMENTS.
Exceptions:
Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 608.2.2,
Standard roll-in-type shower compartment. 1. Grab bars are not required to be
A117.1 Section 608.2.2 is amended to read as installed in a shower facility for a single
follows: occupant, accessed only through a private
office and not for common use or public
608.2.2 Standard Roll-In-Type Shower use, provided reinforcement has been
Compartment. Standard roll-in-type shower installed in walls and located so as to
compartments shall have a clear inside permit the installation of grab bars
dimension of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum complying with Section 608.3.
in width and 30 inches (760 mm) minimum in
depth, measured at the center point of opposing 2. In Type A units, grab bars are not
sides. An entry 60 inches (1525 mm) required to be installed where
minimum in width shall be provided. A reinforcement complying with Section
clearance of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum in 1003.11.9 is installed for the future
length adjacent to the 60 inch (1525 mm) installation of grab bars.
width of the open face of the shower
compartment, and 30 inches (760 mm) 3. In nursing home and boarding care
minimum in depth shall be provided. A seat resident rooms required to be accessible,
shall be provided on an end wall. A lavatory and in common use areas intended for
complying with Section 606 shall be permitted resident use, a nonslip vertical grab bar 24
at the end of the clearance opposite the seat. inches (610 mm) long minimum shall be
mounted at the shower entrance with the
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 608.2. A117.1 low end of the grab bar 36 inches (915
Section 608.2 is amended by adding a section mm) above the floor.
to read as follows:
Subp. 4. A117.1 Section 608.3.2,
608.2.4 Nursing Home Shower Standard roll-in-type showers. A117.1
Compartment. In nursing home and boarding Section 608.3.2 is amended to read as follows:
care resident rooms required to be accessible,
and in common use areas intended for resident 608.3.2 Standard Roll-In-Type Showers. In
use, the minimum shower size shall be 48 standard roll-in-type showers, grab bars shall
inches (1220 mm) minimum by 48 inches be provided on the back wall and on the wall
(1220 mm) minimum, or 54 inches (1370 mm) opposite the seat. Grab bars shall not be
minimum by 42 inches (1065 mm) minimum provided above the seat. Grab bars shall be 6
with the long side open. inches (150 mm) maximum from the adjacent
307
wall. toward the shower opening.
Exception: In compartments more than 72 Subp. 7. A117.1 Section 608.5.2,

inches (1,830 mm) wide, grab bars are not Standard roll-in showers. A117.1 Section
required to extend more than 48 inches 608.5.2 is amended to read as follows:
(1220 mm) from the seat on the back wall
and are not required on the end wall 608.5.2 Standard Roll-In Showers. In
opposite the seat. standard roll-in showers, the controls and hand
shower shall be located on the back wall 38
Subp. 5. A117.1 Section 608.4, Seats. inches (965 mm) minimum and 48 inches
A117.1 Section 608.4 is amended to read as (1220 mm) maximum above the shower floor
follows: and be no more than 27 inches (685 mm)
maximum from the end wall behind the seat.
608.4 Seats. A folding or nonfolding seat shall
be provided in transfer-type shower Subp. 8. A117.1 Section 608.5.3,
compartments. A folding seat shall be Alternate roll-in showers. A117.1 Section
provided in standard and alternate roll-in-type 608.5.3 is amended by deleting the exception.
showers. Seats shall comply with Section 610.
Subp. 9. A117.1 Section 608.6, Hand
Exceptions: showers. A117.1 Section 608.6 is amended to
read as follows:
1. A shower seat is not required to be
installed in a shower facility for a single 608.6 Hand Showers. A hand shower with a
occupant, accessed only through a private hose 59 inches (1500 mm) minimum in length,
office and not for common use or public that can be used both as a fixed shower head
use, provided reinforcement has been and as a hand shower, shall be provided. The
installed in walls and located so as to hand shower shall have a control with a
permit the installation of a shower seat nonpositive shut-off feature. An
complying with Section 608.4. adjustable-height shower head mounted on a
vertical bar shall be installed so as to not
2. In Type A units, a shower seat is not obstruct the use of grab bars.
required to be installed where
reinforcement complying with Section Exception: A fixed shower head shall be
1003.11.9 is installed for the future permitted in lieu of a hand shower when
installation of a shower seat. approved by the administrative authority
due to issues of security or safety.
Subp. 6. A117.1 Section 608.5.1,
Transfer-type showers. A117.1 Section 1341.0609 A117.1 SECTION 609.4,
608.5.1 is amended to read as follows: POSITION OF GRAB BARS.
608.5.1 Transfer-Type Showers. In A117.1 Section 609.4 is amended to read

transfer-type showers, the controls and hand as follows:
shower shall be located on the control wall
opposite the seat, 38 inches (965 mm) 609.4 Position of Grab Bars
minimum and 48 inches (1220 mm) maximum
above the shower floor, and 15 inches (380 609.4.1 General. Grab bars shall be installed
mm) maximum from the centerline of the seat in a horizontal position, 33 inches (840 mm)
308
minimum and 36 inches (915 mm) maximum 610.3.1 Rectangular Seats. The rear edge of a
above the floor measured to the top of the rectangular seat shall be 2-1/2 inches (64 mm)
gripping maximum and the front edge 15 inches (380
surface. mm) minimum to 16 inches (405 mm)
maximum from the seat wall. The side edge of
Exceptions: the seat shall be 1-1/2 inches (38 mm)
maximum from the back wall of a transfer-type
1. The lower grab bar on the back wall of shower and 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) maximum
a bathtub required by Section 607.4.1.1 or from the control wall of a roll-in-type shower.
607.4.2.1.
610.3.2 L-Shaped Seats. The rear edge of an
2. Vertical grab bars required by Sections L-shaped seat shall be 2-1/2 inches (64 mm)
604.5.1, 607.4.1.2.2, 607.4.2.2.2, and maximum and the front edge 15 inches (380
608.3.1.2. mm) minimum to 16 inches (405 mm)
maximum from the seat wall. The rear edge of
609.4.2 Children's Position of Grab Bars. the "L" portion of the seat shall be 1-1/2 inches
At water closets primarily for children's use (38 mm) maximum from the wall and the front
complying with Section 604.10, grab bars shall edge shall be 14 inches (355 mm) minimum
be installed in a horizontal position 18 inches and 15 inches (380 mm) maximum from the
(455 mm) minimum to 27 inches (685 mm) wall. The end of the "L" shall be 22 inches
maximum above the floor measured to the top (560 mm) minimum and 23 inches (585 mm)
of the gripping surface. A vertical grab bar maximum from the main seat wall.
shall be mounted with the bottom of the bar
located between 21 inches (533 mm) minimum 1341.0620 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum above the
floor and with the centerline of the bar located 1341.0630 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
between 34 inches (865 mm) minimum and 36
inches (915 mm) maximum from the rear wall. 1341.0640 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.0610 A117.1 SECTION 610, SEATS. 1341.0710 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
A117.1 Section 610.3 is amended to read 1341.0720 Repealed, 31 SR 1167

as follows:
1341.0730 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
610.3 Shower Compartment Seats. The
height of the seat shall be 17 inches (430 mm) 1341.0740 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
minimum and 19 inches (485 mm) maximum
above the bathroom floor, measured to the top 1341.0805 A117.1 SECTION 805,
of the seat. In transfer-type and alternate TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES.
roll-in-type showers, the seat shall extend
along the seat wall to a point within 3 inches Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 805.9,
(76 mm) of the compartment entry. In Escalators. A117.1 Section 805.9 is amended
standard roll-in-type showers, the seat shall to read as follows:
extend from the control wall to a point within 3
inches (76 mm) of the compartment entry. 805.9 Escalators. Where provided, escalators
Seats shall comply with Section 610.3.1 or shall have a 32 inch (815 mm) minimum clear
610.3.2. width, and shall comply with Requirements
309
6.1.3.5.6, Step Demarcations, and 6.1.3.6.5, 1341.1002 A117.1 SECTION 1002.15,

Flat Steps of ASME A17.1 as referenced in BEDS.
Minnesota Rules, chapter 1307, Minnesota
Elevator and Related Devices Code. A117.1 Section 1002 is amended by adding
a section to read as follows:
Exception: Existing escalators shall not be
required to comply with Section 805.9. 1002.15 Beds. A clear floor space complying
with Section 305 shall be provided on both
Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 805.10, Track sides of an accessible bed. The clear floor
crossings. A117.1 Section 805.10 is amended space shall be positioned for parallel approach
to read as follows: to the side of the bed.
805.10 Track Crossings. Where a circulation Exception: A single clear floor space shall
path crosses tracks, it shall comply with be permitted between two beds.
Section 402 and shall have a 24 inch (610 mm)
deep detectable warning complying with 1341.1003 A117.1 SECTION 1003, TYPE A
Section 705 along the full width of the UNITS.
circulation path. The detectable warning
surface shall be located so that the edge nearest Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 1003.5, Doors
the rail crossing is 6 inches (150 mm) and doorways. A117.1 Section 1003.5 is
minimum and 8 inches (205 mm) maximum amended to read as follows:
from the vehicle dynamic envelope.
1003.5 Doors and doorways. The primary
Exception: Openings for wheel flanges entrance door to the unit, and all other
shall be permitted to be 2-1/2 inches (64 doorways intended for user passage, shall
mm) maximum. comply with Section 404.
1341.0810 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 Exceptions:
1341.0820 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 1. Thresholds at exterior sliding doors

shall be permitted to be 3/4-inch (19 mm)
1341.0830 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 maximum in height, provided they are
beveled with a slope not greater than 1:2.
1341.0840 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
2. In toilet rooms and bathrooms not
1341.0850 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 required to comply with Sections
1003.11.5 through 1003.11.9, maneuvering
1341.0910 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 clearances required by Section 404.2.3 are
not required on the toilet room or bathroom
1341.0920 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 side of the door.
1341.0930 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 1003.9,

Operable parts. A117.1 Section 1003.9 is
1341.0940 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 amended to read as follows:
1341.0950 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 1003.9 Operable Parts. Operable parts of

appliances, fixtures, equipment, and other
310
devices shall comply with Section 309. be located within the required water closet
clearance.
Exceptions:
Exception: A lavatory measuring 24
1. Receptacle outlets serving a dedicated inches (610 mm) maximum in depth and
use. complying with Section 1003.11.5 shall be
permitted on the rear wall 18 inches (455
2. One receptacle outlet is not required to mm) minimum from the centerline of the
comply with Section 309 where all of the water closet where the clearance at the
following conditions are met: water closet is 66 inches (1675 mm)
minimum measured perpendicular from the
(a) the receptacle outlet is above a rear wall.
length of countertop that is
uninterrupted by a sink or appliance; 1341.1004 A117.1 SECTION 1004, TYPE B
(b) at least one receptacle outlet UNITS.
complying with Section 1003.9 is
provided for that length of countertop; Subpart 1. A117.1 Section 1004.4.2,
and Changes in level. A117.1 Section 1004.4.2 is
(c) all other receptacle outlets provided amended to read as follows:
for that length of countertop comply
with Section 1003.9. 1004.4.2 Changes in Level. Changes in level
shall comply with Section 303.
3. Floor receptacle outlets.
Exception: Where exterior deck, patio, or
4. HVAC diffusers. balcony surface materials are impervious,
the finished exterior impervious surface
5. Controls mounted on ceiling fans. shall be 2 inches (50 mm) maximum below
the floor level of the adjacent interior
6. Where redundant controls other than spaces of the unit.
light switches are provided for a single
element, one control in each pace shall not Subp. 2. A117.1 Section 1004.9,
be required to be accessible. Operable parts. A117.1 Section 1004.9 is
7. Electrical panelboards shall not be
required to comply with Section 309.4. 1004.9 Operable Parts. Lighting controls,
electrical switches and receptacle outlets,
Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 1003.11.7.3, environmental controls, electrical panelboards,
Overlap. A117.1 Section 1003.11.7.3 is and user controls for security or intercom
amended to read as follows: systems shall comply with Sections 309.2 and
309.3.
1003.11.7.3 Overlap. The required clearance
around the water closet shall be permitted to Exceptions:
overlap the water closet, associated grab bars,
paper dispensers, coat hooks, shelves, 1. Receptacle outlets serving a dedicated
accessible routes, clear floor space required at use.
other fixtures, and the wheelchair turning
space. No other fixtures or obstructions shall 2. One receptacle outlet is not required to
311
comply with Sections 309.2 and 309.3 closet, is amended to read as follows:
where all of the following conditions are
met: 1004.11.3.1.2 Water Closet. The lateral
distance from the centerline of the water closet
(a) the receptacle outlet is above a shall comply with all of the following
length of countertop that is applicable criteria:
uninterrupted by a sink or appliance;
(b) at least one receptacle outlet (a) where a side approach is provided to
complying with Section 1004.9 is the water closet, the lateral distance from the
provided for that length of countertop; centerline of the water closet to an object shall
and be 18 inches (455 mm) minimum on the side
(c) all other receptacle outlets provided opposite the direction of approach and 15
for that length of countertop comply inches (380 mm) minimum on the approach
with Section 1004.9. side;
3. Floor receptacle outlets. (b) where a forward approach is provided

to the water closet, the lateral distance from the
4. HVAC diffusers. centerline of the water closet to an object shall
be 15 inches (380 mm) minimum to one side
5. Controls mounted on ceiling fans. and 18 inches (455 mm) minimum on the other
side; or
6. Controls or switches mounted on
appliances. (c) where either a forward approach or side
approach is provided to the water closet and
7. Plumbing fixture controls. there is an object greater than 24 inches (610
mm) in length to one side of the water closet,
Subp. 3. A117.1 Section 1004.11, Toilet the lateral distance from the centerline of the
and Bathing Facilities. water closet to the object shall be 18 inches
(455 mm) minimum.
A. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.1.1,
Lavatory, is amended to read as follows: The water closet shall be positioned to
allow for future installation of a grab bar on the
1004.11.3.1.1 Lavatory. A clear floor space side with 18 inches (455 mm) clearance.
complying with Section 305.3, positioned for a Clearance around the water closet shall comply
parallel approach, shall be provided. The clear with Section 1004.11.3.1.2.1 or
floor space shall be centered on the lavatory. 1004.11.3.1.2.2.
Exception: Where only a forward C. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.1.2.1,

approach is provided, a lavatory complying Parallel approach, is amended to read as
with Section 606 shall be provided, except follows:
that cabinetry shall be permitted under the
lavatory provided such cabinetry can be 1004.11.3.1.2.1 Side Approach. Where a side
removed without removal or replacement approach is provided, a clearance 56 inches
of the lavatory, and the floor finish extends (1420 mm) minimum measured from the wall
under such cabinetry. behind the water closet, and 48 inches (1220
mm) minimum measured from a point 18
B. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.1.2, Water inches (455 mm) from the centerline of the
312
water closet on the side opposite the direction complying with Section 1004.11.3.1.1 or a
of approach shall be provided. An obstruction water closet shall be permitted at either end of
complying with Section 1004.11.3.1.2.3 shall the bathtub if a clearance 48 inches (1220 mm)
be permitted to overlap the clearance. minimum in length and 30 inches (760 mm)
minimum in width for a parallel approach is
D. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.1.2.2, provided in front of the bathtub.
Forward approach, is amended to read as
follows: G. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.1.3.2,
Forward approach bathtubs, is amended to read
1004.11.3.1.2.2 Forward Approach. Where a as follows:
forward approach is provided, a clearance 66
inches (1675 mm) minimum measured from 1004.11.3.1.3.2 Perpendicular Approach
the wall behind the water closet, and 48 inches Bathtubs. A clearance 60 inches (1525 mm)
(1220 mm) minimum measured from a point minimum in length and 48 inches (1220 mm)
18 inches (455 mm) from the centerline of the minimum in width shall be provided in front of
water closet on the side designated for future bathtubs with a perpendicular approach. A
installation of grab bars shall be provided. An lavatory or water closet shall be permitted in
obstruction complying with Section the clearance at either end of the bathtub.
1004.11.3.1.2.3 shall be permitted to overlap
the clearance. H. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.2.1.1, Clear
floor space, is amended to read as follows:
E. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.1.2.3,
Parallel or forward approach, is amended to 1004.11.3.2.1.1 Clear floor space. A clear
read as follows: floor space complying with Section 305.3,
positioned for a parallel approach, shall be
1004.11.3.1.2.3 Obstruction. Where provided provided.
in Section 1004.11.3.1.2.1 or Section
1004.11.3.1.2.2, an obstruction projecting 24 Exception: Where only a forward
inches (610 mm) maximum from the wall approach is provided, a lavatory complying
behind the water closet shall be permitted to with Section 606 shall be provided, except
overlap the clearance provided it does not that cabinetry shall be permitted under the
reduce the width of the clearance to less than lavatory, provided such cabinetry can be
33 inches (838 mm). Countertops shall be removed without removal or replacement
permitted to protrude 1 inch (25 mm) of the lavatory, and the floor finish extends
maximum beyond the obstruction. under such cabinetry.
F. A117.1 Section 1004.11.3.1.3.1, 1341.1005 A117.1 SECTION 1005.6.1,

Parallel approach bathtubs, is amended to read PUBLIC OR COMMON-USE
as follows: INTERFACE.
1004.11.3.1.3.1 Parallel Approach Bathtubs. A117.1 Section 1005.6.1 is amended to

A clearance 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum in read as follows:
length and 30 inches (760 mm) minimum in
width shall be provided in front of bathtubs 1005.6.1 Public or Common-Use Interface.
with a parallel approach. Lavatories The public or common-use system interface
complying with Section 606 shall be permitted shall include the capability of supporting voice
at the control end of the clearance. A lavatory and TTY communication with the unit
313
interface. When requested to be provided by a 1. Where the entire pool depth is greater
unit occupant, the cost of providing the public than 48 inches (1220 mm), compliance
or common-use component of the voice and with Section 1102.2 shall not be required.
TTY interface shall not be borne by the unit
occupant. 2. Where multiple pool lift locations are
provided, no more than one shall be
1341.1010 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 required to be located in an area where the
water level is 48 inches (1220 mm)
1341.1020 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 maximum.
1341.1030 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 1102.3 Seat Location. In the raised position,

the centerline of the seat shall be located over
1341.1040 Repealed, 31 SR 1167 the deck and 16 inches (405 mm) minimum
from the edge of the pool. The deck surface
1341.1100 A117.1 CHAPTER 11, between the centerline of the seat and the pool
SWIMMING POOLS, WADING POOLS, edge shall have a slope not greater than 1:48.
SPAS,
SAUNAS, AND STEAM ROOMS. 1102.4 Clear Deck Space. On the side of the
seat opposite the water, a clear deck space shall
A117.1 is amended by adding a chapter to be provided parallel with the seat. The space
read as follows: shall be 36 inches (915 mm) wide minimum
and shall extend forward 48 inches (1220 mm)
CHAPTER 11 minimum from a line located 12 inches (305
mm) behind the rear edge of the seat. The
SWIMMING POOLS, WADING POOLS, clear deck space shall have a slope not greater
SPAS,SAUNAS, AND STEAM ROOMS than 1:48.
1101 1102.5 Seat Height. The height of the lift seat

GENERAL shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum and 19
inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the
1101.1 Scoping. Swimming pools, wading deck to the top of the seat surface when in the
pools, spas, saunas, and steam rooms required raised (load) position.
to be accessible shall comply with the
applicable provisions of this chapter. 1102.6 Seat. The seat shall be 16 inches (405
mm) minimum wide, provide a back rest, and
1102 be of a firm and stable design.
POOL LIFTS
1102.7 Footrests and Armrests. Footrests
1102.1 General. Pool lifts shall comply with shall be provided and shall move with the seat.
Section 1102. If provided, the armrest positioned opposite
the water shall be removable or shall fold clear
1102.2 Pool Lift Location. Pool lifts shall be of the seat when the seat is in the raised (load)
located where the water level does not exceed position.
48 inches (1220 mm).
Exception: Footrests shall not be required
Exceptions: on pool lifts provided in spas.
314
1102.8 Operation. The lift shall be capable of on the sloped entry. The clear width between
unassisted operation from both the deck and handrails shall be 33 inches (840 mm)
water levels. Controls and operating minimum and 38 inches (965 mm) maximum.
mechanisms shall be unobstructed when the lift
is in use and shall comply with Section 309.4. Exceptions:
1102.9 Submerged Depth. The lift shall be 1. Handrail extensions specified by

designed so that the seat will submerge to a Section 505.10.1 shall not be required at
water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum the bottom landing serving a sloped entry.
below the stationary water level.
2. Where a sloped entry is provided for
1102.10 Lifting Capacity. Single person pool wave action pools, leisure rivers, sand
lifts shall have a weight capacity of 300 pounds bottom pools, and other pools where user
(136 kg) minimum and be capable of access is limited to one area, the handrails
sustaining a static load of at least 1-1/2 times shall not be required to comply with the
the rated load. clear width requirements of Section
1103.4.
1103
SLOPED ENTRIES 3. Sloped entries in wading pools shall
not be required to provide handrails
1103.1 General. Sloped entries shall comply complying with Section 1103.4. If
with Section 1103. provided, handrails on sloped entries in
wading pools shall not be required to
1103.2 Sloped entries. Sloped entries shall comply with Section 505.
comply with Section 402, except as modified
in Sections 1103.2 through 1103.4. 1104
TRANSFER WALLS
Exception: Where sloped entries are
provided, the surfaces shall not be required 1104.1 General. Transfer walls shall comply
to be slip resistant. with Section 1104.
1103.3 Submerged depth. Sloped entries 1104.2 Clear Deck Space. A clear deck space
shall extend to a depth of 24 inches (610 mm) of 60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches
minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) maximum (1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper
below the stationary water level. Where than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the
landings are required by Section 405.7, at least transfer wall. Where one grab bar is provided,
one landing shall be located 24 inches (610 the clear deck space shall be centered on the
mm) minimum and 30 inches (760 mm) grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided,
maximum below the stationary water level. the clear deck space shall be centered on the
clearance between the grab bars.
Exception: In wading pools, the sloped
entry and landings, if provided, shall 1104.3 Height. The height of the transfer wall
extend to the deepest part of the wading shall be 16 inches (405 mm) minimum and 19
pool. inches (485 mm) maximum measured from the
deck.
1103.4 Handrails. At least two handrails
complying with Section 505 shall be provided 1104.4 Wall Depth and Length. The depth of
315
the transfer wall shall be 12 inches (305 mm) transfer platform. The side of the transfer
minimum and 16 inches (405 mm) maximum. platform serving the transfer space shall be
The length of the transfer wall shall be 60 unobstructed.
inches (1525 mm) minimum and shall be
centered on the clear deck space. 1105.4 Height. The height of the transfer
platform shall comply with Section 1104.3.
1104.5 Surface. Surfaces of transfer walls
shall not be sharp and shall have rounded 1105.5 Transfer Steps. Transfer step height
edges. shall be 8 inches (205 mm) maximum. The
surface of the bottom tread shall extend to a
1104.6 Grab Bars. At least one grab bar water depth of 18 inches (455 mm) minimum
complying with Section 609 shall be provided below the stationary water level.
on the transfer wall. Grab bars shall be
perpendicular to the pool wall and shall extend 1105.6 Surface. The surface of the transfer
the full depth of the transfer wall. The top of system shall not be sharp and shall have
the gripping surface shall be 4 inches (100 rounded edges.
mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm)
maximum above transfer walls. Where one 1105.7 Size. Each transfer step shall have a
grab bar is provided, clearance shall be 24 tread clear depth of 14 inches (355 mm)
inches (610 mm) minimum on both sides of the minimum and 17 inches (430 mm) maximum
grab bar. Where two grab bars are provided, and shall have a tread clear width of 24 inches
clearance between grab bars shall be 24 inches (610 mm) minimum.
(610 mm) minimum.
1105.8 Grab Bars. At least one grab bar on
Exception: Grab bars on transfer walls each transfer step and the transfer platform or a
shall not be required to comply with continuous grab bar serving each transfer step
Section 609.4. and the transfer platform shall be provided.
Where a grab bar is provided on each step, the
1105 tops of gripping surfaces shall be 4 inches (100
TRANSFER SYSTEMS mm) minimum and 6 inches (150 mm)
maximum above each step and transfer
1105.1 General. Transfer systems shall platform. Where a continuous grab bar is
comply with Section 1105. provided, the top of the gripping surface shall
be 4 inches (100 mm) minimum and 6 inches
1105.2 Transfer Platform. A transfer (150 mm) maximum above the step nosing and
platform shall be provided at the head of each transfer platform. Grab bars shall comply with
transfer system. Transfer platforms shall Section 609 and be located on at least one side
provide 19 inches (485 mm) minimum clear of the transfer system. The grab bar located at
depth and 24 inches (610 mm) minimum clear the transfer platform shall not obstruct transfer.
width.
Exception: Grab bars on transfer systems
1105.3 Transfer Space. A transfer space of shall not be required to comply with
60 inches (1525 mm) minimum by 60 inches Section 609.4.
(1525 mm) minimum with a slope not steeper
than 1:48 shall be provided at the base of the 1106
transfer platform surface and shall be centered POOL STAIRS
along a 24 inch (610 mm) minimum side of the
316
1106.1 General. Pool stairs shall comply with 1341.1220 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
Section 1106.
1341.1230 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1106.2 Pool Stairs. Pool stairs shall comply
with Sections 504.2 through 504.6. 1341.1240 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
Exception: Pool step riser heights shall 1341.1250 Repealed, 31 SR 1167

not be required to be 4 inches (100 mm)
high minimum and 7 inches (180 mm) high 1341.1260 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
maximum provided that riser heights are
uniform. 1341.1610 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1106.3 Handrails. The width between 1341.1620 Repealed, 31 SR 1167

handrails shall be 20 inches (510 mm)
minimum and 24 inches (610 mm) maximum. 1341.1630 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
Handrail extensions required by Section
505.10.3 shall not be required on pool stairs. 1341.1640 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1107
SAUNAS AND STEAM ROOMS
1107.1 General. Saunas and steam rooms

shall comply with Section 1107.
1107.2 Bench. Where seating is provided in

saunas and steam rooms, at least one bench
shall comply with Section 903. Doors shall not
swing into the clear floor space required by
Section 903.2.
Exception: A readily removable bench

shall be permitted to obstruct the turning
space required by Section 1107.3 and the
clear floor space required by Section 903.2.
1107.3 Turning Space. A turning space

complying with Section 304 shall be provided
within saunas and steam rooms.
1341.1110 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.1120 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.1130 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
1341.1210 Repealed, 31 SR 1167
317

ADOPTION OF THE 2000 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE AND
2000 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE
1346.0050 TITLE; INCORPORATION adopted pursuant to chapter 1309 and

BY REFERENCE. Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61,
subdivision 1.
This chapter is known and may be cited as the
"Minnesota Mechanical Code." As used in Subp. 4. Electrical code. References to the
this chapter, "the code" and "this code" refer International Code Council Electrical Code in
to this chapter. this code mean the Minnesota Electrical
Code, adopted pursuant to chapter 1315 and
Chapters 2 to 15 of the 2000 edition of the Minnesota Statutes, section 326.243.
International Mechanical Code, promulgated
by the International Code Council, Inc., 5203 Subp. 5. Fuel gas code. References to the
Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, Falls Church, International Fuel Gas Code in this code mean
Virginia 22041-3401, are incorporated by the Minnesota Fuel Gas Code, adopted
reference as part of the Minnesota Mechanical pursuant to chapter 1346 and Minnesota
Code with the amendments in this chapter. Statutes, section 16B.61, subdivision 1.
As used in this chapter, "IMC" means the
International Mechanical Code incorporated Subp. 6. Mechanical code. References to
in this part. the International Mechanical Code in this
code mean the Minnesota Mechanical Code,
The IMC is not subject to frequent change adopted pursuant to chapter 1346 and
and a copy of the IMC, with amendments for Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.61,
use in Minnesota, is available in the office of subdivision 1.
the commissioner of administration.
Subp. 7. Plumbing code. References to the
1346.0060 REFERENCES TO OTHER International Plumbing Code in this code
INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL mean the Minnesota Plumbing Code, adopted
(ICC) CODES. pursuant to chapter 4715 and Minnesota
Statutes, section 16B.61, subdivisions 1 and
Subpart 1. General. References to other 2.
codes and standards promulgated by the
International Code Council in the IMC and Subp. 8. Private sewage disposal code.
IFGC are modified in subparts 2 to 11. References to the International Private
Subp. 2. Building code. References to the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency's
International Building Code in this code mean minimum standards and criteria for individual
the Minnesota Building Code, adopted sewage treatment systems adopted pursuant to
pursuant to this chapter and Minnesota chapter 7080 and Minnesota Statutes,
Statutes, section 16B.61, subdivision 1. chapters 103F, 103G, 115, and 116.
Subp. 3. Residential code. References to the Subp. 9. Energy conservation code.

International Residential Code in this code References to the International Energy
mean the Minnesota Residential Code, Conservation Code in this code mean the
318
Minnesota Energy Code, adopted pursuant to 1346.0102 SECTION 102 EXISTING

Minnesota Statutes, section 16B.617. INSTALLATIONS.
Subp. 10. Property maintenance code.
References to the International Property IMC Section 102 is amended to read as
Maintenance Code in this code do not apply. follows:
Subp. 11. Fire code. References to the 102 Existing installations. Except as
International Fire Code in this code mean the otherwise provided for in this chapter, a
Minnesota State Fire Code, adopted pursuant provision in this code shall not require the
to chapter 7510 and Minnesota Statutes, removal, alteration, or abandonment of, nor
chapter 299F. prevent the continued utilization and
maintenance of, a mechanical system lawfully
1346.0101 SECTION 101 SCOPE. in existence at the time of the adoption of this
code.
IMC Section 101 is amended to read as
follows: 1346.0103 SECTION 103
MAINTENANCE.
101 Scope. This code shall regulate the
design, installation, maintenance, alteration, IMC Section 103 is amended to read as
and inspection of mechanical systems that are follows:
permanently installed and utilized to provide
control of environmental conditions and 103 Maintenance. Mechanical systems, both
related processes within buildings. Fuel gas existing and new, and parts of those systems,
piping systems, fuel gas utilization shall be maintained in proper operating
equipment, and related accessories shall be condition in accordance with the original
regulated by parts 1346.5050 through design and in a safe and sanitary condition.
1346.5900. This code shall also regulate Devices or safeguards which are required by
those mechanical systems, system this code shall be maintained in compliance
components, equipment, and appliances with the code edition under which they were
specifically addressed in the IMC and IFGC. installed. The owner or the owner's
This code shall also regulate process piping designated agent shall be responsible for
installed within, or in conjunction with, maintenance of mechanical systems. To
buildings or structures. For the purposes of determine compliance with this provision, the
this section, the term "process piping" building official shall have the authority to
includes piping or tubing which conveys gas, require a mechanical system to be
liquid, or fluidized solids and which is used reinspected.
directly in research, laboratory, or production
processes. Process piping and tubing shall be 1346.0104 SECTION 104 ADDITIONS,
installed in accordance with ASME B31.3- ALTERATIONS, RENOVATIONS, OR
1999, Process Piping Code, or ASME B31.9- REPAIRS.
1996, Building Services Piping Code, as
applicable. Refer to chapter 1300 for IMC Section 104 is amended to read as
additional administrative provisions of the follows:
Minnesota State Building Code. For purposes
of this section, refer to Minnesota Statutes, 104 Additions, alterations, renovations, or
section 13.37, subdivision 1, paragraph (b), repairs. Additions, alterations, renovations,
on disclosure of nonpublic data. or repairs to a mechanical system shall
conform to that required for a new mechanical
319
system without requiring the existing 1346.0106 SECTION 106 REQUIRED

mechanical system to comply with all of the INSPECTIONS.
requirements of this code. Additions,
alterations, renovations, or repairs shall not IMC Section 106 is amended to read as
cause an existing mechanical system to follows:
become unsafe, hazardous, or overloaded.
Minor additions, alterations, renovations, and 106 Required inspections. The building
repairs to existing mechanical systems shall official, upon notification from the permit
meet the provisions for new construction, holder or the permit holder's agent, shall make
unless that work is done in the same manner the following inspections and other such
and arrangement as was in the existing inspections as necessary, and shall either
system, is not hazardous, and is approved. release that portion of the construction or
shall notify the permit holder or the permit
1346.0105 SECTION 105 WORK holder's agent of violations that must be
EXEMPT FROM PERMIT. corrected. The holder of the permit shall be
responsible for the scheduling of these
IMC Section 105 is amended to read as inspections.
follows:
1. Underground inspection shall be made
105 Work exempt from permit. Permits after trenches or ditches are excavated and
shall not be required for the following: bedded, piping installed, and before backfill is
put in place. When excavated soil contains
1. portable heating, cooking, or clothes rocks, broken concrete, frozen chunks, and
drying appliances not connected to a other rubble that would damage or break the
permanent fuel supply, excluding a factory piping or cause corrosive action, clean
power supply cord; backfill shall be on the job site.
2. portable ventilation appliances and 2. Rough-in inspection shall be made after

equipment; the roof, framing, fireblocking, and bracing
are in place and all ducting and other
3. portable cooling units; components to be concealed are complete,
and prior to the installation of wall or ceiling
4. steam, hot water, or chilled water piping membranes.
within any heating or cooling equipment or
appliances regulated by this code; 3. Final inspection shall be made upon
completion of the mechanical system.
5. replacement of any minor part that does
not alter the approval of equipment or an Exception: Ground-source heat pump loop
appliance or make such equipment or systems tested in accordance with this code
appliance unsafe; shall be permitted to be backfilled prior to
inspection.
6. portable evaporative coolers; and
1346.0107 SECTION 107 TESTING.
7. self-contained refrigeration systems that
contain 10 pounds (4.5 kg) or less of IMC Section 107 is amended to read as
refrigerant, or that are actuated by motors of 1 follows:
horsepower (0.75 kW) or less.
320
107 Testing. Mechanical systems shall be When a mechanical system is to be

tested as required in this code in accordance disconnected, written notice shall be given.
with IMC Sections 107.1 through 107.3. In cases of immediate danger to life or
Tests shall be made by the permit holder and property, the disconnection shall be made
observed by the building official. immediately without notice.
107.1 New, altered, extended, or repaired 1346.0109 SECTION 109 AUTHORITY

systems. New mechanical systems and parts TO ORDER DISCONNECTION OF
of existing systems, which have been altered, ENERGY SOURCES.
extended, renovated, or repaired, shall be
tested as prescribed in this code to disclose IMC Section 109 is amended to read as
leaks and defects. follows:
107.2 Apparatus, material, and labor for 109 Authority to order disconnection of
tests. Apparatus, material, and labor required energy sources. The building official shall
for testing a mechanical system or part of a have the authority to order disconnection of
system shall be furnished by the permit energy sources supplied to a building,
holder. structure, or mechanical system regulated by
this code, when it is determined that the
107.3 Reinspection and testing. Where any mechanical system or any portion of the
work or installation does not pass an initial system has become hazardous or unsafe.
test or inspection, the necessary corrections Written notice of an order to disconnect
shall be made so as to achieve compliance service and the causes of the order shall be
with this code. The work or installation shall given within 24 hours to the owner and
then be resubmitted to the building official for occupant of the building, structure, or
inspection and testing. premises, provided, however, that in cases of
immediate danger to life or property, the
1346.0108 SECTION 108 AUTHORITY disconnection shall be made immediately
TO CONDEMN MECHANICAL without notice. Where energy sources are
SYSTEMS. provided by a public utility, the building
official shall immediately notify the serving
IMC Section 108 is amended to read as utility in writing of the issuance of an order to
follows: disconnect.
108 Authority to condemn mechanical 1346.0110 SECTION 110 CONNECTION

systems. Whenever the building official AFTER ORDER TO DISCONNECT.
determines that any mechanical system or
portion of a system regulated by this code has IMC Section 110 is amended to read as
become hazardous to life, health, or property, follows:
or has become unsanitary, the building
official shall order in writing that the system 110 Connection after order to disconnect.
either be removed or restored to a safe A person shall not make energy source
condition. A time limit for compliance with connections to mechanical systems regulated
the building official's order shall be specified by this code which have been disconnected or
in the written order. A person shall not use or ordered to be disconnected by the building
maintain a defective mechanical system after official, or the use of which has been ordered
receiving a notice under this section. to be discontinued by the building official
until the building official authorizes the
321
reconnection and use of such mechanical panels which must be tightly sealed or
systems. gasketed at their frames.
When a mechanical system is maintained in COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOODS.

violation of this code, and in violation of a Backshelf hood. A backshelf hood is also
notice issued pursuant to this section, the referred to as a low-proximity hood, a pass
building official shall institute appropriate over hood, a plate shelf hood, or a downdraft
action to prevent, restrain, correct, or abate hood. Its front lower lip is set back a
the violation. maximum of 12 inches (305 mm) from the
leading edge of the cooking surface, and it is
1346.0201 SECTION 201 GENERAL. supported from above. Backshelf hoods are
sometimes used as island hoods when
IMC Section 201.4 is amended to read as suspended over conveyor ovens that toast
follows: sandwiches or bake convenience foods.
Double island canopy hood. A double
201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are island canopy hood is placed over back-to-
not defined through the methods authorized back appliances or appliance lines, and it is
by this chapter, the Merriam-Webster supported from above. The hood inlet runs
Collegiate Dictionary, available at down the center of the hood, not along the
www.m-w.com, shall be considered as outside perimeter. It overhangs both fronts
providing ordinarily accepted meanings. The and the sides of the appliances and sometimes
dictionary is incorporated by reference, is has a wall panel between the backs of the
subject to frequent change, and is available appliances. The exhaust air is drawn from
through the Minitex interlibrary loan system. both sides of the double canopy and meets in
the center, which causes each side of the hood
1346.0202 SECTION 202 GENERAL to emulate a wall canopy hood. It functions
DEFINITIONS. similarly with or without a wall panel
between the backs of the appliances.
IMC Section 202 is amended by adding or Eyebrow hood. An eyebrow hood is
amending the following definitions: mounted directly to the face of an appliance,
such as an oven and dishwasher, above the
ATMOSPHERICALLY VENTED GAS opening or door from which effluent is
OR OIL APPLIANCE. An appliance, also emitted. It extends past the sides and
known as natural draft, that utilizes a venting overhangs the front of the opening to capture
system designed to remove flue or vent gases the effluent.
under nonpositive static vent pressure entirely Single island canopy hood. A single island
by natural draft. canopy hood is placed over a cooking line
that is not installed along a wall. It is open on
CLOSED COMBUSTION SOLID FUEL all sides and overhangs the front, rear, and
BURNING APPLIANCE. A heat producing sides of the appliances. A single island
appliance that employs a combustion chamber canopy is more susceptible to cross drafts and
having no openings other than the flue collar, requires greater exhaust airflow to capture
fuel charging door, and adjustable openings effluent than an equivalent sized wall canopy
provided to control the amount of combustion hood. Filter racks or grease extractor
air that enters the combustion chamber and plenums should be mounted in the center of
includes doors with gaskets or flanges that these canopies for optimal capture and
permit tight closure and glass or ceramic containment.
322
Wall canopy hood. A wall canopy exhaust and gas conveyor pizza ovens, electric and
hood is usually mounted against a wall above gas tilting skillets (braising pans), electric and
a cooking line of appliances, but sometimes it gas rotisseries, and electric and gas
is freestanding with a vertical back panel from salamander broilers.
the rear of the appliances to the hood. It
overhangs the front and sides of the DECORATIVE SOLID FUEL BURNING
appliances on all open sides. The wall acts as APPLIANCE. An atmospherically vented
a back panel, forcing the makeup air to be appliance, usually a fireplace, intended
drawn across the front of the cooking primarily for viewing of the fire and which
equipment, which increases the effectiveness may or may not incorporate doors that
of the hood to capture and contain effluent substantially close off the firebox opening
generated by the cooking operation. when the appliance is in operation.
COMMERCIAL KITCHEN COOKING DIRECT VENT APPLIANCE. An

APPLIANCES. appliance that is constructed and installed so
Extra-heavy duty cooking appliance. that all air for combustion is derived from the
Extra-heavy duty cooking appliances include outside atmosphere and all flue gases are
appliances using solid fuel such as wood, discharged to the outside atmosphere.
charcoal, briquettes, and mesquite as the
primary source of heat for cooking. EXHAUST SYSTEM. An assembly of
Heavy duty cooking appliance. Heavy duty connected ducts, plenums, fittings, registers,
cooking appliances with a minimum average grilles and hoods, including domestic kitchen
cooking surface temperature of 600ºF (316ºC) exhaust hoods, domestic kitchen and
include electric under-fired broilers, electric bathroom exhaust fans, clothes dryers, central
chain (conveyor) broilers, gas under-fired vacuums, and radon exhaust systems through
broilers, gas chain (conveyor) broilers, which air is conducted from the space or
electric and gas wok ranges, and electric and spaces and exhausted to the outside
gas oven-fired upright broilers. atmosphere or an attached residential garage.
Light duty cooking appliance. Light duty
cooking appliances include gas and electric FAN-ASSISTED APPLIANCE. An
ovens (including standard, bake, roasting, appliance equipped with an integral
revolving, retherm, convection, combination mechanical means to either draw or force
convection/steamer, conveyor, deck or deck- products of combustion through the
style pizza, and pastry), electric and gas combustion chamber or heat exchanger.
steam-jacketed kettles, electric and gas
compartment steamers (both pressure and POWER VENT APPLIANCE. An
atmospheric), and electric and gas appliance with a venting system which uses a
cheesemelters. fan or other mechanical means to cause the
Medium duty cooking appliance. Medium removal of flue or vent gases under positive
duty cooking appliances with a minimum static vent pressure.
average cooking surface temperature of 400ºF
(204ºC) include electric and gas open-burner POWERED MAKEUP AIR. Air which
ranges (with or without oven), electric and must be brought in from the outdoors by
gas hot-top ranges, electric and gas griddles, means of a fan to replenish the air expelled by
electric and gas double-sided griddles, electric a mechanical exhausting device.
and gas fryers (including open deep fat fryers,
donut fryers, kettle fryers, and pressure READY ACCESS (TO). That which
fryers), electric and gas pasta cookers, electric enables a device, appliance or equipment to
323
be directly reached, without requiring the 306.5 Mechanical equipment and

removal or movement of any panel, door or appliances on roofs or elevated structures.
similar obstruction, and without requiring the Where mechanical equipment or appliances
use of portable access equipment (see requiring periodic inspection, service, or
"Access"). maintenance are installed on roofs or elevated
structures, a permanent stair shall be provided
SEALED. Secured with a product meeting for access.
UL 181 or equivalent.
Exception: A portable ladder may be used
SOLID FUEL APPLIANCE. An for dwellings, replacement equipment on
atmospherically vented appliance that is either existing buildings, and exterior roof access
a closed combustion solid fuel burning points not exceeding 16 feet (4.9 m) above
appliance or a decorative solid fuel burning grade, unless the building official determines
appliance. that the unique shape of the roof does not
allow safe access with a portable ladder.
1346.0301 SECTION 301 GENERAL.
The permanent stair shall be as required by
IMC Section 301.4 is amended to read as relevant safety regulations, but shall not be
follows: less than the following:
301.4 Listed and labeled. Appliances 1. The stair shall be installed at an angle of
regulated by this code shall be listed and not more than 60 degrees measured from the
labeled to an appropriate standard by a horizontal plane.
nationally recognized testing laboratory
which is qualified to evaluate the appliance, 2. The stair shall have flat treads at least 6
unless otherwise approved in accordance with inches (152 mm) deep and a clear width of at
the administrative provisions of the least 18 inches (457 mm) with equally spaced
Minnesota State Building Code, Minnesota risers at least 10.5 inches (267 mm) high and
Rules, chapter 1300. The approval of unlisted not exceeding 14 inches (356 mm).
appliances shall be based upon engineering
evaluation. Unlisted appliances shall be 3. The stair shall have intermediate landings
installed with clearances to combustibles in not exceeding 18 feet (5.5 m) vertically.
accordance with IMC Chapter 8. Unlisted
appliances with a fuel input rating of less than 4. Continuous handrails shall be installed on
12,500,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) shall have fuel both sides of the stair.
trains, controls, and safety devices installed in
accordance with Part CF, Combustion Side 5. Interior stairs shall terminate at the under
Control, of ASME CSD-1. Unlisted side of the roof at a hatch or scuttle of at least
appliances with a fuel input rating of 8 square feet (0.74 m2) with a minimum
12,500,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) or greater shall dimension of 20 inches (508 mm).
have fuel trains, controls, and safety devices
installed in accordance with NFPA 85-2001. 6. When a roof access hatch or scuttle is
located within 10 feet (3.0 m) of a roof edge,
1346.0306 SECTION 306 ACCESS AND a guard shall be installed in accordance with
SERVICE SPACE. IMC Section 304.9.
IMC Section 306.5 is amended to read as 7. Exterior stairs shall terminate at the roof
follows: access point or at a level landing of at least 8
324
square feet (0.74 m2) with a minimum 1. Speed adjustment is not required for fan
dimension of 20 inches (508 mm). The motors rated at one horsepower (0.746 kW) or
landing shall have a guard installed in less.
accordance with IMC Section 304.9.
2. Residential exhaust-only ventilation
306.5.1 Permanent ladders. Where a change systems shall be capable of exhausting the
in roof elevation greater than 30 inches (762 minimum ventilation rate required in the
mm) but not exceeding 16 feet (4.9 m) exists, Minnesota Energy Code, Minnesota Rules,
a permanent ladder shall be provided. The chapter 7670 or 7672.
ladder may be vertical and shall be as
required by relevant safety regulations, but 309.2.2 Hydronic system balancing.
shall not be less than the following: Hydronic systems shall provide flow rates
within +/-10 percent of design capacities and
1. Width shall be at least 16 inches (406 pump impellers shall be trimmed or pump
mm). speed shall be adjusted to meet design flow
conditions.
2. Rung spacing shall be a maximum of 14
inches (356 mm). Exception: Impeller trimming or speed
adjustment is not required for pump motors
3. Toe space shall be at least 6 inches (152 rated at five horsepower (3.73 kW) or less.
mm).
309.2.3 Systems balancing reports. Systems
4. Side railings shall extend at least 30 balancing reports shall verify system
inches (762 mm) above the roof or parapet performance and shall specify that the
wall. minimum amount of outdoor air required in
amended Chapter 4 is provided to the
1346.0309 SECTION 309 ventilation system. Systems balancing reports
TEMPERATURE CONTROL. shall be submitted to the building official
upon request.
IMC Section 309 is amended by adding a
section to read as follows: 1346.0401 SECTION 401 GENERAL.
309.2 Balancing. All mechanical ventilation IMC Section 401.5 is amended to read as
and hydronic systems shall be capable of follows:
being balanced in accordance with this
section. 401.5 Opening location. Outside air exhaust
and intake openings, in buildings other than
309.2.1 Mechanical ventilation system dwellings and Group R-3 occupancies, shall
balancing. Mechanical ventilation systems be located a minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm)
shall provide airflow rates within +/-10 from lot lines or buildings on the same lot.
percent of design capacities and fan speed Where openings front on a street or public
shall be adjusted to meet design airflow way, the distance shall be measured to the
conditions. centerline of the street or public way.
Exceptions: 401.5.1 Intake openings. Mechanical

outside air intake openings shall be located a
minimum of 10 feet (3048 mm) from any
hazardous or noxious contaminant, such as
325
chimneys, plumbing vents, streets, alleys, Subp. 2. Section 403.2. IMC Section 403.2
parking lots, and loading docks, except as is amended to read as follows:
otherwise specified in this code. Where a
source of contaminant is located within 10 403.2 Outdoor air required. The minimum
feet (3048 mm) of an intake opening, the ventilation rate of required outdoor air shall
intake opening shall be located a minimum of be determined in accordance with the
3 feet (914 mm) below the contaminant Ventilation Rate Procedure, Section 6.1 of
source, unless the intake opening is a ASHRAE 62-2001, or the Indoor Air Quality
combustion air intake of a direct-vent Procedure, Section 6.2 of ASHRAE 62-2001.
appliance.
Exceptions:
401.5.2 Exhaust openings. Outside exhaust
openings, including bathroom exhaust, toilet 1. Enclosed parking garages shall comply
exhaust, domestic kitchen range exhaust, and with amended Section 404.
domestic clothes dryer exhaust, shall be
located at least 3 feet (914 mm) from doors, 2. Dwellings shall comply with the
operable windows, and nonmechanical intake Minnesota Energy Code, Minnesota Rules,
openings. Exhaust air shall not be directed chapter 7670 or 7672, as applicable.
onto public walkways.
3. Buildings or portions of buildings that are
401.5.3 Venting system terminations. not intended for normal human occupancy, or
Venting system terminations shall comply where the primary purpose is not associated
with IMC Section 804 and IFGC Section with human comfort.
503.8.
403.2.1 Recirculation of air. The air
1346.0403 SECTION 403 required by the Ventilation Rate Procedure,
MECHANICAL VENTILATION. Section 6.1 of ASHRAE 62-2001, or the
Indoor Air Quality Procedure, Section 6.2 of
Subpart 1. Section 403.1. IMC Section ASHRAE 62-2001, shall not be recirculated.
403.1 is amended to read as follows: Air in excess of that required shall not be
prohibited from being recirculated as a
403.1 Ventilation system. Mechanical component of supply air to building spaces,
ventilation shall be provided by a method of except that:
supply air and return or exhaust air. The
amount of supply air shall be approximately 1. Ventilation air shall not be recirculated
equal to the amount of return and exhaust air. from one dwelling unit to another or to
The system to convey ventilation air shall be dissimilar occupancies.
designed and installed in accordance with
IMC Chapter 6. 2. Supply air to a swimming pool and
associated deck areas shall not be recirculated
Ventilation supply systems shall be designed unless the air is dehumidified to maintain the
to deliver the required rate of supply air to the relative humidity of the area at 60 percent or
occupied zone within an occupied space. The less. Air from this area shall not be
occupied zone shall have boundaries recirculated to other spaces.
measured at 3 inches (76 mm) and 72 inches
(1829 mm) above the floor and 24 inches 3. Where mechanical exhaust is required by
(610 mm) from the enclosing walls. the Ventilation Rate Procedure, Section 6.1 of
ASHRAE 62-2001, or the Indoor Air Quality
326
Procedure, Section 6.2 of ASHRAE 62-2001, ventilation system shall be designed to supply
recirculation of air from such spaces shall be the required rate of ventilation air
prohibited. All air supplied to such spaces continuously during the period the building is
shall be exhausted, including any air in excess occupied, except as otherwise stated in other
of that required. provisions of the code.
Exception: The occupant load is not required
403.2.2 Transfer air. Except where to be based on the estimated maximum
recirculation from such spaces is prohibited occupant load rate where approved statistical
by the Ventilation Rate Procedure, Section data document the accuracy of an alternate
6.1 of ASHRAE 62-2001, or the Indoor Air anticipated occupant density.
Quality Procedure, Section 6.2 of ASHRAE
62-2001, air transferred from occupied spaces Subp. 4. Section 403.3.1. IMC Section
is not prohibited from serving as makeup air 403.3.1 is amended to read as follows:
for required exhaust systems in such spaces as
kitchens, baths, toilet rooms, elevators, and 403.3.1 System operation. The minimum
smoking lounges. The amount of transfer air flow rate of outdoor air that the ventilation
and exhaust air shall be sufficient to provide system must be capable of supplying during
the flow rates as specified in the Ventilation its operation shall be permitted to be based on
Rate Procedure, Section 6.1 of ASHRAE 62- the rate per person indicated in the Ventilation
2001, or the Indoor Air Quality Procedure, Rate Procedure, Section 6.1 of ASHRAE 62-
Section 6.2 of ASHRAE 62-2001. The 2001, or the Indoor Air Quality Procedure,
required outdoor air rates shall be introduced Section 6.2 of ASHRAE 62-2001, and the
directly into such spaces or into the occupied actual number of occupants present.
spaces from which air is transferred, or a
combination of both. Subp. 5. Section 403.3.4. IMC Section
Subp. 3. Section 403.3. IMC Section 403.3
is amended to read as follows: 403.3.4 Balancing. Ventilation systems shall
be balanced in accordance with amended IMC
403.3 Ventilation rate. Ventilation systems Section 309.2.
shall be designed to have the capacity to
supply the minimum outdoor airflow rate 1346.0404 SECTION 404 GARAGES.
determined in accordance with the Ventilation
Rate Procedure, Section 6.1 of ASHRAE 62- Subpart 1. Section 404.1. IMC Section
2001, or the Indoor Air Quality Procedure, 404.1 is amended to read as follows:
Section 6.2 of ASHRAE 62-2001, based on
the occupancy of the space and the occupant 404.1 Enclosed parking garages.
load or other parameters as stated therein. Mechanical ventilation systems for enclosed
The occupant load utilized for design of the parking garages shall provide a minimum
ventilation system shall not be less than the exhaust rate of 0.75 cfm per square foot
number determined from the estimated (0.0038 m3/s) of floor area. Mechanical
maximum occupant load rate indicated in the ventilation systems are not required to operate
Ventilation Rate Procedure, Section 6.1 of continuously where the system is arranged to
ASHRAE 62-2001, or the Indoor Air Quality operate automatically upon detection of a
Procedure, Section 6.2 of ASHRAE 62-2001. concentration of carbon monoxide of 25 parts
Ventilation rates for occupancies not per million (ppm) by approved automatic
represented shall be determined by an detection devices.
approved engineering analysis. The
327
Subp. 2. Section 404.2. IMC Section 404.2 termination. Air shall not be exhausted into
is amended to read as follows: an attic or crawl space.
404.2 Motor vehicle repair garages. Subp. 2. Section 501.4. IMC Section 501.4
Mechanical ventilation systems for motor is amended to read as follows:
vehicle repair garages shall provide a
minimum exhaust rate of 0.75 cfm per square 501.4 Pressure equalization. Mechanical
foot (0.0038 m3/s) of floor area instead of the exhaust systems shall be sized and operated to
rate specified in ASHRAE 62-2001. remove the quantity of air required by this
chapter. If a greater quantity of air is supplied
Subp. 3. Section 404.3. IMC Section 404.3 by a mechanical ventilating supply system
is amended to read as follows: than is removed by a mechanical exhaust
system for a room, adequate means shall be
404.3 Occupied spaces accessory to public provided for the natural exit of the excess air
garages. Connecting offices, waiting rooms, supplied.
ticket booths, and similar uses that are
accessory to a public garage shall be 501.4.1 Makeup air in new dwellings.
maintained at a positive pressure and shall be Makeup air quantity for new dwellings shall
provided with ventilation in accordance with be determined by using Table 501.4.1 and
the Ventilation Rate Procedure, Section 6.1 of shall be supplied in accordance with IMC
ASHRAE 62-2001, or the Indoor Air Quality Section 501.4.2.
Procedure, Section 6.2 of ASHRAE 62-2001.
Exception. Makeup air provisions of IMC
Subp. 4. Section 404.4. IMC Section 404.4 Section 501.4.1 are not required when any of
is amended by adding a section to read as the following are demonstrated:
follows:
1. A dwelling is constructed under the
404.4 Prohibition of heated commercial Minnesota Energy Code, Minnesota Rules,
parking garages. Commercial parking chapter 7672.
garages shall comply with the Minnesota
Energy Code, Minnesota Rules, part 2. A test is performed according to ASTM
7676.1100, subpart 2. Standard E1998-99, Standard Guide for
Assessing Depressurization-Induced
1346.0501 SECTION 501 GENERAL. Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented
Combustion Appliances, and documentation is
Subpart 1. Section 501.3. IMC Section provided that the vented combustion
501.3 is amended to read as follows: appliances continue to operate within
established parameters of the test.
501.3 Outdoor discharge. The air removed
by every mechanical exhaust system shall be 3. A test approved by the building official
discharged outdoors at a point where it will verifies proper operation of vented
not cause a nuisance and from which it cannot combustion appliances.
again be readily drawn in by a ventilating
system. Exhaust ducts shall terminate outside 501.4.2 Makeup air supply. Makeup air
of the building in accordance with amended shall be provided by one of the following
IMC Section 401.5.2 and shall be equipped methods:
with a backdraft damper at the point of
328
1. Passive makeup air shall be provided by 501.4.2.2 Makeup air intake. Makeup air
passive openings according to the following: intake openings shall be located to avoid
intake of exhaust air in accordance with IMC
1.1 Passive makeup air openings from the Section 401.5.2 and IFGC Section 503.8, and
outdoors shall be sized according to Table shall be covered with corrosion resistant
501.4.2. screen of not less than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm)
mesh. Makeup air intake openings shall be
1.2 Barometric dampers are prohibited in located at least 12 inches (305 mm) above
passive makeup air openings when any adjoining grade level.
atmospherically vented appliance is installed.
501.4.2.3 Makeup air location. Makeup air
1.3 Single passive openings larger than 8 requirements of 175 cubic feet per minute
inches (204 mm) diameter, or equivalent, (cfm) (0.084m3/s) and greater shall be
shall be provided with a motorized damper introduced to the dwelling in one of the
that is electrically interlocked with the largest following locations:
exhaust system.
1. In the space containing the vented
2. Powered makeup air shall be provided if combustion appliances.
the size of a single opening or multiple
openings exceeds 11 inches (280 mm) 2. In the space containing the exhaust
diameter, or equivalent, when sized according system.
to Table 501.4.2. Powered makeup air shall
comply with the following: 3. In a space that is freely communicating
with the exhaust system and is approved by
2.1 Powered makeup air shall be electrically the building official.
interlocked with the largest exhaust system.
501.4.2.4 Makeup air termination
2.2 Powered makeup air shall be matched to restriction. A makeup air opening shall not
the airflow of the largest exhaust system. terminate in the return air plenum of a forced
air heating system unless it is installed
3. Makeup air shall be provided by a according to the heating equipment
combination of passive openings and powered manufacturer's installation instructions.
means according to Table 501.4.2 and the
following: 501.4.2.5 Separate makeup air and
combustion air openings. When both
3.1 Passive makeup air openings shall comply makeup air and combustion air openings are
with Item 1. required, they shall be provided through
separate openings to the outdoors. Refer to
3.2 Powered makeup air shall be supplied for IFGC Section 304, to determine requirements
the quantity of airflow in excess of the for air for combustion and ventilation.
passive makeup air opening provided, and it
shall be electrically interlocked with the Exception: Combination makeup air and
exhaust system. combustion air systems may be approved by
the building official where they are
501.4.2.1 Makeup air ducts. Makeup air reasonably equivalent in terms of health,
ducts shall be constructed and installed safety, and durability.
according to IMC Chapter 6 and Section
501.4.2.
329
501.4.2.6 Makeup air effectiveness. The 3. When a solid fuel appliance is installed in
makeup air shall not reduce the effectiveness a dwelling constructed during or after 1994
of exhaust systems or performance of vented under the Minnesota Energy Code, Minnesota
combustion appliances, and makeup air shall Rules, chapter 7670, makeup air quantity
not adversely affect the heating or cooling shall be determined by using IMC Table
capability of the mechanical equipment. 501.4.1 and shall be supplied according to
IMC Section 501.4.2.
501.4.3 Additions, alterations, or
installations of mechanical systems in Exception: If a closed combustion solid fuel
existing dwellings. Makeup air shall be burning appliance is installed with
supplied to existing dwellings when any of combustion air in accordance with the
the following conditions occur: manufacturer's installation instructions,
additional makeup air is not required.
1. If a dwelling was constructed after 2003
using the makeup air provisions of IMC 4. When an exhaust system with a rated
Section 501.4.1, makeup air quantity shall be capacity greater than 300 cfm (0.144 m3/s) is
determined by using Table 501.4.1 and shall installed in a dwelling constructed during or
be supplied according to IMC Section 501.4.2 after 1994 under the Minnesota Energy Code,
when any of the following conditions occur: Minnesota Rules, chapter 7670, makeup air
quantity shall be determined by using IMC
1.1 A vented combustion appliance, including Table 501.4.3(1) and shall be supplied
a solid fuel appliance, is installed or replaced. according to IMC Section 501.4.2.
1.2 An exhaust system is installed or replaced. Exception: If powered makeup air is

electrically interlocked and matched to the
Exception: If powered makeup air is airflow of the exhaust system additional
electrically interlocked and matched to the makeup air is not required.
airflow of the exhaust system, additional
makeup air is not required. 5. When an exhaust system with a rated
capacity greater than 300 cfm (0.144 m3/s) is
2. If a dwelling was constructed after 1999 installed in a dwelling constructed prior to
using the provisions of the Minnesota Energy 1994, makeup air quantity shall be determined
Code, Minnesota Rules, chapter 7672, by using IMC Table 501.4.3(2) and shall be
makeup air quantity shall be determined by supplied according to IMC Section 501.4.2.
using IMC Table 501.4.1 and shall be
supplied in accordance with IMC Section Exception: If powered makeup air is
501.4.2 when any of the following conditions electrically interlocked and matched to the
occur: airflow of the exhaust system, additional
makeup air is not required.
2.1 A vented combustion appliance, including
a solid fuel appliance, is installed or replaced. 6. When a solid fuel appliance is installed in
a dwelling constructed prior to 1994, makeup
2.2 An exhaust system is installed or replaced. air quantity shall be determined by using IMC
Table 501.4.3(3) and shall be supplied
Exception: If powered makeup air is according to IMC Section 501.4.2.
electrically interlocked and matched to the
airflow of the exhaust system, additional Exception: If a closed combustion solid fuel
makeup air is not required. burning appliance is installed with
330
combustion air in accordance with the Assessing Depressurization-Induced

manufacturer's installation instructions, Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented
additional makeup air is not required. Combustion Appliances, and documentation is
provided that the vented combustion
Exception: Makeup air is not required in appliances continue to operate within
Items 1 to 6 when any of the following are established parameters of the test.
demonstrated:
b) A test approved by the building official
a) A test is performed according to ASTM verifies proper operation of vented
Standard E1998-99, Standard Guide for combustion appliances.
331
332
333
334
335
336
1346.0505 SECTION 505 DOMESTIC 2.4. The PVC duct shall extend not greater
KITCHEN EXHAUST EQUIPMENT. than 1 inch (25 mm) above grade outside of
the building.
IMC Section 505.1 is amended to read as
follows: 2.5. The PVC ducts shall be solvent
cemented.
505.1 Domestic systems. Where domestic
range hoods and domestic appliances 1346.0506 SECTION 506
equipped with downdraft exhaust are located COMMERCIAL KITCHEN GREASE
within dwellings, the hoods and appliances DUCTS AND EXHAUST EQUIPMENT.
shall discharge to the outdoors through ducts
constructed of galvanized steel, stainless steel, Subpart 1. Section 506.3. IMC Section
aluminum, or copper. The ducts shall have 506.3 is amended to read as follows:
smooth inner walls and shall be air tight and
equipped with a backdraft damper. Domestic 506.3 Ducts serving Type I hoods.
kitchen exhaust hoods ducted to the outdoors Commercial kitchen exhaust systems serving
shall have makeup air provided according to Type I hoods shall be designed, constructed
IMC Section 501.4. Refer to Appendix C for and installed in accordance with NFPA 96-
Table C-1, "Recommended Capacities for 2001, Standard for Ventilation Control and
Domestic Kitchen Exhaust Hoods." Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations.
Exceptions:
Subp. 2. Sections 506.3.1 to 506.3.7 and
1. Where installed according to the 506.3.9 to 506.3.13.3. IMC Sections 506.3.1
manufacturer's installation instructions and through 506.3.7 and 506.3.9 through
where mechanical or natural ventilation is 506.3.13.3 are deleted and replaced with
otherwise provided according to IMC NFPA 96-2001 with the following
Chapter 4, listed and labeled ductless range amendments:
hoods shall not be required to discharge to the
outdoors. 5.1.1 The hood or that portion of a primary
collection means designed for collecting
2. Ducts for domestic kitchen cooking cooking vapors and residues shall be
appliances equipped with downdraft exhaust constructed of stainless steel not less than
systems shall be permitted to be constructed 0.94 mm (0.037 in.) (No. 20 MSG) in
of Schedule 40 PVC pipe provided that the thickness or other approved material of
installation complies with all of the following: equivalent strength and fire and corrosion
resistance. Refer to the Minnesota Food
2.1. The duct shall be installed under a Code, Minnesota Rules, chapter 4626, for
concrete slab poured on grade. additional requirements for commercial
kitchen hoods licensed and inspected by the
2.2. The underfloor trench in which the duct Department of Agriculture, Department of
is installed shall be completely backfilled Health, or local authorities that conduct
with sand or gravel. inspections of food establishments.
2.3. The PVC duct shall extend not greater 7.5.2.1 All seams, joints, penetrations, and
than 1 inch (25 mm) above the indoor duct-to-hood collar connections shall have a
concrete floor surface. liquid tight continuous external weld. Listed
grease ducts and ducts complying with 7.5.1
337
through 7.5.5.5 that are installed within a 1346.0507 SECTION 507

concealed enclosure shall maintain an air COMMERCIAL KITCHEN HOODS.
pressure test of 0.10 inches water column
positive pressure for a minimum of 20 Subpart 1. Section 507.1. IMC Section
minutes, unless an equivalent alternate test is 507.1 is amended to read as follows:
specified by the building official.
507.1 General. Commercial kitchen exhaust
8.1.2.3 Flexible connectors shall not be used hoods shall comply with the requirements of
without prior approval from the building this section. Hoods shall be Type I or Type II
official. and shall be designed to capture and confine
cooking vapors and residues.
8.1.3.5 Flexible connectors shall not be used
without prior approval from the building Exception: Factory-built commercial
official. exhaust hoods which are listed, labeled, and
installed in accordance with UL 710 and
8.2.1.1 The air velocity through any duct shall installed in accordance with IMC Section
be not less than 152.4 m/min (500 ft/min). 304.1 shall not be required to comply with
IMC Sections 507.5, 507.7, 507.12, amended
Subp. 3. Section 506.4.2. IMC Section IMC Section 507.13, and Chapter 5 of NFPA
506.4.2 is amended to read as follows: 96-2001.
506.4.2 Ducts. Ducts and plenums serving Subp. 2. Section 507.2. IMC Section 507.2
Type II hoods shall be constructed of rigid is amended to read as follows:
metallic materials. Duct construction,
installation, bracing, and supports shall 507.2 Where required. A Type I hood shall
comply with IMC Chapter 6. Ducts subject to be installed above all commercial food heat-
positive pressure and ducts conveying processing appliances that produce grease-
moisture-laden or waste heat-laden air shall laden vapors or smoke. A Type I or Type II
comply with the following requirements: hood shall be installed at or above all
commercial food heat-processing appliances
1. Ducts shall be constructed, joined, and that produce fumes, steam, odor, or heat. A
sealed to prevent drips and leaking. Type II hood shall be installed above
commercial dishwashing machines.
2. Ducts shall slope not less than one-fourth
unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (2 percent Exceptions:
slope) toward the hood or toward an approved
reservoir. 1. Food heat-processing appliances installed
within a dwelling unit.
3. Horizontal ducts exceeding 75 feet (22
860 mm) in length shall slope not less than 2. Under-counter-type commercial
one unit vertical in 12 units horizontal (8.3 dishwashing machines.
percent slope).
3. Electric countertop appliances with a heat
4. Ducts shall maintain an air pressure test of input less than 3.7 kW used for heating food
0.10 inches water column positive pressure with limited grease emissions including
for a minimum of 20 minutes, unless an warming ovens, microwave ovens, toasters,
equivalent alternate test is specified by the soup warmers, hotdog rollers, pretzel
building official.
338
warmers, coffee makers, heated display cases, authorities that conduct inspections of food
and hot air popcorn poppers. establishments.
4. Integral recirculating (ductless) hoods Subp. 8. Section 507.7. IMC Section 507.7
listed, labeled, and installed in accordance is amended to read as follows:
with UL 197 and Chapter 13 of NFPA 96-
2001. 507.7 Hood joints, seams, and penetrations.
Hood joints, seams, and penetrations shall
Subp. 3. Section 507.2.1. IMC Section comply with amended IMC Section 507.7.1
507.2.1 is deleted. and IMC Section 507.7.2.
Subp. 4. Section 507.2.2. IMC Section Subp. 9. Section 507.7.1. IMC Section
507.2.2 is amended to read as follows: 507.7.1 is amended by adding a section to
read as follows:
507.2.2 Domestic cooking appliances used
for commercial purposes. Domestic 507.7.1 Type I hoods. Type I hoods shall be
cooking appliances utilized for commercial designed, constructed and installed in
purposes shall be provided with Type I or II accordance with Chapter 5 of NFPA 96-2001.
hoods as required for the type of appliances
and processes in accordance with amended Subp. 10. Sections 507.8 to 507.11.2. IMC
IMC Section 507.2. Refer to the Minnesota Sections 507.8 through 507.11.2 are deleted.
Food Code, Minnesota Rules, chapter 4626,
for additional requirements for commercial Subp. 11. Section 507.13. IMC Section
kitchen hoods licensed and inspected by the 507.13 is amended to read as follows:
Department of Agriculture, Department of
Health, or local authorities that conduct 507.13 Capacity of hoods. Commercial
inspections of food establishments. kitchen hoods shall exhaust a minimum net
quantity of air determined in accordance with
Subp. 5. Section 507.2.3. IMC Section IMC Sections 507.13.1 through 507.13.4.
507.2.3 is deleted. The net quantity of exhaust air shall be
calculated by subtracting any air flow
Subp. 6. Section 507.4. IMC Section 507.4 supplied directly to a hood cavity from the
is deleted. total exhaust flow rate of a hood. Where any
combination of extra-heavy duty, heavy duty,
Subp. 7. Section 507.5. IMC Section 507.5 medium duty, or light duty cooking
is amended to read as follows: appliances are utilized under a single section
of hood, the highest exhaust rate required by
507.5 Type II hood materials. Type II hood this section shall be used for the entire hood,
materials shall be constructed of stainless unless it can be demonstrated that the hood is
steel not less than 0.024 inch (0.61 mm) (No. specifically designed for that application.
24 Gage) in thickness, copper sheets weighing
not less than 24 ounces per square foot (7.3
kg/m2), or of other approved material and
gage. Refer to the Minnesota Food Code,
Minnesota Rules, chapter 4626, for additional
requirements for commercial kitchen hoods
licensed and inspected by the Department of
Agriculture, Department of Health, or local
339
507.13.1 Extra-heavy duty cooking light duty cooking appliances shall be

appliances. The minimum net airflow for determined as follows:
hoods used for extra-heavy duty cooking CFM per
appliances shall be determined as follows: Type of Hood linear foot
of hood
CFM per Wall canopy 200
Type of Hood linear foot Single island canopy 400
of hood Double island canopy
Wall canopy 550 (per side) 250
Single island canopy 700 Backshelf/pass-over 250
Double island canopy Eyebrow 250
(per side) 550
Backshelf/pass-over Not allowed Subp. 12. Sections 507.15 and 507.16. IMC
Eyebrow Not allowed Sections 507.15 and 507.16 are deleted.
507.13.2 Heavy duty cooking appliances. Subp. 13. Section 507.17. IMC Section
The minimum net airflow for hoods used for 507.17 is amended by adding a section to read
heavy duty cooking appliances shall be as follows:
determined as follows:
507.17.1 Capture and containment test.
CFM per The performance of the exhaust system shall
Type of Hood linear foot be verified by a capture and containment test.
of hood This test shall be conducted with all
Wall canopy 400 appliances under the hood at operating
Single island canopy 600 temperatures. Capture and containment shall
Double island canopy be verified visually by observing smoke or
(per side) 400 steam produced by actual or simulated
Backshelf/pass-over 400 cooking, such as with smoke candles or
Eyebrow Not allowed smoke puffers, etc.
507.13.3 Medium duty cooking appliances. 1346.0508 SECTION 508

The minimum net airflow for hoods used for COMMERCIAL KITCHEN MAKEUP
medium duty cooking appliances shall be AIR.
determined as follows:
Subpart 1. Section 508.1. IMC Section
CFM per 508.1 is amended to read as follows:
Type of Hood linear foot
of hood 508.1 Makeup air. Makeup air shall be
Wall canopy 300 supplied during the operation of commercial
Single island canopy 500 kitchen exhaust systems that are provided for
Double island canopy commercial food heat-processing appliances.
(per side) 300
The amount of makeup air supplied shall be
Backshelf/pass-over 300
approximately equal to the exhaust air. A
Eyebrow 250
minimum of 80 percent of the makeup air
shall be supplied into the space where the
507.13.4 Light duty cooking appliances.
exhaust hood is located. The makeup air shall
The minimum net airflow for hoods used for
not reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust
system. Makeup air shall be provided by
340
mechanical means and the exhaust and 510.4 Independent system. Hazardous
makeup air systems shall be electrically exhaust systems shall be independent of other
interlocked to insure that makeup air is types of exhaust systems. Incompatible
provided whenever the exhaust system is in materials, as defined in the International Fire
operation. Makeup air intake openings shall Code, shall not be exhausted through the
comply with IMC Section 401.5 and amended same hazardous exhaust system. Hazardous
IMC Section 401.5.1. exhaust systems where the duct is under
positive pressure shall not share common
Exception: This section shall not apply to shafts with other duct systems, except where
dwelling units. the systems are hazardous exhaust systems
originating in the same fire area.
508.1.1 Makeup air temperature. Makeup
air shall be not less than 50ºF (10ºC), (The second paragraph remains unchanged.)
measured at the flow of air from the supply
diffuser into the space. Subp. 3. Section 510.7. IMC Section 510.7
is amended by adding exceptions as follows:
508.1.2 Makeup and ventilation air
distribution. Makeup and ventilation air Exceptions: An approved automatic fire
supply diffusers located within 12 feet (3.7 m) suppression system shall not be required in:
of an exhaust hood shall be directed away
from the hood. 1. ducts conveying materials, fumes, mists,
and vapors that are nonflammable and
Subp. 2. Section 508.2. IMC Section 508.2 noncombustible;
2. ducts where the largest cross-sectional
508.2 Compensating hoods. Manufacturers diameter is less than 10 inches (254 mm); or
of compensating hoods shall provide a label
indicating minimum exhaust flow and 3. laboratory hoods or exhaust systems
maximum makeup airflow that provides having interiors with a flame spread index
capture and containment of the exhaust less than 25 where the laboratory ventilation
effluent. Short-circuit compensating hoods system is installed in accordance with NFPA
are prohibited. 45.
1346.0510 SECTION 510 HAZARDOUS 1346.0603 SECTION 603 DUCT

EXHAUST SYSTEMS. CONSTRUCTION AND
INSTALLATION.
510.1 is amended by adding an exception to Subpart 1. Section 603.2. IMC Section
the end of this section as follows: 603.2 is amended to read as follows:
Exception: Other than sections 510.4 and 603.2 Duct sizing. Ducts installed within a
510.7, this section shall not apply to single dwelling unit shall be sized in
laboratory ventilation systems that comply accordance with ACCA Manual D,
with NFPA 45. Residential Duct Systems, or other approved
methods. Ducts installed within all other
Subp. 2. Section 510.4. IMC Section 510.4 buildings shall be sized in accordance with
is amended to read as follows: Chapter 34 of the 2001 ASHRAE Handbook-
341
Fundamentals or other equivalent Subp. 3. Section 603.6. IMC Section 603.6

computation procedures. is amended to read as follows:
603.2.1 Duct classification. Ducts shall be 603.6 Rigid duct penetrations. Duct system
classified based on the maximum operating penetrations of walls, floors, ceilings, and
pressure of the duct at pressures of positive or roofs and air transfer openings in any of those
negative 0.5, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, 6.0, or 10.0 building components shall be protected as
inches of water column. The pressure required by IMC Section 607. Ducts in a
classification of ducts shall equal or exceed private garage and ducts penetrating the walls
the design pressure of the air distribution in or ceilings separating a dwelling from a
which the ducts are utilized. private garage shall be continuous and
constructed of minimum 26 gage (0.48 mm)
Subp. 2. Section 603.3. IMC Section 603.3 galvanized sheet metal and shall have no
is amended to read as follows: openings into the garage. Fire and smoke
dampers are not required in such ducts
603.3 Metallic ducts. All metallic ducts shall passing through the wall or ceiling separating
be constructed as specified in the SMACNA a dwelling from a private garage, unless
HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal required by International Building Code
and Flexible. Chapter 7.
Exception: Ducts installed within a single Subp. 4. Section 603.7. IMC Section 603.7
dwelling unit shall have a minimum thickness is amended to read as follows:
as specified in Table 603.3.
603.7 Underground ducts. Ducts shall be
603.3.1 Elbows. Radius elbows with approved for underground installation.
velocities exceeding 1,000 feet per minute Metallic ducts not having an approved
(fpm) (76.2 m/min) shall have an inside protective coating shall be completely
radius not less than the width of the duct or encased in a minimum of 2 inches (51 mm) of
shall have turning vanes. Square throat concrete.
elbows with velocities exceeding 1,000 feet
per minute (fpm) (76.2 m/min) shall have Subp. 5. Section 603.7.1. IMC Section
turning vanes. 603.7.1 is amended to read as follows:
Exception: Ducts installed within a single 603.7.1 Slope. Ducts shall slope to allow
dwelling unit. drainage to a point provided with access for
inspection and cleaning at each low point of
603.3.2 Transition fittings. Transition the duct system.
fittings shall be constructed with a maximum
slope of 45 degrees. Subp. 6. Section 603.7.2. IMC Section
603.3.3 Obstructions. Where a pipe or other
obstruction passes through a duct, a 603.7.2 Sealing. Ducts shall have a
streamlined sleeve must be constructed equal polyethylene vapor retarder of at least 4 mils
in type and gage to the duct. The area of the (0.102 mm) thickness installed around the
duct, at the point of obstruction, must be outside. Where encased in concrete, the ducts
increased by an amount equal to the area of shall be sealed and secured prior to pouring
the streamlined sleeve. the concrete encasement.
342
Subp. 7. Section 603.7.5. IMC Section 603.7

is amended by adding a section to read as
follows:
603.7.5 Drainage. Underground ducts shall

be provided with drain tile around the
perimeter of the duct system to prevent water
intrusion. The top of the drain tile shall be
installed at an elevation lower than the bottom
of the underground duct system. The building
official may approve an alternate drainage
system if soil conditions are adequate.
Subp. 8. Section 603.7.6. IMC Section 603.7

follows:
603.7.6 Insulation. Underground ducts shall

be insulated in accordance with amended
IMC Section 604.1.
Subp. 9. Section 603.8. IMC Section 603.8

603.8 Joints, seams and connections. All

transverse joints, longitudinal seams, and
connections shall be securely fastened and
sealed in accordance with this section.
Pressure sensitive tape shall not be used as the
primary sealant for ducts designed to operate
at static pressure of one inch water gauge or
greater.
* Representative sections totaling no less than 25 percent of the

total installed duct area for the designated pressure class shall be
tested. Duct systems with pressure ratings in excess of three
inches water column shall be identified in the construction
documents.
Subp. 10. Section 603.15. IMC Section

603.15 Registers, grilles and diffusers. Duct

registers, grilles, and diffusers shall be
installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's installation instructions.
343
Balancing dampers or other means of supply 1346.0701 SECTION 701 GENERAL.

air adjustment shall be provided in the branch
ducts. Volume dampers shall be provided for Subpart 1. Section 701.4. IMC Section
all supply ducts, and they shall be adjusted 701.4 is amended to read as follows:
according to the required air measurement of
the system and locked in place. In finished or 701.4 Engineered installations. Engineered
inaccessible locations, a friction-type register combustion air installations shall provide
box may be used. adequate supply of combustion, ventilation,
and dilution air, and shall be approved by the
1346.0604 SECTION 604 INSULATION. building official.
IMC Section 604.1 is amended to read as Subp. 2. Sections 701.4.1 and 701.4.2. IMC
follows: Sections 701.4.1 and 701.4.2 are deleted.
604.1 General. Duct insulation shall 1346.0703 SECTION 703 OUTDOOR

conform to the thickness required by this AIR.
section.
IMC Sections 703.1 through 703.1.2.2 are
703.1 All air from the outdoors. Where all

combustion and dilution air is to be provided
by outdoor air, the required combustion and
dilution air shall be obtained by opening the
room to the outdoors. Openings connecting
the room to the outdoor air shall comply with
IMC Sections 703.1.1 through 703.1.2.2.
703.1.1 One permanent opening method.

When any natural draft equipment is installed,
one permanent opening, commencing within
12 inches (300 mm) of the bottom of the
enclosure, shall be provided. When other
than natural draft equipment is installed, one
permanent opening, commencing within 12
inches (300 mm) of the top of the enclosure,
shall be provided. The opening shall directly
communicate with the outdoors or shall
communicate through a vertical or horizontal
duct to the outdoors or spaces that freely
communicate with the outdoors and shall
have a minimum free area of 1 inch2/3,000
Btu/hr (700 mm2/kW) of the total input rating
of all equipment located in the enclosure.
703.1.2 Two permanent openings method.
Two openings shall be provided, one within 1
foot (305 mm) of the ceiling of the room and
one within 1 foot (305 mm) of the floor.
344
703.1.2.1 Size of horizontal openings. The Exception: Motorized louvers shall be

net free area of each opening, calculated in interlocked with the equipment so that they
accordance with IMC Chapter 709 and are proven to be in the full open position prior
connected to the outdoors through a to main burner ignition and during main
horizontal duct, shall be a minimum of 1 burner operation. Means shall be provided to
square inch per 2,000 Btu/h (1,100 mm2/kW) prevent the main burner from igniting if the
of combined input rating of the fuel-burning louvers fail to open during burner startup and
appliances drawing combustion and dilution to shut down the main burner if the louvers
air from the room. The cross-sectional area of close during operation.
the duct shall be equal to or greater than the
required size of the opening. Subp. 2. Section 709.2. IMC Section 709.2
703.1.2.2 Size of vertical openings. The net
free area of each opening, calculated in 709.2 Dampered openings. Where the
accordance with IMC Chapter 709 and combustion air openings are provided with
connected to the outdoors through a vertical motorized dampers, the dampers shall be
duct, shall be a minimum of 1 square inch per electrically interlocked with the firing cycle
4,000 Btu/h (550 mm2/kW) of combined input of the appliances served, so as to prevent
rating of the fuel-burning appliances drawing operation of any appliance that draws
combustion and dilution air from the room. combustion and dilution air from the room
The cross-sectional area of the duct shall be when any of the dampers are closed.
equal to or greater than the required size of Manually operated dampers shall not be
the opening. installed in combustion air openings.
1346.0709 SECTION 709 OPENING 1346.0801 SECTION 801 GENERAL.

OBSTRUCTIONS.
Subpart 1. Section 709.1. IMC Section 801.10 is amended to read as follows:
801.10 Connection to fireplace. Connection
709.1 General. The required size of openings of appliances to chimney flues serving
for combustion and dilution air shall be based fireplaces is prohibited. Refer to IFGC
on the net free area of each opening. The net Section 602 for Decorative Appliances for
free area of an opening shall be that specified Installation in Fireplaces and IFGC Section
by the manufacturer of the opening covering. 603 for Log Lighters.
In the absence of such information, openings
covered with metal louvers shall be deemed to Subp. 2. Section 801.16.1. IMC Section
have a maximum net free area of 75 percent 801.16.1 is amended to read as follows:
of the area of the opening, and openings
covered with wood louvers shall be deemed to 801.16.1 Residential and low-heat
have a maximum net free area of 25 percent appliances; general. Refer to amended
of the area of the opening. The building IFGC Section 501.12 for masonry chimneys
official may require the maximum net free used to vent gas appliances. Flue lining
area to be calculated based on the actual systems for use with residential-type and low-
opening size. Nonmotorized louvers and heat appliances shall be limited to the
grilles shall be fixed in the open position. following:
345
1. Clay flue lining complying with the 1001.1 Scope. This chapter shall govern the
requirements of ASTM C 315 or equivalent. installation, alteration and repair of boilers,
Clay flue lining shall be installed in water heaters, heat exchangers, and pressure
accordance with the International Building vessels.
Code.
Exceptions:
2. Listed chimney lining systems complying
with UL 1777. 1. Pressure vessels used for unheated water
supply.
3. Other approved materials that will resist,
without cracking, softening, or corrosion, flue 2. Portable unfired pressure vessels and
gases and condensate at temperatures up to Interstate Commerce Commission containers.
1,800ºF (982ºC).
3. Containers for bulk oxygen and medical
1346.0803 SECTION 803 gas.
CONNECTORS.
4. Unfired pressure vessels having a volume
IMC Section 803 is amended to read as of 5 cubic feet (0.14 m3) or less operating at
follows: pressures not exceeding 100 pounds per
square inch (psi) (1724 kPa) and located
803.10.1 Supports and joints. Connectors within occupancies of Groups B, F, H, M, R,
shall be supported in an approved manner, S and U.
and joints shall be fastened with a minimum
of three equally spaced sheet metal screws, 5. Pressure vessels used in refrigeration
rivets, or other approved means. systems that are regulated by Chapter 11 of
this code.
1346.0901 SECTION 901 GENERAL.
6. Pressure tanks used in conjunction with
IMC Section 901 is amended by adding a coaxial cables, telephone cables, power
section to read as follows: cables, and other similar humidity control
systems.
901.5 Unvented heaters and appliances.
Unvented room heaters, unvented infrared Refer to Minnesota Statutes, sections 183.375
heaters, and unvented decorative appliances to 183.62, and Minnesota Rules, chapter
shall not be installed in any dwelling or 5225, for additional requirements for boilers
occupancy. and pressure vessels under the jurisdiction of
the Department of Labor and Industry. Refer
Exception: Unvented infrared heaters may to Minnesota Statutes, chapter 326, and
be installed when mechanical ventilation is Minnesota Rules, chapter 5230, for additional
provided to exhaust at least 4 cubic feet per requirements for high pressure piping under
minute (cfm) (0.0203 m3/s) per 1000 Btu/hr the jurisdiction of the Department of Labor
(0.292 kW) input and it is electrically and Industry.
interlocked with the heater. Makeup air shall
be provided to the space to be heated. 1346.1003 SECTION 1003 PRESSURE
1346.1001 SECTION 1001 GENERAL. VESSELS.
IMC Section 1001.1 is amended to read as IMC Section 1003.3 is amended to read as
follows: follows:
346
1003.3 Welding. Welding on boilers and instructions shall be furnished by the installer.
pressure vessels shall be performed by The manufacturer's rating data and the
approved welders in compliance with the nameplate shall be attached to the boiler.
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code
Section IX and the National Board Inspection 1346.1006 SECTION 1006 SAFETY AND
Code. PRESSURE RELIEF VALVES AND
CONTROLS.
1346.1004 SECTION 1004 BOILERS.
Subpart 1. Section 1004.1. IMC Section 1006.4 is amended to read as follows:
1006.4 Approval of safety and safety relief
1004.1 Standards. Oil-fired boilers and their valves. Safety and safety relief valves shall
control systems shall be listed and labeled in meet the requirements of Section I, IV or VIII
accordance with UL 726 or shall utilize of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
burner assemblies and control systems listed Code, as applicable. All boilers and pressure
and labeled in accordance with UL 296 and vessels shall have a safety relief valve
shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 31 stamped with the ASME code symbol and
and the manufacturer's installation shall be set no higher than the maximum
instructions. Electric boilers and their control allowable working pressure of the pressure
systems shall be listed and labeled in vessel. Safety relief valves shall have a rated
accordance with UL 834. Boilers with an volumetric capacity greater than the boiler or
input rating above 400,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) pressure vessel can produce at nameplate
shall be designed and constructed in pressure and shall have a nonadjustable
accordance with the requirements of the pressure set point below the rating of the
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, boiler or pressure vessel capable of relieving
Sections I, II, IV, V, VIII and IX, as all excess pressure at its pressure set point.
applicable. Boilers with an input rating above Safety and safety relief valves shall have a
400,000 Btu/hr (117 kW) and less than manual method of lifting the seat, without
12,500,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) shall comply endangering the operator, to ensure proper
with ASME CSD-1, and boilers with an input mechanical operation.
rating of 12,500,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) or
greater shall comply with NFPA 85-2001, Subp. 2. Section 1006.6. IMC Section
Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards 1006.6 is amended to read as follows:
Code.
1006.6 Safety and relief valve discharge.
Subp. 2. Section 1004.2. IMC Section Safety and relief valve discharge pipes shall
1004.2 is amended to read as follows: be of rigid pipe that is approved for the
temperature and pressure of the system. The
1004.2 Installation. In addition to the discharge pipe shall be no smaller than the
requirements of this code, the installation of diameter of the safety or relief valve outlet
boilers shall conform to the manufacturer's and the discharge end shall be reamed and
instructions. Operating instructions of a unthreaded. Safety and relief valves shall not
permanent type shall be attached to the boiler. discharge so as to be a hazard, a potential
Boilers shall have all controls set, adjusted, cause of damage, or otherwise a nuisance and
and tested by the installer in accordance with shall terminate within 18 inches of the floor.
amended IMC Chapter 16. A complete High-pressure steam safety valves shall be
control diagram together with complete boiler vented to the outside of the structure in
347
accordance with Minnesota Rules, parts 2. A boiler installed at an elevation where all
5225.4100 and 5230.0990 on boilers, pressure radiation in the system is below the lowest
vessels, and high-pressure piping under the safe permissible water level shall be equipped
jurisdiction of the Department of Labor and with an automatic low-water fuel cutoff to
Industry, as applicable. Where a low-pressure stop the combustion operation when the water
safety valve or a relief valve discharges to the level drops below the lowest safe permissible
drainage system, the installation shall water level established by the boiler
conform to the Minnesota Plumbing Code, manufacturer.
Minnesota Rules, Chapter 4715.
3. A low-water fuel cutoff shall be installed
Subp. 3. Section 1006.9. IMC Section 1006 when recommended by the manufacturer's
is amended by adding a section to read as installation instructions or listing and when
follows: special consideration and installations will
require a low-water fuel cutoff to protect a hot
1006.9 Boiler shutdown switch. A manually water or steam boiler.
operated remote shutdown switch shall be
located at the boiler room door and marked 4. A means shall be provided for testing the
for easy identification. The emergency operation of the low-water fuel cutoff without
shutdown switch shall disable all power to the requiring the entire system to be drained.
burner controls.
5. A watertube or coil-type boiler requiring
Exception: A single hot water boiler with a forced circulation to prevent overheating of
rated input of less than 400,000 Btu/hr (117 the tubes or coils shall have a flow-sensing
kW). device installed, in lieu of the low-water fuel
cutoff, to automatically stop the combustion
1346.1007 SECTION 1007 BOILER operation when the circulating flow is
LOW-WATER CUTOFF. interrupted.
Subpart 1. Section 1007.1. IMC Section Subp. 2. Section 1007.2. IMC Section
1007.1 is amended to read as follows: 1007.2 is deleted.
1007.1 General. Steam and hot water boilers 1346.1011 SECTION 1011 TESTS.
shall be protected with a low-water fuel cutoff
control to stop the combustion operation IMC Section 1011.1 is amended to read as
when the water level drops below the lowest follows:
safe permissible water level in accordance
with the following items: 1011.1 Tests. Upon completion of the
assembly and installation of boilers and
1. An automatically fired hot water boiler or pressure vessels, acceptance tests shall be
group of boilers piped together having a rated conducted in accordance with the
input of 400,000 Btu/hr (117 kW) or above requirements of the ASME Boiler and
shall be equipped with an automatic low- Pressure Vessel Code. Where field assembly
water fuel cutoff to stop the combustion of pressure vessels or boilers is required, a
operation when the water level drops below copy of the completed Manufacturer's Data
the lowest safe permissible water level Report required by the ASME Boiler and
established by the boiler manufacturer. Pressure Vessel Code shall be submitted to
the building official.
348
1346.1204 SECTION 1204 PIPE Exceptions: Piping insulation is not required

INSULATION. for:
IMC Section 1204.2 is amended to read as 1. Piping installed within HVAC equipment;
follows: or
1204.2 Required thickness. Hydronic, 2. Piping installed in basements, crawl

steam, and condensate piping shall be spaces, and cellars.
insulated in accordance with this section.
349
1346.1500 CHAPTER 15,

REFERENCED STANDARDS. O. UL 555C-1999 Ceiling Dampers;
A. ASHRAE 2001 Handbook of P. UL 555S-1999 Smoke Dampers; and

Fundamentals;
Q. UL 2034-1996 including revisions
B. ASHRAE 15-2001 Safety Code for through June 28, 2002, Single and Multiple
Mechanical Refrigeration; Station Carbon Monoxide Alarms.
C. ASHRAE 34-2001 Designation and Safety CHAPTER 16

Classification of Refrigerants;
INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF OIL
D. ASHRAE 62-2001 Ventilation for OR LIQUID FUEL-FIRED EQUIPMENT
Acceptable Indoor Air Quality, including
addenda h, i, k, n, o, r, t, u, v, x, z, ab, ad, ae, 1346.1601 SECTION 1601 GENERAL.
and af;
The IMC is amended by adding a section to
E. ASME BPV-2001 (Sections I, II, IV, V, read as follows:
VIII & IX) Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code;
SECTION 1601
F. ASME CSD-1-2002 Controls and Safety
Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers; GENERAL
G. ASME B31.3-1999 Process Piping Code; 1601.1 General. Chapter 16 governs the
installation, testing, or repair of: oil or liquid
H. ASME B31.9-1996 Building Services fuel burners, oil or liquid fuel burning
Piping Code; systems, oil or liquid fuel burning equipment,
and the oil or liquid fuel piping systems
I. ASTM E119-99 Standard Guide for installed within, or in conjunction with,
Assessing Depressurization-Induced buildings or structures. The requirements of
Backdrafting and Spillage from Vented this chapter shall apply to the following
Combustion Appliances; equipment:
J. NFPA 58-2001 Liquefied Petroleum Gas 1. Equipment utilized to provide control of

Code; environmental conditions.
K. NFPA 96-2001 Standard for Ventilation Exception: Equipment and appliances listed
Control and Fire Protection of Commercial and labeled to an appropriate standard by a
Cooking Operations; nationally recognized testing laboratory,
which is qualified to evaluate the equipment
L. NFPA 85-2001 Boiler and Combustion or appliance, when installed and tested
Systems Hazards Code; according to the manufacturer's installation
instructions.
M. UL 197-1993 including revisions through
April 10, 2000, Commercial Electric Cooking 2. Equipment with a fuel input of 1,000,000
Appliances; Btu/hr or greater.
N. UL 555-1999 Fire Dampers; 3. Unlisted equipment.
350
1346.1603 SECTION 1603 PILOT

4. Miscellaneous equipment when required OPERATION.
1346.1602 SECTION 1602 EQUIPMENT read as follows:
PLACEMENT.
SECTION 1603
read as follows: PILOT OPERATION
SECTION 1602 1603.1 Pilot operation. Igniter or pilot

flames shall be effective to ignite the oil or
EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT liquid fuel at the main burner or burners and
shall be adequately protected from drafts.
1602.1 Placing equipment in operation. Pilot flames shall not become extinguished
After completion of all installations, the during the pilot cycle when the main burner
installer shall test all safety and operating or burners are turned on or off in a normal
controls and venting before placing the burner manner either manually or by automatic
in service. The correct input of liquid fuel controls.
shall be determined and the fuel-to-air ratio
set. Each oil or liquid fuel burner shall be 1346.1604 SECTION 1604 BURNER
adjusted to its proper input according to the OPERATION.
manufacturer's instructions. Overrating the
burners or the appliance is prohibited. The The IMC is amended by adding a section to
input range shall be appropriate to the read as follows:
appliance.
SECTION 1604
1. For conversion burners installed in hot
water (liquid) boilers or warm air furnaces, BURNER OPERATION
the rate of flow of the oil or liquid fuel in
Btu/h shall be adjusted to within plus or 1604.1 Burner operation. In making tests to
minus five percent of the design load, and not determine compliance with the requirements
to exceed the design rate of the appliance. of this section, care shall be exercised to
prevent the accumulation of unburned liquid
2. For conversion burners installed in steam fuel in the appliance that might result in an
boilers, the oil or liquid fuel hourly input explosion or fire.
demand shall be adjusted to meet the steam
load requirements. The oil or liquid fuel input 1. The flames from the burner shall freely
demand necessitated by an oversized boiler ignite the liquid fuel when operating at the
shall be established and added to the input lowest firing position.
demand for load requirements to arrive at a
total input demand. 2. Burner flames shall not flash back when
the liquid fuel is turned on or off by an
automatic control mechanism.
3. Main burner flames shall ignite freely from

the pilot when the pilot flame is reduced to a
351
minimum point that will actuate the pilot 3. Performance standards for atmospheric
safety device. type.
4. When ignition is made in a normal a. Minimum of 75 percent efficiency as

manner, the flame shall not flash outside the determined by flue gas analysis method at
appliance. appliance flue outlet.
5. Burners shall not expel liquid fuel through b. Carbon monoxide concentration in flue gas
air openings when operating at prevailing not greater than 0.04 percent.
pressure.
c. Stack temperature not greater than 700ºF
6. Burners shall have a proper liquid fuel air (371ºC), plus ambient.
mixture to insure smooth ignition of the main
burner. d. Carbon dioxide concentration between 8
and 13 percent, inclusive.
1346.1605 SECTION 1605 TEST
METHODS. e. Oxygen concentration between 4 and 10
percent.
read as follows: f. Smoke test no higher than #2 for light oils,
or #4 for oils heavier than #4.
SECTION 1605
g. Draft shall be in accordance with burner
TEST METHODS manufacturer's specifications.
1605.1 Method of test. 3a. Performance standards for induced

draft type/fan assisted types.
1. Operational checking. The flue gas,
venting, safety, and operating controls of the a. Minimum of 75 percent efficiency as
appliance shall be checked to ensure proper determined by flue gas analysis method at
and safe operation. appliance flue outlet.
2. Method of test - atmospheric b. Carbon monoxide concentration in flue gas

type/induced draft type/fan assisted types. not greater than 0.04 percent.
The appliance shall be allowed to operate
until the stack temperature becomes stabilized c. Stack temperature not greater than 700ºF
after which a sample of the undiluted flue (371ºC), plus ambient.
products shall be taken from the appliance
flue outlet. The sample taken shall be d. Carbon dioxide concentration between 8
analyzed for carbon monoxide, carbon and 13 percent, inclusive.
dioxide, and oxygen. Stack temperature shall
be noted. e. Oxygen concentration between 4 and 10
percent, inclusive.
Note: Appliance designs incorporating
induced draft assemblies may require a flue f. Smoke test no higher than #2 for light oils,
gas sample to be taken after the draft or #4 for oils heavier than #4.
regulator or induced draft fan.
352
g. Draft shall be in accordance with burner building official on an approved form. The
manufacturer's specifications. tag stating the date of the test and the name of
the installer shall be attached to the appliance
Note: Induced draft and fan assisted types of at the main valve.
appliances may require a sample to be taken
after the induced draft fan, which may cause 7. Oxygen concentration.
oxygen figures in excess of the limits stated.
In such cases, safe liquid fuel combustion a. The concentration of oxygen in the
ratios shall be maintained and be consistent undiluted flue products of oil or liquid fuel
with appliance listing. burners shall in no case be less than 3 percent
nor more than 10 percent, shall be in
4. Method of test - power type. The conformance with applicable performance
appliance shall be allowed to operate until the standards and shall be consistent with the
stack temperature becomes stabilized after appliance listing.
which a sample of the undiluted flue products
shall be taken from the appliance flue outlet. b. The allowable limit of carbon monoxide
The sample shall be analyzed for carbon shall not exceed 0.04 percent.
monoxide, carbon dioxide, and oxygen. Stack
temperature shall be recorded. c. The flue gas temperature of an oil
appliance, as taken on the appliance side of
5. Performance standards for power type. the draft regulator, shall not exceed applicable
performance standards and shall be consistent
a. Minimum of 80 percent efficiency as with the appliance listing.
determined by flue gas analysis method at
appliance flue outlet. 8. Approved oxygen trim system. The
oxygen figures may not apply when there is
b. Carbon monoxide concentration in the flue an approved oxygen trim system on the
gas not greater than 0.04 percent. burner that is designed for that use, including
a low oxygen interlock when approved by the
c. Stack temperature not greater than 700ºF building official.
(371ºC) plus ambient.
9. Supervised start-up.
d. Carbon dioxide concentration between 8
and 13 percent, inclusive. a. Supervised start-up may be required to
verify safe operation of oil or liquid fuel
e. Oxygen concentration between 4 and 10 burner and to provide documentation that
percent, inclusive. operation is consistent with this code, listing
and approval. Supervised start-up is required
f. Smoke test no higher than #2 for light oils, for all liquid fuel burners listed in b, c, and d.
or #4 for oils heavier than #4. Supervised start-up requires that the liquid
fuel burner shall be tested in the presence of
g. Draft shall be in accordance with burner the building official in an approved manner.
manufacturer's specifications. Testing shall include safety and operating
controls, input, flue gas analysis, and venting.
6. Test records filing; tag. After completion Flue gas shall be tested at high, medium, and
of the test of newly installed oil or liquid fuel low fires. Provisions shall be made in the
burner equipment as provided in this section, system to allow firing test in warm weather.
complete test records shall be filed with the After completion of the test of newly installed
353
oil or liquid fuel burner equipment as 3) Name of the nationally recognized testing
provided in this section, complete test records laboratory that tested and listed the unit.
shall be filed with the building official on an
approved form. The tag stating the date of the 4) Name, model, and serial number of the
test and the name of the installer shall be furnace or boiler that the burner will be
attached to the appliance at the main valve. installed in if not part of a complete package.
b. Oil and liquid fuel burners of 1,000,000 5) A complete wiring diagram showing the
Btu/hr input or more require a supervised factory and fuel wiring installed or to be
start-up as in a. installed including all controls, identified by
the brand name and model number.
c. Installation of oxygen trim systems,
modulating dampers, or other draft control or 6) A print of the gas or fuel train from the
combustion devices require a supervised start- manual shutoff to the appliance showing all
up as in a. controls that will be installed, their names,
model numbers, and approvals.
d. All direct fired heaters require a supervised
start-up as in a. B. All installations of gas or fuel burners
with input above 400,000 Btu/hr and all
10. Control diagram. A complete control combination gas and oil or other combination
diagram of the installation and suitable fuel burners that are installed in new or
operating instructions shall be supplied to the renovated boiler or equipment rooms, or are
building official. installed in a package with the boiler or
furnace, shall include the following
1346.1606 SECTION 1606 EQUIPMENT. information in addition to that required in
item A, subitems 1 to 6.
read as follows: 1) A complete piping diagram from the
supply source showing all components and
SECTION 1606 materials identified by brand name and model
number with relevant approvals.
EQUIPMENT
2) Detailed provisions for combustion air,
1606.1 Equipment information. venting, and stacks.
A. All installations of gas or fuel burners 3) A floor plan drawn to scale showing all
with input above 400,000 Btu/hr and all relevant equipment. Plans and specifications
combination gas or fuel burners must be shall be approved before proceeding with an
approved before installation. The following installation.
information must be supplied as required by
1) Name, model, and serial number of the

burner.
2) Input rating and type of fuel.
354
MINNESOTA FUEL GAS CODE pressure not exceeding 14 inches of water

column. LPG is a pressure not exceeding 14
inches of water column.
1346.5050 TITLE; INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE. GAS PIPING SYSTEM - MEDIUM
PRESSURE. A system that operates at a
This section is known and may be cited as the pressure exceeding 14 inches of water column
"Minnesota Fuel Gas Code." As used in this but not exceeding five (5) psig. LPG is a
section, "the code" and "this code" refer to pressure exceeding 14 inches of water column
this section. Chapters 2 to 7 of the 2000 but not exceeding twenty (20) psig.
edition of the International Fuel Gas Code,
promulgated by the International Code GAS PIPING SYSTEM - HIGH
Council, Inc., 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 600, PRESSURE. A system that operates at a
Falls Church, Virginia 22041-3401, are pressure exceeding five (5) psig. LPG is a
incorporated by reference as part of the pressure exceeding twenty (20) psig.
Minnesota Fuel Gas Code with the
amendments in this section. As used in this Subp. 2. Definition amended. The
section, "IFGC" means the International Fuel definition of "Ready Access (to)" in IFGC
Gas Code incorporated in this part. The IFGC Section 202, is amended to read as follows:
is not subject to frequent change and a copy
of the IFGC, with amendments for use in READY ACCESS (TO). That which
Minnesota, is available in the office of the enables a device, appliance or equipment to
commissioner of administration. be directly reached, without requiring the
removal or movement of any panel, door or
1346.5201 SECTION 201 (IFGC) similar obstruction, and without requiring the
GENERAL. use of portable access equipment (see
"Access").
IFGC Section 201.4 is amended to read as
follows: 1346.5301 SECTION 301 (IFGC)
GENERAL.
201.4 Terms not defined. Where terms are
not defined through the methods authorized IFGC Section 301.3 is amended to read as
by this chapter, the Merriam-Webster follows:
Collegiate Dictionary, available at
www.m-w.com, shall be considered as 301.3 Listed and labeled. Appliances
providing ordinarily accepted meanings. The regulated by this code shall be listed and
dictionary is incorporated by reference, is labeled to an appropriate standard by a
subject to frequent change, and is available nationally recognized testing laboratory
through the Minitex interlibrary loan system. which is qualified to evaluate the appliance,
unless otherwise approved in accordance with
1346.5202 SECTION 202 (IFGC) the administrative provisions of the
GENERAL DEFINITIONS. Minnesota State Building Code, Minnesota
Rules, chapter 1300. The approval of unlisted
Subpart 1. Section 202. IFGC Section 202 is appliances shall be based upon engineering
amended by adding the following definitions: evaluation. Unlisted appliances shall be
GAS PIPING SYSTEM - LOW installed with clearances to combustibles in
PRESSURE. A system that operates at a accordance with IFGC Chapter 5. Unlisted
appliances with a fuel input rating of less than
355
12,500,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) shall have fuel Minnesota Energy Code and equipped with an
gas trains, controls and safety devices approved self-closing device.
installed in accordance with Part CF,
Combustion Side Control, of ASME CSD-1. 1346.5304 SECTION 304 (IFGC)
Unlisted appliances with a fuel input rating of COMBUSTION, VENTILATION AND
12,500,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) or greater shall DILUTION AIR.
have fuel gas trains, controls and safety
devices installed in accordance with NFPA Subpart 1. Section 304.1. IFGC Section 304
85-2001. is deleted and replaced with the following:
1346.5303 SECTION 303 (IFGC) 304.1 General. Air for combustion,

APPLIANCE LOCATION. ventilation, and dilution of flue gases for gas
utilization equipment installed in buildings
IFGC Section 303.3 is amended to read as shall be obtained by application of one of the
follows: methods covered in IFGC Section 304.2,
304.3, 304.4, 304.5, or 304.6. Gas utilization
303.3 Prohibited locations. Appliances shall equipment of other than natural draft, power
not be located in, or obtain combustion air vent, and category I vented appliances shall
from, any of the following rooms or spaces: be provided with combustion, ventilation, and
dilution air in accordance with the equipment
1. Sleeping rooms. manufacturer's instructions. Refer to IFGC
Appendix E for Worksheet E-1, "Residential
2. Bathrooms. Combustion Air Calculation Method" and
Table E-1, "Residential Combustion Air
3. Toilet rooms. Required Volume."
4. Storage closets. Exceptions:
5. Surgical rooms. 1. Direct vent appliances.
Exceptions: 2. Type 1 clothes dryers that are provided

with makeup air in accordance with the
1. Direct-vent appliances. manufacturer's installation instructions.
2. Vented room heaters, wall furnaces, 3. Replacement of fuel gas utilization

vented decorative appliances and decorative equipment that complies with all of the
appliances for installation in vented solid following conditions:
fuel-burning fireplaces, provided that the
room is not a confined space and the building 3.1 Replacement equipment has a Btu/hr
is not of unusually tight construction. (kW) input rating not greater than 30 percent
above the original equipment input rating.
3. Appliances installed in a dedicated
enclosure in which all combustion air is taken 3.2 Combustion air provisions meet the code
directly from the outdoors, in accordance with requirements in effect at the time of the
amended IFGC Section 304.3. Access to such original installation.
enclosure shall be through a solid door,
weather-stripped in accordance with the
exterior door air leakage requirements of the
356
3.3 Replacement equipment shall not cause an 1) 304.2.2.1 For appliances other than fan-
existing mechanical system to become unsafe, assisted and power vent.
hazardous, or overloaded.
Equation 304.2.2.1:
304.1.1 Equipment location. Equipment
shall be located so as not to interfere with Required Volumeother >
proper circulation of combustion, ventilation,
and dilution air. 21 ft3 Iother
ACH 1,000 Btu/hr
304.1.2 Draft hood or regulator. Where
used, a draft hood or a barometric draft 2) 304.2.2.2 For fan-assisted and power
regulator shall be installed in the same room vent appliances.
or enclosure as the equipment served so as to
prevent any difference in pressure between Equation 304.2.2.2:
the hood or regulator and the combustion air
supply. Required Volumefan >
Subp. 2. Section 304.2. IFGC Section 304.2 15 ft3 Ifan

is amended to read as follows: ACH 1,000 Btu/hr
304.2 Indoor combustion air. The required Where:

volume of indoor air shall be determined in
Iother = All appliances other than fan-assisted and power
accordance with IFGC Section 304.2.1, vent Input in Btu/hr.
Standard Method, or IFGC Section 304.2.2,
Known Air Infiltration Rate Method. The Ifan = Fan-assisted and power vent appliances Input in
total required volume shall be the sum of the Btu/hr.
required volume calculated for all appliances
ACH = Air change per hour (percent of volume of
located within the space. Rooms space exchanged per hour, expressed as a decimal).
communicating directly with the space in
which the appliances are installed through 3) An infiltration rate greater than 0.60 ACH
openings not furnished with doors, and shall not be used in the calculations in 1) and
through combustion air openings sized and 2).
located in accordance with IFGC Section
304.2.3 are considered a part of the required 304.2.3 Indoor opening size and location.
volume. Openings used to connect indoor spaces shall
be sized and located in accordance with the
304.2.1 Standard method. The minimum following.
required volume shall be 50 cubic feet per
1,000 Btu/hr (4.8 m3/kW). 304.2.3.1 Combining spaces on the same
story. Each opening shall have a minimum
304.2.2 Known air infiltration rate method. free area of 1 inch2/1,000 Btu/hr (220
Where the air infiltration rate of a structure is mm2/kW) of the total input rating of all gas
known, the minimum required volume shall utilization equipment in the space, but not less
be determined as follows: than 100 inches2 (0.06 m2). One opening
shall commence within 12 inches (300 mm)
Known Air Infiltration Rate Method of the top, and one opening shall commence
Equations: within 12 inches (300 mm) of the bottom, of
357
the enclosure. The minimum dimension of air 12 inches (300 mm) of the bottom of the
openings shall be not less than 3 inches (80 enclosure, shall be provided. When other
mm). than natural draft equipment is installed, one
permanent opening, commencing within 12
304.2.3.2 Combining spaces in different inches (300 mm) of the top of the enclosure,
stories. The volumes of spaces in different shall be provided. The equipment shall have
stories shall be considered as communicating clearances of at least 1 inch (25 mm) from the
spaces where such spaces are connected by sides and back and 6 inches (160 mm) from
one or more openings indoors or floors having the front of the appliance. The opening shall
a total minimum free area of 2 inches2/1,000 directly communicate with the outdoors or
Btu/hr of total input rating of all gas shall communicate through a vertical or
utilization equipment. horizontal duct to the outdoors or spaces that
freely communicate with the outdoors and
Subp. 3. Section 304.3. IFGC Section 304.3 shall have a minimum free area of 1
is amended to read as follows: inch2/3,000 Btu/hr (700 mm2/kW) of the total
input rating of all equipment located in the
304.3 Outdoor combustion air. Outdoor enclosure.
combustion air shall be provided through
openings to the outdoors in accordance with Subp. 4. Section 304.4. IFGC Section 304.4
IFGC Section 304.3.1 or 304.3.2. The is amended to read as follows:
minimum dimension of air openings shall not
be less than 3 inches (80 mm). 304.4 Combination indoor and outdoor
combustion air. The use of a combination of
304.3.1 Two permanent openings method. indoor and outdoor combustion air shall be in
Two permanent openings, one commencing accordance with IFGC Sections 304.4.1
within 12 inches (300 mm) of the top, and one through 304.4.3.
commencing within 12 inches (300 mm) of
the bottom, of the enclosure shall be provided. 304.4.1 Indoor openings. Where used,
The openings shall communicate directly, or openings connecting the interior spaces shall
by ducts, with the outdoors or spaces that comply with IFGC Section 304.2.3.
freely communicate with the outdoors.
304.4.2 Outdoor openings location.
1. Where directly communicating with the Outdoor openings shall be located in
outdoors or where communicating to the accordance with IFGC Section 304.3.
outdoors through vertical ducts, each opening
shall have a minimum free area of 1 304.4.3 Outdoor openings size. The outdoor
inch2/4,000 Btu/hr (550 mm2/kW) of total openings size shall be calculated in
input rating of all equipment in the enclosure. accordance with the following:
1. The ratio of interior spaces shall be the
2. Where communicating with the outdoors available volume of all communicating spaces
through horizontal ducts, each opening shall divided by the required volume.
have a minimum free area of 1 inch2/2,000
Btu/hr (1,100 mm2/kW) of total input rating 2. The outdoor size reduction factor shall be
of all equipment in the enclosure. 1 minus the ratio of interior spaces.
304.3.2 One permanent opening method. 3. The minimum size of outdoor openings
When any natural draft equipment is installed, shall be the full size of outdoor openings
one permanent opening, commencing within
358
calculated in accordance with Section 304.3, Where the design and free area are not
multiplied by the reduction factor. known, it shall be assumed that wood louvers
will have 25 percent free area and metal
Subp. 5. Section 304.5. IFGC Section 304.5 louvers and grilles will have 75 percent free
is amended to read as follows: area. Nonmotorized louvers and grilles shall
be fixed in the open position.
304.5 Engineered installations. Engineered
combustion air installations shall provide 304.7.1 Motorized louvers. Motorized
adequate supply of combustion, ventilation, louvers shall be interlocked with the
and dilution air and shall be approved by the equipment so they are proven in the full open
building official. position prior to main burner ignition and
during main burner operation. Means shall be
Subp. 6. Section 304.6. IFGC Section 304.6 provided to prevent the main burner from
is amended to read as follows: igniting should the louver fail to open during
burner startup and to shut down the main
304.6 Mechanical combustion air supply. burner if the louvers close during burner
Where all combustion air is provided by a operation.
mechanical air supply system, the combustion
air shall be supplied from outdoors at the Subp. 8. Section 304.8. IFGC Section 304.8
minimum rate of 0.35 feet3/min (cfm) per is amended to read as follows:
1,000 Btu/hr (0.034 m3/min per kW) for all
appliances located within the space. 304.8 Combustion air ducts. Combustion
air ducts shall comply with the following:
304.6.1. Where exhaust fans are installed,
additional air shall be provided to replace the 1. Ducts shall be of galvanized steel or an
exhausted air. equivalent corrosion-resistant material. If
flexible duct is used, increase the duct
304.6.2. Each of the appliances served shall diameter by one inch. Flexible duct shall be
be interlocked to the mechanical air supply stretched with minimal sags.
system to prevent main burner operation
where the mechanical air supply system is not 2. Ducts shall terminate in an unobstructed
in operation. space, allowing free movement of combustion
air to the appliances.
304.6.3. Where combustion air is provided
by the building's mechanical ventilation 3. Ducts shall serve a single space.
system, the system shall provide the specified
combustion air rate in addition to the required 4. Ducts shall not service both upper and
ventilation air. lower combustion air openings where both
Subp. 7. Section 304.7. IFGC Section 304.7 such openings are used. The separation
is amended to read as follows: between ducts serving upper and lower
combustion air openings shall be maintained
304.7 Louvers and grilles. The required size to the source of combustion air.
of openings for combustion, ventilation, and
dilution air shall be based on the net free area 5. Ducts shall not terminate in an attic space.
of each opening. Where the free area through
a design of louver or grille is known, it shall 6. The remaining space surrounding a
be used in calculating the size opening chimney liner, gas vent, special gas vent, or
required to provide the free area specified. plastic piping installed within a masonry,
359
metal or factory-built chimney shall not be Subpart 1. Section 306.5. IFGC Section
used to supply combustion air. 306.5 is amended to read as follows:
Exception: Direct vent gas-fired appliances 306.5 Mechanical equipment and

designed for installation in a solid fuel- appliances on roofs or elevated structures.
burning fireplace where installed in Where mechanical equipment or appliances
accordance with the listing and the requiring periodic inspection, service or
manufacturer's instructions. maintenance are installed on roofs or elevated
structures, a permanent stair shall be provided
7. Vertical ducts shall not extend through two for access.
or more stories without prior approval from
the building official. Exception: A portable ladder may be used
for dwellings, replacement equipment on
8. Ducts shall not terminate in the return air existing buildings, and for exterior roof access
plenum of a forced air heating system unless points not exceeding 16 feet (4.9 m) above
installed in accordance with the heating grade, unless the building official determines
equipment manufacturer's installation that the unique shape of the roof does not
instructions. allow safe access with a portable ladder.
9. Combustion air intake openings shall be The permanent stair shall be as required by
located to avoid intake of exhaust air in relevant safety regulations, but shall not be
accordance with IMC Section 401.5.2 and less than the following:
IFGC Section 503.8 and shall be covered with
corrosion resistant screen of not less than 1/4 1. The stair shall be installed at an angle of
inch (6.4 mm) mesh. not more than 60 degrees measured from the
horizontal plane.
10. Combustion air intake openings shall be
located at least 12 inches (305 mm) above 2. The stair shall have flat treads at least 6
adjoining grade level. inches (152 mm) deep and a clear width of at
least 18 inches (457 mm) with equally spaced
11. When both makeup air and combustion risers at least 10.5 inches (267 mm) high and
air openings are required, they shall be not exceeding 14 inches (356 mm).
provided through separate openings to the
outdoors. Refer to IMC Section 501.4 to 3. The stair shall have intermediate landings
determine requirements for makeup air. not exceeding 18 feet (5.5 m) vertically.
Exception: Combination makeup air and
combustion air systems may be approved by 4. Continuous handrails shall be installed on
the building official where they are both sides of the stair.
reasonably equivalent in terms of health,
safety, and durability. 5. Interior stairs shall terminate at the under
side of the roof at a hatch or scuttle of at least
Subp. 9. Sections 304.9 through 304.15. 8 square feet (0.74 m2) with a minimum
IFGC Sections 304.9 through 304.15 are dimension of 20 inches (508 mm).
deleted.
6. When a roof access hatch or scuttle is
1346.5306 SECTION 306 (IFGC) located within 10 feet (3.0 m) of a roof edge,
ACCESS AND SERVICE SPACE. a guard shall be installed in accordance with
IFGC Section 306.6.
360
1346.5401 SECTION 401 (IFGC)

7. Exterior stairs shall terminate at the roof GENERAL.
access point or at a level landing of at least 8
square feet (0.74 m2) with a minimum Section 401.5.1. IFGC Section 401.5 is
dimension of 20 inches (508 mm). The amended by adding a section to read as
landing shall have a guard installed in follows:
accordance with IFGC Section 306.6.
401.5.1 Medium and high pressure
Subp. 2. Section 306.5. IFGC Section 306.5 identification. Exposed medium and high
is amended by adding a section to read as pressure gas piping systems shall include the
follows: operating pressure on the label required by
Section 401.5.
306.5.3 Permanent ladders. Where a change
in roof elevation greater than 30 inches (762 1346.5402 SECTION 402 (IFGC) PIPE
mm) but not exceeding 16 feet (4.9 m) exists, SIZING.
a permanent ladder shall be provided. The
ladder may be vertical and shall be as Subpart 1. Section 402.3. IFGC Section
required by relevant safety regulations, but 402.3 is amended to read as follows:
shall not be less than the following:
402.3 Sizing. Gas piping shall be sized in
1. Width shall be at least 16 inches (406 accordance with IFGC Table 402.3(1)
mm). through Table 402.3(34) or other approved
engineering methods. If the pressure drop is
2. Rung spacing shall be a maximum of 14 not specified, use IFGC Table 402.3(35)
inches (356 mm). through Table 402.3(38) for the appropriate
3. Toe space shall be at least 6 inches (152 gas piping material and inlet pressure: (See
mm). IFGC Appendix A).
4. Side railings shall extend at least 30 inches Subp. 2. Section 402.3, Tables. IFGC
(762 mm) above the roof or parapet wall. Section 402.3 is amended by adding tables as
follows:
361
362
363
1346.5403 SECTION 403 (IFGC) PIPING 403.10.4 Metallic fittings. Metallic fittings,
MATERIALS. including valves, strainers, and filters, shall
comply with the following:
Subpart 1. Section 403.8. IFGC Section
403.8 is amended to read as follows: 1. Threaded fittings in sizes larger than 2
inches (51 mm) shall not be used except
403.8 Protective coating. Where in contact where approved.
with material or atmosphere exerting a
corrosive action, metallic piping and fittings 2. Fittings used with steel or wrought-iron
coated with a corrosion-resistant material pipe shall be steel, brass, bronze, or malleable
shall be used. Steel pipe exposed in exterior iron.
locations shall be galvanized or coated with
approved corrosion-resistant material. 3. Fittings used with copper or brass pipe
External or internal coatings or linings used shall be copper, brass, or bronze.
on piping or components shall not be
considered as adding strength. 4. Fittings used with aluminum alloy pipe
shall be of aluminum alloy.
Subp. 2. Section 403.10.4. IFGC Section
403.10.4 is amended to read as follows: 5. Brass, bronze, or copper fittings. Fittings,
if exposed to soil, shall have a minimum 80
percent copper content.
364
6. Aluminum alloy fittings. Threads shall not passing through an outside wall, the piping
form the joint seal. shall also be protected against corrosion by
coating or wrapping with an inert material.
7. Zinc-aluminum alloy fittings. Fittings Where piping is encased in a protective
shall not be used in systems containing sleeve, the annular space between the piping
flammable gas-air mixtures. and the sleeve shall be sealed.
1346.5404 SECTION 404 (IFGC) PIPING
SYSTEM INSTALLATION. Subp. 4. Section 404.8. IFGC Section 404.8
404.4 is amended to read as follows: 404.8 Protection against corrosion.
Metallic pipe or tubing exposed to corrosive
404.4 Piping through foundation wall. action, such as soil condition or moisture,
Underground piping shall not be installed shall be protected in an approved manner.
below grade through the outer foundation or Zinc coatings (galvanizing) shall not be
basement wall of a building. If necessary due deemed adequate protection for gas piping
to structural conditions, underground piping underground. Steel pipe exposed in exterior
may be installed with prior approval from the locations shall be galvanized or coated with
building official. approved corrosion-resistant material. Where
dissimilar metals are joined underground, an
Subp. 2. Section 404.6. IFGC Section 404.6 insulating coupling or fitting shall be used.
is amended to read as follows: Piping shall not be laid in contact with
cinders.
404.6 Piping in solid floors. Piping in solid
floors shall be laid in channels in the floor and Subp. 5. Section 404.11. IFGC Section
covered in a manner that will allow access to 404.11 is amended to read as follows:
the piping with a minimum amount of damage
to the building. Where such piping is subject 404.11 Piping underground beneath
to exposure to excessive moisture or corrosive buildings. Piping installed underground
substances, the piping shall be protected in an beneath buildings is prohibited except where
approved manner. If necessary due to the piping is encased in a conduit of wrought
structural conditions, piping may be installed iron, plastic pipe, or steel pipe designed to
in other locations with prior approval from the withstand the superimposed loads and with
building official. prior approval from the building official.
Such conduit shall extend into an occupiable
Subp. 3. Section 404.7. IFGC Section 404.7 portion of the building and, at the point where
is amend to read as follows: the conduit terminates in the building, the
space between the conduit and the gas piping
404.7 Above-ground piping outdoors. All shall be sealed to prevent the possible
piping installed outdoors shall be elevated not entrance of any gas leakage. Where the end
less than 3-1/2 inches (152 mm) above ground sealing is capable of withstanding the full
and, where installed across roof surfaces, pressure of the gas pipe, the conduit shall be
shall be elevated not less than 3-1/2 inches designed for the same pressure as the pipe.
(152 mm) above the roof surface. Piping Such conduit shall extend not less than 4
installed above ground, outdoors, and across inches (102 mm) outside the building, shall be
the surface of roofs shall be securely vented above grade to the outdoors, and shall
supported and located where it will be be installed so as to prevent the entrance of
protected from physical damage. Where water and insects. Such conduit shall be
365
identified with a yellow label marked "Gas" piping greater than 50 percent of the specified
in black letters, spaced at intervals not minimum yield strength of the pipe.
exceeding 5 feet (1,524 mm), and shall be
located a minimum of 6 inches (152 mm) Subp. 4. Section 406.4.2. IFGC Section
below the bottom of the concrete floor. The 406.4.2 is amended to read as follows:
conduit shall be protected from corrosion in
accordance with IFGC Section 404.8. 406.4.2 Test duration. Test duration shall be
not less than one-half hour. When testing a
Subp. 6. Section 404.15. IFGC Section system in a single-family dwelling, the test
404.15 is amended to read as follows: duration shall be permitted to be reduced to
10 minutes with prior approval from the
404.15 Prohibited devices. A device shall building official.
not be placed inside the piping or fittings that
will obstruct the free flow of gas. Subp. 5. Section 406.4. IFGC Section 406.4
1346.5406 SECTION 406 (IFGC) follows:
INSPECTION, TESTING AND
PURGING. 406.4.3 Test gauges. Tests which utilize dial
gauges shall be performed with gauges of 2
Subpart 1. Section 406.1.2. IFGC Section psi (13.8 kPa) incrementation or less and shall
406.1.2 is amended to read as follows: have a pressure range not greater than twice
the test pressure applied. The test pressure
406.1.2 Alterations, repairs and additions. shall be within the middle 50 percent of the
In the event alterations, repairs or additions test gauge pressure range.
are made following the pressure test, the
affected piping shall be tested. 1346.5407 SECTION 407 (IFGC) PIPING
SUPPORT.
Exception: Equipment replacement, minor
alterations, repairs, or additions, provided the IFGC Section 407 is amended by adding a
work is inspected and connections are tested section to read as follows:
with a noncorrosive leak-detecting fluid or
other leak-detecting methods approved by the 407.3 Expansion and flexibility. Piping
building official. systems shall be designed to have sufficient
flexibility to prevent thermal expansion or
Subp. 2. Section 406.1.4. IFGC Section contraction from causing excessive stresses in
406.1.4 is deleted. the piping material, excessive bending or
loads at joints, or undesirable forces at points
Subp. 3. Section 406.4.1. IFGC Section of connections to equipment and at anchorage
406.4.1 is amended to read as follows: or guide points.
406.4.1 Test pressure. The test pressure to 1346.5408 SECTION 408 (IFGC) DRIPS
be used shall be no less than one and one-half AND SLOPED PIPING.
times the proposed maximum working
pressure, but not less than 25 psig (172 kPa IFGC Section 408.4 is amended to read as
gauge), irrespective of design pressure. follows:
Where the test pressure exceeds 125 psig (862
kPa gauge), the test pressure shall not exceed 408.4 Sediment trap. A sediment trap shall
a value that produces a hoop stress in the be installed before all automatically
366
controlled gas utilization equipment where a piping system is installed to supply other than
sediment trap is not incorporated as part of one- and two-family dwellings, shutoff valves
the equipment. The sediment trap shall be shall be provided for each tenant. Each tenant
installed as close to the inlet of the equipment shall have access to the shutoff valve serving
as practical, before any regulator or automatic that tenant's space. A main shutoff valve shall
gas valve, and ahead of all pounds-to-inches be installed in a common utility room or
pressure regulators. The sediment trap shall otherwise located to provide ready access to
be either a tee fitting with a capped nipple, a all tenants of the building, and it shall not be
minimum of 3 inches (80 mm) in length, in located in a locked room without prior
the bottom opening of the run of the tee, or permission from the building official.
other device approved as an effective
sediment trap. If a tee fitting is used, it shall 1346.5410 SECTION 410 (IFGC) FLOW
provide a 90-degree change of direction of CONTROLS.
gas flow and the cap shall be at an elevation
lower than the tee fitting. IFGC Section 410.3 is amended to read as
follows:
1346.5409 SECTION 409 (IFGC)
SHUTOFF VALVES. 410.3 Venting of regulators. Pressure
regulators that require a vent shall have an
Subpart 1. Section 409.1. IFGC Section independent vent to the outside of the
409.1 is amended to read as follows: building. The vent shall be designed to
prevent the entry of water or foreign objects.
409.1 General. Piping systems shall be Regulator vents shall terminate at least 3 feet
provided with an approved main shutoff valve (914 mm) from doors, operable windows,
before the first branch line. The main shutoff nonmechanical intake openings, and openings
valve shall be installed in the first available into direct-vent appliances. The vent
location that provides ready access and shall termination shall be located at least 12 inches
have a permanently attached handle. Main (305 mm) above grade and shall be suitably
shutoff valves controlling several gas piping screened and hooded to prevent accidental
systems shall be protected from physical closure of the vent pipe.
damage and shall be placed an adequate
distance from each other so they will be easy Exception: A vent to the outside of the
to operate. building is not required for regulators
equipped with and labeled for utilization with
Subp. 2. Section 409.2. IFGC Section 409.2 approved vent-limiting devices installed in
is amended to read as follows: accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
409.2 Meter valve. Every meter shall be
equipped with a shutoff valve located on the 1346.5501 SECTION 501 (IFGC)
supply side of the meter. The main shutoff GENERAL.
valve required in amended IFGC Section
409.1 shall serve as the shutoff valve. Subpart 1. Section 501.7. IFGC Section
Subp. 3. Section 409.3.1. IFGC Section
409.3.1 is amended to read as follows: 501.7 Connection to fireplace. Connection
of any appliance to chimney flues serving
409.3.1 Multiple tenant buildings. In fireplaces is prohibited. Refer to IFGC
multiple tenant buildings, where a common Section 602 for Decorative Appliances for
367
Installation in Fireplaces and IFGC Section with IFGC Section 503.3.4. Where the
603 for Log Lighters. appliances and equipment listed in items 5
through 10 are installed so that the aggregate
Subp. 2. Section 501.8. IFGC Section 501.8 input rating exceeds 20 Btu/hr per cubic foot
is amended to read as follows: (207 watts per m3) of volume of the room or
space in which such appliances and
501.8 Equipment not required to be vented. equipment are installed, one or more shall be
The following appliances shall not be provided with venting systems or other
required to be vented. approved means for conveying the vent gases
to the outdoor atmosphere so that the
1. Ranges. aggregate input rating of the remaining
unvented appliances and equipment does not
2. Built-in domestic cooking units listed and exceed the 20 Btu/hr per cubic foot (207 watts
marked for optional venting. per m3) figure. Where the room or space in
which the equipment is installed is directly
3. Hot plates and laundry stoves. connected to another room or space by a
doorway, archway, or other opening of
4. Type 1 clothes dryers (Type 1 clothes comparable size that cannot be closed, the
dryers shall be exhausted in accordance with volume of such adjacent room or space shall
the requirements of IFGC Section 613). be permitted to be included in the
calculations.
5. A single booster-type automatic
instantaneous water heater, where designed Subp. 3. Section 501.12. IFGC Section
and used solely for the sanitizing rinse 501.12 is amended to read as follows:
requirements of a dishwashing machine,
provided that the heater is installed in a 501.12 Residential and low-heat appliances
commercial kitchen having a mechanical flue lining systems. An approved metallic
exhaust system. Where installed in this liner shall be installed in masonry chimneys
manner, the draft hood, if required, shall be in used to vent gas appliances. The liner shall
place and unaltered and the draft hood outlet comply with one of the following:
shall be not less than 36 inches (914 mm)
vertically and 6 inches (152 mm) horizontally 1. Aluminum (1100 or 3003 alloy or
from any surface other than the heater. equivalent) not less than 0.032 inches thick to
8 inches diameter.
6. Refrigerators.
2. Stainless steel (304 or 430 alloy or
7. Counter appliances. equivalent) not less than 26 gauge (0.018
inches thick) to 8 inches diameter or not less
8. Direct-fired make-up air heaters. than 24 gauge (0.024 inches thick) 8 inches
diameter and larger.
9. Other equipment listed for unvented use
and not provided with flue collars. 3. Listed vent systems.
10. Specialized equipment of limited input Exception: Metallic liners are not required
such as laboratory burners and gas lights. when each appliance connected into the
masonry chimney has a minimum input rating
Automatically operated equipment vented greater than 400,000 Btu/hr.
with a hood or exhaust system shall comply
368
501.12.1 Terminations. Metallic liners shall 503.5.5 Size of chimneys. The effective area
terminate in accordance with the requirements of a chimney venting system serving listed
for gas vents in IFGC Section 503.6.6. appliances with draft hoods, Category I
appliances, and other appliances listed for use
1346.5503 SECTION 503 (IFGC) with Type B vents shall be in accordance with
VENTING OF EQUIPMENT. IFGC Section 504 or other approved
engineering methods.
Subpart 1. Section 503.2.2. IFGC Section
503.2.2 is deleted. Exceptions:
Subp. 2. Section 503.5.3. IFGC Section 1. As an alternate method of sizing an

503.5.3 is amended to read as follows: individual chimney venting system for a
single appliance with a draft hood, the
503.5.3 Masonry chimneys. Masonry effective areas of the vent connector and
chimneys shall be built and installed in chimney flue shall be not less than the area of
accordance with NFPA 211, or the IBC and the appliance flue collar or draft hood outlet,
shall be lined with approved clay flue lining, a nor greater than four times the draft hood
listed chimney lining system, or other outlet area.
approved material that will resist corrosion,
erosion, softening, or cracking from vent 2. As an alternate method for sizing a
gases at temperatures up to 1800ºF (982ºC). chimney venting system connected to two
Masonry chimneys used to vent gas appliances with draft hoods, the effective area
appliances shall comply with amended IFGC of the chimney flue shall be not less than the
Section 501.12. area of the larger draft hood outlet plus 50
percent of the area of the smaller draft hood
Exception: Masonry chimney flues serving outlet, nor greater than four times the smallest
listed gas appliances with draft hoods, draft hood outlet area.
Category I appliances, and other gas
appliances listed for use with Type B vent Where an incinerator is vented by a chimney
shall be permitted to be lined with a chimney serving other gas utilization equipment, the
lining system specifically listed for use only gas input to the incinerator shall not be
with such appliances. The liner shall be included in calculating chimney size,
installed in accordance with the liner provided the chimney flue diameter is not less
manufacturers' instructions and the terms of than 1 inch (25.4 mm) larger in equivalent
the listing. A permanent identifying label diameter than the diameter of the incinerator
shall be attached at the point where the flue outlet.
connection is to be made to the liner. The
label shall read: "This chimney liner is for Subp. 4. Section 503.5.6. IFGC Section
appliances that burn gas only. Do not connect 503.5.6 is amended to read as follows:
to solid or liquid fuel-burning appliances or
incinerators." 503.5.6 Inspection of chimneys. Before
replacing an existing appliance or connecting
For information on installation of gas vents in a vent connector to a chimney, the chimney
existing masonry chimneys, see IFGC Section passageway shall be examined to ascertain
503.6.5. that it is clear and free of obstructions and it
shall be cleaned if previously used for venting
Subp. 3. Section 503.5.5. IFGC Section solid or liquid fuel-burning appliances or
503.5.5 is amended to read as follows: fireplaces.
369
Exception: Existing chimneys shall be lined in accordance with IFGC Section 504 or other
in accordance with amended IFGC Section approved engineering methods.
501.12 unless otherwise approved by the
building official. 2. As an alternate method for sizing a gas
vent connected to two appliances with draft
Subp. 5. Section 503.5.10. IFGC Section hoods, the effective area of the vent shall be
503.5.10 is amended to read as follows: not less than the area of the larger draft hood
outlet plus 50 percent of the smaller draft
503.5.10 Space surrounding lining or vent. hood outlets, nor greater than four times the
The remaining space surrounding a chimney smallest draft hood outlet area. Vents serving
liner, gas vent, special gas vent, or plastic fan-assisted combustion system appliances, or
piping installed within a masonry, metal or combinations of fan-assisted combustion
factory-built chimney shall not be used to system and draft hood-equipped appliances,
vent another appliance. shall be sized in accordance with IFGC
Section 504 or other approved engineering
Exception: Direct vent gas-fired appliances methods.
designed for installation in a solid fuel
burning fireplace where installed in Subp. 7. Section 503.7.8. IFGC Section
accordance with the listing and the 503.7.8 is amended to read as follows:
manufacturer's instructions.
503.7.8 Size of single-wall metal pipe. A
Subp. 6. Section 503.6.9.1. IFGC Section venting system constructed of single-wall
503.6.9.1 is amended to read as follows: metal pipe shall be sized in accordance with
one of the following methods and the
503.6.9.1 Category I appliances. The sizing equipment manufacturer's instructions:
of natural draft venting systems serving one
or more listed appliances equipped with a 1. For a draft hood-equipped appliance, in
draft hood or appliances listed for use with accordance with IFGC Section 504.
Type B gas vent, installed in a single story of
a building, shall be in accordance with IFGC 2. For a venting system for a single appliance
Section 504 or in accordance with sound with a draft hood, the areas of the connector
engineering practice. Category I appliances and the pipe each shall be not less than the
are either draft hood-equipped or fan-assisted area of the appliance flue collar or draft hood
combustion system in design. Different vent outlet, whichever is smaller. The vent area
design methods are required for draft hood- shall not be greater than four times the draft
equipped and fan-assisted combustion system hood outlet area.
appliances.
3. Other approved engineering methods.
Exceptions:
Subp. 8. Section 503.8. IFGC Section 503.8
1. As an alternate method for sizing an is amended to read as follows:
individual gas vent for a single, draft hood-
equipped appliance, the effective area of the 503.8 Venting system termination location.
vent connector and the gas vent shall be not The location of venting system terminations
less than the area of the appliance draft hood shall comply with the following:
outlet, nor greater than four times the draft
hood outlet area. Vents serving fan-assisted 1. A mechanical draft venting system shall
combustion system appliances shall be sized terminate at least 3 feet (914 mm) above any
370
mechanical air inlet located within 10 feet problem with Category I and Category III
(3048 mm). appliances, this provision shall also apply.
Exceptions: Subp. 9. Section 503.10.7. IFGC Section

a. This provision shall not apply to the
combustion air intake of a direct-vent 503.10.7 Joints. Joints between sections of
appliance. connector piping and connections to flue
collars and hood outlets shall be fastened by a
b. This provision shall not apply to the minimum of three equally spaced sheet metal
separation of the integral outdoor air inlet and screws or other approved means.
flue gas discharge of listed outdoor
appliances. 1346.5504 SECTION 504 (IFGC) SIZING
OF CATEGORY 1 APPLIANCE
2. A mechanical draft venting system, VENTING SYSTEMS.
including power vent and direct-vent
appliances, shall terminate in accordance with Subpart 1. Section 504.2.7. IFGC Section
the following minimum clearances from 504.2.7 is amended to read as follows:
doors, operable windows, and nonmechanical
air inlets: 504.2.7 Liner system sizing. Listed
corrugated metallic chimney liner systems in
Input Clearance Input Clearance masonry chimneys shall be sized by using
(Btu/hr) (inches) (kW) (mm) IFGC Table 504.2(1) or 504.2(2) for Type B
10,000 or less 6 3 or less 152
vents with the maximum capacity reduced by
10,001-50,000 9 3.1 to 14.7 230
20 percent (0.80 x maximum capacity) and
Over 50,000 12 Over 14.7 305
the minimum capacity as shown in IFGC
Table 504.2(1) or 504.2(2). Corrugated
Exception: Where this section specifies a metallic liner systems installed with bends or
minimum clearance that is less restrictive than offsets shall have their maximum capacity
the conditions of listing of the equipment or further reduced in accordance with IFGC
appliances, the conditions of listing and the Section 504.3. Approved metallic liners,
manufacturer's installation instructions shall other than listed corrugated metallic liner
apply. systems, installed in accordance with
amended IFGC Section 501.12, shall be sized
3. The bottom of the vent terminal and the air by using IFGC Table 504.2(1) or 504.2(2) for
intake of a mechanical draft venting system Type B vents. When IFGC Table 504.2(1) or
shall be located at least 12 inches (305 mm) 504.2(2) permits more than one diameter for a
above grade. connector or vent of a fan-assisted appliance,
the smallest permitted diameter shall be used.
4. Through-the-wall vents for Category II
and Category IV appliances and Subp. 2. Section 504.2.8. IFGC Section
noncategorized condensing appliances shall 504.2.8 is amended to read as follows:
not terminate over public walkways or over
an area where condensate or vapor could 504.2.8 Vent area and diameter. Where the
create a nuisance or hazard or could be vertical vent has a larger diameter than the
detrimental to the operation of regulators, vent connector, the vertical vent diameter
relief valves, or other equipment. Where shall be used to determine the minimum vent
local experience indicates that condensate is a capacity, and the connector diameter shall be
371
used to determine the maximum vent INSTALLATION IN FIREPLACES.

capacity. The flow area of the vertical vent
shall not exceed four times the flow area of Subpart 1. Section 602.1. IFGC Section
the listed appliance categorized vent area, flue 602.1 is amended to read as follows:
collar area, or draft hood outlet area unless
designated in accordance with approved 602.1 General. Decorative appliances for
engineering methods. installation in approved solid fuel burning
fireplaces shall be tested in accordance with
Subp. 3. Section 504.3.15. IFGC Section ANSI Z21.50-2000, Vented Gas Fireplaces,
504.3.15 is amended to read as follows: and ANSI Z21.88-2000, Vented Gas
Fireplace Heaters, and shall be installed in
504.3.15 Vertical vent maximum size. accordance with the manufacturer's
Where two or more appliances are connected installation instructions. Manually lighted
to a vertical vent or chimney, the flow area of natural gas decorative appliances shall be
the largest section of vertical vent or chimney tested in accordance with an approved
shall not exceed four times the smallest listed method.
appliance categorized vent areas, flue collar
area, or draft hood outlet area unless designed Subp. 2. Section 602.3. IFGC Section 602.3
in accordance with approved engineering is amended to read as follows:
methods.
602.3 Prohibited installations. Decorative
Subp. 4. Section 504.3.17. IFGC Section appliances for installations in fireplaces shall
504.3.17 is amended to read as follows: not be installed where prohibited by IFGC
Section 303.3. Unvented decorative
504.3.17 Liner system sizing. Listed appliances shall not be installed in any
corrugated metallic chimney liner systems in dwelling or occupancy.
masonry chimneys shall be sized by using
IFGC Table 504.3(1) or 504.3(2) for Type B 1346.5620 SECTION 620 (IFGC)
vents, with the maximum capacity reduced by UNVENTED ROOM HEATERS.
20 percent (0.80 x maximum capacity) and
the minimum capacity as shown in IFGC IFGC Section 620 is deleted and replaced
Table 504.3(1) or 504.3(2). Corrugated with the following:
metallic liner systems installed with bends or
offsets shall have their maximum capacity 620.1 Unvented heaters. Unvented room
further reduced in accordance with IFGC heaters and unvented decorative appliances
Sections 504.3.5 and 504.3.6. Approved shall not be installed in any dwelling or
metallic liners, other than listed corrugated occupancy.
metallic 114.6 liner systems, installed in
accordance with amended IFGC Section 1346.5629 SECTION 629 (IFGC)
501.12, shall be sized by using IFGC Table INFRARED RADIANT HEATERS.
504.3(1) or 504.3(2) for Type B vents. When
IFGC Table 504.3(1) or 504.3(2) permits IFGC Section 629.3 is amended by adding a
more than one diameter for a connector or section to read as follows:
vent of a fan-assisted appliance, the smallest
permitted diameter shall be used. 629.3 Ventilation air. Where unvented
infrared heaters are installed, mechanical
1346.5602 SECTION 602 (IFGC) ventilation shall be provided to exhaust at
DECORATIVE APPLIANCES FOR least 4 cubic feet per minute (cfm) (0.0203
372
m3/s) per 1,000 Btu/hr (0.292 kW) input A. ANSI Z21.13-2000 Gas-Fired Low-
rating and it shall be electrically 115.13 Pressure Steam and Hot Water Boilers;
interlocked with the heater. Makeup air shall
be provided to the space to be heated. B. ANSI Z21.50-2000 Vented Gas
Fireplaces;
1346.5630 SECTION 630 (IFGC)
BOILERS. C. ANSI Z21.88-2000 Vented Gas Fireplace
Heaters;
630.1 is amended to read as follows: D. ASME BPV-2001 Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code, Sections I, II, IV, V, VIII, and
630.1 Standards. Boilers with an input IX;
rating below 400,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) shall
be listed in accordance with the requirements E. ASME CSD-1-2002 Controls and Safety
of ANSI Z21.13/CSA 4.9 or UL 795. Boilers Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers;
with an input rating of 400,000 Btu/hr (3,660
kW) or greater shall be designed and F. NFPA 58-2001 Liquefied Petroleum Gas
constructed in accordance with the ASME Code; and
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Sections I,
II, IV, V, VIII, and IX, and amended IFGC G. NFPA 85-2001 Boiler and Combustion
Section 301.3, as applicable. Boilers with an Systems Hazards Code.
input rating above 400,000 Btu/hr (117 kW)
and less than 12,500,000 Btu/hr (3,660 kW) CHAPTER 8
shall comply with ASME CSD-1, and boilers
with an input rating of 12,500,000 Btu/hr INSTALLATION AND TESTING OF FUEL
(3,660 kW) or greater shall comply with GAS-FIRED EQUIPMENT
NFPA 85-2001, Boiler and Combustion
Systems Hazards Code. 1346.5801 SECTION 801 (IFGC)
GENERAL.
Subp. 2. Section 630.2. IFGC Section 630.2
is amended to read as follows: The IFGC is amended by adding a chapter to
read as follows:
630.2 Installation. In addition to the
requirements of this code, the installation of SECTION 801
boilers shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's instructions and IMC Chapter GENERAL
10. Operating instructions of a permanent
type shall be attached to the boiler. Boilers 801.1 General. Chapter 8 shall regulate the
shall have all controls set, adjusted and tested installation and testing or repair of gas or fuel
by the installer in accordance with amended burning systems, gas or fuel burners, and gas
IFGC Chapter 8. A complete control diagram or fuel burning equipment installed within, or
together with complete boiler instructions in conjunction with, building or structures.
shall be furnished by the installer. The The requirements of this chapter shall apply
manufacturer's rating data and the nameplate to the following equipment:
shall be attached to the boiler.
1. Equipment utilized to provide control of
1346.5700 CHAPTER 7, REFERENCED environmental conditions.
STANDARDS.
373
Exception: Equipment and appliances listed shall be adjusted to within plus or minus five
and labeled to an appropriate standard by a percent of the calculated Btu/hr heat loss of
nationally recognized testing laboratory, the building in which it is installed, or the
which is qualified to evaluate the equipment design load, and shall not exceed the design
or appliance, when installed and tested rate of the appliance.
according to the manufacturer's installation
instructions. 3. For conversion burners installed in steam
boilers, the gas or fuel hourly input demand
2. Equipment with a fuel input of 1,000,000 shall be adjusted to meet the steam load
Btu/hr or greater. requirements. The gas or fuel input demand
necessitated by an oversized boiler shall be
3. Unlisted equipment. established and added to the input demand for
load requirements to arrive at a total input
4. Miscellaneous equipment when required demand.
1346.5802 SECTION 802 (IFGC) 1346.5803 SECTION 803 (IFGC) PILOT
EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT. OPERATION.
The IFGC is amended by adding a section to The IFGC is amended by adding a section to
read as follows: read as follows:
SECTION 802 SECTION 803
EQUIPMENT PLACEMENT PILOT OPERATION
802.1 Placing equipment in operation. 803.1 Pilot operation. Pilot flames shall
After completion of the installation, all safety ignite the gas or fuel at the main burner or
and operating controls and venting shall be burners and shall be adequately protected
tested before placing the burner in service. from drafts. Pilot flames shall not become
The correct input of fuel shall be determined extinguished during pilot cycle when the main
and the fuel-to-air ratio set. Each gas or fuel burner or burners are turned on or off in a
burner shall be adjusted to its proper input normal manner, either manually or by
according to the manufacturer's instructions. automatic controls.
Overrating the burners or appliance is
prohibited. Btu/hr input range shall be 1346.5804 SECTION 804 (IFGC)
appropriate to the appliance. BURNER OPERATION.
1. The rate of flow of the gas or fuel shall be The IFGC is amended by adding a section to
adjusted to within plus or minus two percent read as follows:
of the required Btu/hr rating at the manifold
pressure specified by the manufacturer. SECTION 804
When the prevailing pressure is less than the
manifold pressure specified, the rates shall be BURNER OPERATION
adjusted at the prevailing pressure.
804.1 Burner operation. When testing to
2. For conversion burners installed in hot determine compliance with this section, care
water (liquid) boilers or warm air furnaces, shall be exercised to prevent the accumulation
the rate of flow of the gas or fuel in Btu/hr
374
of unburned gas or fuel in the appliance or shall not pass through the center off position
flues that might result in explosion or fire. without stopping in the center off position.
1. The flames from each burner shall freely 1346.5805 SECTION 805 (IFGC)
ignite the gas or fuel from adjacent burners METHOD OF TEST.
when operating at the prevailing gas or fuel
pressure and when the main control valve is The IFGC is amended by adding a section to
regulated to deliver at one-third of the fuel read as follows:
gas or fuel rate.
SECTION 805
2. Burner flames shall not flash back after
immediate ignition nor after turning the fuel METHOD OF TEST
cock until the flow rate to the burner is one-
third the full supply. 805.1 Method of test.
3. Burner flames shall not flash back when 1. Operational checking. The flue gas,
the gas or fuel is turned on or off by an venting, safety and operating controls of the
automatic control mechanism. appliance shall be checked to ensure proper
and safe operation.
4. Main burner flames shall ignite freely from
each pilot when the main control valve is 2. Method of test - atmospheric
regulated to one-third the full gas or fuel rate type/induced draft type/fan-assisted type.
and when the pilot flame is reduced to a The appliance shall be allowed to operate
minimum point at which it will actuate the until the stack temperature becomes stabilized
safety device. after which a sample of the undiluted flue
products shall be taken from the appliance
5. When ignition is made in a normal flue outlet. The sample taken shall be
manner, the flame shall not flash outside the analyzed for carbon monoxide, carbon
appliance. dioxide and oxygen. Stack temperature shall
be noted.
6. Burners shall not expel gas or fuel through
air openings when operating at prevailing Note: Appliance designs incorporating
pressure. induced draft assemblies may require a flue
gas sample to be taken after the draft
7. Burners shall have proper fuel air mixture regulator or induced draft fan.
to ensure smooth ignition of the main burner.
3.1. Performance standards for
8. Dual fuel burners may have controls atmospheric type.
common or independent to both fuels.
Transfer from one fuel to the other shall be by a) Minimum of 75 percent efficiency as
a manual interlock switching system to determined by flue gas analysis method at
prevent the gas and other fuel being used appliance flue outlet.
simultaneously except by special permission
from the building official. The building b) Carbon monoxide concentration in flue
official shall consider whether an exception gas not greater than 0.04 percent on an air-
will provide equivalent safety. The transfer free basis.
switch shall have a center off position and
375
c) Stack temperature not greater than 480ºF, a) Minimum of 80 percent efficiency as

plus ambient. determined by flue gas analysis method at
appliance flue outlet.
d) Carbon dioxide concentration between 6
and 9 percent, inclusive. b) Carbon monoxide concentration in flue
gas not greater than 0.04 percent.
e) Oxygen concentration between 4 and 10
percent, inclusive. c) Stack temperature not greater than 480ºF
plus ambient, or 125ºF in excess of fluid
3.2. Performance standards for induced temperature plus ambient.
draft type/fan-assisted type.
d) Carbon dioxide concentration between 6
a) Minimum of 75 percent efficiency as and 9 percent, inclusive.
determined by flue gas analysis method at
appliance flue outlet. e) Oxygen concentration between 3 and 10
percent, inclusive.
b) Carbon monoxide concentration in flue
gas not greater than 0.04 percent on an air 6. After completion of the test of newly
free basis. installed gas or fuel burner equipment as
provided in this section, complete test records
c) Stack temperature not greater than 480ºF, shall be filed with the building official on an
plus ambient. approved form. The tag stating the date of the
test and the name of the installer shall be
d) Oxygen concentration between 4 and 10 attached to the appliance at the main valve.
percent, inclusive, with carbon dioxide
concentration between 6 and 9 percent, 7. Oxygen concentration.
inclusive.
a) The concentration of oxygen in the
Note: Induced draft type and fan-assisted undiluted flue products of gas or fuel burners
type appliances may require a sample to be shall in no case be less than 3 percent nor
taken after the induced draft fan, which may more than 10 percent, shall be in conformance
cause oxygen figures in excess of limits with applicable performance standards and
stated. In such cases, safe fuel combustion shall be consistent with the appliance listing.
ratios shall be maintained and be consistent
with appliance listing. b) The allowable limit of carbon monoxide
shall not exceed 0.04 percent.
4. Method of test - power type. The
appliance shall be allowed to operate until the c) The flue gas temperature of a gas
stack temperature becomes stabilized after appliance, as taken on the appliance side of
which a sample of the undiluted flue products the draft regulator, shall not exceed applicable
shall be taken from the appliance flue outlet. performance standards and shall be consistent
The sample shall be analyzed for carbon with the appliance listing.
monoxide, carbon dioxide and oxygen. Stack
temperature shall be recorded. 8. Approved oxygen trim system. The
oxygen figures may not apply when there is
5. Performance standards for power type. an approved oxygen trim system on the
burner that is designed for that use, including
a low oxygen interlock when approved by the
376
building official. The building official shall The IFGC is amended by adding a section to
consider whether an exception will provide read as follows:
equivalent safety.
SECTION 806
9. Supervised start-up.
PRESSURE REGULATORS
a) Supervised start-up may be required to
verify safe operation of gas or fuel burner and 806.1 Pressure regulators.
to provide documentation that operation is
consistent with this code, listing and approval. A. General.
Supervised start-up is required for all fuel
burners in b, c, and d. Supervised start-up 1. Regulators shall be provided with access
requires that fuel burners shall be tested in the for servicing.
presence of the building official in an
approved manner. Testing shall include 2. Regulators shall be provided with a shutoff
safety and operating controls, input, flue gas valve, union and test taps (both upstream and
analysis, and venting. Flue gas shall be tested downstream of the regulator) for servicing.
at high, medium and low fires. Provisions
shall be made in the system to allow firing 3. All regulators with inlet gas pressure
test in warm weather. After completion of the exceeding 14 inches water column pressure or
test of newly installed gas or fuel burner used on an appliance having an input
equipment as provided in this section, exceeding 400,000 Btu/hr shall have an
complete test records shall be filed with the approved high pressure manual gas valve in
building official on an approved form. The the supply piping upstream of the regulator.
tag stating the date of the test and the name of
the installer shall be attached to the appliance 4. All regulators with inlet gas pressure
at the main valve. exceeding 14 inches water column pressure or
used on an appliance having an input
b) Gas and fuel burners of 1,000,000 Btu/hr exceeding 400,000 Btu/hr shall be vented to
input or more require a supervised start-up as the outdoors in separate vents sized according
in a. to the manufacturer's specifications.
c) Installation of oxygen trim systems, Exception: Regulators equipped with

modulating dampers, or other draft control or limiting orifices installed in accordance with
combustion devices require a supervised start- amended IFGC Section 410.3.
up as in a.
5. Regulators may not be vented into a
d) All direct fired heaters require a combustion chamber or an appliance vent.
supervised start-up as in a.
6. Regulator vents shall terminate at least 3
10. A complete control diagram of the feet (914 mm) from doors, operable windows,
installation and suitable operating instructions nonmechanical intake openings, and openings
shall be supplied to the building official. into direct-vent appliances. The vent
termination shall be located at least 12 inches
1346.5806 SECTION 806 (IFGC) (305 mm) above grade and shall be suitably
PRESSURE REGULATORS. screened and hooded to prevent accidental
closure of the vent pipe.
377
7. All pounds-to-pounds and pounds-to- 4) Name, model, and serial number of the
inches regulators used as appliance regulators furnace or boiler that the burner will be
where downstream controls are not rated for installed in if not part of a complete package.
upstream pressure shall be of the full lock-up
type. 5) A complete wiring diagram showing the
factory and fuel wiring installed or to be
B. Appliance. installed including all controls, identified by
the brand name and model number.
1. Appliance regulators shall be installed
consistent with the listing and approval of the 6) A print of the gas or fuel train from the
equipment and the listing and approval of the manual shutoff to the appliance showing all
regulator manufacturer. controls that will be installed, their names,
model numbers, and approvals.
2. Each gas burner or appliance shall have its
own gas pressure regulator. This appliance B. All installations of gas or fuel burners
regulator is in addition to any pounds-to- with input above 400,000 Btu/hr and all
pounds or pounds-to-inches regulators in the combination gas and oil or other combination
system. fuel burners that are installed in new or
renovated boiler or equipment rooms, or are
1346.5807 SECTION 807 (IFGC) installed in a package with the boiler or
EQUIPMENT INFORMATION. furnace, shall include the following
information in addition to that required in
The IFGC is amended by adding a section to item A, subitems 1 to 6.
read as follows:
1) A complete piping diagram from the
SECTION 807 supply source showing all components and
materials identified by brand name and model
EQUIPMENT INFORMATION number with relevant approvals.
807.1 Equipment information. 2) Detailed provisions for combustion air,

venting, and stacks.
A. All installations of gas or fuel burners
with input above 400,000 Btu/hr and all 3) A floor plan drawn to scale showing all
combination gas or fuel burners shall be relevant equipment. Plans and specifications
approved before installation. The following shall be approved before proceeding with an
information shall be supplied if required by installation.
1346.5900 SECTION 900
1) Name, model, and serial number of the MANUFACTURED HOME
burner. PARK/COMMUNITY FUEL GAS
EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION.
2) Input rating and type of fuel.
The IFGC is amended by adding a chapter to
3) Name of the nationally recognized testing read as follows:
laboratory that tested and listed the unit.
CHAPTER 9
378
MANUFACTURED HOME buildings or structures, concrete slabs, or

PARK/COMMUNITY FUEL GAS automobile parking, unless installed in a gas-
EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION tight conduit complying with the following:
901 General. Except as otherwise permitted 1. The conduit shall be of material approved
or required by this chapter, all fuel gas for installation underground beneath buildings
equipment and installations in manufactured and not less than Schedule 40 pipe. The
home parks and communities shall comply interior diameter of the conduit shall be not
with the provisions of this code. The less than 0.5 inch (15 mm) larger than the
provisions of this chapter shall not apply to outside diameter of the gas piping.
manufactured home gas piping and
equipment. 2. The conduit shall extend to a point not less
than 12 inches (305 mm) beyond any area
902 Required gas supply. The minimum where it is required to be installed, or the
hourly volume of gas required at each outside wall of a building, and the outer ends
manufactured home lot outlet or any section shall not be sealed. Where the conduit
of the manufactured home gas piping system terminates within a building, it shall be
shall be calculated as shown in IFGC Table provided with access, and the space between
902. Required gas supply for buildings or the conduit and the gas piping shall be sealed
other fuel gas utilization equipment connected to prevent leakage of gas into the building.
to the manufactured home gas piping system
shall be calculated as provided in this code. Exception: A gas piping lateral terminating
in a manufactured home lot riser surrounded
by a concrete slab shall not be required to be
installed in a conduit, provided the concrete
slab is entirely outside the wall line of the
manufactured home, and is used for
stabilizing other utility connections.
904 Manufactured home lot shutoff valve.

Each manufactured home lot shall have an
approved gas shutoff valve installed upstream
of the manufactured home lot gas outlet and
located on the outlet riser at a height at least 6
inches (152 mm) above grade. Such valve
shall not be located under a manufactured
home. When the manufactured home lot is
not in use, the outlet shall be equipped with
an approved cap or plug to prevent accidental
discharge of gas.
905 Manufactured home lot gas outlet.

Each manufactured home lot piped for gas
903 Installation. Gas piping shall not be shall be provided with an individual outlet
installed underground beneath buildings or riser at the manufactured home lot. The
that portion of the manufactured home lot manufactured home lot gas outlet shall
reserved for the location of manufactured terminate with the point of delivery in the rear
homes, manufactured home accessory third section and within 4 feet (1,219 mm) of
379
the proposed location of the manufactured 908 Meters. Meters shall not be installed in
home. unvented or inaccessible locations or closer
than 3 feet (914 mm) from sources of ignition.
906 Manufactured home gas connector. When meters are installed, they shall not
Each manufactured home shall be connected depend on the gas outlet riser for support, but
to the lot outlet by an approved or listed gas shall be adequately supported by a post or
connector, a maximum of 6 feet (1,829 mm) bracket placed on a firm footing, or other
in length. Approved pipe and fittings may be means providing equivalent support.
used between the flexible connector and the
lot gas outlet when the distance exceeds that 909 Meter shutoff valve. All meter
required to make a safe installation with only installations shall be provided with a shutoff
an approved or listed gas connector. Gas valve located adjacent to and on the inlet side
connectors shall be of a size to adequately of the meter. For installations utilizing a
supply the total demand of the connected liquefied petroleum gas container, the
manufactured home. container service valve shall serve as the
907 Mechanical protection. All gas outlet shutoff valve.
risers, regulators, meters, valves, or other
exposed equipment shall be protected from 910 Gas pipe sizing. The size of each section
mechanical damage. Atmospherically of natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas
controlled regulators shall be installed in such piping systems shall be determined as
a manner that moisture cannot enter the specified in this code.
regulator vent and accumulate above the
diaphragm. Where the regulator vent may be 911 Maintenance. The manufactured home
obstructed due to snow and icing conditions, park/community operator shall be responsible
shields, hoods, or other suitable devices shall for maintaining all gas piping installations
be provided to guard against closing the vent and equipment in good working condition.
opening.
380
381
382
383
Please note: The sections listed in the

repealer below are sections that have been
repealed relative to the old 1991 Uniform
Mechanical Code only. These repealed
sections do not apply to the 2000 International
Mechanical Code and 2000 International Fuel
Gas Code.
REPEALER. Minnesota Rules, parts

1346.0108; 1346.0203; 1346.0204;
1346.0302; 1346.0304; 1346.0405;
1346.0406; 1346.0407; 1346.0408;
1346.0409; 1346.0410; 1346.0411;
1346.0414; 1346.0418; 1346.0421;
1346.0424; 1346.0504; 1346.0602;
1346.0605; 1346.0606; 1346.0607;
1346.0608; 1346.0707; 1346.0710;
1346.0807; 1346.0808; 1346.0809;
1346.0913; 1346.1002; 1346.1005;
1346.1104; 1346.1107; 1346.1207;
1346.1503; 1346.1505; 1346.1520;
1346.1521; 1346.1906; 1346.2002;
1346.2003; 1346.2101; 1346.2102;
1346.2104; 1346.2106; 1346.2107;
1346.2108; 1346.2109; 1346.2110;
1346.2111; 1346.2113; 1346.2114;
1346.2115; 1346.2120; 1346.2122;
1346.2123; 1346.2124; 1346.2125;
1346.2126; 1346.2127; 1346.2133;
1346.2201; 1346.2202; 1346.2205;
1346.2206; 1346.2211; 1346.2212;
1346.2213; 1346.2215; 1346.2216;
1346.2220; 1346.2226; 1346.2500; and
1346.2600, are repealed.
384

MANUFACTURED HOMES
1350.0100 DEFINITIONS. of "wrapping" a cross section (roof, walls, and

floor) and the main frame (chassis) of a
Subpart 1. Applicability. For the purposes of manufactured home with straps.
parts 1350.0100 to 1350.9200, the terms
defined in this part have the meanings given Subp. 10a. Climatic conditions. "Climatic
them. conditions" means meteorological
circumstances that would prevent a complying
Subp. 2. Accessory structure. "Accessory installation of a manufactured home, including,
structure" means manufactured home but not limited to, frost, extreme rains, or
accessory structure. flooding.
Subp. 3. Act. "Act" means the National Subp. 11. Code. "Code" means the
Manufactured Housing Construction and manufactured home building code.
Safety Standards Act of 1974, title VI of the
Housing and Community Development Act of Subp. 12. Commissioner. "Commissioner"
1974, United States Code, title 42, sections means the commissioner of administration or
5401 to 5426 (1976), and all amendments to the commissioner's duly authorized
the act. representatives.
Subp. 4. Anchor. "Anchor" means ground Subp. 13. Construction alteration.
anchor. "Construction alteration" means the
replacement, addition, modification, or
Subp. 5. Anchoring equipment. removal of any equipment or installation which
"Anchoring equipment" means bolts, straps, may affect the construction, plumbing, heating,
cables, turnbuckles, and chains, including cooling, or fuel-burning system, or electrical
tensioning devices, which are used with ties to system or the functioning of any of these in
secure a manufactured home to ground anchors manufactured homes subject to the code.
or the foundation system.
Subp. 14. Construction compliance
Subp. 6. Anchoring system. "Anchoring certificate. "Construction compliance
system" means any method used for securing certificate" means the certificate provided by
the manufactured home to a foundation system the manufacturer or dealer to both the
or the ground. commissioner and the owner which warrants
Subp. 7. Approved. "Approved" means that the manufactured home complies with the
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. code.
Subp. 8. Authority having jurisdiction. Subp. 15. Dealer. "Dealer" means any person
"Authority having jurisdiction" means the who engages in the business, either exclusively
commissioner. or in addition to any other occupation, of
selling or brokering manufactured homes, new
Subp. 9. Authorized representative.
or used, or who offers to sell, solicit, broker, or
"Authorized representative" means any person,
advertise the sale of manufactured homes, new
firm, corporation, or employee approved or
or used.
hired by the commissioner to perform
inspection services. Subp. 16. Defect. "Defect" means a failure to
comply with an applicable federal mobile
Subp. 10. Baling. "Baling" means a method
385
home construction and safety standard in Code manufactured home anchoring loads to the
of Federal Regulations, title 24, part 3280, that ground.
renders the manufactured home or any part or
Subp. 25. Imminent safety hazard.
component of it not fit for the ordinary use for
"Imminent safety hazard" means a hazard that
which it was intended, but that does not result
presents an imminent and unreasonable risk of
in an unreasonable risk of injury or death to
death or severe personal injury that may or
occupants of the manufactured home.
may not be related to failure to comply with an
Subp. 17. Design approval inspection applicable federal mobile home construction
agency. "Design approval inspection agency" and safety standard in Code of Federal
means a state or private organization that has Regulations, title 42, part 3280.
been accepted by the secretary. Subp. 26. Independent inspection agency.
Subp. 18. Diagonal tie. "Diagonal tie" means "Independent inspection agency" means an
a tie intended primarily to resist horizontal or organization approved by the secretary
shear forces and which may secondarily resist qualified to review and approve plans and
vertical, uplift, and overturning forces. specifications for manufactured homes with
respect to model, structural, electrical,
Subp. 19. Distributor. "Distributor" means
mechanical, and plumbing requirements and to
any person engaged in the sale and distribution
evaluate quality control programs and make
of manufactured homes for resale.
inspections.
Subp. 20. Evaluation agency. "Evaluation
Subp. 27. Installation. "Installation" of a
agency" means an organization approved by
manufactured home means assembly, at the
the secretary which is qualified by reason of
site of occupancy, of all portions of the
facilities, personnel, experience, and
manufactured home, connection of the
demonstrated reliability to investigate and
manufactured home to utility connections, and
evaluate manufactured homes.
installation of support or anchoring systems.
Subp. 21. Failure to conform. "Failure to
Subp. 28. Installation alteration. "Installation
conform" includes noncompliance, having a
alteration" means the replacement, addition,
defect or serious defect, and having an
modification, or removal of any components of
imminent safety hazard related to failure to
the ground support or ground anchoring
comply with an applicable federal mobile
systems required under parts 1350.0100 to
home construction and safety standard in Code
1350.6900.
of Federal Regulations, title 42, part 3280.
"Failure to conform" is used as a substitute for Subp. 29. Installation compliance
all of those terms. certificate. "Installation compliance
certificate" means the certificate provided by
Subp. 22. Footing. "Footing" means that
the installer to both the commissioner and the
portion of the support system that transmits
owner which warrants that the manufactured
loads directly to the soil.
home complies with parts 1350.0100 to
Subp. 23. Foundation system. "Foundation 1350.6900.
system" means a permanent foundation
Subp. 30. Installation instructions.
constructed in conformance with the State
"Installation instructions" means those
Building Code.
instructions provided by the manufacturer
Subp. 24. Ground anchor. "Ground anchor" accompanying each manufactured home
means any device at the manufactured home detailing the manufacturer's requirements for
installation site designed to transfer ground supports and anchoring systems
386
attachments. specified manner.

Subp. 31. Installation seal. "Installation seal" Subp. 36. Listing agency. "Listing agency"
means a device or insignia issued by the means an agency approved by the
commissioner to a manufactured home installer commissioner which is in the business of
to be displayed on the manufactured home to listing or labeling and which maintains a
evidence compliance with the commissioner's periodic inspection program on current
rules pertaining to manufactured home production of listed products, and which makes
installations. available at least an annual published report of
the listing which includes specific information
Subp. 32. Installer. "Installer" means a
that the product has been tested to approved
licensed manufactured home installer,
standards and found safe for use in a specified
according to Minnesota Statutes, sections
manner.
326.83 to 326.98.
Subp. 37. Main frame. "Main frame" means
Subp. 33. Label. "Label" means the approved
the structural component on which is mounted
form of certification required by the secretary
the body of the manufactured home.
or the secretary's agents to be affixed to each
transportable section of each manufactured Subp. 38. Manufactured home.
home manufactured for sale, after June 14, "Manufactured home" means a structure,
1976, to a purchaser in the United States. transportable in one or more sections, which in
the traveling mode is eight body feet or more
Subp. 34. Length of a manufactured home.
in width or 40 body feet or more in length, or,
"Length of a manufactured home" means its
when erected on site, is 320 or more square
largest overall length in the traveling mode,
feet, and which is built on a permanent chassis
including cabinets and other projections which
and designed to be used as a dwelling with or
contain interior space. Length does not include
without a permanent foundation when
bay windows, roof projections, overhangs, or
connected to the required utilities, and includes
eaves under which there is no interior space,
the plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and
nor does it include drawbars, couplings, or
electrical systems contained therein; except
hitches.
that the term includes any structure which
Subp. 34a. Limited dealer. "Limited dealer" meets all the requirements and with respect to
means the owner, as principal only, of a which the manufacturer voluntarily files a
licensed manufactured home park authorized certification required by the secretary and
by license to sell, offer for sale, solicit, and complies with the standards established under
advertise for sale ten used manufactured homes Minnesota Statutes, chapter 327.
annually within the owner's licensed
Subp. 39. Manufactured home accessory
manufactured home park, as defined in
structure. "Manufactured home accessory
Minnesota Statutes, section 327.14,
structure" means a factory-built building or
subdivision 3.
structure which is an addition or supplement to
Subp. 35. Listed. "Listed" means equipment a manufactured home and, when installed,
or materials included in a list published by a becomes a part of the manufactured home.
nationally recognized testing laboratory that
Subp. 40. Manufactured home building
maintains periodic inspection of production of
listed equipment or materials and whose listing code. "Manufactured home building code"
states either that the equipment or material means for manufactured homes manufactured
meets nationally recognized standards or has after July 1, 1972, and prior to June 15, 1976,
been tested and found suitable for use in a the standards code promulgated by the
American National Standards Institute and
387
identified as ANSI A119.1, including all which evaluates the ability of manufactured
revisions thereof in effect on May 21, 1971, or home manufacturing plants to follow approved
the provisions of the National Fire Protection quality control procedures and which provides
Association identified as NFPA 501B, and ongoing surveillance of the manufacturing
further revisions adopted by the commissioner. process.
Subp. 48. Purchaser. "Purchaser" means the
"Manufactured home building code" means for first person purchasing a manufactured home
manufactured homes constructed after June 14, in good faith for purposes other than resale.
1976, the Manufactured Home Construction
Subp. 48a. Replacement construction seal.
and Safety Standards promulgated by the
"Replacement construction seal" means a
United States Department of Housing and
construction seal issued by the commissioner
Urban Development which are in effect at the
to replace a construction seal or label that has
time of the manufactured home's manufacture.
been lost or removed from a manufactured
Subp. 41. Manufactured home installer. home after application has been made and
"Manufactured home installer" means any verification has been received by the
person, firm, or corporation which installs commissioner that the home complies with the
manufactured homes for others at site of manufactured home code.
occupancy.
Subp. 48b. Retailer. "Retailer" is
Subp. 42. Manufacturer. "Manufacturer" synonymous with dealer wherever it appears in
means any person engaged in manufacturing or parts 1350.0100 to 1350.9200 and in federal
assembling manufactured homes, including and state laws and rules relating to
any person engaged in importing manufactured manufactured housing.
homes for sale.
Subp. 49. Seal. "Seal" means a device or
Subp. 43. Mobile home. "Mobile home" is insignia issued by the commissioner to be
synonymous with manufactured home displayed on the manufactured home to
whenever it appears in parts 1350.0100 to evidence compliance with the manufactured
1350.9200 and in other documents or on home building code. "Seal" includes
construction or installation seals. construction, accessory structure, and
installation seals.
Subp. 44. Model group. "Model group"
means two or more manufacturer-designed Subp. 50. Secretary. "Secretary" means the
accessory structures which constitute one secretary of the United States Department of
model. Housing and Urban Development or the head
of any successor agency with responsibility for
Subp. 45. Noncompliance. "Noncompliance"
enforcement of federal laws relating to
means a failure of a manufactured home to
manufactured homes.
comply with a federal manufactured home
construction or safety standard that does not Subp. 51. Serious defect. "Serious defect"
constitute a defect, serious defect, or imminent means any failure to comply with an applicable
safety hazard. federal mobile home construction and safety
standard in Code of Federal Regulations, title
Subp. 46. Person. "Person" means a person,
24, part 3280 that renders the manufactured
partnership, corporation, or other legal entity.
home or any part of it not fit for the ordinary
Subp. 47. Production inspection primary use for which it was intended and which results
inspection agency. "Production inspection in an unreasonable risk of injury or death to
primary inspection agency" means an agency occupants of the affected manufactured home.
388
Subp. 52. Stabilizing devices. "Stabilizing manufactured home to ground anchors.

devices" means all components of the Subp. 58. Utility connections. "Utility
anchoring and support systems such as piers, connections" means the connection of the
footings, ties, anchoring equipment, ground manufactured home to existing utilities
anchors, and any other equipment which including, but not limited to, electricity, water,
supports the manufactured home and secures it sewer, gas, or fuel oil.
to the ground.
Subp. 59. Vertical tie. "Vertical tie" means a
Subp. 53. Stabilizing system. "Stabilizing tie intended primarily to resist the uplifting and
system" means a combination of the anchoring overturning forces.
system and the support system when properly
installed. Subp. 60. Width of a manufactured home.
"Width of a manufactured home" means its
Subp. 54. State administrative agency. largest overall width in the traveling mode,
"State administrative agency" means an agency including cabinets and other projections which
of a state which has been approved or contain interior space. Width does not include
conditionally approved to carry out the state bay windows, roof projections, overhangs, or
plan for enforcement of the federal eaves under which there is no interior space.
manufactured home construction and safety
standards. For manufactured homes STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
manufactured after June 14, 1976, and located 327B.12
or manufactured in Minnesota, the HIST: 17 SR 1279; 24 SR 184
commissioner of administration is the state
administrative agency.
Subp. 55. Support system. "Support system" 1350.0200 AUTHORIZATION.
means any foundation system or other Parts 1350.0100 to 1350.6900 are authorized
structural method used for the purpose of by Minnesota Statutes, sections 327.31 to
supporting a manufactured home at the site of 327.36 and 327B.04, and established through
occupancy. the rulemaking procedures in Minnesota
Subp. 56. Testing agency. "Testing agency" Statutes, sections 14.02, 14.04 to 14.36, 14.38,
means an organization which: and 14.44 to 14.45, to implement, interpret,
A. is primarily interested in testing and and carry out the provisions of Minnesota
evaluating equipment and installations; Statutes, sections 327.31 to 327.36 and
327B.04 relating to manufactured homes. If
B. is qualified and equipped to observe
parts 1350.0100 to 1350.6900 differ from the
experimental testing to approved standards;
code promulgated by the American National
C. is not under the jurisdiction or control of Standards Institute as ANSI A119.1, or the
any manufacturer or supplier of any provisions of the National Fire Protection
industry; Association identified as NFPA 501B, parts
D. makes available a published report in 1350.0100 to 1350.6900 govern in all cases.
which specific information is included
stating that the equipment and installations STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
listed or labeled have been tested and found 327B.12
safe for use in a specific manner; and HIST: 24 SR 1846
E. is approved by the commissioner.
1350.0300 ENFORCEMENT.
Subp. 57. Tie. "Tie" means a strap, cable, or
securing device used to connect the The commissioner shall administer and enforce
389
parts 1350.0100 to 1350.9200 and the code. or if manufactured after June 14, 1976,bears a
Any authorized representative of the label as required by the secretary.
Department of Administration may enter any
Subp. 2. Alteration of manufactured homes
premises where manufactured homes are
required to have a construction seal or label.
manufactured, sold, offered for sale, parked in
After July 1, 1972, no person shall alter any
any manufactured home park in the state, or
manufactured home bearing, or required to
installed in the state if the installation was
bear, a construction seal or label as provided in
made after September 1, 1974. The authorized
subpart 1 unless the person has complied with
representative may examine any records and
part 1350.3800.
may inspect any manufactured home,
equipment, or installations to ensure Subp. 3. Requirement for installation seals.
compliance with parts 1350.0100 to 1350.9200 No person shall install or connect to any
and the code. The authorized representative manufactured home or manufactured home
may require that a portion or portions of a accessory structure a ground support or
manufactured home be removed or exposed in anchoring system unless the system and
order that an inspection may be made to installation comply with parts 1350.0100 to
determine compliance, or require that all 1350.6900. The installer shall affix the correct
portions of an installation be removed or installation seals to the manufactured home or
exposed to make this determination. the manufactured home accessory structure
installed in compliance with parts 1350.0100 to
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
1350.6900. Evidence of compliance shall be
327B.12
supported by the submission of a certificate to
HIST: 24 SR 1846 the commissioner and the manufactured home
owner. Installation seals are not required for
manufactured homes installed on a foundation
CONSTRUCTION SEALS AND LABELS system in a municipality enforcing the State
Building Code. A permit to install a
1350.0400 REQUIREMENT FOR SEALS, manufactured home in a municipality
CODE COMPLIANCE, CONSTRUCTION enforcing the State Building Code is required
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES, OR by the municipality.
LABELS.
Subp. 4. Seals for incomplete installations.
Subpart 1. Construction seals; code When climatic conditions interfere with the
compliance; construction compliance completion of installation, the dealer or
certificates or labels. After July 1, 1972, no installer will assign an installation seal for the
person shall sell or offer for sale in this state manufactured home incompletely installed and
any manufactured home manufactured after notify the commissioner stating the condition
July 1, 1972; manufacture any manufactured prohibiting the completion of the installation
home in this state; or park any manufactured using the form issued by the commissioner. A
home manufactured after July 1, 1972, in any copy of this notice shall be provided to the
manufactured home park in this state, unless owner. When climatic conditions permit the
the manufactured home complies with the code completion of installation, the installation will
and the commissioner's revisions to it, bears a be promptly completed and the installation seal
construction seal issued by the commissioner, affixed to the manufactured home. The
and is accompanied by a construction installation compliance certificate shall be
compliance certificate by the manufacturer or provided to the commissioner and the owner.
dealer, on a form issued by the commissioner, A building official may approve, in writing, a
both evidencing that it complies with the code, permanent installation of a manufactured home
390
between the dates of November 15 and March Department of Commerce as required by

31 if the building official determines that Minnesota Statutes, section 326.89. Installer
climatic conditions would not prevent license verification must be submitted as
completion of a permanent installation. supporting evidence to the commissioner of
administration to establish that installation
Subp. 5. Requirement for manufactured
seals issued to an installer will be affixed only
home accessory structure seal. No person
to those manufactured homes where the
shall install or connect to any manufactured
support system and ground anchoring system
home a subordinate structure manufactured
installations comply with parts 1350.0100 to
after September 1, 1974, unless the accessory
1350.6900 and the code.
structure complies with parts 1350.0100 to
1350.9200 and the code and bears a Subp. 5. Acquisition of installation seals.
manufactured home accessory structure seal Any licensed installer shall qualify for
and is accompanied by a certificate by the acquisition of installation seals by providing
manufacturer or dealer evidencing that it proof of licensure in good standing with the
complies with the code. Department of Commerce.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
327B.12 327B.12
HIST: 24 SR 1846
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.0500 ACQUISITION OF LABELS
AND SEALS; INSTALLER LICENSING. 1350.0600 APPLICATION FOR SEALS.
Subpart 1. Acquisition of labels. United Subpart 1. Application for replacement

States Department of Housing and Urban construction seals. Any person who has met
Development labels are acquired by the the applicable requirements of part 1350.0500
manufacturer from the secretary pursuant to the shall apply for replacement construction seals
act. using the forms issued by the commissioner.
The application shall be accompanied by the
Subp. 2. Acquisition of construction seals or replacement construction seal fee in part
replacement construction seals. Any person 1350.6500.
may qualify for replacement seals by
furnishing proof on forms furnished by the Subp. 2. Application for installation seals.
commissioner that the manufactured home to Any installer who has met the applicable
which the seal or label was affixed and was requirements of part 1350.0500 shall apply for
manufactured in compliance with the State or installation seals. The application shall be on
Federal Manufactured Home Building Code forms issued by the commissioner, and the
and has not been brought out of conformance application shall be accompanied by the
because of damage, additions, or alterations. installation seal fee in part 1350.6500.
Subp. 3. Acquisition of accessory structure Subp. 3. Application for accessory structure
seals. Any manufacturer of accessory seals. Any manufacturer of manufactured
structures shall qualify for acquisition of an home accessory structures who has met the
accessory structure seal by obtaining plan applicable requirements of part 1350.0500
approval pursuant to parts 1350.1300 to shall apply for accessory structure seals. The
1350.2000 and quality control approval application shall be on the forms issued by the
pursuant to part 1350.3500. commissioner, and the application shall be
accompanied by the accessory structure seal
Subp. 4. Installer licensing. Application for fee in part 1350.6500.
installer licensing shall be issued by the
391
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to remove the construction seal or label after
327B.12 furnishing the owner or the owner's agent with
a written statement of the violation. The
HIST: 24 SR 1846
commissioner shall not issue a replacement
1350.0700 DENIAL AND REPOSSESSION construction seal until corrections have been
OF SEALS. made and the owner or agent has requested an
inspection pursuant to part 1350.2100.
Subpart 1. Installation seals. Should
Subp. 2. Installation seals. Should a violation
investigation or inspection reveal that an
of the rules regarding installation be found, the
installer has not installed a manufactured home
commissioner may remove the installation seal
according to parts 1350.0100 to 1350.6900 and
after furnishing the owner or the owner's agent
the code, the commissioner may deny the
with a written statement of the violation. The
installer's application for new installation seals,
commissioner shall not issue a new installation
and any installation seals previously issued
seal until corrections have been made and the
shall be confiscated. Upon satisfactory proof
owner or agent has requested an inspection
of modification of such installation bringing it
pursuant to part 1350.2100.
into compliance, the installer may resubmit an
application for installation seals. Subp. 3. Accessory structure seals. If any
accessory structure bearing the accessory
Subp. 2. Accessory seals. Should
structure seal is found to be in violation of the
investigation or inspection reveal that a
code, the commissioner may remove the
manufacturer is not constructing manufactured
accessory structure seal after furnishing the
home accessory structures according to plans
owner or the owner's agent with a written
approved by the commissioner, and the
statement of the violation. The commissioner
manufacturer, after having been served with a
shall not issue a new accessory structure seal
notice setting forth in what respect the
until corrections have been made and the
provisions of parts 1350.0100 to 1350.6900
owner or agent has requested an inspection
and the code have been violated, continues to
pursuant to part 1350.2100.
manufacture manufactured home accessory
structures in violation of parts 1350.0100 to STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
1350.6900 and the code, applications for new 327B.12
accessory seals shall be denied, and the HIST: 17 SR 1279; 24 SR 1846
accessory seals previously issued shall be
confiscated. Upon satisfactory proof of 1350.0900 PLACEMENT AND LOCATION
compliance the manufacturer may resubmit an OF SEALS.
application for accessory seals.
Subpart 1. Replacement construction seals
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
or construction seals. Each replacement
327B.12
construction seal or construction seal shall be
HIST: 24 SR 1846 assigned and affixed to a specific manufactured
home. Assigned replacement construction
1350.0800 SEAL OR LABEL REMOVAL. seals or construction seals are not transferable
and are void when not affixed as assigned, and
Subpart 1. Construction seals or labels. If
all voided construction seals or labels shall be
any manufactured home bearing the
returned to, or may be confiscated by, the
construction seal or label or any manufactured
commissioner.
home once sold to a consumer is found to be in
violation of the code, the commissioner may The construction seal shall be securely affixed
392
to the rear of the manufactured home on the be promptly returned. Damaged and lost
lower left corner of the exterior wall not less construction seals or labels shall be replaced by
than six inches above the floor line. the commissioner with a replacement
construction seal bearing the date of issue upon
Subp. 2. Installation seals. Only one of each
payment of the replacement construction seal
type of installation seal shall be assigned to a
fee as provided in part 1350.6500, and proof of
manufactured home whether the manufactured
compliance of the manufactured home to the
home consists of one or multiple units. The
manufactured home code.
installation seal shall be placed in a readily
visible location adjacent to the primary label or Subp. 2. Installation seals. When an
construction seal. Appropriate installation installation seal is lost or damaged, the
seals shall be affixed to each accessory commissioner shall be notified in writing. The
structure. notice shall identify the construction seal serial
number, the manufactured home manufacturer,
Subp. 3. Accessory structure seals. Each
the manufacturers' serial number and the
accessory structure seal shall be assigned and
location of the installation, the original date of
affixed to a specific accessory structure.
installation of the manufactured home
Assigned accessory structure seals are not
including the installation seal serial number.
transferable and are void when not affixed as
Damaged or lost installation seals shall be
assigned, and all such accessory structure seals
replaced by the commissioner upon payment of
shall be returned to, or may be confiscated by,
the installation seal fee as provided in part
the commissioner. The accessory structure
1350.6500.
seal shall remain the property of the
commissioner and may be reappropriated by Subp. 3. Accessory structure seals. When an
the commissioner in the event of violation of accessory structure accessory seal is lost or
the conditions of approval. Multiple unit damaged, the commissioner shall be notified in
accessory structures shall be assigned and bear writing by the owner. The owner shall identify
consecutively serial numbered accessory the manufacturer, the manufactured home
structure seals. accessory structure serial number, the date of
manufacture, if known, and when possible, the
The accessory structure seal shall be securely
accessory structure seal serial number.
affixed in a readily visible location.
All damaged accessory structure seals shall be
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
promptly returned. Damaged and lost
327B.12
accessory structure seals shall be replaced by
HIST: 24 SR 1846 the commissioner with a new accessory
structure seal bearing the date of issue of the
1350.1000 LOST OR DAMAGED SEALS original accessory structure seal upon payment
OR LABELS. of the replacement accessory structure seal fee
Subpart 1. Construction seals or labels. as provided in part 1350.6500.
When a construction seal or label is lost or STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
damaged, the commissioner shall be notified in 327B.12
writing by the owner. The owner shall identify
HIST: 24 SR 1846
the manufacturer, the manufactured home
serial number, the date of manufacture, if 1350.1100 RETURN OF SEALS.
known, and when possible, the construction
seal or label serial number. Subpart 1. Installation seals. On
discontinuing the installation of manufactured
All damaged construction seals or labels shall
393
homes, an installer shall notify the To obtain plan approval a manufacturer shall
commissioner within ten days of the date of submit plans for an accessory structure model
such discontinuance and return all unused or model group and for structural, electrical,
installation seals which have been issued to the mechanical, and plumbing systems, where such
installer. Installation seals may not be systems are involved in the construction. The
transferred by any installer. plans shall include installation requirements.
Subp. 2. Accessory structure seals. When a STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
manufactured home manufacturer of accessory
structures discontinues production of a model 1350.1400 APPLICATION FOR
carrying the commissioner's plan approval, the MANUFACTURED HOME ACCESSORY
manufacturer shall, within ten days, advise the STRUCTURE APPROVAL.
commissioner of the date of such
Subpart 1. Contents; generally. An
discontinuance and either return all seals
application for a manufactured home accessory
allocated for such discontinued accessory
structure approval shall contain the following:
structure model or assign the seals to other
approved accessory structure models. A. name and address of manufacturer;
B. location of plant where manufacture will
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
take place;
HIST: 17 SR 1279 C. identification of plans, specifications, or
other documents being submitted; and
1350.1200 COMPLIANCE D. identification of approved quality
CERTIFICATE. control procedures and manual.
Subpart 1. Installation compliance Subp. 2. Plans and specifications.
certificate. The installer shall provide the Submissions of required plans and
commissioner with an installation compliance specifications shall be in duplicate and shall
certificate required in part 1350.0400. The include, but not be limited to, the following:
installation compliance certificate shall be A. a dimensioned floor plan(s);
issued by the commissioner.
B. proposed use of rooms and method of
Subp. 2. Manufactured home accessory light and ventilation;
structure compliance certificate. A C. size, type, and location of windows and
manufacturer shall provide the commissioner exterior doors;
with a manufactured home accessory structure
D. type and location of all appliances and
compliance certificate required in part
fixtures;
1350.0400. Manufactured home accessory
structure E. type, size, and location of plumbing,
drain, water, gas, and electrical connections;
compliance certificate forms shall be issued by
F. type and location of all electrical outlets
the commissioner.
(receptacles and lights);
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to G. number of outlets and appliances on
327B.12 each circuit and circuit rating; and
HIST: 24 SR 1846 H. installation details and instructions.
APPROVALS STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to

327B.12
1350.1300 PLANS REQUIRED. HIST: 24 SR 1846
394
1350.1500 APPLICATION FOR SUPPORT new applications.

AND ANCHORING SYSTEMS STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
APPROVAL. 327B.12
Subpart 1. Contents. All support and anchor HIST: 24 SR 1846
systems equipment manufacturers shall submit
plans, structural details, specifications, 1350.1800 EVIDENCE OF
installation instructions, and test reports COMMISSIONER'S APPROVAL.
prepared by an independent testing agency,
including engineering calculations in such Approved plans and specifications for
detail as is necessary for evaluation and accessory structures and support and anchoring
approval of support and anchoring systems systems shall be evidenced by the stamp of
based on parts 1350.2500 to 1350.3200. approval of the commissioner and the
assignment of an approval number to evidence
Subp. 2. Approval. Approval of support and approval. Installation instructions shall be
anchoring systems is required from all supplied by the manufacturer and shall
equipment manufacturers. reference the Minnesota approval number.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33 STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
1350.1600 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS. 1350.1900 SUPPORT AND ANCHORING
The commissioner may approve equipment and SYSTEMS APPROVAL EXPIRATION.
installations which are approved by a Approval of support and anchoring systems
recognized testing agency. Equipment and shall expire when the commissioner adopts
installations not approved by a recognized revisions to requirements under which
testing agency may be approved when the approval was granted unless the manufacturer
commissioner determines such equipment and submits evidence to the commissioner
installations comply with the code. establishing that the plans are in compliance
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33 with the code as revised.
HIST: 17 SR 1279 STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
1350.2000 CHANGES TO APPROVED

SUPPORT AND ANCHORING SYSTEMS.
1350.1700 NONCONFORMING PLANS, Where the manufacturer proposes changes to
SPECIFICATIONS, AND SUPPORTING approved support and anchoring systems, two
DATA. sets of supplemental details shall be submitted
Should the plans, specifications, and to the commissioner for review and approval.
supporting data not conform with parts Approved changes will be reflected in the
1350.0100 to 1350.6900 and the code, the approval number identification previously
applicant shall be notified in writing by the assigned by the commissioner.
commissioner. Should the applicant fail to STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
submit corrected information in accordance
with the commissioner's request, the INSPECTIONS
application will be deemed abandoned and all
fees due will be forfeited to the state. 1350.2100 INSPECTION REQUESTS.
Additional submissions shall be processed as
Any person manufacturing manufactured
395
homes or any person selling, offering for sale, handling and notification and correction as
or parking any manufactured home in any required by parts 1350.3900 to 1350.5700.
mobile home park in the state, or any dealer or Oversight inspections shall be made annually.
installer of manufactured homes, may request The frequency of oversight inspections may be
the commissioner to make an inspection of any increased when the need is indicated by the
manufactured home manufactured after July 1, number of consumer complaints received by
1972, if said person holds title to the house to the commissioner.
be inspected. Additionally, any person holding STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
title to the manufactured home may request 327B.12
inspection of the ground support and anchoring
system. Inspection requests should be made on HIST: 24 SR 1846
"Application for Inspection" forms, available
from the commissioner. In connection with 1350.2400 NOTICE OF VIOLATIONS.
requested inspections, the commissioner may When an inspection reveals that a
require plans, specifications, calculations, and manufactured home is in violation of the code,
test results. or parts 1350.0100 to 1350.9200, the
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to commissioner shall serve upon the owner or
327B.12 the owner's agent a notice specifying the
violation. An owner or agent so served shall
HIST: 24 SR 1846
not move the manufactured home from the
1350.2200 ACTION AFTER REQUESTED premises until such time as the commissioner
INSPECTION. determines that the manufactured home has
been brought into compliance with the code
If the manufactured home inspected meets the and parts 1350.0100 to 1350.9200.
requirements of the code, if plan approval has STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
been obtained, and if all applicable fees have 327B.12
been remitted, the applicant may apply for a
replacement construction seal. If the requested HIST: 17 SR 1279; 24 SR 1846
inspection was to determine compliance with
respect to support and anchoring requirements CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
and if all applicable fees have been remitted,
the applicant may apply for an installation seal. 1350.2500 STABILIZING SYSTEMS FOR
MANUFACTURED HOME
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to INSTALLATION.
327B.12
Stabilizing devices when installed at the site of
HIST: 24 SR 1846
occupancy shall comply with parts 1350.2500
1350.2300 OTHER INSPECTIONS. to 1350.3200.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
In addition to making inspections on request, 327B.12
the commissioner shall make periodic
inspections of the facilities of persons who are HIST: 24 SR 1846
subject to the code and parts 1350.0100 to
1350.9200. The inspections shall include 1350.2600 INSTRUCTIONS AND
oversight inspections at the in-state DESIGNS.
manufactured home manufacturing facilities to Subpart 1. Manufacturer's installation
review the manufacturer's consumer complaint instructions. Each manufactured home shall
396
have its stabilizing system installed according as vertical ties, the ties shall be positioned at
to the manufactured home manufacturer's rafters and studs. Where a vertical tie and
installation instructions. The manufacturer's diagonal tie are located at the same place,
instructions shall include a typical support both ties may be connected to a single
system designed by a registered professional ground anchor, provided that the anchor
engineer or architect to support the anticipated used is capable of carrying both loadings.
loads that the manufacturer's installation D. Clerestory roofs and add-on sections of
instructions specify for the design zone, expandable manufactured homes shall have
including climate, of installation. The provisions for vertical ties at the exposed
instructions shall also meet the requirements of ends.
parts 1350.3900 to 1350.5700. These E. Protection shall be provided at sharp
instructions shall be left with the manufactured corners where the anchoring system
home following installation. Footings shall be requires the use of external cables or straps.
sized to support the loads shown in these Protection shall also be provided to
instructions. minimize damage to roofing or siding by
Stabilizing devices not provided with the the cable or strap.
manufactured home shall meet or exceed the F. If the alternate method incorporating
design and capacity requirements of the baling straps specified in part 1350.3200 is
manufactured home manufacturer and parts used, the baling straps shall be wrapped
1350.2500 to 1350.3200 and shall be installed completely around the manufactured home
according to the manufactured home passing under the main steel frame, with
manufacturer's installation instructions. both ends of each strap fastened together
Foundation systems shall be in compliance under tension. The straps shall be
with the State Building Code. according to part 1350.2800. The method
used to connect the ends of the strap shall
No portion of a manufactured home shall be not reduce the allowable working load and
removed during installation or when located on overload.
its home site unless it is designed to be
removable and is removed according to the STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
manufacturer's instructions. 327B.12
Subp. 2. Stabilizing system design. HIST: 24 SR 1846
Manufactured homes manufactured prior to
September 1974 not provided with 1350.2700 FOUNDATION AND SUPPORT
manufacturer's instructions for stabilizing SYSTEMS.
devices and their installation shall be provided Subpart 1. General. Each manufactured home
with anchoring and support systems designed shall be installed on a foundation system or
by a registered professional engineer or shall shall have a support system as specified in this
comply with the following requirements: part. A minimum clearance of 12 inches shall
A. The minimum number of ties per side be maintained beneath the underside of the
for various lengths of manufactured homes main frame (I-beam or channel beam) in the
shall be according to part 1350.3200. area of utility connections when the
B. Ties shall be as evenly spaced as manufactured home is not installed on a
practicable along the length of the foundation system.
manufactured home with not more than Subp. 2. Manufactured homes with
eight feet open-end spacing on each end. installation instructions. Individual footings
C. When continuous straps are provided
397
and load-bearing piers or listed supports shall concrete blocks can be used as footings
be sized and located to support the loads provided the joint between the blocks is
specified in the manufacturer's installation parallel to the steel I-beam frame.
instructions to ensure that the manufacturer's Footings or pier foundations, when required,
warranty remains valid. shall be placed level on firm undisturbed soil
Subp. 3. Manufactured homes for which or on controlled fill which is free of grass and
installation instructions are not available. organic materials, compacted to a minimum
Unless the entire support system is designed by load-bearing capacity of 2,000 pounds per
a registered professional engineer, and square foot (unless otherwise approved by a
approved by the authority having jurisdiction registered professional engineer). Where
prior to installation, supports shall be spaced unusual soil conditions exist as determined by
not more than ten feet apart for manufactured the authority having jurisdiction, footings shall
homes 12 feet wide or less, and not more than be designed specifically for such conditions.
eight feet apart for manufactured homes over Subp. 5. Piers. Piers or load-bearing supports
12 feet wide, beginning from the front wall of or devices shall be designed and constructed to
the manufactured home, with not more than evenly distribute the loads. Piers shall be
two feet open-end spacing at the area of the securely attached to the frame of the
main frame. Supports shall be installed directly manufactured home or shall extend at least six
under the main frame (or chassis) of the inches from the centerline of the frame
manufactured home. Methods other than those member. Load-bearing supports or devices
specified herein shall be approved prior to shall be listed and labeled, or shall be designed
installation by the authority having jurisdiction. by a registered professional engineer, and shall
Double-wide manufactured homes built with a be approved for the use intended, prior to
conventional frame shall have additional installation, or piers shall be constructed as
supports placed under the center (mating) line follows:
at each end wall, and at the support columns
located at the sides of center wall openings A. Piers less than 40 inches in height shall
eight feet in width or greater. The supports be constructed of open or closed cell, eight-
shall be constructed to withstand the weight Inch by 16-inch concrete blocks (with open
calculated by multiplying one-half the width of cells vertically placed upon the footing).
the opening (in feet) times one-half the width Single-stacked block piers shall be installed
of the home (in feet) multiplied by 37-1/2 with the 16-inch dimension perpendicular to
pounds per square foot. (30-pound snow load the main (I-beam) frame. The piers shall be
and 7-1/2 pound roof load.) covered with a two-inch by eight-inch by
16-inch wood or concrete cap. (See part
Subp. 4. Footings. The required load-bearing 1350.3300, subpart 1).
capacity of individual load-bearing supports B. Subject to the limitations of subpart 6,
and their footings shall be calculated at not less piers between 40 to 80 inches in height and
than a combined live and dead load of 85 all corner piers over three blocks high shall
pounds per square foot. Footings shall be be double blocked with blocks interlocked
adequate in size to withstand the tributary live and capped with a four-inch by 16-inch by
and dead loads of the manufactured home and 16-inch solid concrete block, or equivalent.
any concentrated loads. Footings shall be at (See part 1350.3300, subpart 2).
least 16-inch by 16-inch by four-inch solid
concrete blocks or other product approved for C. Subject to the limitations of subpart 6,
the use intended. As an alternate, two piers over 80 inches in height shall be
eight-inch by 16-inch by four-inch solid constructed in compliance with item B, and
398
they shall be laid in concrete mortar and pounds total) without failure of either the
steel reinforcing bars inserted in block cells anchoring equipment or the attachment point
filled with concrete. (See part 1350.3300, on the manufactured home. When the
subparts 3 and 4). stabilizing system is designed by a qualified
registered professional engineer, alternative
Subp. 6. Elevated manufactured homes.
working load may be used providing the
When more than one-fourth of the area of a
anchoring equipment is capable of
manufactured home is installed so that the
withstanding a 50 percent overload.
bottom of the main frame members is more
than three feet above ground level, the Subp. 2. Resistance to weather
manufactured home stabilizing system shall be deterioration. Anchoring equipment exposed
designed by a qualified registered professional to weathering shall have a resistance to
engineer and the installation shall be approved weather deterioration at least equivalent to that
prior to installation by the authority having provided by a coating of zinc on steel of not
jurisdiction. less than 0.625 ounces per square foot on each
side of the surface coated as determined by
Subp. 7. Plates and hardwood shims. A
ASTM Standard Methods of Test for Weight
cushion of wood plate not exceeding two
of Coating on Zinc-coated (galvanized) Iron or
inches in thickness and hardwood shims not
Steel Articles (ASTM A90-69). Note: Slit or
exceeding one inch in thickness may be used to
cut edges of zinc-coated steel strapping do not
fill any gap between the top of the pier and the
need to be zinc coated.
main frame. Two-inch or four-inch solid
concrete blocks may be used to fill the Subp. 3. Permanency of connections.
remainder of any gap. Hardwood shims shall Anchoring equipment shall be designed to
be at least four inches wide and six inches long prevent self-disconnection when ties are slack.
and shall be fitted and driven tight between the Hook ends shall not be used in any part of the
wood plate or pier and main frame. anchoring system.
Subp. 8. Skirting material. Skirting Subp. 4. Tensioning device design.
materials, when used, must be of materials Tensioning devices such as turnbuckles or
resistant to decay and must have a minimum of yoke-type fasteners shall be ended with clevis
one square foot of free area ventilation for or forged or welded eyes.
every 150 square feet of floor area. If skirting
Subp. 5. Ties; materials and tension. Cable
is used, a minimum of 24-inch by 18-inch
or strapping or other approved methods or
access area must be installed in the skirting.
materials shall be used for ties. All ties shall
Crawlspace foundation systems must meet the
be fastened to ground anchors and drawn tight
requirements of the State Building Code.
with turnbuckles or other adjustable tensioning
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to devices or devices listed with the ground
327B.12 anchor.
HIST: 24 SR 1846 Subp. 6. Tie strength. Tie materials shall be
capable of resisting an allowable working load
1350.2800 ANCHORING EQUIPMENT. of 3,150 pounds with no more than two percent
elongation and shall withstand a 50 percent
Subpart 1. Load requirements. Anchoring
overload (4,725 pounds total). Ties shall
equipment, when installed, shall be capable of
comply with the weathering requirements of
resisting an allowable working load equal to or
subpart 2. Note: Type 1, Class B, Grade 1
exceeding 3,150 pounds and shall be capable
steel strapping, 1-1/4 inches wide and 0.035
of withstanding a 50 percent overload (4,725
inch thick, conforming with ASTM Standard
399
Specification D3953-91, Standard have occurred when the point of connection

Specification for Strapping, Flat Steel, and between the tie and anchor moves more than
Seals, is capable of meeting the working load two inches at 4,725 pounds in the direction of
and 50 percent overload specified in this part. the vertical tie when the anchoring equipment
is installed in accordance with the
Subp. 7. Tie connections. Ties shall connect
manufacturer's instructions. Those ground
the ground anchor and the main structural steel
anchors which are designed to be installed so
frame (I-beam or other shape) which runs
that the loads on the anchor are other than
lengthwise under the manufactured home. Ties
direct withdrawal shall be designed and
shall not connect to steel outrigger beams
installed to resist an applied design load of
which fasten to and intersect the main
3,150 pounds at 45 degrees from horizontal
structural frame unless specifically stated in the
without displacing the anchor more than four
inches horizontally at the point where the tie
Connection of the cable frame tie to the attaches to the anchor. Anchors designed for
manufactured home I-beam or equivalent main connection of multiple ties shall be capable of
structural frame member shall be by a 5/8-inch resisting the combined working load and
drop forged closed eye bolt through a hole overload consistent with the intent expressed
drilled in the center of the I-beam web or other herein.
approved methods. The web shall be
Subp. 3. Anchor design and installation.
reinforced if necessary to maintain the I-beam
Each manufactured ground anchor shall be
strength.
approved pursuant to part 1350.1500 and
Cable ends shall be secured with at least three installed in accordance with the anchor
U-bolt type cable clamps with the U portion of manufacturer's instructions and shall include
the clamp installed on the short (dead) end of means of attachment of ties meeting the
the cable to ensure strength at least equal to requirements of part 1350.2800, subpart 5.
that required by subpart 6. Ground anchor manufacturer's installation
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to instructions shall include the amount of preload
327B.12 required, the methods of adjustment after
installation, and the load capacity in various
HIST: 24 SR 1846 types of soils. These instructions shall include
tensioning adjustments which may be needed
1350.2900 GROUND ANCHORS. to prevent damage to the manufactured home,
Subpart 1. Placement and purpose. Ground particularly damage that can be caused by frost
anchors, including means for attaching ties, heave.
shall be located to effectively match the Subp. 4. Information on ground anchor.
anchoring system instructions provided by the Each ground anchor shall have the
manufactured home manufacturer, or, if there manufacturer's identification and listed model
are no instructions, according to part identification number marked so that the
1350.2600, and shall be designed and installed number is visible after installation.
to transfer the anchoring loads to the ground. Instructions shall accompany each listed
Subp. 2. Capacity of anchors. Each ground ground anchor specifying the types of soil for
anchor, when installed, shall be capable of which the anchor is suitable under the
resisting an allowable working load at least requirements of subpart 2.
equal to 3,150 pounds in the direction of the tie Subp. 5. Table of soil types. NOTE: The
plus a 50 percent overload (4,725 pounds total) following data gives information relative to
without failure. Failure shall be considered to soil types with blow counts and torque values:
400
have specification data showing the soil

classification for which it qualifies. Anchor
selection shall be based on a determination of
the soil class at the depth the anchor helical
plate will be installed. All anchors shall be
installed to the full depth shown in the anchor
1350.3100 DESIGN LOADS.

The following minimum design live loads shall
be applicable in all areas of the state of
Minnesota: horizontal, 15 pounds per square
foot; vertical/upward, nine pounds per square
foot; vertical/downward, 30 pounds per square
foot.
Subp. 6. Use of concrete slabs or continuous 1350.3200 NUMBER OF TIES REQUIRED.

footings. If concrete slabs or continuous
footings are used to transfer the anchoring
loads to the ground, the following shall be
required:
A. Steel rods cast in concrete shall be
capable of resisting loads as specified in
subpart 2.
B. Dead-man concrete anchors may be
used in place of listed anchors if they meet
the requirements of subpart 2.
C. Concrete slabs may be used in place of
ground anchors provided the slab is so
constructed that it provides holding strength
equal to the requirements of subpart 2.
Subp. 7. Other anchoring devices. Other
anchoring devices meeting the requirements of
this part shall be permitted if approved prior to
installation by the authority having jurisdiction.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
327B.12
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.3000 ANCHOR INSTALLATION.

Each type anchor suitable for this purpose shall
401
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to Figure 3300-2

327B.12
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.3300 PIER SPECIFICATIONS.

Subpart 1. Piers less than 40 inches tall.
(refer to figure 3300 -1)
Figure 3300-1
Subp. 3. Piers over 80 inches tall. (refer to

figure 3300-3)
Subp. 2. Piers 40 to 80 inches tall. (refer to

figure 3300-2)
402
Subp. 4. Piers over 80 inches tall;

Figure 3300-3 reinforcement. (refer to figure 3300-4)
Figure 3300-4
1350.3400 UTILITY CONNECTIONS.

Subpart 1. Water connections. Water piping
to manufactured homes shall comply with the
Minnesota Plumbing Code, chapter 4715.
Pipes shall be protected from freezing. Heat
tape, when installed, shall be listed and
installed in conformance with its listing and the
manufacturer's instructions. When the
manufactured home is installed on a support
system subject to ground movement due to
freezing and thawing, approved flexible
connectors or semirigid copper tubing shall be
used to prevent pipe breakage.
Subp. 2. Sewer connections. Waste piping to
manufactured homes shall comply with the
Minnesota Plumbing Code, chapter 4715.
When a manufactured home is installed on a
support system subject to ground movement
403
due to freezing and thawing, offsets or gas supply connector shall be installed and the
approved flexible connectors, or both, shall be connections tested with soapy water or bubble
used to prevent pipe breakage. solution.
Subp. 3. Gas piping. Gas piping to the
manufactured home shall be of adequate Subp. 5. Electrical connections. On-site
capacity rating to supply the connected load. It electrical connections to the manufactured
shall be installed in compliance with the home and any on-site electrical wiring
Minnesota State Mechanical Code, chapter required to prepare the manufactured home
1346. When the manufactured home is for occupancy shall be done in conformance
installed on a support system subject to ground with the manufactured home building code
movement because of freezing and thawing, and shall be installed and inspected as
semirigid copper pipe or a listed manufactured required by the Minnesota Electrical Act,
home gas connector for exterior use only shall Minnesota Statutes, sections 326.241 to
be installed to prevent pipe breakage. Gas 326.248.
piping shall be protected from physical STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
damage. 327B.12
Subp. 4. Tests for gas piping. The HIST: 24 SR 1846
manufactured home fuel gas piping system
shall be tested before it is connected to the gas 1350.3500 OBTAINING APPROVAL OF
supply. Only air shall be used for the test. The QUALITY CONTROL.
manufactured home gas piping system shall be
subjected to a pressure test with all appliance Subpart 1. Procedure. To obtain quality
shutoff valves, except those ahead of fuel gas control approval for an accessory structure
cooking appliances, in the open position. manufacturing facility, a manufacturer shall
Appliance shutoff valves ahead of fuel gas submit a quality control manual pursuant to
cooking appliances shall be closed. subpart 2, item A, and consent to investigations
and inspections at reasonable hours by the
The test shall consist of air pressure at not less
commissioner for field verification of
than ten inches nor more than 14 inches water
satisfactory quality control.
column (six ounces to eight ounces per square
inch). The system shall be isolated from the air Subp. 2. Applications. Applications for
pressure source and maintain this pressure for approval of quality control manuals shall
not less than ten minutes without perceptible contain the following:
leakage. Upon satisfactory completion of the A. an application in letter form to be
test, the appliance valves ahead of fuel gas accompanied by two copies of the quality
cooking appliances shall be opened, and the control manual containing those items
gas cooking appliance connectors tested with required by item B; and
soapy water or bubble solution while under the
pressure remaining in the piping system. B. an outline of the procedure which will
Solutions used for testing for leakage shall not direct the manufacturer to construct
contain corrosive chemicals. Pressure shall be accessory structures according to the
measured with either a manometer, slope gage, approved plans specifying:
or gage calibrated in either water inches or (1) scope and purpose;
pounds per square inch with increments of (2) receiving inspection procedure for
either one-tenth inch or one-tenth pounds per basic materials;
square inch, as applicable. Upon satisfactory
(3) material storage and stock rotation
completion of the test, the manufactured home
404
procedures; replacement of equipment in kind.

(4) types and frequency of product Subp. 3. Application. Any person proposing
inspection; an alteration to a manufactured home bearing a
(5) sample of inspection control form seal or label shall make application to the
used; commissioner on the form issued by the
(6) major pieces of production equipment; commissioner.
(7) assignments, experience, and Subp. 4. Inspection. Upon completion of the
qualifications of quality control alteration, the applicant shall request the
personnel; commissioner to make an inspection pursuant
(8) test equipment; to part 1350.2100.
(9) control of drawings and material Subp. 5. Replacement construction seal.
specifications; The applicant may apply for a replacement
(10) test procedures; and construction seal upon inspection and approval
(11) recordkeeping procedures. of the alteration.
Subp. 3. Notice of changes. Where the Subp. 6. Replacement accessory structure

manufacturer proposes changes to the quality seal. The applicant may apply for a
control manual, two copies of such changes replacement accessory structure seal upon
shall be submitted to the commissioner for inspection and approval of the alteration.
approval. STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to 327B.12
327B.12 HIST: 24 SR 1846
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.3600 Repealed, 24 SR 1846 CONSUMER COMPLAINTS
1350.3900 CONSUMER COMPLAINT

1350.3700 Repealed, 24 SR 1846
HANDLING AND REMEDIAL ACTIONS.
1350.3800 CONSTRUCTION Parts 1350.3900 to 1350.5700 govern
ALTERATIONS. consumer complaint handling and remedial
actions.
Subpart 1. Effect on seal or label. Any
alteration of the construction, plumbing, STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
heating, cooling, or fuel-burning system,
electrical equipment or installations or fire 1350.4000 PURPOSE.
safety in a manufactured home which bears a The purpose of parts 1350.3900 to 1350.5700
seal or label shall void the approval, and the is to establish a system under which the
seal or label shall be returned to the protections of the act are provided with a
commissioner. minimum of formality and delay, but in which
Subp. 2. Acts not constituting alterations. the rights of all parties are protected.
The following shall not constitute an alteration: STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
repairs with approved components or parts;
conversion of listed fuel-burning appliances in
accordance with the terms of their listing; 1350.4100 SCOPE.
adjustment and maintenance of equipment; or Parts 1350.3900 to 1350.5700 set out the
405
procedures to be followed by manufacturers, responsible under parts 1350.3900 to

production inspection primary inspection 1350.5700.
agencies, and the commissioner to assure that
Subp. 3. Limitation of manufacturer's
manufacturers provide notification and
liability to provide remedial action. The
correction with respect to their manufactured
liability of manufactured home manufacturers
homes as required by the act. Parts 1350.3900
to provide remedial actions under parts
to 1350.5700 set out the rights of dealers under
1350.3900 to 1350.5700 is limited by the
United States Code, title 42, section 5412
principle that manufacturers are not
(1976), and its amendments, to obtain remedies
responsible for failures that occur in
from manufacturers in certain circumstances.
manufactured homes or components solely as
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to the result of normal wear and aging, gross and
327B.12 unforeseeable consumer abuse, or
HIST: 24 SR 1846 unforeseeable neglect of maintenance.
1350.4200 CONSUMER COMPLAINTS.
1350.4400 CONSUMER COMPLAINT
Under parts 1350.3900 to 1350.5700 all AND INFORMATION REFERRAL.
consumer complaints or other information
indicating the possible existence of an When a consumer complaint or other
imminent safety hazard, serious defect, defect, information indicating the possible existence of
or noncompliance shall be referred to the a noncompliance, defect, serious defect, or
manufacturer of the potentially affected imminent safety hazard is received by the
manufactured homes in a timely manner so that commissioner, the commissioner shall forward
the manufacturer can quickly respond to the the complaint or other information to the
consumer and take any necessary remedial manufacturer of the manufactured home in
actions. question. The commissioner shall, when it
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33 appears from the complaint or other
information that more than one manufactured
1350.4300 NOTIFICATION AND home may be involved, simultaneously send a
CORRECTION REQUIREMENT. copy of the complaint or other information to
the state administrative agency of the state
Subpart 1. Requirement. Notification and where the manufactured home was
correction shall be required to be provided with manufactured or to the secretary if there is no
respect to manufactured homes that have been such state administrative agency, and when it
sold or otherwise released by the manufacturer appears that an imminent safety hazard or
to another party when the manufacturer, a state serious defect may be involved, simultaneously
administrative agency, the commissioner, or send a copy to the secretary.
the secretary determines that an imminent
safety hazard, serious defect, defect, or
noncompliance may exist in those 1350.4500 NOTIFICATION PURSUANT
manufactured homes. TO MANUFACTURER'S
Subp. 2. Extent of manufacturer's DETERMINATION.
responsibility. The extent of a manufacturer's
Subpart 1. Notice requirement. The
responsibility for providing notification or
manufacturer shall provide notification as set
correction shall be governed by the seriousness
out in parts 1350.3800 to 1350.5700 with
of problems for which the manufacturer is
respect to all manufactured homes produced by
406
the manufacturer in which there exists or may the information. Consumer complaints or
exist an imminent safety hazard or serious other information indicating the possible
defect. The manufacturer shall provide such existence of noncompliances or defects
notification with respect to manufactured received before August 16, 1982, shall, for
homes produced by the manufacturer in which purposes of this subpart, be deemed to have
a defect exists or may exist if the manufacturer been received August 16, 1982.
has information indicating that the defect may
Subp. 3. Preparation of plan. If a
exist in a class of manufactured homes that is
manufacturer determines under subpart 2 that
identifiable because the cause of the defect or
the manufacturer is responsible for providing
defects actually known to the manufacturer is
notification under subpart 1, the manufacturer
such that the same defect would probably have
shall prepare a plan for notification as set out
been systematically introduced into more than
in part 1350.5000. Where the manufacturer is
one manufactured home during the course of
required to correct under part 1350.4700, the
production. This information may include, but
manufacturer shall include in the plan
is not limited to, complaints that can be traced
provision for correction of affected
to the same cause, defects known to exist in
manufactured homes.
supplies of components or parts, information
related to the performance of a particular Subp. 4. Submission of plan. The
employee, and information indicating a failure manufacturer shall, as soon as possible, but not
to follow quality control procedures with later than 20 days after making the
respect to a particular aspect of the determination, submit the plan to the
manufactured home. A manufacturer is commissioner.
required to provide notification with respect to However, where only one manufactured home
a noncompliance only after the issuance of a is involved, the manufacturer need not submit
final determination under part 1350.4800. the plan if the manufacturer corrects the
Subp. 2. Investigations and inspections. manufactured home within the 20-day period.
Whenever the manufacturer receives from any The manufacturer shall maintain, in the plant
source information that may indicate the where the manufactured home was
existence of a problem in a manufactured home manufactured, a complete record of the
for which the manufacturer is responsible for correction. The record shall describe briefly
providing notification under subpart 1, the the facts of the case and state what corrective
manufacturer shall, as soon as possible, but not actions were taken. It shall be maintained in a
later than 20 days after receiving the separate file in a form that will allow the
information, carry out any necessary commissioner to review all such corrections.
investigations and inspections to determine and Subp. 5. Action after approval of plan.
shall determine whether the manufacturer is Upon approval of the plan with any necessary
responsible for providing notification under changes, the manufacturer shall carry out the
subpart 1. The manufacturer shall maintain approved plan within the time limits stated in
complete records of all such information and it.
determinations in a form that will allow the
commissioner to discern readily who made the Subp. 6. Action before plan approval. The
determination with respect to a particular piece manufacturer may act before obtaining
of information, what the determination was, approval of the plan. However, such action is
and the basis for the determination. The subject to review and disapproval by the
records shall be kept for a minimum of five commissioner except to the extent that
years from the date the manufacturer received agreement to the correction is obtained as
described in this subpart. To ensure that the
407
corrective action will be accepted, the request under subpart 7 as of the date of the
manufacturer may obtain the agreement of the request. If a waiver request is not accepted, the
commissioner that the corrective action is plan called for by subparts 3 and 4 shall be
adequate before the correction is made submitted within five days after the
regardless of whether a plan has been manufacturer is notified that the request was
submitted under subpart 4. If an agreement is not accepted.
obtained, the correction shall be accepted as
Subp. 8. Classification of problem. When a
adequate by the commissioner if the correction
manufacturer acts under subparts 1 to 7, the
is made as agreed to and any imminent safety
manufacturer will not be required to classify
hazard or serious defect is eliminated.
the problem that triggered the action as a
Subp. 7. Waiver of formal plan approval noncompliance, defect, serious defect, or
and notification. If the manufacturer wishes imminent safety hazard.
to obtain a waiver of the formal plan approval STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
and notification requirements that would result 327B.12
from a determination under subpart 2, the
manufacturer may act under this subpart. The HIST: 24 SR 1846
plan approval and notification requirements
shall be waived by the commissioner who 1350.4600 RESPONSIBILITIES OF
would otherwise review COMMISSIONER.
the plan under subpart 4 if: Subpart 1. Consumer complaints. The
A. the manufacturer, before the expiration commissioner shall oversee the handling of
of the time period determined under subpart consumer complaints by manufacturers within
4, shows to the satisfaction of the this state. As part of that responsibility, the
commissioner through documentation that: commissioner shall monitor manufacturer
compliance with parts 1350.3900 to
(1) the manufacturer has identified the
1350.5700, and particularly with part
class of possibly affected manufactured
1350.4500. This monitoring will be done
homes in accordance with part
primarily by periodically checking the records
1350.5000;
that manufacturers are required to keep under
(2) the manufacturer will correct, at the part 1350.4500, subpart 2.
manufacturer's expense, all affected
Subp. 2. Preliminary determination. If the
manufactured homes in the class within
commissioner finds under subpart 1 that a
60 days of being informed that the
manufacturer has failed to comply with part
request for waiver has been accepted;
1350.4500 or if the commissioner finds that the
and
manufacturer has decided not to act under part
(3) the proposed repairs are adequate to 1350.4500, subparts 3 and 4 and the
remove the failure to conform or commissioner believes the manufacturer is
imminent safety hazard that gave rise to required to act, or if the manufacturer failed to
the determination under subpart 2; fulfill the requirements of part 1350.4500,
B. the manufacturer corrects all affected subpart 7 after requesting a waiver, the
manufactured homes within 60 days of preliminary determination shall be made that
being informed that the request for waiver the commissioner deems appropriate under part
has been accepted. 1350.4800. However, if the affected
manufactured homes were manufactured in
The formal plan and notification requirements more than one state or if it appears that the
are waived pending final resolution of a waiver appropriate preliminary determination would
408
be an imminent safety hazard or serious defect, manufacturer is required to correct the

the commissioner shall refer the matter to the imminent safety hazard or serious defect under
secretary. part 1350.4700, the commissioner shall issue a
preliminary determination to that effect to the
Subp. 3. Preliminary determinations under
manufacturer. Whenever the commissioner
part 1350.4800. Where the commissioner
has information indicating that a defect or
who is reviewing a plan under part 1350.4500,
noncompliance may exist in a class of
subpart 4 finds that the manufacturer is not
manufactured homes that is identifiable
acting reasonably in refusing to accept changes
because the cause of the defect or
to a proposed plan, the commissioner shall
noncompliance is such that the same defect or
make such preliminary determinations as may
noncompliance would probably have been
be appropriate under part 1350.4800.
systematically introduced into more than one
However, if it appears that it would be
manufactured home during production, and
appropriate to make a preliminary
whenever all manufactured homes in the class
determination of imminent safety hazard or
appear to have been manufactured in this state,
serious defect, the commissioner shall refer the
the commissioner may issue a preliminary
matter to the secretary.
determination of defect or noncompliance to
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to the manufacturer. Information on which the
327B.12 commissioner will base a conclusion that an
HIST: 17 SR 1279; 24 SR 1846 affected class of manufactured homes exists
consists of complaints that can be traced to the
1350.4700 REQUIRED MANUFACTURER same cause, defects known to exist in supplies
CORRECTION. of components or parts, information related to
the performance of a particular employee, and
A manufacturer required to furnish notification information indicating a failure to follow
under part 1350.4500 or 1350.4800 shall quality control procedures with respect to a
correct, at its expense, any imminent safety particular aspect of the manufactured home. If,
hazard or serious defect that can be related to during the course of these proceedings,
an error in design or assembly for the evidence arises that indicates that
manufactured home by the manufacturer, manufactured homes in the same identifiable
including an error in design or assembly of any class were manufactured in more than one
component or system incorporated in the state, the commissioner shall refer the matter to
manufactured home by the manufacturer. the secretary.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33 Subp. 2. Notice and request for hearing or
presentation of views. Notice of the
1350.4800 NOTIFICATION AND preliminary determination under subpart 1
CORRECTION PURSUANT TO shall be sent by certified mail. It shall include
ADMINISTRATIVE DETERMINATION. the factual basis for the determination and the
Subpart 1. Preliminary determinations. identifying criteria of the manufactured homes
Whenever the commissioner has information known to be affected and those believed to be
indicating the possible existence of an in the class of possibly affected manufactured
imminent safety hazard or serious defect in a homes. The notice shall inform the
manufactured home, the commissioner may manufacturer that the preliminary
issue a preliminary determination to that effect determination shall become final unless the
to the manufacturer. manufacturer requests a hearing or presentation
of views under parts 1350.6000 to 1350.6200
Whenever the information indicates that the
409
within 15 days after receiving a notice of determination of defect or noncompliance has

preliminary determination of serious defect, been issued, the manufacturer may request a
defect, or noncompliance, or within five days waiver of the formal notification requirements
of receipt of a notice of preliminary at any time during the proceedings called for in
determination of imminent safety hazard. subparts 1 to 4 or after the issuance of a final
determination and order. The manufacturer
Promptly upon receipt of a manufacturer's
may request a waiver from the commissioner.
request for a hearing or presentation of views
When requesting a waiver, the manufacturer
meeting, the hearing or presentation shall be
shall certify and provide assurances that:
held pursuant to parts 1350.6000 to 1350.6200.
Parties may propose in writing, at any time, A. the manufacturer has identified the class
offers of settlement which shall be submitted to of possibly affected manufactured homes in
and considered by the commissioner. If accordance with part 1350.5000;
determined to be appropriate, the party making B. the manufacturer will correct, at the
the offer may be given an opportunity to make manufacturer's expense, all affected
an oral presentation in support of the offer. If manufactured homes in the class within a
an offer of settlement time period specified by the commissioner
is rejected, the party making the offer shall be but not later than 60 days after being
so notified, and the offer shall be deemed informed of the acceptance of the request
withdrawn and shall not constitute a part of the for waiver or issuance of the final
record in the proceeding. Final acceptance by determination, whichever is later; and
the commissioner of any offer of settlement
shall automatically terminate any proceedings C. the proposed repairs are adequate to
related to it. remove the failure to conform or imminent
safety hazard that gave rise to the issuance
Subp. 3. Final determinations. If the of the preliminary determination.
manufacturer fails to respond to the notice of
preliminary determination within the time The commissioner shall grant the request or
period established in subpart 2, or if the waiver if the manufacturer agrees to an offer of
commissioner decides that the views and settlement that includes an order that embodies
evidence presented by the manufacturer or the assurances made by the manufacturer.
others are insufficient to rebut the preliminary STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
determination, the commissioner shall make a
final determination that an imminent safety 1350.4900 REIMBURSEMENT FOR
hazard, serious defect, defect, or PRIOR CORRECTION BY OWNER.
noncompliance exists. If there is a final
determination that an imminent safety hazard, A manufacturer that is required to correct
serious defect, defect, or noncompliance exists, under part 1350.4700 or who decides to correct
the commissioner shall issue an order directing and obtain a waiver under part 1350.4500,
the manufacturer to furnish notification. subpart 7, or 1350.4800, subpart 5, shall
provide reimbursement for reasonable cost of
Subp. 4. Appeals. When the commissioner correction to any owner of an affected
has made a final determination that a defect or manufactured home who chooses to make the
noncompliance exists, the manufacturer may correction before the manufacturer does.
appeal to the secretary within ten days after
receiving the notice of final determination. STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
327B.12
Subp. 5. Waiver of formal notification
requirements. Where a preliminary HIST: 24 SR 1846
410
1350.5000 MANUFACTURER'S PLAN B. inspection of manufacturer quality

FOR NOTIFICATION AND control records to determine whether quality
CORRECTION. control procedures were followed;
Subpart 1. Basic requirement. Subparts 1 to C. inspection of production inspection
6 set out the requirements that manufacturers primary inspection agency records to
shall meet in preparing plans they are required determine whether the imminent safety
to submit under part 1350.4500, subparts 3 and hazard or failure to conform was either
4. The underlying requirement is that a plan detected or specifically found not to exist in
show how the manufacturer will fulfill its some manufactured homes;
responsibilities with respect to notification and D. inspection of the design of the
correction. manufactured home in question to
Subp. 2. Copy of proposed notice. The plan determine whether the imminent safety
shall include a copy of the proposed notice that hazard or failure to conform resulted from
meets the requirements of part 1350.5100. the design itself;
Subp. 3. Affected class. The plan shall E. identification of the cause as relating to a
identify, by serial number and other particular employee or process that was
appropriate identifying criteria, all employed for a known period of time or in
manufactured homes with respect to which producing the manufactured homes
notification is to be provided. The class of manufactured during that time; and
manufactured homes with respect to which F. inspection of records relating to
notification shall be provided and which shall components supplied by other parties and
be covered by the plan is that class of known to contain or suspected of containing
manufactured homes that was or is suspected imminent safety hazards or failures to
of having been affected by the cause of an conform.
imminent safety hazard or failure to conform.
The class is identifiable to the extent that the The class of manufactured homes identified by
cause of the imminent safety hazard or failure these methods may include only manufactured
to conform is such that it would probably have homes actually affected by the imminent safety
been systematically introduced into the hazard or failure to conform if the
manufactured homes in the class during the manufacturer can identify the precise
course of production. In determining the manufactured homes. If it is not possible to
extent of such a class, the manufacturer may identify the precise manufactured homes, the
rely either upon information that positively class shall include manufactured homes
identifies the extent of the class or upon suspected of containing the imminent safety
information that indicates what manufactured hazard or failure to conform because the
homes were not affected by the same cause, evidence shows that they may have been
thereby identifying the class by excluding affected.
those manufactured homes. Methods that may Subp. 4. Production inspection primary
be used in determining the extent of the class inspection agency statement. The plan shall
of manufactured homes include, but are not include a statement by the production
limited to: inspection primary inspection agency operating
A. inspection of manufactured homes in each plant in which manufactured homes in
produced before and after the manufactured question were produced. In this statement, the
homes known to be affected; production inspection primary inspection
agency shall concur in the methods used by the
411
manufacturer to determine the class of requirements of the National Manufactured

potentially affected manufactured homes or Housing Construction and Safety Standards
state why it believes the methods to have been Act of 1974";
inappropriate, inadequate, or incorrect. B. except where the manufacturer is acting
Subp. 5. Deadline. The plan shall include a under part 1350.4500 the following
deadline for completion of all notification and statement, as appropriate: "(manufacturer's
corrections. name, or the commissioner, or the
secretary)" has determined that:
Subp. 6. Notification. The plan shall provide
for notification by certified mail or other more (1) an imminent safety hazard may exist
expeditious means to the dealers or distributors in (identifying criteria of manufactured
of a manufacturer to whom the manufactured home);
homes were delivered. Where a serious defect (2) a serious defect may exist in
or imminent safety hazard is involved, (identifying criteria of manufactured
notification shall be sent by certified mail if it home);
is mailed. The plan shall provide for
notification by certified mail to the first (3) a defect may exist in (identifying
purchaser of each manufactured home in the criteria of manufactured home); or
class of manufactured homes set out in the plan (4) (identifying criteria of manufactured
under subpart 3 and to any subsequent owner home) may not comply with an
who has any warranty provided by the applicable federal mobile home
manufacturer or required by federal, state, or construction or safety standard;
local law on the manufactured home that has
been transferred, to the extent feasible. C. a clear description of the imminent
However, notification need not be sent to any safety hazard, serious defect, defect, or
person known by the manufacturer not to own noncompliance which shall include:
the manufactured home in question if the (1) the location of the imminent safety
manufacturer has a record of a subsequent hazard, serious defect, defect, or
owner of the manufactured home. The plan noncompliance in the manufactured
shall provide for notification by certified mail home;
to any other person who is a registered owner
(2) a description of any hazards,
of each manufactured home containing the
malfunctions, deterioration, or other
imminent safety hazard, serious defect, defect,
consequences which may result from the
or noncompliance and whose name has been
imminent safety hazard, serious defect,
ascertained pursuant to the manufacturer's
defect, or noncompliance;
records.
(3) a statement of the conditions which
may cause such consequences to arise;
1350.5100 CONTENTS OF NOTICE. and
(4) precautions, if any, that the owner
Except as otherwise agreed by the
should take to reduce the chance that the
commissioner who will review the plan under
consequences will arise before the
part 1350.4500, subpart 4, the notification to be
manufactured home is repaired;
sent by the manufacturer shall include the
following: D. an evaluation of the risk to
manufactured home occupants' safety and
A. an opening statement: "This notice is
the durability of the manufactured home
sent to you in accordance with the
412
reasonably related to such imminent safety a remedy; and

hazard, serious defect, defect, or H. a statement that any actions taken by the
noncompliance, including: manufacturer under the act in no way limit
(1) the type of injury which may occur to the rights of the owner or any other person
occupants of the manufactured home; under any contract or other applicable law
and and that the owner may have further rights
under contract or other applicable law.
(2) whether there will be any warning
that a dangerous occurrence may take STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
place and what that warning would be,
and any signs which the owner might 1350.5200 TIME FOR
see, hear, smell, or feel which might IMPLEMENTATION.
indicate danger or deterioration of the
Subpart 1. Plan for correction. The
manufactured home as a result of the
manufacturer shall complete implementation of
imminent safety hazard, serious defect,
the plan for correction approved under part
defect, or noncompliance;
1350.4500, subpart 5 on or before the deadline
E. if the manufacturer will correct the established in the plan as required by part
manufactured home, a statement that the 1350.5000, subpart 5. The deadline shall allow
manufacturer will correct the manufactured a reasonable amount of time to complete the
home; plan, taking into account the seriousness of the
F. a statement in accordance with problem, the number of manufactured homes
whichever of the following is appropriate: involved, the immediacy of any risk, and the
difficulty of completing the action. The
(1) where the manufacturer will correct seriousness and immediacy of any risk shall be
the manufactured home at no cost to the given greater weight than other considerations.
owner, the statement shall indicate how If a manufacturer is required to correct an
and when the correction will be done, imminent safety hazard or serious defect under
how long the correction will take, and part 1350.4700, the deadline shall be no later
any other information that may be than 60 days after approval of the plan.
helpful to the owner; or
Subp. 2. Notifications and corrections. The
(2) when the manufacturer does not bear manufacturer shall complete the
the cost of repair, the notification shall implementation of any notifications and
include a detailed description of all parts corrections being carried out under an order of
and materials needed to make the the commissioner under part 1350.4800 on or
correction, a description of all steps to be before the deadline established in the order. In
followed in making the corrections, establishing each deadline, the commissioner
including appropriate illustrations and an shall allow a reasonable time to complete all
estimate of the cost to the purchaser or notifications and corrections, taking into
owner of the correction; account the seriousness of the imminent safety
G. a statement informing the owner that the hazard, serious defect, defect, or
owner may submit a complaint to the noncompliance; the number of manufactured
commissioner if the owner believes that the homes involved; the location of the homes; and
notification or the remedy described in it is the extent of correction required. In no case
inadequate or the manufacturer has failed or shall the time allowed exceed the following
is unable to remedy within a reasonable limits: 30 days after the issuance of final
time after the owner's first attempt to obtain determination of imminent safety hazard; and
413
60 days after the issuance of final eliminated; or

determination of serious defect, defect, or B. where the owner refuses to allow the
noncompliance. manufacturer to repair the home, a
Subp. 3. Extension of time. The certification by the manufacturer that the
commissioner shall grant an extension of the owner has been informed of the problem
deadlines included in a plan or order if the which may exist in the manufactured home,
manufacturer requests extension in writing and that the owner has been informed of any
shows good cause for the extension and if the risk to safety or durability of the
commissioner is satisfied that the extension is manufactured home which may result from
justified in the public interest. When the the problem, and that an attempt has been
commissioner grants an extension, the made to repair the problems only to have
commissioner shall notify the manufacturer the owner refuse the repair.
and forward to the secretary a draft notice of Subp. 3. Additional notifications or
the extension to be published in the Federal
corrections. If any actions taken under parts
Register.
1350.3900 to 1350.5700 are not adequate
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33 under the approved plan or an order of the
commissioner, the manufacturer may be
1350.5300 COMPLETION OF REMEDIAL required to provide additional notifications or
ACTIONS AND REPORT. corrections to satisfy the plan or order.
Subpart 1. Notification. Where a manufacturer Subp. 4. Report. The manufacturer shall,
is required to provide notification under parts within 30 days after the deadline for
1350.3900 to 1350.5700, the manufacturer completing any notifications and required
shall maintain in its files for five years from the corrections, under an approved plan or under
date the notification campaign is completed a an order of the commissioner, or any
copy of the notice sent and a complete list of corrections required to obtain a waiver under
the names and addresses of those persons part 1350.4500, subpart 7, or 1350.4800,
notified. The files shall be organized so that subpart 5, provide a complete report of the
each notification and correction campaign can action taken to the commissioner who
be readily identified and reviewed by the approved the plan under part 1350.4500,
commissioner. subpart 4, granted the waiver, or issued the
order under part 1350.4800, subpart 3, and to
Subp. 2. Correction. Where a manufacturer is
any other state administrative agency or the
required to provide correction under part
secretary that forwarded a relevant complaint
1350.4700 or where the manufacturer
or information to the manufacturer under part
otherwise corrects under part 1350.4500 or part
1350.4400.
1350.4800, subpart 5, the manufacturer shall
maintain in its files, for five years from the STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
date the correction campaign is completed, one 327B.12
of the following, as appropriate for each HIST: 24 SR 1846
manufactured home involved:
A. where the correction is made, a 1350.5400 CORRECTION OF CERTAIN
certification by the manufacturer that the HAZARDS AND DEFECTS.
repair was made to satisfy completely the If, in the course of making corrections under
standards in effect at the time the part 1350.5200, the manufacturer creates an
manufactured home was manufactured and imminent safety hazard or serious defect, the
that any imminent safety hazard has been
414
manufacturer shall correct the imminent safety agreement by the manufacturer to correct or to
hazard or serious defect under part 1350.4700. authorize corrections on a reimbursable basis
constitutes the commissioner's determination,
for purposes of section 613(b) of the act with
1350.5500 MANUFACTURED HOMES IN respect to judicial review of the amount which
THE HANDS OF DEALERS AND the manufacturer agrees to reimburse the dealer
DISTRIBUTORS. or distributor for corrections.
Subp. 4. Manufacturer's option. Upon a
Subpart 1. Responsibility of manufacturer.
final determination by the commissioner under
The manufacturer is responsible for correcting
part 1350.4800, or upon a determination by the
any failures to conform and imminent safety
secretary or a court of competent jurisdiction
hazards which exist in manufactured homes
that a manufactured home fails to conform to
which have been sold or otherwise released to
the standard or contains an imminent safety
a distributor or dealer but which have not yet
hazard after the manufactured home is sold or
been sold to a purchaser. Generally this
otherwise released by a manufacturer to a
responsibility does not extend to
distributor or a dealer and prior to the sale of
failures to conform or imminent safety hazards
the manufactured home by the distributor or
that result solely from transit damages that
dealer to a purchaser, the manufacturer shall
occur after the manufactured home leaves the
have the option to either:
control of the manufacturer when the home is
released by the manufacturer. This part sets A. immediately furnish, at the
out the procedures to be followed by dealers manufacturer's expense, to the purchasing
and distributors for handling manufactured distributor or dealer the required
homes in these cases. Regardless of whether conforming part or parts or equipment for
the manufacturer is responsible for repairing a installation by the distributor or dealer on or
manufactured home, no dealer or distributor in the manufactured home, and the
may sell a manufactured home if it contains a manufacturer shall reimburse the distributor
failure to conform or an imminent safety or dealer for the reasonable value of the
hazard. installation plus a reasonable
reimbursement of not less than one percent
Subp. 2. Notification and record. Whenever
per month of the manufacturer's or
a dealer or distributor finds a problem in a
distributor's selling price prorated from the
manufactured home which the manufacturer is
date of receipt by certified mail of notice of
responsible for correcting, the dealer or
noncompliance to the date the manufactured
distributor shall contact the manufacturer,
home is brought into compliance with the
provide full information concerning the
standards, so long as the distributor or
problem, and request appropriate action by the
dealer proceeds with reasonable diligence
manufacturer in accord with subpart 4. Where
with the installation after the part or
the manufacturer agrees to correct, the
component is received; or
manufacturer shall maintain a complete record
of its actions. Where the manufacturer B. immediately repurchase, at the
authorizes the dealer to make the necessary manufacturer's expense, the manufactured
corrections on a reimbursable basis, the dealer home from the distributor or dealer at the
or distributor shall maintain and submit a price paid by the distributor or dealer, plus
complete record of its actions to the all transportation charges involved and a
manufacturer. reasonable reimbursement of not less than
one percent per month of the price paid
Subp. 3. Amount of reimbursement. An
prorated from the date of receipt by certified
415
mail of notice of the imminent safety The production inspection primary inspection
hazard, serious defect, defect, or agency shall be responsible for assuring that
noncompliance to the distributor. The value the required corrections are carried out by
of the reasonable reimbursements shall be auditing the certificates required by part
fixed by mutual agreement of the parties or 1350.5300.
by a court in an action brought under
Subp. 2. Accomplishment of remedial
section 613(b) of the act.
actions. The commissioner or secretary to
This part does not apply to any manufactured whom the report required by part 1350.5300,
home purchased by a dealer or distributor subpart 4 is sent shall be responsible for
which has been leased by the dealer or assuring through oversight that remedial
distributor to a tenant for purposes other than actions described in the report have been
resale. In that instance the dealer or distributor carried out.
has the remedies available to a purchaser under
Subp. 3. Inspection. The commissioner may
parts 1350.3900 to 1350.5700.
inspect a manufactured home to determine
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to whether any required correction is carried out
327B.12 to the approval plan, or, if there is no plan, to
HIST: 24 SR 1846 the standards or other approval obtained by the
manufacturer.
1350.5600 NOTICES, BULLETINS, AND STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
OTHER COMMUNICATIONS.
ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
At the time of dispatch, each manufacturer
shall give to the commissioner a true or 1350.5800 RECIPROCITY.
representative copy of all notices, bulletins,
and other written communications to the Upon a showing that another state provides for
dealers or distributors of the manufacturers the sealing of manufactured homes upon
regarding any serious defect or imminent compliance with standards which are at least
safety hazard which may exist in any equal to those provided in the code, the
manufactured homes produced by the commissioner may provide that a construction
manufacturer. Manufacturers shall keep seal affixed under the authority of the state
complete records of all other communications shall have the same effect as a seal affixed
with dealers, owners, and purchasers regarding under authority of this state, and thereafter any
noncompliances and defects. manufactured home which bears the seal of
such state shall not be required to bear the seal
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33 of this state as provided in part 1350.0400.
The commissioner may make such reciprocity
1350.5700 SUPERVISION OF contingent upon such other granting reciprocal
NOTIFICATION AND CORRECTION effect to seals affixed under authority of this
ACTIONS. state. Pursuant to this part, the commissioner
Subpart 1. Notifications and corrections. has established reciprocity with the following
The production inspection primary inspection states which have granted reciprocity to
agency in each manufacturing plant shall be Minnesota: Indiana, Illinois, and Wisconsin.
responsible for assuring that notifications are This reciprocity applies to manufactured
sent to all owners, purchasers, dealers, or homes manufactured after July 1, 1972, and
distributors of whom the manufacturer has prior to June 14, 1976.
knowledge under the requirements of the act. STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
416
327B.12 time, place, and nature of the proceeding;

reference to the authority under which the
HIST: 24 SR 1846
proceeding will be held; a statement of the
1350.5900 APPEALS. subject matter of the proceeding, the parties
and issues involved; and a statement of the
Any person aggrieved by application of parts manner in which interested persons shall be
1350.3900 to 1350.5700 may, within 30 days afforded the opportunity to participate in the
of the time when the grievance arose, appeal to presentation of views meeting.
the commissioner. Upon receipt of a timely
C. The notice shall designate the official
appeal and the submission of the appropriate
who shall be the presiding officer for the
fee pursuant to part 1350.6600 by appellant,
proceedings and to whom all inquiries
the commissioner shall review the matter de
should be directed concerning the
novo and submit written findings to appellant.
proceedings.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
D. The notice shall state whether the
327B.12
proceeding shall be held in accordance with
HIST: 17 SR 1279; 24 SR 1846 the provisions of part 1350.6100. In
determining whether the requirements of
1350.6000 GENERAL POLICIES FOR part 1350.6100 shall apply, the
HEARINGS AND PRESENTATION OF commissioner shall consider the following:
VIEWS MEETINGS. the need for quick action; the risk of injury
to affected members of the public; the
Subpart 1. Policy. All hearings and
economic consequences of the decisions to
presentations of views meetings shall be
be made; and other factors the
public.
commissioner considers appropriate.
Subp. 2. Request. On receiving a request for
E. Oral proceedings shall be
a hearing or presentation of views meetings,
stenographically or mechanically reported,
the commissioner shall either grant the relief
or recorded, or transcribed, under the
for which the hearing or presentation of views
supervision of the presiding officer, unless
meeting is requested or shall issue a notice.
the presiding officer and the parties
Subp. 3. Notice. When the commissioner otherwise agree, in which case a summary
decides to conduct a presentation of views approved by the presiding officer shall be
meeting, the commissioner shall provide notice kept.
as follows:
A. Except where the need for swift
resolution of the question involved prohibits 1350.6100 PRESENTATION OF VIEWS
it, notice of a proceeding shall be published MEETINGS.
in the State Register at least ten days prior
to the date of the proceeding. In any case, Subpart 1. Conduct of meeting. A
notice shall be provided to interested presentation of views meeting may be written
persons to the maximum extent practicable. or oral and may include an opportunity for an
Direct notice shall be sent by certified mail oral presentation, whether requested or not,
to the parties involved in the presentation of whenever the commissioner concludes that an
views meeting. oral presentation would be in the public
interest and states this in the notice. A
B. The notice, whether published or presiding officer shall preside over all oral
mailed, shall include a statement of the presentations. The purpose of these
417
presentations shall be to gather information to requested, to all participants in the presentation

allow fully informed decision making. of views meeting. The final determination
Presentations of views meetings shall not be shall be conclusive with respect to persons
adversary proceedings. Oral presentations whose interests were represented.
shall be conducted in an informal but orderly STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
manner. The presiding officer shall have the
duty and authority to conduct a fair proceeding,
1350.6200 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION IN
to take all necessary action to avoid delay, and
PRESENTATION OF VIEWS MEETINGS.
to maintain order. In the absence of
extraordinary circumstances, the presiding Subpart 1. Written. Any interested persons
officer at an oral presentation of views meeting may participate in writing in any presentation
shall not require that testimony be given under of views meeting held under the provision of
oath or affirmation and shall not permit either part 1350.6100. The presiding officer shall
cross-examination of witnesses by other consider to the extent practicable any written
witnesses or their representatives, or the materials.
presentation of rebuttal testimony by persons Subp. 2. Oral. Any interested person may
who have already testified. The rules of participate in the oral portion of any
evidence prevailing in courts of law or equity presentation of views meeting held under part
shall not control the conduct of oral 1350.6100 unless the presiding officer
presentation of views meeting. determines that participation should be limited
Subp. 2. Commission's determination. or barred so as not to prejudice unduly the
Within ten days after a presentation of views rights of the parties directly involved or
meeting, the presiding officer shall refer to the unnecessarily delay the proceedings.
commissioner all documentary evidence STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
submitted, any transcript that has been made, a
summary of the issues involved, information 1350.6300 HEARINGS.
presented in the presentation of views meeting,
and the presiding official's recommendations Whenever the commissioner determines that a
with the rationale for them. The presiding formal hearing is necessary in order to resolve
officer shall make any appropriate statements the presentation of adversary views on matters
concerning the apparent veracity of witnesses governed by parts 1350.0100 to 1350.9200, the
or the validity of factual assertions which may hearing shall be conducted according to
be within the competence of the presiding Minnesota Statutes, chapter 14, governing
officer. The commissioner shall issue a final contested case hearings and applicable
determination concerning the matters at issue provisions of the administrative rules of the
within 30 days of receipt of the presiding Office of Administrative Hearings.
officer's summary. The final determination
shall include a statement of findings, with STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
specific references to principal supporting 327B.12
items of evidence in the record and HIST: 24 SR 1846
conclusions, as well as the reasons or bases for
them upon all of the material issues of fact, 1350.6400 FORM AND REMITTANCE OF
law, or discretion as presented on the record; FEES.
and an appropriate order. Notice of the final
determination shall be given in writing and All remittances shall be in the form of checks
transmitted by certified mail, return receipt or money orders payable to "Minnesota State
Treasurer"; and addressed to: State of
418
Minnesota Building Codes and Standards REQUIREMENT.

Division, 121 Seventh Place East, Suite 408,
Saint Paul, Minnesota 55101. An installer shall provide a copy (proof) of a
manufactured home installer's annual license
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to issued by the Department of Commerce prior
327B.12 to obtaining installation certificates and seals
HIST: 24 SR 1846 under parts 1350.0600, subpart 2, and
1350.6500, subpart 2.
1350.6500 FEES FOR ACCESSORY STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
STRUCTURE SEALS, REPLACEMENT 327B.12
CONSTRUCTION SEALS, CERTIFICATES,
AND LABELS. HIST: 24 SR 1846
Subpart 1. Construction seal fees. 1350.6800 OTHER FEES.

Replacement manufactured home or accessory
structure construction seal fees are $30 per For all other work performed by the
seal. Fees include certificates. Department of Administration including, but
not limited to, the review of plans,
Subp. 2. Installation seal fees. Manufactured specifications, and independent agency reports,
home installation seal fees are $8 for a and quality control evaluation, a fee as
support/utility seal and $8 for an anchoring specified under part 1302.0600, subpart 1, item
system seal. Fees include certificates. B, shall be charged.
Subp. 3. Temporary installation certificate STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to
fee. A temporary installation certificate fee is 327B.12
$2 per certificate.
HIST: 17 SR 1279; 24 SR 1846
Subp. 4. Label fee. The United States
Department of Housing and Urban 1350.6900 RESERVATION OF RIGHTS.
Development monitoring (label) fee shall be
paid by the manufacturer to the secretary. Nothing in parts 1350.0100 to 1350.6900 shall
limit the rights of the purchaser under any
Subp. 5. Seal order shipping and handling contract or applicable law.
fee. The shipping and handling fee for each
order of seals is current postage rate plus a $3 STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33
handling fee.
LICENSING OF MANUFACTURERS,
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to DEALERS, LIMITED DEALERS, AND
327B.12 DEALERS' SUBAGENCIES
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.7000 AUTHORITY.
1350.6600 APPEAL FEE.
Parts 1350.7000 to 1350.9200 are adopted by
The appeal fees are as stated in Minnesota the commissioner pursuant to Minnesota
Statutes, section 16B.67. Statutes, section 327B.10, to implement and
administer the provisions of Minnesota
STAT AUTH: MS § 327.33; 327B.01 to Statutes, sections 327B.01 to 327B.12, relating
327B.12 to the licensing of manufactured home
HIST: 24 SR 1846 manufacturers, dealers, limited dealers, and
dealers' subagencies.
1350.6700 ANNUAL REGISTRATION
419
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12 STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12

HIST: 24 SR 1846 HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.7100 DEFINITIONS. 1350.7200 LICENSE APPLICATION.

Subpart 1. Scope. The terms used in parts Subpart 1. Forms; requirements. An
1350.7000 to 1350.9200 have the meanings applicant shall apply for a manufacturer,
given them in this part and in Minnesota dealer, limited dealer, or dealer subagency
Statutes, section 327B.01. license on forms furnished by the
commissioner and shall comply with
Subp. 2. Applicant. "Applicant" means a
Minnesota Statutes, section 327B.04.
person who is applying for a manufactured
home manufacturer or dealer license or limited Subp. 2. Required information. The kinds of
dealer license. information listed in items A and B satisfy the
related requirements in Minnesota Statutes,
Subp. 3. Commissioner. "Commissioner" has
section 327B.04, subdivisions 3 and 4.
the meaning given it in part 1350.0100, subpart
12. A. An application for a dealer's license
must contain the information in subitems (1)
Subp. 4. Distributor. "Distributor" has the
to (9):
meaning given it in part 1350.0100, subpart 19.
(1) A photocopy of the applicant's valid
Subp. 5. Length of a manufactured home.
driver's license clearly showing the
"Length of a manufactured home" has the
applicant's signature and photograph, or,
if the applicant has no current driver's
Subp. 6. Licensee. "Licensee" means a person license, some other form of identification
licensed under Minnesota Statutes, section showing a photograph and the signature
327B.04. of the applicant.
Subp. 7. Manufacturer's sale agreement. (2) The name under which the applicant
"Manufacturer's sale agreement" means a desires to do business in this state. If the
franchise or written contract between a name is an assumed name the applicant
manufacturer and a dealer which authorizes the shall submit proof of filing the assumed
dealer to sell or distribute manufactured homes name with the secretary of state. If the
made by the manufacturer and establishes such business is a corporation the applicant
things as the length of the agreement, model shall submit a copy of its Minnesota
names, responsibility for warranty service, any certificate of incorporation.
other responsibilities between the parties, and,
(3) The type of business to be operated
if applicable, the area of the state under
by the applicant such as manufacturing,
contract to the dealer.
selling (new or used), or brokering
Subp. 7a. Manufactured home park. manufactured homes, and the applicant's
"Manufactured home park" means a licensed business location.
manufactured home park as required in
(4) The names, home and business
Minnesota Statutes, section 327.15, and
addresses, and telephone numbers of the
defined in Minnesota Statutes, section 327.14.
applicant's directors, officers, limited and
Subp. 8. Width of a manufactured home. general partners, controlling
"Width of a manufactured home" has the shareholders, and affiliates.
(5) The signature of the applicant's
420
owner, general partner, or corporate manufacturing facilities that will be

president verified under oath. shipping manufactured homes into this
state.
(6) A statement of the applicant's
qualifications for licensure as a dealer, (4) A list of the brand names of
such as education, work experience, and manufactured homes that the
any other qualifications in manufactured manufacturer will ship into this state.
home construction, sales, repair, or
Subp. 3. Fee. An applicant shall submit, with
related fields involving sales, financing,
the application, the required fee established in
title transfer, or contracts.
part 1350.8300, item A.
(7) A statement of all other
Subp. 4. Copy for applicant's records. An
manufactured home dealer or
applicant shall copy the complete application,
manufacturer licenses held by the
bond, and any revisions as submitted to the
applicant either directly or indirectly in
commissioner and shall keep the copies on file
this or another state.
at all times at the applicant's principal place of
(8) A statement of the type of businesses business.
the applicant has previously been
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12
involved in, either directly or indirectly,
for the past five years by company name, HIST: 24 SR 1846
address, directors, officers, limited or
general partners, controlling 1350.7205 LIMITED LICENSE
shareholders, affiliates, dates, and APPLICATION.
current business status. An applicant shall apply for a limited dealer
(9) The original copy of the surety bond license pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section
required by Minnesota Statutes, section 327B.04, subdivision 8.
327B.04, subdivision 4 on a form STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12
furnished by the commissioner.
HIST: 24 SR 1846
B. An application for a manufacturer's
license must contain the information in 1350.7300 ESTABLISHED PLACE OF
subitems (1) to (4): BUSINESS.
(1) The name under which the applicant
Subpart 1. Proof required. The
desires to do business in this state. If the
commissioner shall not grant a dealer license
name is an assumed name the applicant
until the applicant has furnished the
shall submit proof of filing the assumed
commissioner with proof that the applicant has
name with the secretary of state. If the
an established place of business, as required by
business is a corporation the applicant
shall submit a copy of its Minnesota
subdivision 4, and that the requirements in
certificate of incorporation.
subparts 2 to 7 have been met.
(2) A current list of Minnesota dealers
Subp. 2. Building or office space. An
with whom the applicant has a
applicant for a dealer license must have a
manufacturer's sale agreement, as
permanent enclosed building, other than a
required by Minnesota Statutes, section
residence, or a commercial office space for the
327B.04, subdivision 4.
principal place of business and for each
(3) A list of the manufacturer's subagency location.
421
A manufactured home, other than a residence, licensees may occupy one established place of
qualifies as an established place of business if business if they are related by means of
it is set up in a permanent manner, it is ownership or are one legal entity.
connected to sewer, water, and electricity, it is STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12
skirted, it is owned by the applicant, and it is
not being offered for or subject to sale while HIST: 17 SR 1279; 24 SR 1846
being used as an office. The owner of a
licensed manufactured home park who resides 1350.7400 MANUFACTURER'S SALE
in or adjacent to the park may use the residence AGREEMENT.
as the established place of business required by A dealer shall furnish a copy of the contract or
this subpart, unless prohibited by local zoning franchise required by Minnesota Statutes,
ordinance. section 327B.04, subdivision 4, clause (b), to
Subp. 3. Unimproved sales lots. Unimproved the commissioner. The dealer shall notify the
lots and premises may be used for sale and commissioner within 14 days of the time when
display of manufactured homes if they are in a contract or franchise expires or becomes
proximity to a licensed dealer's principal place void.
of business or subagency location so as to STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.10
avoid confusion or uncertainty as to their
relationship to the business. A photo or 1350.7500 TRUST ACCOUNT.
drawing must be submitted to the
commissioner clearly indicating the A broker shall establish a trust account with a
relationship of the unimproved lot or premises bank located in this state, and must comply
to the business location. with Minnesota Statutes, section 327B.08,
subdivisions 3 to 5. The trust account
Subp. 4. Unimproved storage lots. information must be submitted on a form
Unimproved lots and premises may be used for furnished by the commissioner.
storage of manufactured homes. The licensed
dealer shall notify the commissioner of the STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.10
location of the unimproved lot or premises
prior to storage of manufactured homes there. 1350.7600 RETURNED CHECKS.
Subp. 5. Photograph. The licensed dealer shall When a check is offered to the commissioner
submit a current photograph which accurately in payment for fees or changes pursuant to
depicts the principal place of business, each parts 1350.7000 to 1350.9200 and the check is
subagency location, and unimproved lots to be returned without payment for any reason, the
used for sales and display for which the applicant fee set in part 1350.8300 becomes due and is a
is requesting a license. part of the total obligation in addition to other
consequences permitted by law and parts
Subp. 6. Deed, contract, or lease. The
1350.7000 to 1350.9200.
licensed dealer shall submit a copy of a valid
warranty deed, contract for deed, or lease for a STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.10
term of not less than one year for the premises
housing the principal place of business and 1350.7700 POSTING OF LICENSE.
each subagency. A current license must be posted at the
Subp. 7. Sole licensed occupant. Only one principal place of business and at each
licensee, as licensed dealer may own or lease subagency and at each manufactured home
and occupy an established place of business park location in a conspicuous place and
or commercial office space. Two or more clearly visible to all consumer customers. The
422
posted license must be the license issued for expire at midnight, December 31 of the year of
the specific location at which it is posted. Only expiration.
valid licenses may be posted.
Subp. 2. Limited dealer license renewal. A
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12 limited dealer, upon application for renewal,
HIST: 24 SR 1846 shall renew a limited dealer license pursuant to
1350.7800 REAPPLYING FOR A subdivision 8.
LICENSE. STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12
A person whose license has been suspended, HIST: 24 SR 1846
revoked, or whose license application has been
denied may not reapply for a license until the 1350.8100 LIMITED DEALER AND
error, omission, or cause for suspension, DEALER'S RECORDS.
revocation, or denial has been corrected to the
Subpart 1. Dealer records. A dealer shall
satisfaction of the commissioner. This does
retain copies of all records as required by
not limit the applicant's rights pursuant to
subdivision 1. All records must be retained in
subdivision 2.
one centralized place designated by the dealer.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.10 The dealer shall notify the commissioner as to
the location of the records either at the
1350.7900 CLOSING OF PRINCIPAL principal or subagency location. All records
PLACE OF BUSINESS OR SUBAGENCY. shall be on file at the dealers designated
location within 14 days after the closing of the
When a dealer or limited dealer closes a
sales transaction.
principal place of business or dealer
subagency, the dealer or limited dealer must Subp. 2. Limited dealer's records. A limited
notify the commissioner and return the dealer shall retain copies of all records as
appropriate license certificate within 14 days of required by Minnesota Statutes, section
the closing. 327B.06, subdivision 1. All records must be
retained at the limited dealer's licensed place of
business.
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.8000 LICENSE RENEWAL. HIST: 24 SR 1846
Subpart 1. Date of renewal. Licensees must
renew their licenses pursuant to Minnesota 1350.8200 SALESPEOPLE.
Statutes, section 327B.04 and this part. The
commissioner shall send out renewal notices Every dealer shall submit a written list to the
by November 15 of the year a license expires. commissioner of all salespersons employed by
The renewal must be submitted on forms the dealer, as required by Minnesota Statutes,
furnished by the commissioner for principal section 327B.07, subdivision 2. The list must
places of business and subagencies, include the starting date and, when applicable,
accompanied by the fees in part 1350.8300. the termination date, for each salesperson. A
License renewal applications must be received running list must be maintained to show all the
by the commissioner no later than December salespersons currently employed and
15 of the year a license expires. All licenses previously employed. Any change of a
423
salesperson's status must be noted on the 1350.8400 TRUST FUNDS.

running list and the entire list must be
submitted to the commissioner within ten days The broker with whom trust funds are to be
of a change. A copy of the current complete deposited in satisfaction of Minnesota Statutes,
salesperson list as submitted to the section 327B.08, subdivision 3, shall be the
commissioner must be retained and kept on file broker under contract for the sale of the
at all times at the dealer's principal place of manufactured home with the seller.
business. The format of the salesperson list Trust funds must be maintained in the trust
shall conform to that contained in sample account until they are disbursed in accordance
forms provided by the commissioner. with the terms of the applicable agreements.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.10 Disbursement must be made within 14 days
following the consummation or termination of
1350.8300 FEES. a transaction if the applicable agreements are
silent as to the time of disbursement.
Fees for licenses and services associated with
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.10
parts 1350.7000 to 1350.9200 are as follows:
A. initial dealer license for principal
location, (remainder of calendar year), 1350.8500 NOTICE TO
$200. Fee is not refundable; COMMISSIONER.
B. initial dealer license for subagency Subpart 1. Notification requirement. A

location, $40. Fee is not refundable; licensee shall notify the commissioner of the
occurrence of any of the events in subparts 2 to
C. dealer license biennial renewal, 5.
principal location, $400; dealer subagency
location, $80. Subagency license renewal Subp. 2. Change in application information.
must coincide with the principal license A licensee shall notify the commissioner in
date; writing within ten days of the change of any
change in information contained in a license
D. limited dealer license, $100. Fee is not application on file with the commissioner.
refundable;
Subp. 3. Civil judgment. A licensee shall
E. limited dealer license annual renewal notify the commissioner in writing within ten
from date of issue, $100; days of any decision of a court regarding a
F. change of bonding company, $10. A proceeding in which the dealer or limited
corrected duplicate license or limited dealer was named as a defendant, and in which
license is required; fraud, misrepresentation, or the conversion of
funds was found to have been committed by
G. reinstatement of bond after cancellation the licensee.
notice has been received, $10;
Subp. 4. Disciplinary action in another
H. duplicate license or limited license, $10; state. A licensee shall notify the commissioner
I. checks returned without payment, $15 in writing within ten days of the suspension or
and a corrected duplicate license or limited revocation of the licensee's manufactured home
license is required; and dealer license or limited dealer or other
occupational license issued in another
J. change of address, $10.
jurisdiction.
Subp. 5. Criminal offense. A dealer or
HIST: 24 SR 1846 limited dealer shall notify the commissioner in
424
writing within ten days if the dealer or limited 1350.8800 RESPONSIBILITIES OF

dealer is found guilty of a felony, gross DEALERS AND LIMITED DEALERS.
misdemeanor, misdemeanor, or any
comparable offense related to manufactured Subpart 1. Supervision of personnel. Dealers
home sales, improper business practices, fraud, or limited dealers shall closely supervise the
misrepresentation, misuse of funds, or activities of their salespersons and employees
violation of the consumer laws. which are related to the sale of manufactured
homes. Supervision includes the ongoing
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12 monitoring of listing agreements, purchase
HIST: 24 SR 1846 agreements, and other manufactured home
documents which are prepared or drafted by
1350.8600 REQUIRED DOCUMENTS. the dealer's or limited dealer's salespersons or
employees or which are otherwise received by
A dealer or limited dealer shall furnish to the the dealer's or limited dealer's office, and the
parties to a transaction at the time the review of all dealer's trust account books and
documents are signed or become available, true records.
and accurate copies of listing agreements,
earnest money receipts, purchase agreements, Subp. 2. Preparation and safekeeping of
contracts for title, option agreements, documents. Dealers or limited dealers are
disclosure statements, statement of sale, energy responsible for the preparation, custody, safety,
audits, the formaldehyde warning which is and accuracy of all manufactured home
required by Minnesota Statutes, section contracts, documents, and records, even though
325F.18, and other records, instruments, or another person may be assigned these duties by
documents which are material to the the dealer or limited dealer.
transaction and which are in the dealer's Subp. 3. Resolution of complaints. Dealers or
possession. limited dealers shall investigate and attempt to
The format of the disclosure statement must resolve complaints made regarding the practices
conform to that contained in sample forms of individuals employed by them.
provided by the commissioner and the Subp. 4. Supervision of place of business.
statement must be signed by the dealer or the Each principal place of business and each
dealer's authorized salesperson, the buyer, and subagency shall be under the direction and
the seller. A copy of the disclosure must be supervision of a manager. The dealer or
kept on file by the dealer. limited dealer shall furnish the commissioner
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12 with the name of each manager responsible for
a licensed location. Designation of a manager
HIST: 24 SR 1846 does not relieve the dealer or limited dealer of
overall responsibility for the actions of
1350.8700 STANDARDS OF CONDUCT.
salespersons or the manager.
The methods, acts, or practices in part STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12
1350.8800 are standards of conduct governing
the activities of a dealer or limited dealer. HIST: 24 SR 1846
Failure to comply with those standards is a
1350.8900 DISCLOSURES BY
ground for denial, suspension, or revocation of
SALESPERSON.
the license.
STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12 All dealers or limited dealers shall require their
salespersons to conduct business only under
HIST: 24 SR 1846 the licensed name of and on behalf of the
425
dealer or limited dealer by whom they are limited dealer's records to the extent necessary
employed or to whom they are under contract to enforce the provisions of parts 1350.0100 to
and to disclose in every transaction the name of 1350.9200.
the dealer or limited dealer by whom they are STAT AUTH: MS § 327B.01 to 327B.12
employed or to whom they are under contract.
HIST: 24 SR 1846
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.9000 LENGTH AND WIDTH.

The length and width of a manufactured home
when shown on sales contracts, documents,
and records is the length and width to the
nearest foot as defined in part 1350.0100,
except on an application or permit to transport
a manufactured home if the total length of the
manufactured home is required to include
drawbars, couplings, or hitches. Room
additions must be noted and measured
separately.
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.9100 DISCLOSURE.
If a manufactured home being sold is located in
a manufactured home park, the dealer or
limited dealer, prior to the buyer's signing of
the purchase agreement, shall obtain a written
statement signed by the buyer acknowledging
the dealer's or limited dealer's disclosure of the
contents of Minnesota Statutes, section
327C.07, regarding in-park sales of
manufactured homes.
HIST: 24 SR 1846
1350.9200 ENFORCEMENT.
Any authorized representative of the
commissioner may at any reasonable time
enter the premises where manufactured homes
are manufactured, or where new or used
manufactured homes are sold, solicited,
brokered, or advertised for sale, and may
examine the manufacturer's or dealer's or
426

PREFABRICATED BUILDINGS
1360.0100 TITLE AND SCOPE. Subp. 7. Compliance certificate and data

Subpart 1. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] plate. "Compliance certificate and data plate"
means the certificate provided by the state
Subp. 2. Purpose. The purpose of this building inspector to the manufacturer which
chapter is to govern the construction of, and when signed by the manufacturer warrants
provide for the certification of, prefabricated that the prefabricated building complies with
buildings for those manufacturers who the code.
construct not more than three prefabricated
buildings for permanent installation in Subp. 8. Commissioner. "Commissioner"
Minnesota in a calendar year. Manufacturers means the commissioner of administration.
of prefabricated buildings other than those Subp. 9. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
regulated by this chapter or that produce more
than three prefabricated buildings for Subp. 10. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
permanent installation in Minnesota in a Subp. 11. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
calendar year, must comply with the
Subp. 12. Installation. "Installation" means
industrial/modular buildings rules, chapter
the process of affixing, or assembling and
1361.
affixing, prefabricated buildings on the
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 building site, or to an existing building.
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
1360.0200 DEFINITIONS. Subp. 14. Local enforcement agency.
"Local enforcement agency" means an agency
Subpart 1. Scope. Unless otherwise of a municipality which enforces the code.
expressly stated, the following terms, for the
purpose of this code, have the meaning Subp. 14a. Manufacturer. "Manufacturer"
indicated in this part. means any person or firm engaged in the
manufacturing of not more than three
Subp. 2. Approved. "Approved" as it prefabricated buildings per single location for
applies to off-site construction of permanent installation in Minnesota in a
prefabricated buildings means approved by calendar year.
the state building inspector.
Subp. 15. Prefabricated building.
Subp. 3. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] "Prefabricated building" means any building
Subp. 4. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] or building module intended for use as an R-
3, one- or two-family dwelling, or a U-1,
Subp. 5. Closed construction. "Closed
accessory building, which is of closed
construction" means any building
construction and which is constructed, on or
manufactured in such a manner that all
off the building site, for installation, or
portions cannot be readily inspected at the
assembly and installation, on the building site,
installation site without disassembly, damage
but does not include relocatable contractors
to, or destruction thereof.
offices or storage buildings that are 1,500
Subp. 6. Code. "Code" means the Minnesota square feet or less in floor area, that are
State Building Code. designed for temporary use by a contractor at
427
a construction site, that are not to be used by other than the site of installation in the same
the general public or as a sales office, and that municipality, if:
will be removed prior to or upon completion A. the manufacturer applies to the state
of the construction project. building inspector, on a form specified by
the commissioner, to construct a dwelling
Subp. 16. Open construction. "Open in the municipality;
construction" means any building
manufactured in such a manner that all B. the building official endorses the
portions can be readily inspected at the application and agrees to provide the same
installation site without disassembly, damage plan review and inspection services that
to, or destruction of the building. would be provided if the home were built
on site;
Subp. 17. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] C. the manufacturer agrees not to apply
for a Minnesota prefabricated building seal
Subp. 18. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] at a future date;
Subp. 19. Seal. "Seal" means a device or D. the completed form and a copy of the
insignia issued to the manufacturer by the local building permit application must be
state building inspector evidencing the forwarded to the Division of Building
manufacturer's certification that the Codes and Standards for acceptance; and
prefabricated building or module bearing the
seal was produced in accordance with the E. the Division of Building Codes and
code. Standards accepts the proposal and notifies
the manufacturer and the building official
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 in writing.
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73
1360.0300 APPROVAL. HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
Subpart 1. Responsibility; plan review. The 1360.0400 INSPECTION.
state building inspector has the responsibility The state building inspector reserves the
for approving prefabricated buildings for responsibility for inspecting prefabricated
compliance with the code. This responsibility buildings and building components for
may be delegated to approved local compliance with the code. The state building
enforcement agencies. inspector may delegate such responsibility to
Approvals expire when there are revisions to approved local enforcement agencies.
the code under which the approval was
granted. At that time the manufacturer must STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73
submit entire new documentation for HIST: 17 SR 1279; 20 SR 2290(NO.43)
evaluation and approval, or submit evidence
that the plans as approved are in compliance 1360.0500 CERTIFICATION.
with the code as revised. Prefabricated buildings which are sold,
Subp. 2. Dwellings manufactured for use in offered for sale, or installed in the state must
specific municipality. A local unit of bear a seal or seals and a compliance
government may authorize the construction of certificate and data plate evidencing the
a one-family or two-family detached dwelling manufacturer's certification of code
manufactured at a location in the municipality compliance. That certification is conclusive
428
on all agencies, instrumentalities, and been damaged and take action with regard to
municipalities of the state. those buildings.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 The state building inspector shall require
HIST: 11 SR 1405 prefabricated buildings which are so damaged
as to no longer comply with the code to be
1360.0700 MODIFICATION. brought into compliance promptly. If those
Prefabricated buildings bearing a state seal buildings are not brought into compliance
must not in any way be modified unless a with the code within a reasonable time, or if
written request is made and written approval they are so damaged that they cannot be
obtained from the state building inspector or brought into compliance, the state building
municipal building official. inspector shall order that the seals be removed
from the buildings. Irreparably damaged
buildings must be disposed of in accordance
HIST: 11 SR 1405
with applicable law.
1360.0800 TESTING. Subp. 5. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
The state building inspector may require that Subp. 6. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
specific components, systems, or processes be STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73
tested. Tests must be performed by a HIST: 11 SR 1405; 15 SR 74; 17 SR 1279; 20
qualified testing agency. The tests and SR 2290(NO. 43)
procedures must be reviewed by the state
building inspector to assure compliance with
1360.1000 ON-SITE INSPECTION BY
the code.
LOCAL CODE ENFORCEMENT
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 AGENCY.
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43) Local code enforcement agencies are required
to inspect the installation of prefabricated
1360.0900 INSPECTION. buildings and are responsible for determining
Subpart 1. General. The state building that each installation is completed in
inspector shall make, or cause to be made, accordance with its certification. The local
inspections of the entire process of enforcement agency may inspect, to the
manufacturing, certifying, handling, storing, maximum extent possible without causing
and transporting of prefabricated buildings undue delay, prefabricated buildings at the
produced pursuant to approved documents installation site for compliance with the code.
which the state building inspector deems This inspection must not require the removal
necessary. of permanent parts of the structure. Evidence
of noncompliance with the certification must
Subp. 2. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
be reported to the state building inspector.
Subp. 3. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
Subp. 4. Damaged prefabricated buildings. HIST: 11 SR 1405
Prior to the installation of a damaged
prefabricated building, the installer, 1360.1100 LOCAL ZONING.
transporter, building official, owner, or
Enforcement of land use zone requirements,
manufacturer shall notify the state building
building setback, side and rear yard
inspector who shall inspect, or cause to be
requirements, site development, and property
inspected, prefabricated buildings which have
line requirements are specifically and entirely
429
reserved to local municipalities. provisions of part 1360.1100 are subject to

local approval.
HIST: 11 SR 1405 STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 17 SR 1279; 20 SR
1360.1200 STANDARDS AND 2290(NO. 43)
REQUIREMENTS.
The standards and requirements for 1360.1400 CERTIFICATE OF
manufacture and installation of prefabricated OCCUPANCY.
buildings must be the current Minnesota State Upon completion of the installation of any
Building Code. prefabricated building the owner,
manufacturer, builder, architect, lessee, tenant
of their agent, or other interested person may,
HIST: 11 SR 1405
upon showing of compliance with the code,
demand and obtain, upon proper payment
1360.1300 BUILDING PERMITS.
being made for it in appropriate cases, any
Subpart 1. Application for permit. An permit, license, certificate, authorization, or
application for a building permit to a local other required document the issuance of
building official for the installation of which is authorized pursuant to any state or
prefabricated buildings pursuant to this code local building regulation.
must in addition to any other requirements
contain:
HIST: 11 SR 1405
A. a statement that application is made for
permission to install prefabricated 1360.1500 CHANGES TO APPROVED
buildings in accordance with the PLANS.
provisions of the code, signed by the
A manufacturer who proposes or is required
applicant or the applicant's agent with the
to change approved plans or installation
appropriate address;
instructions shall request approval of the
B. a copy of the site and building plans changes in writing and work may not
and specifications and evidence of plan commence until written approval is received.
approval by the state building inspector;
and
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
C. the information required on the data
plate (part 1360.2400). 1360.1600 CHANGE OF OWNERSHIP,
Subp. 2. Issuance. The local building NAME, OR ADDRESS.
official must issue a permit, license, In the event of a change in the ownership,
certificate, authorization, or other required name, or office address of any manufacturer,
document, as the case may be, for the the manufacturer shall notify the state
installation of the prefabricated building if the building inspector or the local enforcement
application is submitted in accordance with agency in writing within ten days.
this code. The manufacturer shall submit
evidence to assure that the design loads are in
HIST: 17 SR 1279; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
accordance with the appropriate provisions of
the code. Foundation plans, all utility
1360.1800 NONCOMPLIANCE.
installations and connections, and all
430
Noncompliance with the provisions of the permissible type of gas for appliances and
code or unauthorized deviation from the directions for water and drain connections;
approved plans or production procedures may E. name and date of standards complied
be cause for revocation of the plan approval. with;
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 F. seal serial number;
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
G. design loads;
1360.1900 SEALS. H. special conditions or limitations of the
Subpart 1. R-3 and U-1 occupancies. For R- unit;
3 and U-1 occupancies, each prefabricated I. date of manufacture; and
building manufactured pursuant to the code
must have permanently attached in a location J. electrical ratings-instructions and
shown on the approved plans a state seal warnings on voltage, phase, size and
evidencing certification of compliance with connections of units, and grounding
the code by the manufacturer. requirements.
Subp. 2. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)] STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73

HIST: 11 SR 1405
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43) 1360.2500 PLAN APPROVAL
PROCEDURES.
1360.2000 ISSUANCE.
Plan approval must be obtained from the state
A seal must be issued by the state building building inspector for all prefabricated
inspector to the manufacturer upon final buildings.
inspection approval. All seals must be
serially numbered. Applications, plans, specifications, and other
documentation must be submitted in sufficient
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 copies as required.Applications must be made
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43) in letter form. All documentations and plans
must indicate the manufacturer's name, office
1360.2400 MANUFACTURER'S address, and address of manufacturing
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. facility.
The compliance certificate form furnished by Manufacturers shall submit plans showing all
the state building inspector must contain but elements relating to specific systems on
is not limited to the following information, properly identifiable sheets. Each plan must
and must be placed by the manufacturer in the bear the signature and seal of an approved
vicinity of the electrical distribution panel or registered architect or professional engineer
in some other approved designated location where required. The plan must indicate the
that is readily accessible for inspection: method of evaluation and inspection for all
A. manufacturer's name and address; required on-site testing of the systems. Plans
must designate all work to be performed on
B. serial number of the unit; site, including connections of all systems,
C. model designation and name of equipment, and appliances and all work
manufacturer of major factory-installed performed in the plant. A three-inch by four-
appliances; inch clear rectangular space must be provided
on all sheets of plans near the title box for the
D. where applicable, identification of
stamp of approval.
431
The design of plumbing, electrical, heating, HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)

and mechanical systems or any structural
design or method of construction and data 1360.3100 REQUIREMENTS FOR
must be in accordance with the Minnesota MANUFACTURER.
State Building Code. Grade, quality, and
identification of all materials must be Subpart 1. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
specified. Design calculations and test Subp. 2. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]
reports must be submitted when required.
Subp. 3. Service and repair. The
Plans must be drawn to scale and indicate the
manufacturer or the manufacturer's agent is
location of the approved seal and data plate.
responsible for timely and effective
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 performance of service and repairs related to
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43) code compliance.
1360.2600 PRODUCTS MANUFACTURED
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 17 SR 1279; 20 SR
IN MORE THAN ONE LOCATION.
2290(NO. 43)
If the manufacturer produces the same
products at more than one facility, the 1360.3600 FEES.
manufacturer shall provide such additional
Subpart 1. Form and amount of payment.
copies of documentation as may be required.
All fees must be in the form of checks or
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 money orders payable to "Minnesota State
HIST: 20 SR 2290(NO. 43) Treasurer," and addressed to: State of
Minnesota Department of Administration,
1360.2700 NONCONFORMING Building Codes and Standards Division, 408
APPLICATION AND PLANS. Metro Square Building, Seventh and Robert
In the event that an application is determined Streets, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55101.
to be unsuitable for processing prior to plan The seal fee is $30 per seal. The replacement
check, the applicant must be notified in seal fee for damaged or lost seals is $10 per
writing of the unsuitability and the reason for seal. For all other work performed by the
the unsuitability within 30 days of the date the Minnesota Building Codes and Standards
application is received by the state building Division such as, but not limited to, the
inspector. review of plans, specifications, and
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 inspection, fees must be charged based on the
HIST: 11 SR 1405; 20 SR 2290(NO. 43) fee schedule in part 1302.0600. Travel
expense must be charged at the rates
1360.2800 EVIDENCE OF PLAN established for state employees by the
APPROVAL. commissioner of administration.
Plan approvals must be evidenced by the Subp. 2. [Repealed, 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)]

stamp of approval of the state building
inspector or the approved local enforcement STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73
agency if delegated as authorized by part HIST: 11 SR 1405; 15 SR 74; 20 SR
1360.0300, subpart 1. One copy of all 2290(NO. 43)
approved documentation must be returned to
the manufacturer.
432

INDUSTRIALIZED/MODULAR BUILDINGS
1361.0100 PURPOSE. includes, but is not limited to, modular

housing that is factory-built single-family and
The purpose of this chapter is to govern the multifamily housing, including closed wall
construction of industrialized/modular panelized housing, and other modular,
buildings and building components and nonresidential buildings.
provide for their certification and labeling "Industrialized/modular building" does not
pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, section include a structure subject to the requirements
16B.75. of the National Manufactured Home
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61 Construction and Safety Standards Act of
HIST: 20 SR 2290(NO. 43) 1974 or prefabricated buildings, as defined in
part 1360.0200, subpart 15.
1361.0200 DEFINITIONS. Subp. 5. Minnesota state building code.
Subpart 1. Scope. The definitions in this part "Minnesota state building code" means the
apply to this chapter. code adopted under Minnesota Statutes,
section 16B.61, subdivision 1, as identified in
Subp. 2. Building component. "Building
part 1300.2400, subpart 6.
component" means a subsystem,
Subp. 6. Model rules and regulations.
subassembly, or other system of closed
"Model rules and regulations" means the
construction designed for use in or as part of a
model rules and regulations incorporated by
structure, including structural, electrical,
reference in part 1361.0300.
mechanical, plumbing, and fire protection
systems and other systems affecting health STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61
and safety. HIST: 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
Subp. 3. Industrialized Buildings
1361.0300 INCORPORATION OF
Commission. "Industrialized Buildings
MODEL RULES AND REGULATIONS.
Commission" means the Interstate
Industrialized/Modular Buildings Parts I to VII of the July 9, 1993, edition of
Commission, the operating arm of the the Model Rules and Regulations for
interstate compact on industrialized/modular Industrialized/Modular Buildings as adopted
buildings in Minnesota Statutes, section by the Industrialized Buildings Commission
16B.75. and the December 3, 1993, amendments are
incorporated by reference and made part of
Subp. 4. Industrialized/modular building.
the Minnesota state building code. These
"Industrialized/modular building" means a
parts and amendments are not subject to
building of closed construction, constructed
frequent change and are available at the
so that concealed parts or processes of
Minnesota state law library.
manufacture cannot be inspected at the site,
without disassembly, damage, or destruction, STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.61
and made or assembled in manufacturing HIST: 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
facilities, off the building site, for installation,
or assembly and installation, on the building 1361.0400 CERTIFICATION.
site. "Industrialized/modular building" Industrialized/modular buildings and building
433
components sold, offered for sale, or installed

in the state must bear an Industrialized
Buildings Commission (IBC) seal and data
plate evidencing the manufacturer's
certification of code compliance. That
certification is conclusive on all agencies,
instrumentalities, and municipalities of the
state.
HIST: 20 SR 2290(NO. 43)
1361.0500 INSTALLATION.
Industrialized/modular buildings or building
components must be installed in compliance
with the Minnesota state building code which
incorporates by reference the Model Rules
and Regulations for Industrialized/Modular
Buildings.
HIST: 20 SR 2290(NO. 43
434

STORM SHELTERS
1370.0100 PURPOSE. STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73

HIST: 12 SR 2251
The purpose of parts 1370.0100 to 1370.0230
is to provide minimum standards of design 1370.0130 APPLICABLE
and construction of buildings to provide REQUIREMENTS.
protection for manufactured home park
occupants from tornadoes and extreme winds. Subpart 1. Incorporation by reference.
"Interim Guidelines for Building Occupant
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 Protection from Tornadoes and Extreme
HIST: 12 SR 2251 Winds," TR-83A January 1980, sections 1
and 2, published by the Federal Emergency
1370.0110 SCOPE. Management Agency, Washington, D.C., is
incorporated by reference and must be used to
Parts 1370.0100 to 1370.0230 apply to determine design loads and as a guide for use
buildings or portions of buildings that are in designing storm shelters. The document is
designed for use as manufactured home park not subject to frequent change and is
storm shelters. available: (1) in the Minnesota State Law
Library; (2) from the Printing and
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 Publications Division, Federal Emergency
HIST: 12 SR 2251 Management Agency, P.O. Box 8181,
Washington, D.C. 20024; and from the
1370.0120 DEFINITIONS. Minnesota Department of Public Safety,
Division of Emergency Management, 85 State
Subpart 1. Scope. The definitions in this part Capitol, Saint Paul, Minnesota 55155.
apply to parts 1370.0100 to 1370.0230.
Subp. 2. Dual purpose storm shelters. A
Subp. 2. Storm shelter. "Storm shelter" dual purpose storm shelter must comply with
means a structure or portion of a structure other applicable requirements of the state
designed in compliance with parts 1370.0100 building code for its other intended uses.
to 1370.0230.
Subp. 3. Dual purpose storm shelter. "Dual HIST: 12 SR 2251; L 1987 c 71 s 2
purpose storm shelter" means a structure or
portion of a structure designed for use as a 1370.0140 PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS,
storm shelter and also designed for some PERMITS.
other secondary permitted use.
Storm shelter plans, engineering calculations,
Subp. 4. Single purpose storm shelter. diagrams, and other required data must be
"Single purpose storm shelter" means a prepared by a registered architect or engineer
structure designed for use only as a storm licensed to practice in Minnesota. For permit
shelter. procedures, see section 106 of the Uniform
Building Code, incorporated by reference in
435
part 1305.0010. interiors remain reasonably dry.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73

HIST: 12 SR 2251 HIST: 12 SR 2251
1370.0150 SPACE REQUIREMENTS. 1370.0180 UTILITY LINE HAZARDS.
A minimum of four square feet per person Hazardous utility lines must not be located in
must be provided within a storm shelter. A or near a storm shelter. The underground
ceiling height of not less than seven feet must electrical service required by part 1370.0200
be provided over 60 percent of the floor area. is exempt from this requirement.
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73

HIST: 12 SR 2251 HIST: 12 SR 2251
1370.0160 REQUIRED EXITS. 1370.0190 MINIMIZING FIRE DANGER.
Subpart 1. Exits; openings. At least two Storm shelters must be constructed to

exits must be provided in compliance with minimize the danger of fire from both
chapter 10 of the Uniform Building Code. external and internal sources.
The second exit from a single purpose storm
shelter may have an opening of at least nine STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73
square feet with a minimum of 20 inches in HIST: 12 SR 2251
width and the bottom of the opening not more
than 44 inches from the floor. 1370.0200 ELECTRICAL POWER.
Openings in the exterior walls of the shelter Underground electrical service must be
must be protected to prevent flying missiles provided to a storm shelter.
from entering the interior of the shelter.
Subp. 2. Handicapped access. At least one HIST: 12 SR 2251
of the exits must comply with chapter 1340,
facilities for the handicapped. 1370.0210 ILLUMINATION.
Subp. 3. Exit to exterior. When a portion of Subpart 1. Minimum illumination. At least

a structure is designed as a storm shelter, one five foot candles of illumination must be
exit must be directly to the exterior of the provided at floor level.
building or to an exit system complying with
the state building code. Subp. 2. Source. An emergency lighting
system must be supplied from storage
STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73 batteries or an on-site generator installed in
HIST: 12 SR 2251 accordance with the requirements of the
National Electrical Code, incorporated by
1370.0170 DRY INTERIOR. reference in chapter 1315.
Provisions must be made to construct storm
shelters outside of flood-prone areas and other STAT AUTH: MS s 16B.59 to 16B.73
nonwater ponding areas and so that the HIST: 12 SR 2251
436
1370.0220 VENTILATION.
Ventilation must comply with the criterion on

page nine of the interim guidelines
incorporated in part 1370.0130.

HIST: 12 SR 2251
1370.0230 SANITATION FACILITIES.
Sanitation facilities and water for drinking are

not required for storm shelters.

HIST: 12 SR 2251
437

2007 Minnesota State Buidling Code PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007 Minnesota State Buidling Code PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007 Minnesota State Buidling Code PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2007

MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE

Text provided by:

Department of Labor and Industry

2007 BUILDING CODE

I. TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................................................................................. i

II. HELPFUL INFORMATION..............................................................................................

NOTE: These document are also posted at: www.dli.mn.gov/CCLD/Codes.asp

III. FREQUENTLY USED STATUTES

A. MINNESOTA BUILDING CODE STATUTES

B. RELATED STATUTES AND RULES

TABLE OF CONTENTS continued

IV. MINNESOTA BUILDING CODE

Chapter 1300 Administration of the State Building Code ...............................................127

Makeup and Use of the

MAKEUP OF 2007 MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE

Chapter 1300 Administration of the State Building Code

Chapter 1301 Building Official Certification

Chapter 1302 Construction Approvals

Chapter 1303 Minnesota Provisions of the State Building Code

Chapter 1303 Window Fall Prevention Provisions

Chapter 1305 Adoption of the 2006 International Building Code

 Chapter 1307 Elevators and Related Devices

Chapter 1309 Adoption of the 2006 International Residential Code

 Chapter 1315 Adoption of the 2005 National Electrical Code

Chapter 1322 Residential Energy Code

Chapter 1323 Commerical Energy Code

Chapter 1325 Solar Energy Systems

Chapter 1335 Floodproofing Regulations

 Chapter 1341 Minnesota Accessibility Code

 Chapter 1350 Manufactured Homes

 Chapter 1360 Prefabricated Buildings

 Chapter 1361 Industrialized/Modular Buildings

Chapter 1370 Storm Shelters (Manufactured Home Parks)

 Chapter 4715 Minnesota Plumbing Code

International Building Code Appendix J (Grading) See chapter 1300.

Chapter 1335 Floodproofing Regulations Parts 1335.0600 to 1335.1200

USE OF THE MINNESOTA STATE BUILDING CODE

The Minnesota State Building Code is comprised of numerous chapters in

• 1300 Administration of the State Building Code

• 1307 Elevators and Related Devices

• 1315 Electrical Code (2005 National Electrical Code*)

• 1322 Residential Energy Code incorporates Chapter 11 of the 2006 International

• 1323 Commerical Energy Code incorporates ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2004 with

• 1335 Floodproofing Regulations (adopts with amendments 1972 Floodproofing

*These publications must be purchased separately.

Specific Code Applications of Adopted Model Codes

• Minnesota Rules, chapter 1305 – Adoption of the 2006 International Building

• Minnesota Rules, chapter 1309 – Adoption of the 2006 International Residential

CODE PUBLICATION AVAILABILITY

Minnesota’s Bookstore (for State Building Code and International Codes)

ICC – Internatinal Code Council (for International Codes)

NFPA – National Fire Protection Association

ASHRAE – American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers,

ASME - International (American Society of Mechanical Engineers)

IAMPO – International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials

CODES AND REFERENCE MANUALS - 2007 MSBC

DESIRABLE HANDBOOKS AND/OR STANDARDS FOR CODE

RESPONSIBLE STATE AGENCIES AND INDUSTRY RESOURCES

Chapter 1307 Elevators and Related Devices

Chapter 1315 Adoption of the 2005 National Electrical Code

Chapter 1341 Minnesota Accessibility Code

Chapter 1350 Manufactured Homes

Chapter 1360 Prefabricated Buildings

Chapter 1361 Industrialized/Modular Buildings

Chapter 4715 Minnesota Plumbing Code